ZP11 MCE3 AUS DTC排故手册 20180419 PDF

Contents
General Information ........................... 1 P0197 and P0198 ......................................... 94

Precaution Information ........................................1 P0201, P0261 and P0262 .............................. 96
General Precautions .......................................... 1 P0202, P0264 and P0265 .............................. 98
Safety Precautions .............................................. 2 P0203, P0267 and P0268 ............................ 100
Environmental Precautions.................................. 3 P0204, P0270 and P0271 ............................ 102
Fuel Handling Precautions................................... 5 P0219 ....................................................... 104
Electrical Precautions ........................................ 6 P0222, P0223, P2127, P2128, P2132,
P2133, P2135, P2138 and P2140 ................. 106
SRS Precautions ................................................. 7
P025A, P025C and P025D ......................... 109
Air Conditioning System Precautions ................ 10
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and P0304
Diagnoses Based on Strategy .............................12 ................................................................. 111
Integrity Inspection of CAN Network ............... 12 P0318 ....................................................... 114
Integrity Inspection of Diagnosis CAN P0322 ....................................................... 116
Network ......................................................... 12
P0325, P0327 and P0328 ............................ 118
Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
....................................................................... 12 P0366 ....................................................... 120
Description on Diagnostic Procedure................ 13 P0341 ....................................................... 122
Diagnostic Procedure Description .................... 14 P0420 ....................................................... 124
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle ................... 16 P0444, P0458 and P0459 ............................ 126
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection ................... 16 P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693 and
P0694 ....................................................... 128
DTC Overall List ............................... 23 P0500 ....................................................... 130
DTC Overall List ............................................. 23 P0504 ....................................................... 132
P0506 and P0507 ....................................... 134
ECM .................................................... 39 P0555, P0557 and P0558 ............................ 136
DTC List...............................................................39 P0560, P0562 and P0563 ............................ 138
List ............................................................. 39 P0601, P0604, P0605 and P0606 ................. 140
Circuit Diagram...................................................46 P0615, P0616, P0617 ................................. 142
Circuit Diagram ........................................... 46 P061F ....................................................... 144
Connector Information.......................................54 P0630 ....................................................... 145
Connector Information ................................ 54 P0645, P0646 and P0647 ............................ 146
Diagnostic Information and Procedure.............65 P0689 ....................................................... 148
P000A, P0011, P0012, P0016 and P0026 P1427, P1428 and P1429 ............................ 149
................................................................... 65
P1479 ....................................................... 151
P000B ......................................................... 67
P1523 ....................................................... 153
P0014, P0015, P0017 and P0027 ................... 69
P1545 ....................................................... 155
P0030, P0031, P0032 and P0053 ................... 71
P1559, P1564 and P1579 ............................ 157
P0036, P0037, P0038 and P0054 ................... 73
P1610, P1613 and P1614 ............................ 159
P0076 and P0077 ......................................... 75
P1683 and U0151 ...................................... 161
P0079 and P0080 ......................................... 77
P2101 and P2106 ....................................... 163
P0105, P0106, P0107 and P0108 ................... 79
P2195 and P2196 ....................................... 166
P0111, P0112 and P0113 .............................. 81
P2270 and P2271 ....................................... 168
P0116, P0117 and P0118 .............................. 83
P300B ....................................................... 170
P0122 and P0123 ......................................... 85
U0073 ....................................................... 172
P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133 and P0134
U0101 ....................................................... 174
................................................................... 87
U0126 ....................................................... 176
P0136, P0137, P0138 and P0140 ................... 90
U0140 ....................................................... 178
P0171 and P0172 ......................................... 92
V1.0 1
Contents
U0155 ....................................................... 180 C0014 and C0015 ..................................... 261
C0018 and C0019 ..................................... 262
TCM.................................................. 183
C001C and C001D .................................... 263
DTC List.............................................................183 C0020 ....................................................... 264
List ........................................................... 183 C0031 and C0032 ..................................... 265
Circuit Diagram.................................................185 C0034 and C0035 ..................................... 267
Circuit Diagram ......................................... 185 C0037 and C0038 ..................................... 269
Connector Information.....................................189 C003A and C003B .................................... 271
Connector Information .............................. 189 C0040 ....................................................... 273
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........196 C0044 ....................................................... 275
P0218 ....................................................... 196 C0051, U0126 and U0428 .......................... 276
P0562, P0563, U1562 and U1563 ............... 198 C0061, C0062, C0063 and C1107 .............. 278
P0601, P0603 and P0604 ............................ 200 C006B ...................................................... 279
P0705 and P0706 ....................................... 201 C0089 ....................................................... 280
P0711, P0712 and P0713 ............................ 203 C1104 ....................................................... 282
P0715 and P0717 ....................................... 205 C1105 and C1106 ..................................... 283
P0720 and P0722 ....................................... 207 C1109 ....................................................... 284
P0741 and P0766 ....................................... 209 U0073 ....................................................... 286
P0742 ....................................................... 211 U0100 and U0401 ..................................... 288
P0751 ....................................................... 213 U0101 and U0402 ..................................... 290
P0761, P0762 and P0867 ............................ 215 U0140 ....................................................... 292
P0767 ....................................................... 218 U0155 ....................................................... 294
P0973 and P0974 ....................................... 220 U1562 and U1563 ..................................... 296
P0978, P0979 and P0980 ............................ 222 U2000 and U2003 ..................................... 298
P0981, P0982 and P0983 ............................ 224
P0997, P0998 and P0999 ............................ 226 SDM .................................................. 299
P1731 ....................................................... 228 DTC List.............................................................299
P1897 and P1899 ....................................... 230 List ........................................................... 299
P2707 and P2708 ....................................... 233 Circuit Diagram.................................................301
P2762, P2763 and P2764 ............................ 235 Circuit Diagram ......................................... 301
U0001 ....................................................... 237 Connector Information.....................................305
U0100 ....................................................... 239 Connector Information .............................. 305
U0121 ....................................................... 241 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........314
U0140 ....................................................... 243 B1916, B1917, B1918 and B1919 ................ 314
U0155 ....................................................... 245 B1923, B1924, B1925 and B1926 ................ 316
B1900, B1901, B1902 and B1903 ................ 318
SCS ................................................... 247
B1910, B1911, B1912 and B1913 ................ 320
DTC List.............................................................247 B1977 and B1978 ...................................... 322
List ........................................................... 247 B1984 and B1985 ...................................... 324
Circuit Diagram.................................................250 B1996 and B1999 ...................................... 326
Circuit Diagram ......................................... 250 B1997 ....................................................... 327
Connector Information.....................................253 U0001 ....................................................... 328
Connector Information .............................. 253 U0100 ....................................................... 330
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........258 U0121 ....................................................... 332
C0001, C0002, C0003 and C0004 .............. 258 U0140 ....................................................... 334
C0010 and C0011 ..................................... 260 U0155 ....................................................... 336
2 V1.0
Contents
U1562 and U1563 ..................................... 338 B1521 and B1522 ...................................... 413
B1525 ....................................................... 415
HVAC ............................................... 341
B1529 ....................................................... 417
DTC List.............................................................341 B1541 and B1542 ...................................... 419
List ........................................................... 341 U0073 ....................................................... 420
Circuit Diagram.................................................343 U0146 ....................................................... 422
Circuit Diagram ......................................... 343 U1500 ....................................................... 424
Connector Information.....................................350 U1562 and U1563 ..................................... 425
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........358
B1419 ....................................................... 358 TPMS ................................................ 427
B1431 ....................................................... 360 DTC List.............................................................427
B1433 ....................................................... 362 List ........................................................... 427
B1434 ....................................................... 364 Circuit Diagram.................................................428
B143B and B143C ..................................... 366 Circuit Diagram ......................................... 428
B1441 and B1442 ...................................... 367 Connector Information.....................................431
B144B ....................................................... 368 Connector Information .............................. 431
B1472 ....................................................... 369 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........438
B1481 and B14B0 ...................................... 371 C1A00 ...................................................... 438
B14B3, B14B4 and B14B6 .......................... 373 C1A01 ...................................................... 439
B14B8 ....................................................... 375 C1A02 ...................................................... 440
B14B9 ....................................................... 377 C1A03 ...................................................... 441
B14BA ...................................................... 379 C1A04 ...................................................... 442
B14BB ....................................................... 381 C1A05 ...................................................... 443
B14BC ...................................................... 383 U0073 ....................................................... 444
B14BD ...................................................... 385 U0100 ....................................................... 446
B14BE ....................................................... 387 U0122 ....................................................... 448
B14BF ....................................................... 389 U0140 ....................................................... 450
B14E7 ....................................................... 391 U0146 ....................................................... 452
B14F1 and B14F2 ....................................... 393 U0155 ....................................................... 454
U0073 ....................................................... 394 U0245 ....................................................... 456
U0100 ....................................................... 396 U1562 and U1563 ..................................... 458
U0140 ....................................................... 398
FICM-H............................................. 461
U0155 ....................................................... 400
U0245 ....................................................... 402 DTC List.............................................................461
U1562 and U1563 ..................................... 404 List ........................................................... 461
U2001 and U2002 ..................................... 406 Circuit Diagram.................................................462
Circuit Diagram ......................................... 462
T-BOX ............................................... 407 Connector Information.....................................470
DTC List.............................................................407 Connector Information .............................. 470
List ........................................................... 407 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........477
Circuit Diagram.................................................408 B1A01, B1A02, B1A05, B1A06, B1A07,
Circuit Diagram ......................................... 408 B1A08, B1A3E, B1A3F and B1A4B ............. 477
Connector Information.....................................410 B1A10 ...................................................... 479
Connector Information .............................. 410 B1A33, B1A34, B1A36, B1A37 and B1A3B
................................................................. 481
V1.0 3
Contents
B1A43 ...................................................... 483 Circuit Diagram.................................................544
U0073 ....................................................... 485 Circuit Diagram ......................................... 544
U010F ....................................................... 487 Connector Information.....................................548
U0140 ....................................................... 489 Connector Information .............................. 548
U0155 ....................................................... 491 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........553
U1031 ....................................................... 493 B1010 ....................................................... 553
U1562 and U1563 ..................................... 495 B1200 ....................................................... 555
B1201 and B1202 ...................................... 557
FICM-L ............................................. 497
B1220 and B1221 ...................................... 559
DTC List.............................................................497 B1230 ....................................................... 561
List ........................................................... 497 U0074 ....................................................... 563
B1A01, B1A02, B1A05, B1A06, B1A07, U1500 ....................................................... 575
B1A08, B1A3E, B1A3F and B1A4B ............. 506
U2001 and U2005 ..................................... 576
B1A10 ...................................................... 509
U1562 and U1563 ..................................... 577
B1A24 ...................................................... 511
B1A33, B1A34, B1A36, B1A37 and B1A3B GW ................................................... 579
................................................................. 513
DTC List.............................................................579
B1A43 ...................................................... 515
List ........................................................... 579
U0073 ....................................................... 517
Circuit Diagram.................................................580
U010F ....................................................... 519
Circuit Diagram ......................................... 580
U0140 ....................................................... 521
Connector Information.....................................584
U0146 ....................................................... 523
Connector Information .............................. 584
U0155 ....................................................... 525
U1562 and U1563 ..................................... 527
U0073 and U0077 ..................................... 591
U1031 ....................................................... 529
U0100 ....................................................... 593
SAS ................................................... 531 U0101 ....................................................... 595
DTC List.............................................................531 U0122 ....................................................... 597
List ........................................................... 531 U0126 ....................................................... 599
C0051 ....................................................... 536 U0245 ....................................................... 611
U0073 ....................................................... 537 U1562 and U1563 ..................................... 613
U1562 and U1563 ..................................... 539 U2001 ....................................................... 615
U2000, U2001 and U2003 .......................... 541 BCM.................................................. 617
IPK .................................................... 543 DTC List.............................................................617
DTC List.............................................................543 List ........................................................... 617
List ........................................................... 543 Circuit Diagram.................................................618
4 V1.0
Contents
Circuit Diagram ......................................... 618 Real-time Display Parameter List ................ 687
Connector Information.....................................624 T-BOX .................................................................690
Connector Information .............................. 624 Real-time Display Parameter List ................ 690
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........632 TPMS ..................................................................691
B104A ...................................................... 632 Real-time Display Parameter List ................ 691
B104B ....................................................... 634 FICM-H...............................................................696
B104C ...................................................... 636 Real-time Display Parameter List ................ 696
B1101 ....................................................... 638 FICM-L................................................................697
B1103 ....................................................... 640 Real-time Display Parameter List ................ 697
B1105 ....................................................... 642 IPK ......................................................................698
B1107 ....................................................... 643 Real-time Display Parameter List ................ 698
B1109 ....................................................... 644 SAS .....................................................................705
B1701, B1702 and B1705 ........................... 646 Real-time Display Parameter List ................ 705
B1706, B1707 and B1708 ........................... 648 GW .....................................................................706
U0100 ....................................................... 650 Real-time Display Parameter List ................ 706
U0101 ....................................................... 652 BCM ....................................................................707
U0151 ....................................................... 656 RS........................................................................716
U1562 and U1563 ..................................... 660 Glossary List ......................................................717
U1500 and U1501 ..................................... 662
RS...................................................... 663
DTC List.............................................................663
List ........................................................... 663
Circuit Diagram.................................................664
Circuit Diagram ......................................... 664
Connector Information.....................................666
Connector Information .............................. 666
01 ............................................................. 667
02 ............................................................. 669
03 ............................................................. 671
04 ............................................................. 672
05 ............................................................. 673
Real-time Display ............................ 675

ECM ....................................................................675
Real-time Display Parameter List ................ 675
TCM....................................................................680
SCS .....................................................................683
SDM ....................................................................685
HVAC..................................................................687
V1.0 5
General Information
Precaution Information Preventive Measures
General Precautions Always pay attention to the followings:
Hazardous Substances • Wear protective clothing, including impervious gloves
Modern vehicles have many substances or liquids, if handled when practicable.
improperly, they may pose potential risk to human health and • Avoid over-exposure or repeated exposure to oils,
environment. especially used engine oils.
Warning: Many liquids and other substances used in • Do not put oily rags in pockets.
vehicles are poisonous and should under no circumstances • Avoid contaminating clothes (especially the underwear)
be consumed and should, as far as possible, be kept with oil.
from contact with the skin. These liquids and substances • Comprehensive cleaning shall be done on a regular
include acid, antifreeze, brake fluid, fuel, windscreen basis. Properly handle the contaminated clothes and oil
washer additives, lubricants, refrigerants and various impregnated shoes.
adhesives.
• Open wounds shall be handled at the earliest possible
Warning: Always read carefully the instructions printed time.
on labels or stamped on components and obey them • Before each operation, apply skin cream to avoid oil
implicitly. Such instructions are included for reasons of contamination.
your health and personal safety. Never disregard them.
• Clean with soap and water, make sure all the oil
Synthetic Rubber contaminants are removed (any skin cleaner and nail
Many O-rings, sealing parts, hoses, flexible pipes and other brush will be useful).
similar items which appear to be natural rubber，but in fact, • After cleaning, apply skin lotion, prepare some wool
are made of a kind of synthetic rubber (fluororubber). Under grease to compensate natural oil loss of the skin.
normal conditions, these substances are safe and do not cause • Do not wash the skin with petroleum/gasoline, kerosene,
harm. However, these substances may dissolve and produce diesel, engine oil, diluent or solvent.
highly corrosive fluorinated acid when they are damaged due
• If possible, remove the oil contaminant before handling.
to combustion or high temperature.
• In case of skin damage due to imprudence, seek
When contacting with skin, these fluorinated acids may cause immediate medical care and follow the medical advice.
severe burns. In case of skin contact, please observe the
• If the operation will hurt eyes, wear eye protection (for
followings:
example, goggles or face shield). Eye cleaning device shall
• Take away the contaminated clothes immediately. be close to the working area.
• Wash the injured skin with plenty of cold water or lime
water for 15 - 60 minutes.
• Seek medical assistance immediately.
If the substance is burning or overheating, handle with great

care and wear protective clothing (seamless industrial gloves,
protective apron, etc).
After use, clean and handle with the gloves immediately.

Lubricating Fluid
Avoid excessive contact with used lubricating fluids, always
follow the health protection precautions.
Warning: Avoid excessive skin contact with used engine
oil. Used engine oil contains potentially harmful
contaminants which may cause skin cancer or other
serious skin disorders.
Warning: Avoid excessive skin contact with mineral oil.

Mineral oils remove the natural fats from the skin, leading
to dryness, irritation and dermatitis.
V1.0 1
General Information
Safety Precautions Cooling System Caps and Plugs
Lift When the engine is still hot, especially when it is overheated,
Caution: It is best to use the lift when working under the take particular care when removing expansion tank cap,
vehicle. Be sure to hold the wheels with chocks and apply coolant drain pipe or air bleed screws. To avoid the possibility
parking brake. of burns, you should wait for the engine to cool down before
removal.
Always use the recommended jacking points.
Ensure that the lift has sufficient load capacity for the weight
to be lifted.
Ensure the lift is standing on level ground during the lifting or

jacking work.
Apply hand brake and wedges to fix the wheels.
Warning: Do not work on or under a vehicle supported

only by a jack.Always support the vehicle on safety stands.
Do not leave tools, lifting equipment and spilt oil, etc. around
or in the work area. Always keep a clean and tidy work area.
Brake Shoes and Pads
Always use the correct gear and brake pads. When replacing
brake pads and brake shoes, always replace as complete axle
sets.
Brake Hydraulic System
Observe the following procedures when working on the brake
system:
• Apply two spanners to loosen or tighten brake pipes/tube
fittings.
• Ensure that hoses run in a natural curve and are not
twisted or deformed.
• Fix brake pipes securely with retaining clips and ensure
that the pipe will not contact a potential chafing point.
• Containers for containing brake fluid must be kept clean.
• Do not store brake fluid in an unsealed container,
otherwise it will absorb moisture in the air, which may
lower its burning point, and in this condition it is likely
to cause danger in its use.
• Do not allow brake fluid to be contaminated by mineral
oil, or put new brake fluid in a container which has
previously contained mineral oil.
• Do not re-use the brake fluid drained from the brake
system.
• Always use clean brake fluid or a recommended
alternative to clean hydraulic components.
• After disconnecting brake pipes and hoses, immediately
fit suitable end caps or plugs to prevent the ingress of
dirt.
• Only use brake fittings with proper threads.
• Maintain absolute cleanliness when working with
hydraulic components.
V1.0 2
General Information
Environmental Precautions Water Discharge
Overview Oil, petrol, solvent, acids, hydraulic oil, antifreeze and other
This section provides general information which can help to such substances should never be poured down the drain and
reduce the environmental impacts from the activities carried every precaution must be taken to prevent spillage reaching
out in workshops. the drains.
Emissions to Air Handling of such materials must take place well away from the
Many of the activities that are carried out in workshops emit drains and preferably in an area with a kerb or wall around it, to
gases and fumes which contribute to global warming, depletion prevent discharge into the drain. If a spillage occurs, it should
of the ozone layer and/or the formation of photochemical be soaked up immediately. Having a spill kit available will make
smog at ground level. By considering how the workshop this easier.
activities are carried out, these gases and fumes can be Checklist
minimized, thus reducing the impact on the environment.
Always observe the following disposal and spillage prevention
Exhaust Fumes instructions.
Running car engines is an essential part of workshop activities • Never pour anything down a drain without first checking
and it shall be carried out in a well ventilated environment. that it is environmentally safe to do so, and that it does
However, the amount of time engines are running and the not contravene any local regulations.
position of the vehicle should be carefully considered at all
• Store liquids in a walled area.
times, to reduce the release of poisonous gases and minimize
• Make sure that taps on liquid containers are secure and
the inconvenience to people living nearby.
cannot be accidentally turned on.
Solvents
• Protect bulk storage tanks from vandalism by locking the
Some of the cleaning agents used are solvent based and will valves.
evaporate to atmosphere if used improperly, or if cans are • Sealed pipelines are preferred to transfer liquids from one
left unsealed. All solvent containers should be firmly closed container to another.
when not needed and solvent should be used sparingly. Suitable
• Ensure lids are replaced securely on containers.
alternative materials may be available to replace some of the
commonly used solvents. Similarly, many paints are solvent • Have spill kits available near to the spot of storage and
based and the spray should be minimized to reduce solvent handling of liquids.
emissions. Spill Kits
Refrigerant Special materials are available to absorb a number of different
substances. They can be in granular form, ready to use and
Discharge and replacement of refrigerant from air conditioning
bought in convenient containers for storage.
units should only be carried out by using the correct
equipment. Land Contamination
Engine Oils, fuels, solvents, etc. can contaminate any soil that they are
allowed to contact. Such materials should never be disposed
Always observe the followings: of by pouring onto soil. Every precaution must be taken to
• Minimize the unnecessary running of the engine; prevent spillage reaching soil. Waste materials stored on open
• Minimize testing times and check where the exhaust ground could also leak, or may contaminate the land due to
fumes being blown. the washout of contaminants. Always store these materials in
suitable robust containers.
Thinner:
• Keep lids on containers of solvents. Notice
• Only use the minimum quantity. Always observe the followings:
• Consider alternative materials. • Don't pour or spill anything onto the soil or bare ground.
• Minimize over-spray when painting. • Don't place waste materials on bare ground.
Gas: Local Issues
• Use the correct equipment for collecting refrigerants. A number of environmental issues will be of particular concern
• Don't burn rubbish on site. to residents and other neighbours close to the site. The
sensitivity of these issues will depend on the distance between
V1.0 3
General Information
the site and their residences, the layout of the site and amount • Detergent: safe to pour down the foul drain if diluted.
of activity carried on at the site. • Paint, thinners: keep separate and deliver to a specialist
Car alarm testing, panel beating, hammering and other such contractor for disposal.
noisy activities should, whenever possible, be carried out • Components: send back to supplier for refurbishment,
indoors with doors and windows shut or as far away from or disassemble and reuse any suitable parts. Dispose the
residential area as possible. remainder as ordinary waste.
Be sensitive to the time when these activities are carried out • Small parts: reuse any suitable parts, dispose the
and minimize the time of the noisy operation, particularly in remainder in general method.
the early morning and late evening. • Metals: can be sold after being classified from general
waste.
Another local concern will be the smell from the various
materials used. Using less solvent, paint and petrol could help • Tyres: keep separate and deliver to a specialist
prevent this annoyance. contractor for disposal.
• Packaging: compact as much as possible and dispose in
Local residents and other business users will also be concerned
the ordinary way.
about traffic congestion, noise and exhaust fumes, be sensitive
to these concerns and try to minimize inconvenience from • Asbestos material: keep separate and deliver to a
deliveries and servicing operations. specialist contractor for disposal.
• Oily and fuel wastes (e.g. rags, used spill kit material):
Checklist
keep separate and deliver to a specialist contractor for
Always observe the followings: disposal.
• Identify where the neighbours who are likely to be • Air filters: keep separate and deliver to a specialist
affected are situated. contractor for disposal.
• Minimize noise, smells and traffic nuisance. • Rubber/plastics: dispose in the ordinary way.
• Prevent litter by disposing of waste in the correct manner. • Water pipes: dispose in the ordinary way.
• Have waste containers emptied regularly. • Batteries: keep separate and deliver to a specialist
Waste Management contractor for disposal.
One of the major ways that pollution can be reduced is by the • Airbags - explosives: keep separate and deliver to a
careful handling, storage and disposal of all waste materials that specialist contractor for disposal.
occur on sites. This means that it is necessary to not only know • Electrical components: send back to supplier for
what the waste materials are, but also to have the necessary refurbishment, or disassemble and reuse any suitable
documentation and to know local regulations that apply. parts. Dispose the remainder as ordinary waste.
Handling and Storage of Waste • Catalysts: can be sold after being classified from general
waste.
Waste should be stored in such a way as to prevent the escape
• Used spill-absorbing material: keep separate and deliver
of the material to land, water or air.
to a specialist contractor for disposal.
They must also be segregated into different types of waste
e.g. oil, metals, batteries, used vehicle components. This will
prevent any reaction between different materials and assist in
disposal.
Disposal of Waste
Disposal of waste materials must only be to waste carriers who
are authorized to carry those particular waste materials and
have all the necessary documentation. The waste carrier is
responsible for ensuring that the waste is taken to the correct
disposal sites.
Dispose of waste in accordance with the following guidelines:

• Fuel, hydraulic fluid, anti-freeze and oil: appoint a special
contractor for separate disposal.
• Refrigerant: collect in specialist equipment and reuse.
V1.0 4
General Information
Fuel Handling Precautions Fuel Tank Repair
Overview Do not try to repair a plastic fuel tank. If the structure of the
Gasoline vapour is highly flammable and poisonous, which is fuel tank is damaged, fit a new one.
readily explosive in confined spaces. The vapour is heavier Body Repair
than air, so it always floats below. The vapour can be easily
Plastic fuel pipes are especially susceptible to heat. It can be
distributed throughout the workshop with air flow, therefore,
melt down by heat from a long distance, even at a relatively
even a small spillage of fuel can be very dangerous.
low temperature.
The following information is the basic precautions for handling
When body repairs involve the use of heat, all fuel pipes near
fuel safely. Matters that may lead to danger and shall not be
the repair area must be removed and the tank outlet must be
neglected are also indicated. This information is only a basic
blocked.
introduction, if you have any question, please consult your local
fireman. Warning: If welding is to be carried out in the vicinity of
the fuel tank, the fuel system must be drained and the tank
When handling or draining the fuel, or removing the fuel
removed before welding commences.
system, always have a fire extinguisher containing foam, carbon
dioxide, gas or powder close at hand. Fire extinguishers
should also be located in areas where fuel containers are
stored.
Always disconnect the battery before removing or draining the

fuel system.
When handling, draining or storing the fuel, or removing the

fuel system, please turn off or remove all the ignition devices;
all the working lamps must be fireproof and leakage-free.
Warning: No one should be permitted to repair
components associated with fuel without first having
specialist training.
Warning: Do not remove fuel system components while

the vehicle is over a pit.
Fuel Tank Draining
Fuel tank draining should be carried out in accordance with
the procedure outlined in the FUEL DELIVERY section of this
manual and observing the following precautions.
Warning: Do not remove fuel system components while

the vehicle is over a pit. Extraction or draining of fuel
must be carried out in a well ventilated area.
The capacity of the container must be larger than the fuel to

be drained. The name of the stored liquid shall be clarified on
the container. The liquid shall be stored in a safe area which
meets the local regulations and standards.
Removal of Fuel Tank
When fixing the fuel pipe to the outlet of the fuel tank with
a spring steel clip, release the clip before the fuel pipe is
disconnected or the fuel tank is removed. By doing so, the
vapour in the fuel tank will not be lit when the clip is released.
Additional attention: a warning sign of "Gasoline Vapour" shall

be attached to the fuel tank when it is removed from the
vehicle.
V1.0 5
General Information
Electrical Precautions Disconnecting the Battery
Overview Before disconnecting the battery, turn off the alarm system and
The following instructions are intended to guarantee the all the electrical equipments.
safety of operators and protect the electrical and electronic
Caution: To prevent damage to electrical components,
components on the vehicle from damage. When necessary,
always disconnect the battery when working on the
please refer to the specific precautions described in this
vehicle's electrical system. The ground lead must be
manual.
disconnected first and reconnected last.
Equipment
Caution: Always ensure that battery leads are routed
Before starting any test on the vehicle, ensure that the correctly and are not close to any potential chafing
related test equipments work properly and all harnesses and points.
connectors are in good state. In particular, check the wire and
Battery Charging
plug of the operating equipment.
Always ensure that the battery charging area is well ventilated,
Polarity
special care should be taken to keep it away from open flame
Do not reverse the battery polarity. Always ensure the correct and spark.
polarity is connected when testing.
Rules
High-voltage Circuit
Connect or disconnect other systems after the ignition
Use insulating pliers to disconnect the alive circuit, do not allow system is turned off, so as to avoid the surge generated by
the exposed wire to contact any components, especially the disconnecting the "live" connection which may damage the
ECU. Measure voltage of the ignition coil terminal when the electronic components.
engine is running. Special care shall be taken since the terminal
Ensure that hands and working surface are clean and free of oil,
may generate high voltage.
swarf, etc. Grease and dust may lead to leakage of electricity
Connectors and Harnesses (short circuit) or open circuit.
For electrical components and connectors, the operating
Do not remove or fit the connectors by force, especially
environment in the engine compartment is awfully harsh:
the internal connectors. Damaged circuits may lead to short
• Before disconnecting and connecting the test equipment, circuit or open circuit.
make sure that the relevant electrical components is dry
Before starting any test and when the periodical test is
and oil-free.
performed, touch vehicle body to release the static electricity.
• Ensure the disconnected multi-plugs and sensors are
Static electricity on operator's body is liable to cause damage
free of oil, coolant or other liquids. Contamination may
to some electronic components.
impair working performance or result in catastrophic
failures. When handling the PCB, only hold the edge of the PCB
with care. Note that some electronic components are quite
• Do not disconnect the connector by force with tools or
susceptible to static electricity from the body.
by pulling the harness.
• Before disconnecting the connector, ensure that the Electrical Connector Lubrication
locking mechanism is unlocked and in the right position To avoid corrosion, a special grease has been applied to some
for reconnection. connectors under the engine hood and vehicle body during
• Ensure that all the protective devices (cap, insulating the vehicle production. If the grease is spoiled during the
material, etc) are in good condition. Once damaged, maintenance, repair or replacement, it should be applied again.
replace it immediately.
If any assembly fails:

• Turn off the ignition switch and disconnect the battery
negative.
• Remove the assembly, and secure the disconnected
harness.
• When replacing the assembly, keep greasy hands away
from the electrical connection area. Push the connector
all the way down until it is locked.
V1.0 6
General Information
SRS Precautions In order to ensure the integrity of system, it is required to
General Precautions check and maintain SRS system on a regular basis so that it can
work more effectively while impact occurs. Check the SRS
If without correct service and handling, some parts in the
component carefully before refit. Do not fit any part showing
system will cause potential dangers to servicemen. The
signs of falling or improperly handled, such as depression, crack
following instructions remind servicemen to be alert to these
or deformation.
potential dangers, and address the importance of complete
parts installed on SRS. Warning: The integrity of the SRS system is critical for
safety reasons.
Warning: It is imperative that before any work
is undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate Make sure to comply with the following operations:
information is read thoroughly. • Do not fit the SRS component previously used on other
Warning: It is imperative that before any work vehicles, nor try to repair the SRS component.
is undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate • Do not use any SRS component without mark or with
information is read thoroughly. illegible mark.
Warning: The airbag module contains sodium azide which • The airbag or SRS ECU that has already fallen off must
is poisonous and extremely flammable. Contact with not be used.
water, acid or heavy metals may produce harmful or • While repairing SRS system, only brand new original
explosive compounds. Do not dismantle, incinerate or components can be used.
bring into contact with electricity, before the unit has • Do not power on SRS component, unless such test is
been deployed. otherwise specified in the instructions.
Warning: Always replace a seat belt assembly that has • Ensure the tightening torque of screw is correct. While
withstood the strain of a severe vehicle impact, or if the replacing SRS component, new fasteners must be used.
webbing shows signs of fraying. • Make sure SRS ECU is correctly fit. Gap is not allowed
Warning: Always disconnect the vehicle battery before between SRS ECU and its bracket. Improper installation
carrying out any electric welding on a vehicle fitted with of SRS ECU may lead to system failure.
an SRS system. • Do not power on SRS ECU before all SRS components
are connected.
Caution: Do not expose an airbag module or seat belt
pre-tensioner to heat exceeding 85℃. Caution: Ensure SRS components are not contaminated
with oil, grease, detergent or water.
Pay attention to operation cautions when maintaining SRS as
well as operating auxiliary system and components around SRS Caution: Torque wrenches should be regularly checked for
component. accuracy to ensure that all fixings are tightened to the
correct torque.
Keep System Secure
Caution: Following seat belt pretensioner deployment,
When conducting the operation on and around the SRS
the seat belts can still be used as conventional seat
component, ensure the security of system according to the
belts, but will need to be replaced as soon as possible to
following steps:
re-establish full SRS protection.
• Take the key from ignition switch.
Caution: If the SRS component is to be replaced, the bar
• Disconnect the battery negative first, and then
code of the new unit must be recorded.
disconnect the positive.
• Wait for 10 minutes to discharge SRS ECU backup circuit. SRS Component Test Precautions
SRS system uses energy storage capacitor so that the system SRS component is designed to be triggered with low working
can still work in case of power failure due to accident. The current, please always follow the precautions as below:
discharge time of capacitor shall be long enough (at least 10 Warning: Do not use a multimeter or other general
minutes) to prevent the airbag from unexpected deployment. purpose test equipment on SRS system components
Caution: Disconnect the battery before starting the SRS or accidental deployment may occur. Only use the
operation. Disconnect the battery negative terminal first. recommended diagnostic equipment to diagnose system
DO NOT disconnect the battery in the reverse order. faults.
Fit
V1.0 7
General Information
Warning: Do not use electrical test equipment on the SRS Warning: Store the airbag module or seat belt
harness while it is connected to any of the SRS system pre-tensioners in a designated storage area.
components. It may cause accidental deployment and
Caution: Improper handling or storage can internally
personal injury.
damage the airbag module, making it inoperative. If you
Handling and Storage suspect the airbag module has been damaged, install
Always comply with the following handling precautions: a new module and refer to theDeployment/Disposal
Procedures for disposal of the damaged module.
Warning: The SRS components are sensitive and
potentially hazardous if not handled correctly; always SRS Harness and Connector
comply with the following handling precautions: When handling the harness of SRS system, comply with the
• ECU and airbag must be stored in a cabinet in a dry following operation steps:
room at normal room temperatures not exceeding • Do not try to modify, connect or repair SRS harness.
85° C. Ensure that heating, fire, water and other
• Do not fit any extra electronic equipment (e.g., mobile
chemical corrosive substances cannot contaminate
phone, two-way broadcast or onboard entertainment
the stored SRS components.
system), which will cause electromagnetic interference
• For safety reasons, do not store inflammable goods to airbag circuit. Consult professional personnel for
close to the area where the SRS components are suggestions prior to the fit of similar devices.
stored.
Note: SRS system wiring can be identified by a special
• Keep new airbag module in the original packaging,
yellow outer sleeve protecting the wires (black with yellow
until just before fitting.
stripe protective coverings are sometimes used).
• The storage area must comply with all legal
Warning: Always ensure SRS wiring is routed correctly.
requirements. It must have suitable fire extinguishers
Be careful to avoidtrapping or pinching the SRS wiring.
or other fire extinguishing equipment.
Do not leave the connectors hanging loose or allow SRS
• Never drop an SRS component. The airbag
components to hang from their harnesses. Look for
diagnostic control unit is a particularly shock
possible points of chafing.
sensitive device and must be handled with extreme
Precautions during User's Operation
care.
• Never wrap your arms around an airbag module. If In order to ensure the airbag to restrain, users shall pay
an airbag module has to be carried, hold it by the attention to the following precautions related to the use of
cover, with the cover uppermost and the base away airbag.
from your body. The driver and passenger must use seat belt in a correct
• Never transport airbag modules or seat belt manner. Proper use of seat belt may protect human body and
pre-tensioners in the cabin of a vehicle. reduce the damage to body during accident.
Warning: Never attach anything to an airbag cover or any Do not fit any additional device that may hinder or damage seat
trim componentcovering an airbag module. Do not allow belt pretensioner or airbag without permission.
anything to rest on top of an airbag module.
Do not place any articles on the steering wheel and instrument
Warning: Store the airbag module with the deployment panel, otherwise they will cut the airbag while inflating or
side uppermost. If it is stored deployment side down, become projectile to hurt human body.
accidental deployment will propel the airbag module with
The seat cover is not allowed to add or incorrectly fit on seat
enough force to cause serious injury.
with side airbag.
Warning: Airbag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners are
Children under the age of 12 is not allowed to be seated in
classed as explosive devices. For overnight and longer
front seat.
term storage, they must be stored in a secure steel cabinet
which has been approved as suitable for the purpose and Only original accessories are allowed to install.
has been registered by the local authority. Only authorized personnel can remove the harness and
Warning: When recovering the seat belt pretensioner, DO connector of airbag module, SRS ECU and SRS system.
NOT aim the piston pipe at yourself or others. Keep the If the airbag and seat belt pretensioner are used in accident,
pistons facing the ground. Hold the case instead of the then SRS ECU must be replaced and the old one shall be
seat belt. discarded.
V1.0 8
General Information
SRS system on each vehicle is matched and verified, and adding Warning: Contact with chemicals from deployed and
or modifying SRS system and harness at will may harm human damaged SRS components could present a health hazard,
body. wear protective clothing when handling. DO NOT eat,
drink or smoke when handling SRS components.
Change in vehicle structure or SRS system is strictly prohibited,
otherwise it may result in false explosion or non-explosion of Warning: Deployment of airbag modules and seat belt
airbag. pre-tensioners can cause injury to personnel in the close
Rotary Coupler Protection vicinity of the deploying unit. In case of injury seek urgent
medical advice. Possible sources of injury include:
Caution: Always follow the procedure for fitting and
• impact - due to inflating airbag or pretensioner
checking the rotary coupler as instructed in the SRS
operation causing component 'kick'.
repairs section. Comply with all safety and installation
procedures to ensure the system functions correctly. • hearing - due to noise produced by deploying airbags
and seat belt pretensioner units.
Follow the following operation precautions:
• burns - hot component parts and gases.
• Do not unlock or rotate while removing rotary coupler.
• irritation to eyes and lungs - from deploying gases or
• Do not rotate wheels while removing rotary coupler.
combustion residue.
• Ensure that the rotary coupler is in the centre with front
Warning: Ensure the SRS component to be deployed is
wheel pointing to right ahead when carrying out removal
securely fastened to its mounting.
and refit. For correct removal and refit procedures,
please refer to SRS Service section. Warning: Compliance with the following precautions
• Ensure the locking piece is in good condition while fitting MUST be ensured:
new rotary coupler; do not use if it is damaged. • Only use deployment equipment approved for the
Roadside Assistance intended purpose.
Traction - SRS Component Non-deployment • Before commencing deployment procedure, ensure

the deployment tool functions properly.
Normal traction will not lead to airbag deployment. However,
• Deployment of airbag/pre-tensioner modules should
as an preventive measure, it is required to turn off the ignition
be performed in a well ventilated area which has
switch and disconnect the battery positive and negative.
been designated for the purpose.
Disconnect the negative first at the time of disconnection.
• Ensure airbag/pre-tensioner modules are not
Traction - SRS Component Non-deployment damaged or ruptured before attempting to deploy.
Once the driver airbag deploys, the vehicle must be drawn • Notify the relevant authorities of intention to deploy
with front wheel lifted. However, as an preventive measure, airbag and pretensioner units.
it is required to turn off the ignition switch and disconnect the • When deploying airbag and seat belt pre-tensioner
battery positive and negative. Disconnect the negative first at units, ensure that all personnel are at least 15 metres
the time of disconnection. away from the deployment zone.
SRS Component Deployment • When deploying seat belt pretensioners in the
If the vehicle has unexpanded airbag module while being vehicle, ensure the pre-tensioner unit is fully secured
scraped, deploy it manually. to its fixing point.
• When removing deployed airbag and seat belt
Comply with the following precautions:
pre-tensioner modules, wear protective clothing.
Warning: Only personnel who have undergone the Use gloves and seal deployed units in a plastic bag.
appropriate training should undertake deployment of • Following deployment of any component of the SRS
airbag and seat belt pre-tensioner modules. system within the vehicle, all SRS components must
Warning: A deployed airbag or seat belt pre-tensioner is be replaced. DO NOT re-use or salvage any parts of
very hot, DO NOT return to a deployed airbag module the SRS system.
until at least 30 minutes have elapsed since deployment. • Do not lean over airbag modules or seat belt
pre-tensioner units when connecting deployment
Warning: Only use approved deployment equipment,
equipment.
and only deploy SRS components in a well-ventilated
designated area. Ensure SRS components are not
damaged or ruptured before deployment.
V1.0 9
General Information
Air Conditioning System Precautions Warning: Due to its low evaporating temperature, R134a
Overview must be handled with care. R134a splashed on any part
of the body will cause immediate freezing of that area.
The fluids and components of air conditioning system could
Also, refrigerant cylinders and replenishment trolleys
be potentially hazardous to the service technician or the
when discharging will freeze skin to them if contact is
environment if they are not serviced or handled correctly.
made.
The following guidelines are intended to alert the service
engineer to potential sources of danger and emphasize the Service Precautions
importance of ensuring the integrity of the air conditioning Observe the following precautions when handling components
operating conditions and components fitted to the vehicle. used in the air conditioning system:
Where necessary, additional specific precautions are detailed • Air conditioning units must not be lifted by their hoses,
in the relevant sections of this Manual which should be referred pipes or capillary lines.
to prior to commencing repair operations. • Hoses and lines must not be subjected to any twist or
The refrigerant used in the air conditioning system is HFC-134a stress; the efficiency of the system will be impaired by
(Hydrofluorocarbon) R134a. kinks or restrictions. Ensure that hoses are correctly
positioned before tightening couplings, and ensure that
Warning: Servicing must only be carried out by personnel all clips and supports are utilized.
familiar with both the vehicle system and the charging and
• Flexible hoses should not be positioned close to the
testing equipment. All operations must be carried out in
exhaust manifold (less than 100 mm) unless protected
a well ventilated area away from open flame and heat
by heat shielding.
sources.
• Completed assemblies must be checked for refrigeration
Warning: R134a is a hazardous liquid and when handled lines touching metal panels. Any direct contact of
incorrectly can cause serious injury. Suitable protective components and panels may transmit noise and so must
clothing, consisting of face protection, heat-proof gloves, be eliminated.
rubber boots and rubber apron or waterproof overalls,
• The appropriate torque wrench must be used when
must be worn when carrying out operations on the air
tightening refrigerant connections to the stipulated
conditioning system.
value. An additional spanner must be used to hold the
First-aid Measures union to prevent twisting of the pipe when tightening
If an accident involving R134a should occur, conduct the connections.
following first-aid measures: • Before connecting any hose or pipe, ensure that
• If liquid R134a enters the eye, do not rub it. Gently run refrigerant oil is applied to the seat of the new O-rings,
large quantities of eye wash over affected eye to raise the BUT NOT to the threads of the connection.
temperature. If an eye wash is not available, cool clean • All air conditioning system components must be stored
water may be used to flush the eye. After rinsing, cover under seal until immediately prior to connection.
the eye with a clean pad and seek immediate medical • Ensure components are at room temperature before
attention. uncapping, to prevent condensation of moisture from
• If liquid R134a is splashed onto the skin, run large the air that enters it.
quantities of water over the affected area to raise the • Component seal must not remain uncapped for more
temperature. Take the same measures for skin contact than 15 minutes. In the event of a delay, the sealing
with the discharge. Wrap the contaminated body parts component must be fitted.
in blankets (or similar materials) and seek immediate
• When disconnecting, immediately cap all air conditioning
medical attention.
pipes to prevent ingress of dirt and moisture into the
• If inhalation of R134a vapour causes persons to be system.
unconscious, move them away from the contaminated
• The receiver/drier contains desiccant which absorbs
area to fresh air and apply artificial respiration and/ or
moisture. It must be positively sealed at all times. A
oxygen and seek immediate medical attention.
receiver/drier that has been left uncapped must not be
used, fit a new unit.
• The receiver/drier should be the last component
connected to the system to ensure optimum dehydration
and maximum moisture protection of the system.
V1.0 10
General Information
• Whenever the refrigerant system is opened, the Warning: Refrigerant R134a from domestic and
desiccant must be renewed immediately before refilling commercial sources must not be used in motor vehicle air
the refrigerant. conditioning systems.
• Use alcohol and a clean lint-free cloth to clean dirty Caution: The system must be evacuated immediately
connections. before recharging commences. Delay between evacuation
• Ensure that all new parts fitted are marked for use with and recharging is not permitted.
R134a.
Refrigerant Oil
Refrigerant oil easily absorbs water and must not be stored for
long periods. Do not pour unused refrigerant oil back into the
container. Always use an approved refrigerant oil.
When replacing components in the A/C system, drain the

refrigerant oil from the component being replaced into
a graduated container. On assembly, add the quantity of
lubricating oil drained to the new component.
Compressor
A new compressor is sealed and pressurized with nitrogen gas.
When fitting a new compressor, slowly release the sealing cap;
gas pressure should be heard to vent as the seal is broken.
Caution: Do not remove the cap(s) until immediately
prior to connecting the air conditioning pipes to the
compressor.
Rapid Refrigerant Discharge
If the air conditioning system is involved in accident damage
and the system is punctured, the refrigerant will discharge
rapidly. The rapid discharge of refrigerant will also result in
the loss of most of the oil from the system. While removing
the compressor, drain the rest lubricating oil, and operate as
instructed in the air conditioning section of this manual.
Precautions for Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling
and Recharging
When the air conditioning system is recharged with
refrigerant, any existing refrigerant is first recovered from the
system and recycled. The system is then charged with the
required refrigerant and volume of lubricating oil.
Warning: Refrigerant must always be recycled before

re-use to ensure that the purity of the refrigerant is high
enough for safe use in the air conditioning system.
Warning: Recycling should always be carried out with

equipment which is design certified by Underwriter
Laboratory Inc. for compliance with SAE J1991. Other
equipment may not recycle refrigerant to the required
level of purity.
Warning: A R134a Refrigerant Recovery Recycling
Recharging Station must not be used with any other type
of refrigerant.
V1.0 11
General Information Diagnoses Based on Strategy
Diagnoses Based on Strategy Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network

Integrity Inspection of CAN Network Note: please confirm the followings:
Integrity Inspection of Diagnosis CAN Network • Control modules and LAN devices equipped on the
Note: please confirm the followings: vehicle
• Control modules and LAN devices equipped on the • Position of control modules in the Diagnosis CAN circuit
vehicle • Control module B+, ignition, grounding, communication
• Position of control modules in the Diagnosis CAN circuit enabling and serial data circuit terminals
• Control module B+, ignition, grounding, communication 1. Confirm that there is no DTC for communication
enabling and serial data circuit terminals between other modules before the diagnosis. If any,
diagnose it first.
1. Confirm that there is no DTC for communication
between other modules before the diagnosis. If any, 2. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
diagnose it first. disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and 3. Test the resistance between terminals CAN H (20)
disconnect the negative battery cable. and CAN L (19) of the GW harness connector BY238
according to the following conditions:
3. Test the resistance between terminals CAN H (11)
and CAN L (12) of the GW harness connector BY238 A: With all connectors connected, test if the resistance
according to the following conditions: is 60±5Ω.
A: With all connectors connected, test if the resistance is B: With harness connector EM054 of the ECM or harness
120±5Ω. connector BY174 of the SDM disconnected, test if the
resistance is 120±5Ω.
C: With all connectors disconnected from the GW, test
if the resistance is infinite. C: With harness connector EM054 of the ECM and
harness connector BY174 of the SDM disconnected, test
4. If the above resistances fail to meet the standard value,
if the resistance is infinite.
disconnect the harness connector from the control
module which is unable to communicate. 4. If the above resistances fail to meet the standard value,
disconnect the harness connector from the control
5. Test if the resistance between the ground circuit terminal
module which is unable to communicate.
of each control module and the ground is less than 5Ω.
5. Test if the resistance between the ground circuit terminal
If it is greater than the specified range, test the ground
of each control module and the ground is less than 5Ω.
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
6. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
switch in “ON” position, and confirm if the test lamp
between the B+ circuit terminal of each control module 6. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
and the ground illuminates. switch in “ON” position, and confirm if the test lamp
between the B+ circuit terminal of each control module
If the test lamp fails to illuminate, test the B+ circuit for and the ground illuminates.
short to ground or open circuit/high resistance.
If the test lamp fails to illuminate, test the B+ circuit for
If the circuit fuse is blown, test the control circuit of the short to ground or open circuit/high resistance.
control module for short to ground.
If the circuit fuse is blown, test the control circuit of the
If the circuit test is normal, replace the control module. control module for short to ground.
7. Confirm if the test lamp between each ignition circuit If the circuit test is normal, replace the control module.
terminal and the ground illuminates.
7. Confirm if the test lamp between each ignition circuit
If it fails to illuminate, test the ignition circuit for short to terminal and the ground illuminates.
ground or open circuit/high resistance.
If it fails to illuminate, test the ignition circuit for short to
If the circuit fuse is blown, test the control circuit of the ground or open circuit/high resistance.
control module for short to ground.
If the circuit fuse is blown, test the control circuit of the
If the circuit test is normal, replace the control module. control module for short to ground.
If the circuit test is normal, replace the control module.
V1.0 12
Diagnoses Based on Strategy General Information
Description on Diagnostic Procedure
U n d e rs ta n d a n d V e rify th e C u s to m e rs C o n c e rn
V e h ic le O p e ra tin g a s D e s ig n e d
P re lim in a ry C h e c k s V is u a l a n d O p e ra tio n a l
P e rfo rm D ia g n o s tic S y s te m C h e c k V e h ic le Id e n tify th

C a te g o ry o f D ia g n o s tic to P e rfo rm
C h e c k fo r R e la tiv e S e r v ic e T e c h n ic a l In fo rm a tio n
C u r re n t D T C N o D TC
In te r m itte n t/h is to ry D T C
F o llo w D T C D ia g n o s tic F o llo w S y m p to m S e e D ia g n o s tic D e ta il
P ro c e d u re D ia g n o s tic P ro c e d u re B e lo w
Is o la te th e R o o t C a u s e , th e n R e p a ir a n d V e rify F ix
No
R e - e x a m in e th e C o n c e rn
Yes
E n s u re th e C o n c e rn s o lv e d , C le a r th e D T C
1. Understand and confirm the problem claimed by the 4. Perform a diagnostic system check - vehicle, confirm if
customer: The first step of this procedure is to get the system works normally. This can lead the technician
information as much as possible from the customer. to take systematic diagnostic actions and determine
Working conditions while the failure occurs, frequency which diagnostic category shall be performed. Refer to
of the failure and service history shall be inquired. The "Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle".
technician shall have a good knowledge of the normal 5. Check and refer to the relevant service technical
working condition of the system prior to confirming any information.
customer claimed problem. For details, please refer to
6. Diagnostic category:
User Manual or Service Manual.
a. Current DTCs: perform the diagnosis according to
2. The driving condition conforms to the design
the specified DTC so as to make a effective repair.
requirement: such condition exists when the vehicle
Please refer to the Overall List of the Diagnostic
is running normally. The condition described by the
Trouble Code (DTC).
customer may be a normal condition. Under the same
condition as described by the customer, compare with b. Symptom - no DTC is detected: Select a proper
the similar vehicles which are in normal operation. symptom diagnosis procedure.
Explain the check results and system operation conditions
c. Intermittent DTCs: intermittent failure is a failure
to the customer.
which does not occur consecutively, is quite difficult
3. Preliminary check: perform a thorough visual check. to reappear and only occurs when the relevant
Review the service history. Check for any abnormal conditions are met. Normally, intermittent failures
noise or smell. Collect the DTC information so as to are caused by electrical connector and harness
make effective repair. failure, component failure, electromagnetic/radio
V1.0 13
frequency interference, driving condition or Diagnostic Procedure Description

aftermarket add-on equipments. The following is brief description for all 13 procedures included
7. Find out the root cause of the failure, then make repair in diagnostic procedure.
and verify the result: after finding out the root cause DTC Description
of the failure, repair and verify if the failure has been
It describes the DTC diagnosed in this procedure. DTC No.
corrected. Confirm that the DTC or symptom has been
and description with symptom description will be provided
solved, it may be required to perform a road test on
when appropriate.
the vehicle.
Circuit/System Description
8. Recheck the problem claimed by the customer: If the
technician fails to find out the cause of the problem, Circuit/system description determines how the circuit/system
recheck as necessary. Reconfirm the problem claimed works.
by the customer. The problem could be an intermittent Conditions for Running DTCs
failure, or a normal condition.
Conditions for running DTCs confirm which conditions must
9. Confirm that the customer claimed problem has been appear to allow the running of failure diagnosis.
solved, and clear the relevant DTC.
Unordered list in this procedure shows that conditions to run
DTC are in "and" relation.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Conditions for setting DTCs confirm which conditions must
appear when diagnosis fails and when this DTC is set.
Unordered list in this procedure shows that conditions to set

DTC are in "or" relation.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Action taken when the DTC is set confirms the default
operation when the control module sets a DTC.
Unordered list in this procedure shows that action taken when

setting DTCs is in "and" relation.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Conditions for clearing DTCs/MILs confirm the conditions that
must be met to clear DTCs.
Unordered list in this procedure shows that conditions to clear

DTC/MIL are in "or" relation.
Diagnostic Aid
Diagnostic aid is a suggestion, and it explains in other ways for
diagnosing this failure. It also provides special information to
aid technicians in looking for and repairing vehicle failures.
Failure Cause
All the factors that may cause this DTC are listed in "Failure
Cause", this helps the technician to narrow the range for
service and repair vehicle failures quickly and effectively.
Unordered list in this procedure shows that failure causes are

in "or" relation.
Reference Information
Reference information includes links providing other
information for the diagnostic procedure.
For example:
V1.0 14
basic method of circuit inspection Test module in this category is not available. Mostly, module is
Circuit/System Check used to confirm harness circuit in circuit/system test category,
and always re-test module before replacement.
Diagnosis mode does not enforce technicians to carry
out any of three diagnosis types (circuit/system check,
Service Guideline
circuit/system test and component test). However, carrying Service guideline provides relevant link for components to be
out circuit/system check first helps to determine current repaired or replaced, and this link describes how to identify
vehicle failures the repaired vehicle.
Circuit/system check is a non-interference procedure,
outlining how to confirm normal operation of a system or a
system port. During the check, vehicle shall be kept intact
and be tested as a complete system. This check is used to
help technicians to determine whether the failure is current
or intermittent.
When appropriate, technicians shall be able to confirm

whether the failure appears on input circuit - signal or output
circuit - control. Technicians need to determine whether
system works normally from confirmation results, or whether
system needs further diagnosis in circuit/system test and/or
component test.
Circuit/System Test
As a gradual process, circuit/system test is carried out in test
sequence of positive number, technicians are allowed to carry
out every test step in sequence, until a failure is found. If test
step result in this number reaches, continue test step in next
number according to normal flow. If test step result in this
number does not reach, inspection and servicing suggestion
after this test will confirm which operation will be taken.
Carry out interference diagnosis to confirm system failure.

Disconnect system harness connector from module or
component to test signal circuit function. Module or
component helps confirm circuit function. When inspection
is not passed, suggestion after servicing step will indicate the
circuit failure which may need to test. For example, short to
voltage, short to ground or open circuit/high resistance.
When inspecting single circuit failure, technicians shall also

carry out terminal inspection, such as connecting surface and
terminal tension on harness and component/module.
When those test steps are carried out, control module and
component will also be diagnosed. Before replacement,
always re-test control module or component. For example,
re-connect all components and module, re-test system, and
confirm that the failure still exists before replacing module or
component.
Component Test
Component test can provide static and/or dynamic component
tests. Those tests are used to confirm whether component
works normally, to avoid unnecessary replacement.
V1.0 15
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle Basic Method of Circuit Inspection

Perform the diagnostic procedure in this manual on condition The basic method of circuit inspection contains the following
that all functions below conform to the design conventions basic inspection information. These information is used
together with the diagnostic procedure, so as to identify the
• The battery (12V) is in full charge state, and the cable is
causes of electrical failure.
clean and secure.
• The fuse is not blown. • Measuring Voltage
• The ground circuit in the area where the customer claims • Measuring Voltage Drop
repair is clean, firm and in proper position. • Measuring Frequency
• All the connections/connectors of the faulty section are • Inspecting Ground and Low Level Reference Voltage
in place. Circuit
• No aftermarket add-on equipments affect the system • Conduction Test
operation. • Inspection for Short to Ground
• The scan tool is powered on. • Inspection for Short to Voltage
Diagnostic System Check • Inspection for Intermittent Failure or Poor Contact
1. Confirm customer claimed problem - understand and Measuring Voltage
confirm customer claimed problem. Check the visible
The following procedures are used to measure the voltage at
system parts for apparent damage or failure which has
selected points in the circuit.
caused the problem.
1. When necessary, disconnect the electrical harness
2. Check service bulletin - Check relevant service bulletins,
connector of the circuit to be tested.
recall/regional operations and preliminary information.
2. Activate the circuit to be tested and/or system. The
3. Mechanical system malfunction - Confirm if this symptom
methods are as follows:
is not caused by malfunction of the mechanical system
only. a. With the engine off, place the ignition switch in "ON"
4. Vehicle electricity check - Place the ignition switch in position.
"ON" position, and confirm the vehicle is powered on. b. Start the engine.
5. Control module communication and DTC check - With
c. Connect the circuit and/or system with the "Forced
a scan tool, confirm there's at least one control module
Output" function of a scan tool.
can communicate with the scan tool.
6. Control module internal performance failure - Confirm d. Turn on the switch of circuit and/or system to be
that DTCs for the control module internal hardware tested.
performance failure have not been set. 3. Select V (AC) or V (DC) position on a digital multimeter.
7. Control module communication check - Check if 4. Connect the positive wire of the digital multimeter to the
the vehicle has any control module that cannot point to be tested of the circuit.
communicate, all control modules equipped shall be able 5. Connect the negative wire of the digital multimeter to
to communicate. a good ground.
8. Communication and power mode failure - Confirm 6. The digital multimeter will display the measured voltage
that no DTCs for control module power mode or value at this point.
communication failure have been set
Measuring Voltage Drop
9. Engine start and running check - Confirm the engine is
started and running. The following procedures are used to determine the voltage
difference between two points.
10. Check for other DTCs - Confirm that no other DTC
is set. 1. Set the digital multimeter at V (DC) position.
11. Emission related check/maintenance test failure - If the 2. Connect the positive wire of the digital multimeter to a
check and maintenance are required in the local area, point to be tested of the circuit.
confirm that customer claimed problem is irrelevant to 3. Connect the negative wire of the digital multimeter to
the check/maintenance test. another point to be tested of the circuit.
12. Symptom diagnosis - Diagnose other customer claimed 4. Power on the circuit.
problems.
V1.0 16
5. The digital multimeter will display the voltage difference It may be required to meet the following conditions to ensure
between two points. the conduction readings of ground or low level reference
Measuring Frequency voltage circuit are valid.
• Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position
Apply a oscilloscope or other special frequency meter to
measure the frequency. The following part only introduces • The key is pulled out of the ignition switch (no remote
the measuring method with a digital multimeter. door lock and remote starter equipped)
• Retained accessory power is turned off (after the ignition
The following procedures can determine the signal frequency.
switch is turned off, open the driver door and then close
1. Power on the circuit. it)
2. Set the digital multimeter at V (AC) position. • Charging rate of the battery charger is set to 2A or lower
3. Connect the positive wire of the digital multimeter to the • Scan tool has no communication with any vehicle control
circuit to be tested. module (sometimes it is required to disconnect it from
4. Connect the negative wire of the digital multimeter to the DLC)
a good ground. • All doors are closed
5. Set the digital multimeter to Hz. • Headlamp goes off (auto headlamp disabled)
6. The digital multimeter will display the measured value • Any delay lamp goes off
of frequency.
• HVAC system is turned off
Inspecting Ground and Low Level Reference
• Any accessories which can work when the ignition switch
Voltage Circuit
is off
When a digital multimeter is applied, there are many vehicle
• Waiting for 60s (after all other conditions have been met)
conditions which may affect the conduction test of ground and
low level voltage reference circuit. If these conditions have not Conduction Test
been met, the ground or low level reference voltage circuit test The following procedures can inspect if the circuit has good
on a good circuit may fail. It may result in extended diagnostic conduction.
time and incorrect component replacement.
Apply a digital multimeter
During the test, any current flowing through the ground or
1. Set the digital multimeter in Ω position.
low level reference voltage circuit may result in the conduction
reading deviation of the digital multimeter, or displaying a 2. Disconnect the power feeder of suspicious circuit (e.g.
reading higher than when there is no current flowing through. fuse, control module).
When performing ground or low level reference voltage 3. Disconnect the load.
circuit conduction test, compared with any other ground 4. Select the "MIN MAX" function of the digital multimeter.
reference points, the good ground or low level reference 5. Connect one wire of the digital multimeter to one end
voltage circuit test is most likely to fail at the vehicle battery of the circuit to be tested.
negative terminal. The optimum ground test point should
6. Connect the other wire of the digital multimeter to the
be the control module housing (if the control module has a
other end of the circuit to be tested.
metal housing and is grounded), the door pillar lock catch (if
connecting with metal), lower part of the instrument panel 7. If the digital multimeter displays little resistance or no
metal framework, the engine cylinder block or body ground resistance, it indicates that the circuit conduction is good.
stud (positions other than that at the battery negative cable Inspection for Short to Ground
connection). The following procedures are used to test if the circuit is short
The typical ground or low level reference circuit conduction to ground.
readings of a digital multimeter shall be 100Ω when the ignition Take the use of a digital multimeter as an example:
switch is placed in "ON" position, and it will drop to 15–25Ω
when the ignition switch is in "OFF" position. After 30–40s, the 1. Disconnect the power feeder of suspected circuit
reading will drop below 10Ω, after 60s, it will drop below 5Ω. (e.g.fuse, control module).
Once the vehicle completely enters into sleep state (normally 2. Disconnect the load.
3 - 10min), the reading will drop below 0.3Ω. 3. Set the digital multimeter in Ω position.
4. Connect one wire of the digital multimeter to one end
of the circuit to be tested.
V1.0 17
5. Connect the other wire of the digital multimeter to a • Squeeze mechanical connection part of connectors.
good ground.
• Pull the harness or wire to judge if the wire inside the
6. If the resistance shown on the digital multimeter is not insulating layer is disconnected/broken.
infinite, it indicates that the circuit is short to ground.
• Reroute the harness or wire.
When the fuse supplies power to multiple loads:
All these operations should be performed with specific
1. View the system schematic diagram and find the blown
purpose. For example, with the scan tool connected,
fuse.
shake the wire to find the failures in respect of control
2. Disconnect the first connector or switch between the fuse module input signal. It is possible to observe data
and each load. information of corresponding components via "Real-time
3. Connect the digital multimeter with both terminals of the Display".
fuse (ensure the fuse is energized).
Another method is: connect, shut off and shift related
• If the digital multimeter shows a voltage, it indicates connector and harness with "Force Output" component
that the circuit to the first connector or switch is of the scan tool and observe component operations.
short-circuited. Keep the engine running, move related connector and
harness, meanwhile monitor the engine operation. If the
• If the digital multimeter shows a voltage, it indicates
movement of harness or connector affects the indicated
that the circuit to the first connector or switch is
data, the component/system operation or the engine
short-circuited.
operation, then inspect the harness/connector and repair
4. Close the connector or switch one by one, till the digital them when necessary.
multimeter shows a voltage, so as to find the shorted
It may be required to load the vehicle to reappear the
circuit.
failure. Heavy load, floor jack, jack support, vehicle hoist
Inspection for Short to Voltage etc. may be needed. Above methods can be used to
The following procedures are used to test if the circuit is short control suspension or frame so as to reappear the failure.
to voltage. This method can effectively find those harnesses which are
too short, the connector on the harness may be pulled
1. Disconnect the power feeder of suspected circuit
open if the harness is too short, which may result in poor
(e.g.fuse, control module).
contact. When testing, set the digital multimeter at "Peak
2. Disconnect the load. Min/Max" mode and connect to suspected circuit, then you
3. Set the digital multimeter at V (DC) position. can obtain desired result.
4. Connect the positive wire of the digital multimeter to Certainly, when operating the circuits, good effect can also
one end of the circuit to be tested. be achieved by using sense of sight, smell and hearing.
5. Connect the negative wire of the digital multimeter to
Sometimes, the target of reappearing failure can not
a good ground.
be achieved only by circuit operation. In this case, it is
6. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and have all required to expose the suspected circuit under other
accessories operating. conditions simultaneously when operating the harness.
7. If the measured voltage value is higher than 1V, it indicates This kind of conditions include high humidity condition
that the circuit is short to voltage. and extreme high or low temperature condition. The
Inspection for Intermittent Failure and Poor following introduces how to expose the circuit under this
Contact kind of conditions.
1. Conditions Causing Intermittent Failure • High temperature condition
Many intermittent break circuit and short circuit failure are If the failure customer reported seems to have connection
arising from the movement of harness/connector due to with overheat, then heat gun can be applied to simulate the
vibration, engine torque, jerk/rough road etc. If the failure failure condition. Apply heat gun to heat suspected part
seems arising from vibration, harness operations may be or component.
required to reappear the failure reported by the customer.
Operate the harness under high temperature, meanwhile
Circuit operation may include various operations, such as:
monitor the scan tool or digital multimeter to find out the
• Shake the harness. failure.
• Disconnect the connector and reconnect.
V1.0 18
The high temperature condition may also be easily • Learn the testing procedures of intermittent open circuit,
obtained by performing road test of vehicle under normal high resistance, short to ground and short to voltage
running temperature. failure.
If there is no heat gun, this method can be considered a. Inspect if terminal is with fretting wear
to strengthen the diagnosis. Whereas, this method is
Some intermittent failures may be caused by wire
inconvenient for performing corresponding operation on
terminal contact corrosion. When there is a minor
components (such as harness) at the same time.
movement between electrical connectors, contact
• Low Temperature Condition corrosion is formed by insulating accumulation -
oxidation wear fragment. When oxidation wear
Placing a fan in the front of vehicle according to the failure
fragment accumulated at electrical connector to a
nature, and parking the vehicle in the shade, then the
certain degree, the resistance at connector shall
desired effect can be achieved.
increase. A minor movement from 10 to 100 micron
After vehicle, component or harness are completely on contact surface will result in contact corrosion.
cooled down, operate the harness or component to Imagine a piece of paper with a thickness of 100
reappear fault. micron, it turns out the contact corrosion is too
Failure reappearing condition small to be seen. Vibration as well as expansion and
contraction are main causes of contact corrosion
a. If previous tests are not succeeded, try to reappear
movement. Vehicle vibration and wide temperature
and/or catch failure condition.
fluctuation are also sources of contact corrosion
b. "Freeze Frame" data includes conditions appearing in movement. Tin, copper, nickle and metal surface are
the setting of DTC (if applicable). easy to be contact corrosion. Contact corrosion
is difficult to be seen, but it seems like a small and
2. Inspection for Intermittent Failure and Poor Contact
black stain on terminal contact surface. In order to
If a fault does not occur at current time, but DTC history prevent corrosion, disconnect suspected connector
record shows that it has occurred once, then it may be and add lubricant at two sides of connector terminal
an intermittent fault. Intermittent failure may also be the (insulating lubricating grease). Then reconnect
reason why customer reported to repair, but the symptom connector and wipe off excessive lubricant. This may
cannot be reappeared. reduce terminal contact additional resistance caused
Most intermittent failures are caused by electrical by terminal contact corrosion.
connection or wiring failure. Inspect the following: b. Inspect if terminal contact is in good condition
• Wires inside insulating layer are broken or not. Before replacing suspicious components, test contact
• Positive terminal and negative terminal of connector is in conditions of terminal on component connector and
poor contact or not. in-line connector. Check each terminal matched
mutually, ensure terminals are in good contact.
• Poor terminal-to-wire contact - this kind of failure includes
Negative and positive terminal of connector may
poor pressure connection, poor welding, pressure
be in poor connection due to contamination or
connection onto wire insulating layer rather than wire
deformation. Improper connection of two halves
itself, contact part of wire and terminal corrosion etc.
of a connector may cause contamination. Absence
• Piercing or destroying insulating layer may result in or damage of connector seal element, damage of
moisture into wire then cause corrosion. Conductor connector itself or expose of terminal in moisture or
in insulating layer may corrode, but it cannot be found dust may also cause contamination. Connector under
apparently. Search if there are inflatable and hardened engine compartment or at vehicle bottom is most
wires in suspected circuit. likely to be contaminated, result in terminal corrosion
and then cause break circuit or intermittent break
• Wire stuck, cut or insulation layer abrasion may result in
circuit. Other reasons causing terminal deformation
intermittent break circuit or short circuit (since exposed
include: improper connection of connector two
part contacts with other harness or component on
halves or repeated removal and refit of connector
vehicle).
two halves. Deformation (often occurs in contact tab
• Wire may contact with hot component or exhaust on parent plug) will cause poor contact of terminal
component. and result in break circuit or intermittent break
• Reappear failure to verify the failure customer reported. circuit failure.
V1.0 19
c. Test if bus electrical centre terminal is in good contact circuits. Other component in the system may
Test terminal contact according to below procedures: have individual ground, which may also need to be
tested. Ensure that ground at all grounding points
• Disconnect two halves of connector.
are clean and firmly connected. If possible, check
• Visual check if connector two halves are connections on component and star connector.
contaminated. Contamination may result in the Operate the component to test the circuit for
accumulation of white or green rust inside connector capacity of transmitting enough current.
housing or between terminals, which may cause high
e. Temperature sensitivity
resistance, intermittent contact or break circuit of
the terminal. If there is a sign of contamination on • Once component/connection reaches normal
connector under engine compartment or at vehicle working temperature, intermittent failure
bottom, it should be replaced entirely: terminal, seal may occur. The failure may only occur when
element and connector body. component/connection is under cold state or hot
state.
• Apply positive terminal/terminal wire of the same
class to confirm if retention of suspected terminal • If corresponding "Freeze Frame", "DTC" or other
is obviously different compared with known good data of vehicle data recorder exists, it would be
terminal. Replace suspected negative terminal. helpful for determination of this kind intermittent
failure.
Test terminal contact according to the following
procedures: • If the intermittent failure is heat-related, check if data
is related with following situations:
• Remove suspected component.
• Extreme high ambient temperature.
• Visual check if two sides of the connector have a
sign of contamination. Avoid contacting with any • Heat generated under engine compartment or from
side of the connector, since grease on skin may also engine.
contaminate the connector. • Heat generated due to poor contact or large
• Visual check if the terminal binding face at flat wire electrical load.
side has defects like disconnection, cracking or
• Vehicle overload, for example,towing a vehicle etc.
others that may cause poor connection of terminal.
Visual check the connector at component side, • If the intermittent failure occurs under cold state,
ensure all terminals are consistent and without check if data is related with the followings:
damage or deformation. • Extreme low ambient temperature - under extreme
• Insert corresponding adapter into flat wire harness low temperature, connection part or component
connector to test suspected circuit. may freeze. Check for water penetration.
d. Control module/component voltage and ground • This failure only occurs in cold start.
Poor contact of power supply or ground will result in • After the vehicle is warmed up, this failure disappears.
many different symptoms. • Information provided by customer is helpful
• Test power supply voltage circuit of all control for determining if the failure pertains to
module. On many vehicles, a control module is temperature-related type.
powered by several circuits. Other component • If you suspect that temperature may be the premise
in the system may have individual supply voltage of intermittent failure, try to reappear the failure
circuit, which also needs to be tested. Check condition.
module/component connector between supply
f. Electromagnetic interference and electrical noise
voltage and module/component, fuse connection
and any intermediate junction. Test lamp or digital Some electrical components/circuits are sensitive to
multimeter can display whether it has voltage or not, electromagnetic interference and electrical noise of
but cannot be used to test if the circuit can transmit other types. Check if the following situations exist:
a large enough current. Operate the component to • Improper harness wiring, too close with high
test the circuit for capacity of transmitting enough voltage/high current devices (e.g. secondary
current. ignition component, motor, alternator etc.) - such
• Test all control module ground and system ground components will induce electrical noise in the circuit
circuit. A control module may has several ground and interfere its normal operation.
V1.0 20
• Electrical system interference caused by the failure
of relay, solenoid valve or switch which is driven
by control module - all these may result in intense
surge. Normally, the failure will occur when faulty
part works.
• Incorrect refit of non-genuine after sales accessories

(e.g.car lamp, interphone, amplifier, motor, remote
starter, warning system, onboard telephone etc.) -
these accessories may generate interference during
the operation, but no failure occurs when they are
not in use.
• Test whether the diodes bridged on A/C compressor

clutch and other diodes are break circuit. Some
relays may have clamping diode.
• Alternator may bring AC noise in the electrical

system.
g. Incorrect control module
• Control modules needs to be reprogrammed only

under the following situations:
• A new control module is fitted during the service.
• Control module from other vehicles is fitted.
• Upgrade software/calibration files specific to this

vehicle are released.
• Ensure that control module is equipped with

correct standardization or configuration files. If
programming is found incorrect, apply the latest
version of software/calibration files to reprogramme
the control module.
V1.0 21
V1.0 22
Diagnoses Based on Strategy DTC Overall List
DTC Overall List

DTC FTB Description Module
01 - Hardware Failure RS
02 - Light Sensor Failure RS
03 - Temperature Failure Optical RS
04 - Initialisation Failure RS
05 - Voltage Failure RS
B1010 62 Network fault. Hardwired KL15 true while CAN KL15 is false. IPK
B104A 13 Direction Indicators LH open circuit BCM
B104A 11 Direction Indicators LH short to GND BCM
B104A 1C Direction Indicators LH single lamp defect BCM
B104B 13 Direction Indicators RH open circuit BCM
B104B 11 Direction Indicators RH short to GND BCM
B104B 1C Direction Indicators RH single lamp defect BCM
B104C 01 Hazard-Warning Switch stuck switch BCM
B1101 14 Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver Short to ground or open circuit BCM
B1101 12 Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver Short to battery BCM
B1103 11 Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Short to ground or open circuit BCM
B1103 12 Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Short to battery BCM
B1105 71 Front wiper didn't reach park position BCM
B1107 71 Rear wiper didn't reach park position BCM
B1109 1C Illegal ADC value detected BCM
B1200 29 Fuel sender out of range IPK
B1201 00 Sensing Diagnostic Module (SDM) Lamp Fail IPK
B1202 00 PAB Lamp Fail IPK
B1210 54 ABS Tyre Rolling Circ out of range IPK
B1211 54 Actual Tyre Rolling Circ out of range IPK
B1220 00 Odo Incremental value error IPK
B1221 86 Pulse Count Signal Error IPK
B1230 23 Trip Computer button is stuck IPK
B1419 11 Evaporator Temperature Sensor Short to Ground HVAC
B1419 15 Evaporator Temperature Sensor Short to Battery/Open Circuit HVAC
B1431 12 Fresh/Recirculation Actuator Control Circuit Short to Battery HVAC
B1431 11 Fresh/Recirculation Actuator Control Circuit Short to Ground HVAC
B1433 12 Left Distribution Actuator Control Circuit Short to Battery HVAC
B1433 11 Left Distribution Actuator Control Circuit Short to Ground HVAC
B1434 15 Left Distribution Actuator Feedback Circuit Short to Battery/Open Circuit HVAC
B1434 11 Left Distribution Actuator Feedback Circuit Short to Ground HVAC
B143B 05 Right Temperature Actuator Calibration Error HVAC
V1.0 23
DTC Overall List Diagnoses Based on Strategy

B143C 01 Right Temperature Actuator Blockage Error HVAC
B1441 05 Left Distribution Actuator Calibration Error HVAC
B1442 01 Left Distribution Actuator Blockage Error HVAC
B144B 54 Actuator Calibration Not Learned HVAC
B1472 01 Front Blower Analog Control Error HVAC
B1481 88 No LIN Communication HVAC
B14B0 87 LIN Slave Node Missing - Front Panel HVAC
B14B3 00 Front Blower Speed Decrease Switch Error HVAC
B14B4 00 Front Blower Speed Increase Switch Error HVAC
B14B5 00 Front Panel ON OFF Switch Error HVAC
B14B6 00 Front Blower Speed Logic Error HVAC
B14B7 00 Front Panel Recirculation Switch Error HVAC
B14B8 00 Compressor ON/OFF Switch Error HVAC
B14B9 00 Driver Air Mode Face Switch Error HVAC
B14BA 00 Driver Air Mode Logic Error HVAC
B14BB 00 Diver Air Mode Foot Defrost Switch Error HVAC
B14BC 00 Heated Rear Window Switch Error HVAC
B14BD 00 Defrost Switch Error HVAC
B14BE 00 Driver Air Mode Face Foot Switch Error HVAC
B14BF 00 Driver Air Mode Foot Switch Error HVAC
B14E7 11 External 5V Supply Circuit Short to Ground HVAC
B14E7 12 External 5V Supply Circuit Short to Battery HVAC
B14F1 88 Configuration Error HVAC
B14F2 00 Initialisation Error HVAC
B1521 11 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GPS Antenna Short to GND Fault TBOX
B1521 12 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GPS Antenna Short to Battery TBOX
B1521 13 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GPS Antenna Open Fault TBOX
B1522 31 GPS Module Fault TBOX
B1525 11 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GSM Antenna Short to Ground. TBOX
B1525 12 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GSM Antenna Short to Battery. TBOX
B1525 13 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GSM Antenna Open Fault TBOX
B1526 31 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GSM Module Fault TBOX
B1529 31 Infotainment Control Module (FICM) Communication Fault TBOX
B1533 11 Microphone Input Short to Ground TBOX
B1533 13 Microphone Input Open TBOX
B1534 11 Microphone Output Short to Ground TBOX
B1534 13 Microphone Output Open TBOX
B1541 00 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Internal SIM Card Status - Not Present TBOX
V1.0 24
B1542 00 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Internal SIM Card - Invalid TBOX
B1562 00 Body Control Module (BCM) Authentication Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Failure TBOX
B1570 31 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Internal Bluetooth Module Fault TBOX
B1701 00 Transponder Antenna Fail BCM
B1702 00 Invalid Key Present BCM
B1705 00 loss of communication with ABIC BCM
B1706 00 Authentication attack state triggered BCM
B1707 00 Authentication no ems challenge rx BCM
B1708 00 CAN Communication Error during Authentication BCM
B1900 11 Driver Airbag Short to Ground SDM
B1901 12 Driver Airbag Short to Battery SDM
B1902 1A Driver Airbag Resistance too Low SDM
B1903 1B Driver Airbag Resistance too High SDM
B1910 11 Passenger Airbag Short to Ground SDM
B1911 12 Passenger Airbag Short to Battery SDM
B1912 1A Passenger Airbag Resistance too Low SDM
B1913 1B Passenger Airbag Resistance too High SDM
B1916 11 Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short to Ground SDM
B1917 12 Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short to Battery SDM
B1918 1A Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Resistance too Low SDM
B1919 1B Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Resistance too High SDM
B1923 11 Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short to Ground SDM
B1924 12 Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short to Battery SDM
B1925 1A Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Resistance too Low SDM
B1926 1B Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Resistance too High SDM
B1934 11 Left Side Airbag Short to Ground SDM
B1935 12 Left Side Airbag Short to Battery SDM
B1936 1A Left Side Airbag Resistance too Low SDM
B1937 1B Left Side Airbag Resistance too High SDM
B1945 11 Right Side Airbag Short to Ground SDM
B1946 12 Right Side Airbag Short to Battery SDM
B1947 1A Right Side Airbag Resistance too Low SDM
B1948 1B Right Side Airbag Resistance too High SDM
B195C 11 Left Curtain Airbag Short to Ground SDM
B195D 12 Left Curtain Airbag Short to Battery SDM
B195E 1A Left Curtain Airbag Resistance too Low SDM
B195F 1B Left Curtain Airbag Resistance too High SDM
B1971 11 Right Curtain Airbag Short to Ground SDM
V1.0 25

B1972 12 Right Curtain Airbag Short to Battery SDM
B1973 1A Right Curtain Airbag Resistance too Low SDM
B1974 1B Right Curtain Airbag Resistance too High SDM
B1977 96 Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Internal Fault SDM
B1978 00 Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Lost Communication SDM
B1984 96 Right B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Internal Fault SDM
B1985 00 Right B-Pillar Side Impact Sensor Lost Communication SDM
B1996 00 Deployment Data Record Full: No over-write-able records exist SDM
B1997 00 Airbag Squib Configuration Mismatch SDM
B1999 96 SDM Internal Faults-Control Function Block SDM
B1A01 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Call/Reject" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A01 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Call/Reject" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A02 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Mute" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A02 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Mute" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A05 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Up" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A05 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Up" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A06 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Down" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A06 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Down" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A07 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Source" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A07 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Source" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A08 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Voice" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A08 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Voice" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A10 12 Tuner's Antenna Short to Battery FICM-H
B1A10 11 Tuner's Antenna Short to Ground FICM-H
B1A10 13 Tuner's Antenna Open FICM-H
B1A10 19 Tuner's Antenna Over Current FICM-H
B1A10 13 Tuner's Antenna Open FICM-L
B1A10 11 Tuner's Antenna Short to Ground FICM-L
B1A1D 87 Lost Display Communication with LCD Panel via LVDS FICM-H
B1A20 11 FR Speaker Short to Ground FICM-H
B1A20 12 FR Speaker Short to Battery FICM-H
B1A20 1A FR Speaker Short Circuit FICM-H
B1A20 1B FR Speaker Open FICM-H
B1A21 11 FL Speaker Short to Ground FICM-H
B1A21 12 FL Speaker Short to Battery FICM-H
B1A21 1A FL Speaker Short Circuit FICM-H
B1A21 1B FL Speaker Open FICM-H
B1A22 11 RR Speaker Short to Ground FICM-H
V1.0 26
B1A22 12 RR Speaker Short to Battery FICM-H
B1A22 1A RR Speaker Short Circuit FICM-H
B1A22 1B RR Speaker Open FICM-H
B1A23 11 RL Speaker Short to Ground FICM-H
B1A23 12 RL Speaker Short to Battery FICM-H
B1A23 1A RL Speaker Short Circuit FICM-H
B1A23 1B RL Speaker Open FICM-H
B1A24 01 Power of USB1 Port Error FICM-H
B1A24 11 USB Power Short to Ground FICM-L
B1A33 71 "Seek Up" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A34 71 "Seek Down" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A36 71 "Mute" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A37 71 "Home" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A3B 71 "Source" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A3E 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Seek Up" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A3E 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Seek Up" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A3F 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Seek Down" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A3F 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Seek Down" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A43 11 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Ground FICM-H
B1A43 15 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Battery or Open FICM-H
B1A43 11 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Ground FICM-L
B1A43 12 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Battery or Open FICM-L
B1A44 11 Right Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Ground FICM-H
B1A44 15 Right Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Battery or Open FICM-H
B1A4B 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Custom" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A4B 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Custom" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A4C 71 "Car" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A4D 71 "Music" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A50 11 Infotainment Faceplate Module(IFP) Short to Ground FICM-H
B1A50 15 Infotainment Faceplate Module(IFP) Short to Battery or Open FICM-H
B1AA0 12 Infotainment Faceplate Enable Circuit Short to Battery FICM-H
B1AA0 11 Infotainment Faceplate Enable Circuit Short to Ground FICM-H
B1AE4 12 Rear camera Video Signal Circuit Short to Battery FICM-H
C0001 13 Valve Fault, USV1 (SCS Only) SCS
C0002 13 Valve Fault, USV2 (SCS Only) SCS
C0003 13 Valve Fault, HSV1 (SCS Only) SCS
C0004 13 Valve Fault, HSV2 (SCS Only) SCS
C0010 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve FL SCS
V1.0 27

C0011 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve FL SCS
C0014 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve FR SCS
C0015 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve FR SCS
C0018 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve RL SCS
C0019 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve RL SCS
C001c 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve RR SCS
C001d 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve RR SCS
C0020 71 ABS Pump Motor Control SCS
C0031 02 LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures SCS
C0031 11 LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground SCS
C0032 12 LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ubatt SCS
C0032 13 LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit SCS
C0034 02 RHF Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures SCS
C0034 11 RHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground SCS
C0035 12 RHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ubatt SCS
C0035 13 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Open SCS
C0037 02 LHR Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures SCS
C0037 11 LHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground SCS
C0038 12 LHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ubatt SCS
C0038 13 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Open SCS
C003a 02 RHR Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures SCS
C003A 11 RHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground SCS
C003B 12 RHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ubatt SCS
C003B 13 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Open SCS
C0040 64 Brake Light Switch Fault SCS
C0044 09 Brake Pressure Sensor Fault SCS
C0051 54 Steering Angle Sensor Fault SCS
C0051 28 Steering Angle Sensor Calibration Fault SCS
C0051 09 Steering Wheel Position Sensor-Component Failures SAS
C0051 28 Steering Wheel Position Sensor-Mechanical Failure SAS
C0051 54 Steering Wheel Position Sensor-Missing calibration SAS
C0061 29 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Signal Fault SCS
C0062 29 Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor Signal Fault SCS
C0063 29 Yaw Rate Sensor Signal Fault SCS
C006b 06 Antilock Brake System (ABS)/Stability Control System (SCS) Implausible Control SCS
C0089 09 Stability Control System (SCS) Switch Failure SCS
C1104 04 Wheel Speed Sensor General Failure SCS
C1105 04 Valve Relay Failure SCS
V1.0 28
C1106 04 Valve General Failure SCS
C1107 54 Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Failure SCS
C1107 04 Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Missing Calibration SCS
C1109 08 Reverse Gear Signal Implausible SCS
C1A00 55 Standard Tyre Pressure Not Configured TPMS
C1A01 55 Sensor ID Not Configured TPMS
C1A02 31 No RF Signal Received from Left Front Tyre Sensor TPMS
C1A02 16 Front Left Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low TPMS
C1A03 16 Front Right Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low TPMS
C1A03 31 No RF Signal Received from Right Front Tyre Sensor TPMS
C1A04 16 Rear Right Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low TPMS
C1A04 31 No RF Signal Received From Right Rear Tyre Sensor TPMS
C1A05 16 Rear Left Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low TPMS
C1A05 31 No RF Signal Received from Left Rear Tyre Sensor TPMS
P000A 26 Variable Valve Timing-Intake Operation Failure(Slow) ECM
P000A 29 Variable Valve Timing-Intake Operation Failure(Stuck) ECM
P000B 26 Variable Valve Timing-Exhaust Operation Failure(Slow) ECM
P000B 29 Variable Valve Timing-Exhaust Operation Failure(Stuck) ECM
P0011 78 Variable Camshaft Timing-Intake Camshaft Position Advanced ECM
P0012 78 Variable Camshaft Timing-Intake Camshaft Position Retarded ECM
P0014 78 Variable Camshaft Timing-Exhaust Camshaft Position Advanced ECM
P0015 78 Variable Camshaft Timing-Exhaust Camshaft Position Retarded ECM
P0016 00 Crankshaft Position And Camshaft Position Correlation-Intake Camshaft Position Runout ECM
P0017 00 Crankshaft Position And Camshaft Position Correlation-Exhaust Camshaft Position Runout ECM
P0026 77 Intake Valve Control Circuit-Intake Camshaft Deadlock Position Operation Irrational ECM
P0027 77 Exhaust Valve Control Circuit-Exhaust Camshaft Deadlock Position Operation Irrational ECM
P0030 13 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Open ECM
P0031 11 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM
P0032 12 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM
P0036 13 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Open ECM
P0037 11 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM
P0038 12 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM
P0053 1B Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Resistance Irrational ECM
P0054 1B Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Resistance Irrational ECM
P0076 11 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Ground ECM
P0076 13 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Open ECM
P0077 12 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Battery ECM
P0079 11 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Ground ECM
V1.0 29

P0079 13 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Open ECM
P0080 12 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Battery ECM
P0105 25 Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit-Signal Unchanged ECM
P0106 29 Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ECM
P0107 11 Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM
P0108 12 Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM
P0111 29 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ECM
P0112 16 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM
P0113 17 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM
P0116 29 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ECM
P0117 16 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM
P0118 17 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM
P0122 11 Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM
P0123 12 Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM
P0130 29 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Control Circuit Signal Irrational ECM
P0131 16 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM
P0132 17 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM
P0133 26 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Response-Sensor Aged ECM
P0134 29 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open ECM
P0136 29 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Control Circuit Signal Irrational ECM
P0137 16 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM
P0138 17 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM
P0140 17 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open ECM
P0171 00 Lambda Closed Loop Control Adaptation Exceeding Upper Limit ECM
P0172 00 Lambda Closed Loop Control Adaptation Exceeding Lower Limit ECM
P0197 16 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM
P0198 17 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM
P0201 13 Fuel Injector Control Circuit Open-Cylinder 1 ECM
P0218 00 ATF High ATF Temperature Warning TCM
P0219 00 Engine Overspeed Condition ECM
P0222 11 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM
P0223 12 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM
P025A 13 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Open ECM
P025C 11 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM
P025D 12 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM
V1.0 30
P0261 11 Injector Control Circuit Short To Ground-Cylinder 1 ECM
P0262 12 Injector Control Circuit Short To Battery-Cylinder 1 ECM
P0300 F0 Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple Cylinder-Misfire Rate That Harmful To Catalyst ECM
P0300 F1 Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple Cylinder-Misfire Rate That Deteriorate Emission ECM
P0300 F2 Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple Cylinder-Implausible Fault ECM
P0301 F0 Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1-Misfire Rate That Harmful To Catalyst ECM
P0301 F1 Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1-Misfire Rate That Deteriorate Emission ECM
P0301 F2 Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1-Implausible Fault ECM
P0318 81 Rough Road Detected Acceleration Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ECM
P0322 29 Engine Speed Input Circuit-Crankshaft Speed Sensor No Signal ECM
P0325 00 Knock Sensor Circuit Signal Fault ECM
P0327 00 Knock Sensor Port A Circuit Short To Ground ECM
P0327 14 Knock Sensor Port B Circuit Short To Ground ECM
P0328 00 Knock Sensor Port A Circuit Short To Battery ECM
P0328 15 Knock Sensor Port B Circuit Short To Battery ECM
P0341 29 Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ECM
P0366 29 Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ECM
P0420 00 Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold-Oxygen Storage Capacity Aged ECM
P0444 13 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Open ECM
P0458 11 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Short To Ground ECM
P0459 12 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Short To Battery ECM
P0480 13 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Open (Low Speed) ECM
P0481 13 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Open (High Speed) ECM
V1.0 31

P0500 29 Vehicle Speed Sensor-Signal Fault ECM
P0504 1C Brake Lamp Switch Circuit Signal Fault ECM
P0504 62 Brake Switch “A”/”B” Correlation-Brake Signal Unsynchronised ECM
P0506 23 Idle Speed Control System Lower Than Expected ECM
P0507 24 Idle Speed Control System Higher Than Expected ECM
P0555 00 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit Open ECM
P0557 16 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM
P0558 17 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM
P0560 1C System Battery Voltage Signal Irrational ECM
P0562 16 System Battery Voltage Low ECM
P0562 00 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage below Threshold TCM
P0563 17 System Battery Voltage High ECM
P0563 00 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage above Threshold TCM
Internal Control Module Error-Offline Configuration DID_C050 Checksum(Write)Check
P0601 00 ECM
Error
P0601 00 ECU ROM General Checksum Failure TCM
P0603 00 Internal Control Module Keep Alive Memory (KAM) error TCM
P0604 44 Internal Control Module Error-Random Access Memory (RAM) Fault ECM
P0604 00 ECU RAM Data Memory Failure TCM
P0605 45 Internal Control Module Error-Read Only Memory (ROM) Fault ECM
P0606 44 ECM Processor Error-Layer 2 Torque Monitoring Error ECM
P0606 45 ECM Processor Error-Deformation Code Monitoring Error ECM
P0606 46 ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Throttle Body Signal Monitoring Error ECM
P0606 64 ECM Processor Error-AD Converter Monitoring Error ECM
P0606 65 ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Ignition Angle Signal Monitoring Error ECM
P0606 66 ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Load Signal Monitoring Error ECM
P0606 67 ECM Processor Error-ECU Error Response Monitoring Error ECM
P0606 92 ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module Inquiry Error ECM
P0606 93 ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module Feedback Error ECM
P0606 94 ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module Response Error ECM
P0606 95 ECM Processor Error-Closed Loop Test Error ECM
P061F 62 ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Safe Monitoring Error-Electronic Accelerator Pedal ECM
P061F 64 ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Safe Monitoring Error-Engine Speed Sensor ECM
P061F 68 ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Safe Monitoring Error-Safe Fuel Cut-off ECM
P0630 00 VIN Not Programmed or Incompatible – ECM/PCM ECM
P0645 13 Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Control Circuit Open ECM
P0646 11 Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM
P0647 12 Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM
V1.0 32
P0689 17 ECM Main (Power) Relay Sense Circuit Output Voltage Signal Fault ECM
P0691 11 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground (Low Speed) ECM
P0692 12 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery (Low Speed) ECM
P0693 11 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground (High Speed) ECM
P0694 12 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery (High Speed) ECM
P0705 00 Selector position switch GND short/Open (No signal) TCM
P0706 00 Selector position switch B+ short (Multi position signal) TCM
P0711 00 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance error TCM
P0712 00 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit Low TCM
P0713 00 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit High TCM
P0715 00 Input revolution sensor Electrical Failure (B+ short / GND short / Open) TCM
P0717 00 Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal TCM
P0720 00 Output revolution sensor Electrical Failure (B+ short / GND short / Open) TCM
P0722 00 Output Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal TCM
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MAX pressure stuck (S1 Max or SLU MIN),Shift
P0741 00 TCM
solenoid Functional Failure (SLU) OFF Stuck (SLU MIN or S1 MAX)
P0742 00 Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Stuck On TCM
P0751 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MIN pressure stuck TCM
P0761 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC1) MIN pressure TCM
P0762 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC1) MAX pressure TCM
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MAX pressure stuck (S1 Max or SLC2 MIN),Shift
P0766 00 TCM
solenoid Functional Failure (SLC2) MIN pressure
P0767 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC2) MAX pressure TCM
P0826 00 Manual switch Out of service TCM
P0867 00 Complete neutral TCM
P0973 00 Shift Solenoid "S1" Control Circuit Low TCM
P0974 00 Shift Solenoid "S1" Control Circuit High TCM
P0978 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Electrical error TCM
P0979 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Control Circuit Low TCM
P0980 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1” Control Circuit High TCM
P0981 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Electrical error TCM
P0982 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Control Circuit Low TCM
P0983 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Control Circuit High TCM
P0997 00 Linear solenoid (SLB1) Feedback current Stick TCM
P0998 00 Linear solenoid (SLB1) GND short TCM
P0999 00 Linear solenoid (SLB1) B+ short TCM
P1427 12 Brake Booster Pump Circuit Short To Battery ECM
P1428 11 Brake Booster Pump Circuit Short To Ground ECM
V1.0 33

P1429 13 Brake Booster Pump Circuit Open ECM
P1479 00 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit-Vacuum Chamber Pressure Irrational ECM
P1523 00 ECM Detected Error Crash Signal ECM
P1545 34 The Deviation Of Target Position And Actual Position Of Throttle Exceeding Minimum ECM
P1545 35 The Deviation Of Target Position And Actual Position Of Throttle Exceeding Maximum ECM
P1559 78 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Adaptation Error ECM
P1564 00 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Low Voltage During Adaptation ECM
P1579 00 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Adaptation Not Started ECM
P1610 51 Immobilizer Status-Cipher Key And Security Pin Not Programmed ECM
P1613 06 Immobilizer Status-Authenticaiton Challenge Period Expired ECM
P1614 06 Immobilizer Status-Authenticaiton Between Immobilizer And Key Is Not OK ECM
P1683 86 Invalid Data Received From Sensing Diagnostic Module ECM
P1731 00 No engine brake (SLC1 MIN or SLC2 MIN or SLU MIN) TCM
P1897 15 EMOP B+ short TCM
P1897 11 EMOP GND short TCM
P1897 17 Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Circuit Voltage above Threshold TCM
P1897 16 EMOP Low voltage supply for EMOP control TCM
P1899 09 EMOP Functional failure of EMOP TCM
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Throttle Bottom Dead Center Repeated
P2101 26 ECM
Self-Learning Failure
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Throttle Bottom Dead Center Initialization
P2101 28 ECM
Self-Learning Failure
P2101 29 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Throttle Position Deviation Failure ECM
P2101 74 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/performance ECM
P2106 00 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Load Monitoring Error ECM
P2106 12 Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Short ECM
P2106 13 Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Open ECM
P2106 29 Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Irrational ECM
P2106 4B Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Overheated or Overcurrent ECM
P2127 21 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 1 Circuit Short to Ground ECM
P2128 22 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 1 Circuit Short to Battery ECM
P2132 21 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Circuit Short to Ground ECM
P2133 22 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Circuit Short to Battery ECM
P2135 00 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Voltage Correlation ECM
P2135 29 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Voltage Correlation ECM
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Voltage Correlation-Idle Near Pedal Displacement
P2138 29 ECM
Detection
P2140 29 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Voltage Correlation ECM
V1.0 34
P2195 26 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal Remains Lean ECM
P2196 25 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal Remains Rich ECM
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal Remains
P2270 24 ECM
Rich
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal Remains
P2271 23 ECM
Lean
P2707 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLB1) MIN pressure TCM
P2708 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLB1) MAX pressure TCM
P2762 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLU" Electrical error TCM
P2763 00 Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control Circuit High TCM
P2764 00 Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control Circuit Low TCM
P300B 00 Engine Torque Control Adaption at Limit ECM
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off SCS
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off TPMS
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off TBOX
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off FICM-H
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off FICM-L
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off HVAC
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off ECM
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off on Powertrain High Speed CAN GW
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off SAS
U0074 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off on Chassis High Speed CAN IPK
U0077 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off on Diagnostic High Speed CAN GW
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) IPK
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) SCS
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) TPMS
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) SDM
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) HVAC
U0100 87 Lost Communication with EMS MODULE BCM
U0100 00 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) TCM
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) GW
U0101 87 Lost Communication with transmission Control Module (TCM) IPK
U0101 87 Lost Communication with transmission Control Module (TCM) SCS
U0101 87 Lost Communication with TCU MODULE BCM
U0101 87 Lost Communication with transmission Control Module (TCM) ECM
U0101 87 Lost Communication with transmission Control Module (TCM) GW
U010F 87 Lost Communication with Air Conditioning Control Module (AC) FICM-H
U010F 87 Lost Communication with Air Conditioning Control Module (AC) FICM-L
V1.0 35

U0121 87 Lost Communication with Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) IPK
U0121 87 Lost Communication with Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) SDM
U0121 87 Lost Communication with ABS/DSC MODULE BCM
U0121 00 Lost Communication with Stability Control System (SCS) TCM
U0122 87 Lost Communication with Stability Control System (SCS) GW
U0122 87 Lost Communication with Stability Control System (SCS) TPMS
U0126 87 Lost Steering Wheel Angle Signal SCS
U0126 87 Lost Communication with Steering Angle Sensor Module (SAS) ECM
U0126 87 Lost Communication with Steering Angle Sensor Module (SAS) GW
U0127 87 Lost Communication with Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) GW
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) IPK
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) SCS
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) TPMS
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) FICM-H
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) FICM-L
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) SDM
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) HVAC
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) ECM
U0140 00 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) TCM
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) GW
U0146 87 Lost Communication with Gateway (GW) TPMS
U0146 87 Lost Communication with Gateway (GW) TBOX
U0146 87 Lost Communication with Gateway (GW) FICM-H
U0146 87 Lost Communication with Gateway (GW) FICM-L
U0151 87 Lost Communication with Sensing Diagnostic Module (SDM) IPK
U0151 87 Lost Communication with SDM MODULE BCM
U0151 87 Lost Communication with Sensing Diagnostic Module (SDM) ECM
U0151 87 Lost Communication with Sensing Diagnostic Module (SDM) GW
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) TPMS
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) SCS
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) FICM-H
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) FICM-L
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) SDM
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) HVAC
U0155 87 Lost Communication with IPK MODULE BCM
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) ECM
U0155 00 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) TCM
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) GW
V1.0 36
U0164 87 Lost Communication with Air Conditioning Control Module (AC) GW
U0198 87 Lost Communication with Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GW
U0245 87 Lost Communication with Front Infotainment Control Module (FICM) TPMS
U0245 87 Lost Communication with Front Infotainment Control Module (FICM) HVAC
U0245 87 Lost Communication with Front Infotainment Control Module (FICM) GW
U0401 81 Invalid Data Received from Engine Control Module (ECM) SCS
U0402 81 Invalid Data Received from Transmission Control Module (TCM) SCS
U0428 81 Invalid Steering Wheel Angle Data Received SCS
U1031 87 Lost Communication with Infotainment Faceplate Module(IFP) FICM-L
U1500 62 VIN Mismatch with Body Control Module (BCM) or Instrument Pack (IPK) IPK
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch with Body Control Module (BCM) or Instrument Pack (IPK) TBOX
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch with Body Control Module (BCM) or Instrument Pack (IPK) FICM-H
U1500 00 VIN mismatch with other ECU(ipk) BCM
U1501 00 IPK redundant data re-sync failure BCM
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High IPK
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High TPMS
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High SCS
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High TBOX
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High FICM-H
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High FICM-L
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High SDM
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High HVAC
U1562 00 power entry over voltage BCM
U1562 17 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage above Threshold TCM
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High GW
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High SAS
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low IPK
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low TPMS
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low SCS
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low TBOX
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low FICM-H
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low FICM-L
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low SDM
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low HVAC
U1563 00 power entry under voltage BCM
U1563 16 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage below Threshold TCM
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low GW
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low SAS
V1.0 37

U2000 04 ECU Error-Hardware Error SCS
U2000 04 ECU Hardware Error SAS
U2001 42 ECU Error-EEPROM Checksum Error IPK
U2001 42 ECU Error-EEPROM Checksum Error TBOX
U2001 41 ECU Error-EEPROM Checksum Error HVAC
U2001 42 ECU Error-EEPROM Checksum Error GW
U2001 41 ECU Error-Flash Checksum Error GW
U2001 42 ECU EEPROM Error SAS
U2001 41 ECU EEPROM Checksum Error SAS
U2002 42 ECU Error - RAM Error HVAC
U2003 04 ECU Error-Software Error SCS
U2003 04 ECU Software Error SAS
U2005 41 ECU Error-Flash Checksum Error IPK
V1.0 38
DTC List ECM
DTC List
List
DTC
DTC FTB Description MIL* SVS*
Category
P000A 26 Variable Valve Timing-Intake Operation Failure(Slow) OFF OFF 5
P000A 29 Variable Valve Timing-Intake Operation Failure(Stuck) OFF OFF 5
P000B 26 Variable Valve Timing-Exhaust Operation Failure(Slow) OFF OFF 5
P000B 29 Variable Valve Timing-Exhaust Operation Failure(Stuck) OFF OFF 5
P0011 78 Variable Camshaft Timing-Intake Camshaft Position Advanced ON OFF 3
P0012 78 Variable Camshaft Timing-Intake Camshaft Position Retarded ON OFF 3
P0014 78 Variable Camshaft Timing-Exhaust Camshaft Position Advanced ON OFF 3
P0015 78 Variable Camshaft Timing-Exhaust Camshaft Position Retarded ON OFF 3
Crankshaft Position And Camshaft Position Correlation-Intake
P0016 00 ON OFF 3
Camshaft Position Runout
Crankshaft Position And Camshaft Position
P0017 00 ON OFF 3
Correlation-Exhaust Camshaft Position Runout
Intake Valve Control Circuit-Intake Camshaft Deadlock
P0026 77 OFF OFF 5
Position Operation Irrational
Exhaust Valve Control Circuit-Exhaust Camshaft Deadlock
P0027 77 OFF OFF 5
Position Operation Irrational
P0030 13 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Open ON OFF 3
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To
P0031 11 ON OFF 3
Ground
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To
P0032 12 ON OFF 3
Battery
P0036 13 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Open ON OFF 3
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To
P0037 11 ON OFF 3
Ground
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To
P0038 12 ON OFF 3
Battery
P0053 1B Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Resistance Irrational ON OFF 3
P0054 1B Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Resistance Irrational ON OFF 3
P0076 11 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Ground ON OFF 3
P0076 13 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Open ON OFF 3
P0077 12 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Battery ON OFF 3
P0079 11 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Ground ON OFF 3
P0079 13 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Open ON OFF 3
P0080 12 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Battery ON OFF 3
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit-Signal
P0105 25 ON OFF 3
Unchanged
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit Signal
P0106 29 ON OFF 3
Irrational
V1.0 39
ECM DTC List
DTC
Category
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To
P0107 11 ON OFF 3
Ground
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To
P0108 12 ON OFF 3
Battery
P0111 29 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ON OFF 3
P0112 16 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON OFF 3
P0113 17 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON OFF 3
P0116 29 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ON OFF 3
P0117 16 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON OFF 3
P0118 17 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON OFF 3
P0122 11 Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON ON 13
P0123 12 Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON ON 13
P0130 29 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Control Circuit Signal Irrational ON OFF 3
P0131 16 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON OFF 3
P0132 17 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON OFF 3
P0133 26 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Response-Sensor Aged ON OFF 3
P0134 29 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open ON OFF 3
P0136 29 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Control Circuit Signal Irrational ON OFF 3
P0137 16 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON OFF 3
P0138 17 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON OFF 3
P0140 29 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open ON OFF 3
Lambda Closed Loop Control Adaptation Exceeding Upper
P0171 00 ON OFF 11
Limit
Lambda Closed Loop Control Adaptation Exceeding Lower
P0172 00 ON OFF 11
Limit
P0197 16 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground OFF OFF 5
P0198 17 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Battery OFF OFF 5
P0201 13 Fuel Injector Control Circuit Open-Cylinder 1 ON OFF 3
P0219 00 Engine Overspeed Condition OFF OFF 6
P0222 11 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON ON 13
P0223 12 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON ON 13
P025A 13 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Open ON OFF 3
P025C 11 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Short To Ground ON OFF 3
P025D 12 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Short To Battery ON OFF 3
P0261 11 Injector Control Circuit Short To Ground-Cylinder 1 ON OFF 3
V1.0 40
DTC List ECM
DTC
Category
P0262 12 Injector Control Circuit Short To Battery-Cylinder 1 ON OFF 3
Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple Cylinder-Misfire Rate
P0300 F0 ON or Blink OFF 2
That Harmful To Catalyst
Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple Cylinder-Misfire Rate
That Deteriorate Emission
Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple Cylinder-Implausible
Fault
Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1-Misfire Rate That Harmful To
Catalyst
Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1-Misfire Rate That Deteriorate
Emission
P0301 F2 Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1-Implausible Fault ON or Blink OFF 2
Catalyst
Emission
Catalyst
Emission
Catalyst
Emission
Rough Road Detected Acceleration Sensor Circuit Signal
P0318 81 ON OFF 3
Irrational
P0322 29 Engine Speed Input Circuit-Crankshaft Speed Sensor No Signal ON OFF 3
P0325 00 Knock Sensor Circuit Signal Fault ON OFF 3
P0327 00 Knock Sensor Port A Circuit Short To Ground ON OFF 3
P0327 14 Knock Sensor Port B Circuit Short To Ground ON OFF 3
P0328 00 Knock Sensor Port A Circuit Short To Battery ON OFF 3
V1.0 41
ECM DTC List
DTC
Category
P0328 15 Knock Sensor Port B Circuit Short To Battery ON OFF 3
P0341 29 Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ON OFF 3
P0366 29 Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ON OFF 3
Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold-Oxygen Storage
P0420 00 ON OFF 3
Capacity Aged
P0444 13 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Open ON OFF 3
Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Short
P0458 11 ON OFF 3
To Ground
Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Short
P0459 12 ON OFF 3
To Battery
P0480 13 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Open (Low Speed) OFF OFF 5
P0481 13 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Open (High Speed) OFF OFF 5
P0500 29 Vehicle Speed Sensor-Signal Fault ON OFF 3
P0504 1C Brake Lamp Switch Circuit Signal Fault OFF ON 12
Brake Switch “A”/”B” Correlation-Brake Signal
P0504 62 OFF ON 12
Unsynchronised
P0506 23 Idle Speed Control System Lower Than Expected OFF OFF 5
P0507 24 Idle Speed Control System Higher Than Expected OFF OFF 5
P0555 00 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit Open ON OFF 3
P0557 16 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON OFF 3
P0558 17 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON OFF 3
P0560 1C System Battery Voltage Signal Irrational OFF OFF 5
P0562 16 System Battery Voltage Low OFF OFF 5
P0563 17 System Battery Voltage High OFF OFF 5
Internal Control Module Error-Offline Configuration
P0601 00 OFF OFF 6
DID_C050 Checksum(Write)Check Error
Internal Control Module Error-Random Access Memory
P0604 44 ON ON 13
(RAM) Fault
Internal Control Module Error-Read Only Memory (ROM)
P0605 45 ON ON 13
Fault
P0606 44 ECM Processor Error-Layer 2 Torque Monitoring Error ON ON 13
P0606 45 ECM Processor Error-Deformation Code Monitoring Error ON ON 13
ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Throttle Body Signal Monitoring
P0606 46 ON ON 13
Error
P0606 64 ECM Processor Error-AD Converter Monitoring Error ON ON 13
ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Ignition Angle Signal Monitoring
P0606 65 ON ON 13
Error
P0606 66 ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Load Signal Monitoring Error ON ON 13
P0606 67 ECM Processor Error-ECU Error Response Monitoring Error ON ON 13
P0606 92 ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module Inquiry Error ON ON 13
V1.0 42
DTC List ECM
DTC
Category
P0606 93 ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module Feedback Error ON ON 13
P0606 94 ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module Response Error ON ON 13
P0606 95 ECM Processor Error-Closed Loop Test Error ON ON 13
P0615 13 Starter Relay Control Circuit Open OFF OFF 5
P0616 11 Starter Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground OFF OFF 5
P0617 12 Starter Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery OFF OFF 5
ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Safe Monitoring Error-Electronic
P061F 62 ON ON 13
Accelerator Pedal
ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Safe Monitoring Error-Engine
P061F 64 ON ON 13
Speed Sensor
ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Safe Monitoring Error-Safe Fuel
P061F 68 ON ON 13
Cut-off
P0630 00 VIN Not Programmed or Incompatible – ECM/PCM OFF OFF 6
P0645 13 Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Control Circuit Open OFF OFF 5
Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Control Circuit Short To
P0646 11 OFF OFF 5
Ground
Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Control Circuit Short To
P0647 12 OFF OFF 5
Battery
ECM Main (Power) Relay Sense Circuit Output Voltage Signal
P0689 17 OFF OFF 5
Fault
Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground (Low
P0691 11 OFF OFF 5
Speed)
Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery (Low
P0692 12 OFF OFF 5
Speed)
Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground (High
P0693 11 OFF OFF 5
Speed)
Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery (High
P0694 12 OFF OFF 5
Speed)
P1427 12 Brake Booster Pump Circuit Short To Battery ON OFF 3
P1428 11 Brake Booster Pump Circuit Short To Ground ON OFF 3
P1429 13 Brake Booster Pump Circuit Open ON OFF 3
Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit-Vacuum Chamber
P1479 00 OFF OFF 5
Pressure Irrational
P1523 00 ECM Detected Error Crash Signal OFF ON 12
The Deviation Of Target Position And Actual Position Of
P1545 34 ON ON 13
Throttle Exceeding Minimum
The Deviation Of Target Position And Actual Position Of
P1545 35 ON ON 13
Throttle Exceeding Maximum
P1559 78 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Adaptation Error OFF OFF 6
Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Low Voltage During
P1564 00 OFF OFF 6
Adaptation
V1.0 43
ECM DTC List
DTC
Category
P1579 00 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Adaptation Not Started OFF OFF 6
Immobilizer Status-Cipher Key And Security Pin Not
P1610 51 OFF OFF 6
Programmed
P1613 06 Immobilizer Status-Authenticaiton Challenge Period Expired OFF OFF 6
Immobilizer Status-Authenticaiton Between Immobilizer And
P1614 06 OFF OFF 6
Key Is Not OK
P1683 86 Invalid Data Received From Sensing Diagnostic Module OFF ON 12
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Throttle Bottom
P2101 26 ON OFF 3
Dead Center Repeated Self-Learning Failure
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Throttle Bottom
P2101 28 ON ON 13
Dead Center Initialization Self-Learning Failure
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Throttle Position
P2101 29 ON ON 13
Deviation Failure
P2101 74 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/performance ON ON 13
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Load Monitoring
P2106 00 ON ON 13
Error
P2106 12 Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Short ON ON 13
P2106 13 Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Open ON ON 13
P2106 29 Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Irrational ON ON 13
Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Overheated or
P2106 4B ON ON 13
Overcurrent
P2127 21 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 1 Circuit Short to Ground ON ON 13
P2128 22 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 1 Circuit Short to Battery ON ON 13
P2132 21 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Circuit Short to Ground ON ON 13
P2133 22 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Circuit Short to Battery ON ON 13
P2135 00 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Voltage Correlation ON ON 13
P2135 29 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Voltage Correlation ON ON 13
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Voltage Correlation-Idle Near
P2138 29 OFF OFF 6
Pedal Displacement Detection
P2140 29 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Voltage Correlation ON ON 13
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected-Sensor
P2195 26 ON OFF 3
Aged-Signal Remains Lean
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected-Sensor
P2196 25 ON OFF 3
Aged-Signal Remains Rich
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity
P2270 24 ON OFF 3
Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal Remains Rich
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity
P2271 23 ON OFF 3
Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal Remains Lean
P300B 00 Engine Torque Control Adaption at Limit OFF OFF 6
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off ON OFF 3
V1.0 44
DTC List ECM
DTC
Category
U0101 87 Lost Communication with transmission Control Module (TCM) ON OFF 3
U0126 87 Lost Communication with Steering Angle Sensor Module (SAS) OFF OFF 5
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) OFF OFF 5
U0151 87 Lost Communication with Sensing Diagnostic Module (SDM) OFF OFF 5
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) OFF OFF 5
*Remarks:
• MIL lamp: Engine Emission Malfunction Indicator Lamp, which is used to indicate the engine failures
which have effects on engine performance and emission.
• SVS lamp: Engine Malfunction Indicator Lamp, which is used to indicate the failures which have serious
effects on the engine performance detected by the engine management system.
V1.0 45
ECM Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Engine Management System - 1.5L (1)
V1.0 46
Circuit Diagram ECM
V1.0 47
ECM Circuit Diagram
V1.0 48
Circuit Diagram ECM
V1.0 49
ECM Circuit Diagram
V1.0 50
Circuit Diagram ECM
Bus System and DLC (1)
V1.0 51
ECM Circuit Diagram
V1.0 52
Circuit Diagram ECM
V1.0 53
ECM Connector Information
Connector Information Pin No. Pin Information

Connector Information 17 Left Side Airbag Signal +
Cooling Fan Relay Box 2 BY024
18 Left Side Airbag Signal -
19 Right Side Airbag Signal +
20 Right Side Airbag Signal -
Front Passenger Seat Belt
21
Pre-tensioner Signal -
22
Pre-tensioner Signal +
Driver Seat Belt
23
Driver Seat Belt
24
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor BY041

Pin No. Pin Information
3 KL.30
4 High-speed Fan
6 Low-speed Fan
Airbag Control Module 1 BY036

Accelerator Pedal Position
1
Sensor 2 5V Power Supply
2
Pin No. Pin Information 3
Sensor 1 Ground
1 CAN H
2 CAN L 4
Sensor 1 Signal
3 Ground Accelerator Pedal Position
5
12 KL.15 Sensor 2 Ground
13 Driver Airbag Signal - Accelerator Pedal Position

6
Sensor 2 Signal
14 Driver Airbag Signal +
Front Passenger Airbag
15
Signal +
16
Signal -
V1.0 54
Connector Information ECM
Brake Vacuum Sensor BY072 Engine Compartment Fuse Box 4 BY145
Pin No. Pin Information Pin No. Pin Information

1 Brake Vacuum Sensor Signal 2 KL.30
2 Ground 3 KL.30
3 5V Power Supply
Engine Compartment Fuse Box 6 BY147
Electric Vacuum Pump BY101

Pin No. Pin Information 1 Oil Pressure Switch
1 KL.30 2 Left Direction Indicator
2 Ground Lamp Signal
3 Ground
4 KL.30
5 KL.30
6 Ground
7 KL.30
8 KL.R
9 KL.30
10 Ground
11 KL.30
12 Low Beam Output
V1.0 55
Pin No. Pin Information Airbag Control Module 2 BY174

13 Low Beam Output
14 KL.30
15 KL.30
18 KL.15 (ignition switch)
19 KL.30
20 KL.30
21 KL.50
Manual A/C Controller BY162

1 CAN H
2 CAN L
3 Ground
12 KL.15
13 Driver Airbag Signal -
15
Signal +
Pin No. Pin Information 16
Signal -
1 KL.15
17 Left Side Airbag Signal +
2 Ground
3 KL.30
4 Blower Control Signal
5 Blower Feedback Switch
21
6 Blower Feedback Signal Pre-tensioner Signal -
7 Backlight Front Passenger Seat Belt
22
8 A/C Switch Request Pre-tensioner Signal +
9 KL.30 Driver Seat Belt

23
12 Compressor Stop Signal
Driver Seat Belt
13 Evaporator Temperature 24
Sensor Signal
14 Compressor Rotation
Request Signal
15 Fresh Air Signal
16 A/C Internal Circulation
Signal
20 Ground
V1.0 56
Dynamic Stability System Control Unit BY200 Neutral Position Sensor BY207
1 KL.30 1 KL.30
4 Right Front Wheel Speed 2 N Gear/Clutch Switch

Sensor Signal - 3 Neutral Switch
8 Left Front Wheel Speed 4 Ground
Sensor Signal -
Brake Vacuum Sensor BY209
12 ESP Off Switch
13 Ground
14 CAN L
16 Right Front Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal +
17 Right Rear Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal +
18 Left Rear Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal -
19 Left Front Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal +
25 KL.30
26 CAN H
1 Brake Vacuum Sensor Signal
28 KL.15
2 Ground
3 5V Power Supply
Sensor Signal -
Sensor Signal +
38 Ground
V1.0 57
Starter Relay BY210 Throttle Actuator EM004
1 Start/Stop Control Relay 1 Motor Negative Electrode

Coil 2 Throttle Ground
2 Starter Motor Relay Coil 3 5V Power Supply
3 KL.30 4 Motor Positive Electrode
5 Starter Status Feedback 5 Throttle Position Sensor 2
Canister Solenoid EM003 6 Throttle Position Sensor 1
Intake Camshaft Position Sensor EM007

1 KL.30 Pin No. Pin Information
2 Canister Control Valve 1 Ground
Signal
Intake Camshaft Position
2
Sensor Signal
3 5V Power Supply
V1.0 58
Crankshaft Position Sensor EM012 Knock Sensor EM021

1 5V Power Supply 1 Knock Sensor Signal A
2 Crankshaft Position Sensor 2 Knock Sensor Signal B
Signal
Alternator EM025
3 Ground
Upstream Oxygen Sensor EM018

1 LIN Bus Interface
Pin No. Pin Information 2 KL.15
1 KL.30
Engine Compartment Fuse Box EM026
2 Upstream Oxygen Sensor
Heating Signal
3 Ground
4 Oxygen Sensor Signal
V1.0 59

1 KL.30 Non-continuous Power
16
2 KL.30 Supply
3 Ground 17 CAN L
4 Alternator Charging 19 Brake Vacuum Sensor
5 KL.30 20 Continuity Power Supply
6 KL.30 22 P/N Signal
7 KL.15 (ignition switch) 23 Brake Switch
8 KL.30 25 Brake Lamp
10 KL.30 A/C Medium Pressure

27
Switch
11 KL.30
28 A/C Switch
29 Stop/Start Master Switch
14 KL.30
30 Accelerator Pedal Sensor 2
15 KL.30
31 Fan Control 2
16 KL.30
32 IMMO Input
Engine Control Module 1 EM054
35 Ignition Switch
Accelerator Pedal 2 5V
36
Power Supply
37
Power Supply
40 Auto Stop Status Output
41 Fuel Pump Relay
42 A/C Compressor Relay
47 Sensor Ground
49 Stop/Start Status Indicator
Pin No. Pin Information Electric Vacuum Pump Relay

54
(only AT)
1 CAN H
56 Fan Control 1
2 LIN Bus Interface
Starter Motor Relay (low
5 Main Relay 58
side)
7 Accelerator Pedal 1 Ground
8 KL50 Status Feedback Signal
63 ECM Ground 2
9 Cruise Control
64 ECM Ground 1
12 Brake Vacuum Sensor
67 Fuel Injector 4 (Cylinder 1)
13 Starter Status Feedback
14 Engine Running Request
Variable Camshaft Timing
69
Non-continuous Power (Exhaust)
15
Supply
71
(Intake)
V1.0 60
72 Fuel Injector 2 (Cylinder 4) Alternator Feedback Signal
106
Upstream Oxygen Sensor (for non stop/start)
73
Heater 107 Throttle 5V Power Supply
74 Fuel Injector 3 (Cylinder 2) Speed/Exhaust Phase 5V
108
75 Throttle Actuator Power Supply
76 Ignition Coil 3 Cylinder 2 Intake Air

109 Pressure/Temperature 5V
Throttle Position Sensor 1 Power Supply
77
Signal
Downstream Oxygen
Throttle Position Sensor 2 110
78 Sensor Heater
Signal
111 ECM Ground 4
Downstream Oxygen
79 112 ECM Ground 3
Sensor
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Engine Control Module 2 EM055
80
Ground
Speed/Exhaust Phase Sensor
84
Ground
Coolant/Oil Temperature
85
Sensor Ground
86 Throttle Ground
87 Throttle Actuator
88 Ignition Coil 4 Cylinder 1
89 Knock Sensor B
90 Knock Sensor A
91 Main Load Sensor
93 Phase Sensor (Intake)
67 Fuel Injector 1
94 Canister Valve
68 Fuel Injector 3
Downstream Oxygen/Intake
95
Phase Sensor Ground 72 Fuel Injector 4
96 Engine Speed Sensor Input Upstream Oxygen Sensor
73
Heating Signal
98 Phase 5V Power Supply
74 Fuel Injector 2
75 Motor Positive Electrode
77 Throttle Position Sensor 1
Engine Coolant Temperature
101
Sensor Signal 78 Throttle Position Sensor 2
Intake Air Temperature 80 Ground
102
Sensor 84 Sensor Ground
Oil Temperature Sensor 85 Ground
103
Signal
86 Throttle Ground
Upstream Oxygen Sensor
104 87 Motor Negative Electrode
Signal
89 Knock Sensor Signal B
105 Phase Sensor (Exhaust)
V1.0 61
Pin No. Pin Information Fuel injector 1 EM059

90 Knock Sensor Signal A
Intake Camshaft Position
93
Sensor Signal
94 Canister Solenoid Signal
95 Sensor Ground
96 Sensor Signal Line
98 5V Sensor Voltage
99 Ignition Coil 2
100 Ignition Coil 1
101
Sensor Signal
1 KL.30
2 Fuel Injector 1 Signal
Ignition Coil 1 EM063
111 Ground 4
112 Ground 3
Downstream Oxygen Sensor EM057

1 KL.30
2 Ignition Coil 1 Signal
Ignition Coil 2 EM064
1 KL.30
2 Downstream Oxygen
Sensor Heating Signal
3 Ground
V1.0 62
1 KL.30 13 Seat Belt (Driver)
2 Ignition Coil 2 Signal 15 Hand Brake
Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor EM067 16 Fuel Sensor Signal -

17 KL.15
18 KL.R
19 Seat Belt (Passenger)
20 Left Direction Indicator
Lamp Signal
21 Alternator Charging
22 Engine Oil Pressure
23 Driver Door Open
24 Trip Computer Switch
25 Right Direction Indicator
Lamp Signal
26 HS CAN H
1 Sensor Ground
27 HS CAN L
2 Temperature Signal
29 High Beam
3 5V Sensor Voltage
30 PDC Acoustic Alarm Input
4 Pressure Signal
31 Fuel Sensor Signal +
Instrument Pack FC006
Fuel Injector 3 EM061

1 KL.30
1 KL.30
3 IMMO Transmission Line_2
5 IMMO Clock Line
6 IMMO Data Line
8 Ground
10 BCM Acoustic Request
12 Brake Fluid Level
V1.0 63
Fuel Injector 4 EM062

1 KL.30
V1.0 64
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ECM
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Conditions for Setting DTCs
P000A, P0011, P0012, P0016 and P0026 P000A 29:
DTC Description
• The intake VVT actuator is seized.
DTC FTB Failure Description • The intake VVT allows the maximum offset angle
Variable Valve Timing-Intake Operation between the actual position and the target position.
26
Failure(Slow) P000A 26:
P000A
Variable Valve Timing-Intake Operation
29 • The intake VVT actuator operates slowly.
Failure(Stuck)
• The intake VVT allows the maximum offset angle
Variable Camshaft Timing-Intake Camshaft between the actual position and the target position.
P0011 78
Position Advanced
P0012, P0016: The difference between learning value and
Variable Camshaft Timing-Intake Camshaft
P0012 78 setting value is larger than 18Grad KW.
Position Retarded
P0011: The difference between learning value and setting value
is less than -18Grad KW.
P0016 00 Correlation-Intake Camshaft Position
Runout P0026: The difference between the actual angle and the default
position angle of intake VVT (at starting moment) is larger than
Intake Valve Control Circuit-Intake
10Grad KW.
P0026 77 Camshaft Deadlock Position Operation
Irrational Operations of ECU after Failure
• DTC P0011, P0012 and P0016 are Category-3 DTCs.
Subsystem Principle
• DTC P000A and P0026 are Category-5 DTCs.
With the engine running, the ECM outputs PWM signals
according to the input information such as crankshaft position Conditions for Clearing DTCs
to control the intake camshaft solenoid valve. Power is • DTC P0011, P0012 and P0016 are Category-3 DTCs.
supplied by the power supply through the main relay. The • DTC P000A and P0026 are Category-5 DTCs.
solenoid valve control of camshaft position actuator is used to
Possible Causes
apply the oil pressure so as to advance or delay the camshaft
oil flow. By monitoring the information of crankshaft position • Related mechanical failure.
sensor and intake camshaft position sensor, the ECM provides • Related circuits failure.
drive-type PWM signals for the solenoid valve according to • Connector failure or poor fit.
the information so that the timing control requirements of
• VVT valve (intake) failure.
the intake camshaft can be met.
• Engine control module failure.
Conditions for Running DTCs
P000A:
Reference Circuit Information
• The engine speed is less than 5,500rpm.
• The engine oil temperature is between 10 and 135℃.
Reference Connector End View Information
• The coolant temperature is between 10 and 120℃.
EM055, EM035
• The operation time after start-up depends on the coolant
temperature at starting. Reference Electrical Information
• The number on the failure counter is no less than 3. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P0011, P0012, P0016: Crankshaft and camshaft self-adaptions Diagnostic Test Steps
are activated.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
P0026: with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• The startup time is less than 2s. a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
• Self-learnings for crankshaft and camshaft are completed. in "ON" position.
• The difference between the target position and the lock b. Read the “Error Occurrence - Intake VVT Valve”,
position of intake VVT is not larger than 3Grad KW. “VCT” and “VCT Error” to check whether they
V1.0 65
ECM Diagnostic Information and Procedure
are within the rational value range (refer to the h. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Appendix for rational value range). terminal EM035-2 of the VCT valve or harness
connector terminal EM055-71 of the ECM and the
c. Perform the “Intake VCT Actuator” and observe it
power supply is infinite.
for any response or action.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
for short to battery.
• No → Go to Step 2.
i. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
2. Check the connectivity of connectors: ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
a. Check harness connector EM035 of the VCT valve again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
and harness connector EM055 of the ECM for • Yes → Go to Step 4;
looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
contamination, deformation, etc. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts 4. Test/replace the VCT valve or the ECM:
found in visual check. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the test/replace the VCT valve or the ECM.
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs Service Guide
again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
• Yes → Go to Step 3; Control System” - “Camshaft Phase Modulator”.
• No → Diagnosis is completed. • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
Control System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
3. Test related circuits:
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control
disconnect the negative battery cable. System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
b. Disconnect harness connector EM035 of the intake
VCT valve.
c. Connect the negative battery cable, place the
ignition switch in “ON” position.
d. Test if the voltage between harness connector
terminal EM035-1 of the intake VCT valve and the
ground is the battery voltage.
for open circuit/high resistance or short circuit.
e. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
disconnect the negative battery cable, and
disconnect harness connector EM055 of the ECM.
f. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal EM035-2 of the VCT valve and harness
connector terminal EM055-71 of the ECM is less
than 5Ω.
for open circuit/high resistance.
g. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal EM035-2 of the VCT valve or harness
ground is infinite.
for short to ground.
V1.0 66
P000B Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC FTB Failure Description Engine Management System - 1.5L (3)
Variable Valve Timing-Exhaust Operation Reference Connector End View Information
26
Failure(Slow)
P000B EM055, EM051
Variable Valve Timing-Exhaust Operation
29 Reference Electrical Information
Failure(Stuck)
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Subsystem Principle
Diagnostic Test Steps
With the engine running, the ECM outputs PWM signals
according to the input information such as crankshaft position 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
to control the exhaust camshaft solenoid valve. Power is with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
supplied by the power supply through the main relay. The a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
solenoid valve control of the camshaft position actuator is in "ON" position.
used to apply the oil pressure so as to advance or delay the
camshaft oil flow. The ECM monitors the information of the b. Read the “Error Occurrence - Exhaust VVT Valve”,
crankshaft position sensor and the exhaust camshaft position “VCT Error” and “VCT” to check whether they
sensor, provides drive-type PWM signals for the solenoid are within the rational value range (refer to the
valve according to the information so that the timing control Appendix for rational value range).
requirements of the exhaust camshaft can be met. c. Perform the “Exhaust VCT Actuator” and observe
Conditions for Running DTCs it for any response or action.
• The engine speed is less than 5,500rpm. • Yes → Test/replace the ECM.
• The engine oil temperature is between 10 and 135℃. • No → Go to Step 2.

• The coolant temperature is between 10 and 120℃. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
• The operation time after start-up depends on the coolant a. Check harness connector EM051 of the exhaust
temperature at starting. VCT valve and harness connector EM055 of the
• The number on the failure counter is no less than 3. ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
Conditions for Setting DTCs corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
P000B 26: b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts

found in visual check.
• The exhaust VVT actuator operates slowly.
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• The exhaust VVT allows the maximum offset angle
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
between the actual position and the target position.
P000B 29: • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• The exhaust VVT actuator is seized. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• The exhaust VVT allows the maximum offset angle
between the actual position and the target position.
a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
Operations of ECU after Failure
disconnect the negative battery cable.
DTC P000B is a Category-5 DTC.
b. Disconnect harness connector EM051 of the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs exhaust VCT valve.
DTC P000B is a Category-5 DTC. c. Connect the negative battery cable, place the
Possible Causes ignition switch in “ON” position.
• Related circuits failure. d. Test if the voltage between harness connector
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminal EM051-1 of the exhaust VCT valve and the
• VVT valve (exhaust) failure.
V1.0 67


terminal EM051-2 of the exhaust VCT valve and
harness connector terminal EM055-69 of the ECM
is less than 5Ω.


terminal EM051-2 of the exhaust VCT valve or
and the ground is infinite.

h. Test if the resistance between harness connector

terminal EM051-2 of the exhaust VCT valve or
and the power supply is infinite.


• Yes → Go to Step 4;
• No → Diagnosis is completed.
4. Test/replace the exhaust VCT valve or the ECM:
If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,

test/replace the exhaust VCT valve or the ECM.
Service Guide
Control System” - “Camshaft Phase Modulator”.
to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control
System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
V1.0 68
P0014, P0015, P0017 and P0027 Conditions for Clearing DTCs
DTC Description • DTC P0014, P0015 and P0017 are Category-3 DTCs.
DTC FTB Failure Description • DTC P0027 is a Category-5 DTC.
Variable Camshaft Timing-Exhaust Camshaft Possible Causes
P0014 78
Position Retarded
• Related mechanical failure.
Variable Camshaft Timing-Exhaust Camshaft • Related circuits failure.
P0015 78
Position Advanced
• Connector failure or poor fit.
P0017 00 Correlation-Exhaust Camshaft Position
Runout
Exhaust Valve Control Circuit-Exhaust
P0027 77 Camshaft Deadlock Position Operation Reference Circuit Information
Irrational Engine Management System - 1.5L (3)
Subsystem Principle Reference Connector End View Information
With the engine running, the ECM outputs PWM signals EM055, EM051
according to the input information such as crankshaft position Reference Electrical Information
to control the exhaust camshaft solenoid valve. Power is
supplied by the power supply through the main relay. The
solenoid valve control of the camshaft position actuator is Diagnostic Test Steps
used to apply the oil pressure so as to advance or delay the
camshaft oil flow. The ECM monitors the information of the
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
crankshaft position sensor and the exhaust camshaft position
sensor, provides drive-type PWM signals for the solenoid a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
valve according to the information so that the timing control in "ON" position.
requirements of the exhaust camshaft can be met. b. Read the “VCT Actuator 2 State” and “VCT
Conditions for Running DTCs Actuator 2 Confirmed” to check whether they
P0014, P0015, P0017: Crankshaft and camshaft self-adaptions are within the rational value range (refer to the
are activated. Appendix for rational value range).
c. Perform the forced output of “VCT Exhaust
P0027:
Actuator” and observe the VCT valve for relevant
• The startup time is less than 2s. response or action.
• Self-learnings for crankshaft and camshaft are completed.
• The difference between the target position and the lock
position of intake VVT is not larger than 3Grad KW.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
P0014: The difference between synchronous learning value and a. Check harness connector EM051 of the VCT valve
reference value of the wheel axle is less than -18Grad KW. and harness connector EM055 of the ECM for
P0015, P0017: The difference between synchronous learning contamination, deformation, etc.
value and reference value of the wheel axle is larger than
18Grad KW. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P0027: The difference between the actual angle and the default
position angle of exhaust VVT (at starting moment) is larger c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
than 10Grad KW. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
• DTC P0014, P0015 and P0017 are Category-3 DTCs.
• DTC P0027 is a Category-5 DTC.
V1.0 69
a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
disconnect the negative battery cable. to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control
b. Disconnect harness connector EM051 of the VCT
valve.


terminal EM051-1 of the exhaust VCT valve and the



than 5Ω.

ground is infinite.




4. Test/replace the VCT valve or the ECM:

test/replace the VCT valve or the ECM.
Service Guide
V1.0 70
P0030, P0031, P0032 and P0053 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
DTC FTB Failure Description
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control
P0030 13 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Circuit Open
P0031 11 a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
Circuit Short To Ground
in "ON" position.
P0032 12 b. Read the “Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater
Circuit Short To Battery
State”, “Upstream Oxygen Sensor Voltage”,
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater
P0053 1B “Error Occurrence - Upstream Oxygen Sensor”,
Resistance Irrational
“Upstream Oxygen Sensor Catalyst Temperature
Subsystem Principle Exceeds Dew Point Temperature”, “Upstream
Oxygen Sensor Ready to Run”, “Thick Fuel Gas
The oxygen sensor is a heated oxygen sensor which measures
Detected by Upstream Oxygen Sensor” and
the oxygen content in the engine exhaust to determine if
“Upstream Oxygen Sensor Ready Mark” to check
the gasoline and air are burnt completely. The electronic
whether they are within the rational value range
controller implements the closed-loop control aiming at
(refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
excessive air coefficient λ = 1 according to the information
to ensure that the three-way catalytic converter has a high c. Perform the forced output of “Upstream Oxygen
conversion efficiency in such three kinds of pollutants as HC, Sensor Heater” and observe whether the upstream
CO and NOx in the exhaust. oxygen sensor is heating normally.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Yes → Test/replace the main relay;
P0030, P0031, P0032: The engine is running at idle speed. • No → Go to Step 2.
P0053: The exhaust temperature is in the diagnosis range of 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
350-550℃. a. Check harness connector EM018 of the upstream
Conditions for Setting DTCs oxygen sensor, harness connector EM055 of the
ECM and harness connector EM026 of the engine
P0030, P0031, P0032: None.
compartment fuse box for looseness, poor contact,
P0053: The internal resistance of the current oxygen sensor is distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
monitored to be 4,300Ω. etc.
Operations of ECU after Failure b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
DTC P0030, P0031, P0032 and P0053 are Category-3 DTCs. found in visual check.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
DTC P0030, P0031, P0032 and P0053 are Category-3 DTCs.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure.
• Upstream oxygen sensor failure.
Reference Circuit Information upstream oxygen sensor.
Engine Management System - 1.5L (4) c. Connect the negative battery cable, place the
Reference Connector End View Information ignition switch in “ON” position.
EM055, EM018 d. Test if the voltage between harness connector

terminal EM018-1 of the upstream oxygen sensor
and the ground is the battery voltage.
V1.0 71
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit oxygen sensor, cool the oxygen sensor at room
for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground. temperature, and wait until the sensor temperature
drops to room temperature.
disconnect the negative battery cable, and c. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 and 3 of
disconnect harness connector EM055 of the the upstream oxygen sensor is around 15.8Ω with a
ECM and harness connector EM026 of the engine digital multimeter.
compartment fuse box.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the
f. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness upstream oxygen sensor.
connector EM018 of the upstream oxygen sensor
and terminals of harness connector EM055 of the
test/replace the upstream oxygen sensor or the ECM.
ECM is less than 5Ω.
Service Guide
• Terminal EM018-2 and Terminal EM055-73
• Terminal EM018-3 and Terminal EM055-80 Control System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
• Terminal EM018-4 and Terminal EM055-104 • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit Control System” - “Oxygen Sensor”.
for open circuit/high resistance. • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
Control System” - “Upstream Oxygen Sensor”.
g. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector EM018 of the upstream oxygen sensor or • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
terminals of harness connector EM055 of the ECM to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control
and the ground is infinite. System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
• Terminal EM018-2 or Terminal EM055-73

h. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector EM018 of the upstream oxygen sensor or
terminals of harness connector EM055 of the ECM
4. Test/replace the upstream oxygen sensor or the ECM:
upstream oxygen sensor, remove the upstream
V1.0 72
P0036, P0037, P0038 and P0054 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater
Control Circuit Open
P0037 11
Control Circuit Short To Ground a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
P0038 12
Control Circuit Short To Battery b. Read the “Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater
State”, “Downstream Oxygen Sensor Voltage”,
P0054 1B “Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heating State”,
Resistance Irrational
“Error Occurrence - Downstream Oxygen Sensor”,
Subsystem Principle “Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heated Fully”,
The oxygen sensor is a heated oxygen sensor which measures “Downstream Oxygen Sensor Catalyst Temperature
the oxygen content in the engine exhaust to determine if Exceeds Dew Point Temperature”, “Downstream
the gasoline and air are burnt completely. The electronic Oxygen Sensor Ready to Run” and “Downstream
controller implements the closed-loop control aiming at Oxygen Sensor Ready Mark” to check whether they
excessive air coefficient λ = 1 according to the information are within the rational value range (refer to the
to ensure that the three-way catalytic converter has a high Appendix for rational value range).
conversion efficiency in such three kinds of pollutants as HC, c. Perform the forced output of “Downstream
CO and NOx in the exhaust. Oxygen Sensor Heater” and observe whether the
Conditions for Running DTCs downstream oxygen sensor is heating normally.
P0036, P0037, P0038: The engine is running at idle speed. • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
P0054: The exhaust temperature is in the diagnosis range of • No → Go to Step 2.

350-550℃. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
a. Check harness connector EM057 of the downstream
P0036, P0037, P0038: None. oxygen sensor, harness connector EM054 of the
P0054: The internal resistance of the current oxygen sensor is ECM and harness connector EM026 of the engine
monitored to be 4,300Ω. compartment fuse box for looseness, poor contact,
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
etc.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Conditions for Clearing DTCs found in visual check.
DTC P0036, P0037, P0038 and P0054 are Category-3 DTCs. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Possible Causes ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
• Related circuits failure. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Yes → Go to Step 3;

• Downstream oxygen sensor failure. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• Engine control module failure. 3. Test related circuits:
Reference Circuit Information disconnect the negative battery cable.
Engine Management System - 1.5L (4) b. Disconnect harness connector EM057 of the
Reference Connector End View Information downstream oxygen sensor.
EM054, EM057, EM026, EM09, EM055, EM33 c. Connect the negative battery cable, place the
V1.0 73
d. Test if the voltage between harness connector b. Disconnect harness connector EM057 of
terminal EM057-1 of the downstream oxygen sensor the downstream oxygen sensor, remove the
and the ground is the battery voltage. downstream oxygen sensor, cool the oxygen sensor
at room temperature, and wait until the sensor
temperature drops to room temperature.
for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
e. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, c. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 and 3 of
disconnect the negative battery cable, and the downstream oxygen sensor is about 15.8Ω by
disconnect harness connector EM054 of the ECM using a digital multimeter.
and harness connector EM057 of the downstream If it is not within the specified range, replace the
oxygen sensor. downstream oxygen sensor.
f. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
connector EM057 of the downstream oxygen sensor test/replace the downstream oxygen sensor or the ECM.
and terminals of harness connector EM054 of the
Service Guide
• Terminal EM057-4 and Terminal EM054-21 Control System” - “Downstream Oxygen Sensor”.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
for open circuit/high resistance. Control System” - “Downstream Oxygen Sensor”.
g. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
connector EM057 of the downstream oxygen sensor to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control
or terminals of harness connector EM054 of the System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
ECM and the ground is infinite.
h. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector EM057 of the downstream oxygen sensor
or terminals of harness connector EM054 of the
ECM and the power supply is infinite.
4. Test/replace the downstream oxygen sensor or the ECM:
V1.0 74
P0076 and P0077 Diagnostic Test Steps
DTC Description 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
DTC FTB Failure Description with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
11
P0076 To Ground in "ON" position.
13 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Open b. Read the “VCT Actuator 1 Confirmed” and “VCT
Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short Actuator 1 Status” to check whether they are within
P0077 12 the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
To Battery
rational value range).
Subsystem Principle
c. Perform the forced output of “VCT Intake Actuator”
With the engine running, the ECM outputs PWM signals and observe the VCT valve for relevant response
according to the input information such as crankshaft position or action.
to control the exhaust camshaft solenoid valve. Power is
supplied by the power supply of main relay. The solenoid valve
control of the camshaft position actuator is used to apply the • No → Go to Step 2.
oil pressure so as to advance or delay the camshaft oil flow.
2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
The ECM monitors the information of the crankshaft position
sensor and the exhaust camshaft position sensor, provides a. Check harness connector EM035 of the VCT valve
drive-type PWM signals for the solenoid valve according to and harness connector EM055 of the ECM for
the information so that the timing control requirements of looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
the exhaust camshaft can be met. contamination, deformation, etc.
Conditions for Running DTCs b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P0077: The engine is running and the drive stage switch is
turned on. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
P0076: The engine is running and the drive stage switch is
turned off.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Yes → Go to Step 3;
None. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Operations of ECU after Failure 3. Test related circuits:
DTC P0076 and P0077 are Category-3 DTCs. a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
Conditions for Clearing DTCs
DTC P0076 and P0077 are Category-3 DTCs.
VCT valve.
Possible Causes
• VVT valve (intake) failure. terminal EM035-1 of the intake VCT valve and the
• Engine control module failure. ground is the battery voltage.
Reference Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Circuit Information for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
Engine Management System - 1.5L (3) e. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
Reference Connector End View Information disconnect the negative battery cable, and
EM055, EM035
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection connector terminal EM055-71 of the ECM is less
than 5Ω.
V1.0 75


ground is infinite.





Service Guide
V1.0 76
P0079 and P0080 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit
11 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Short To Ground
P0079 with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
13 a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
Open
in "ON" position.
P0080 12 b. Read the “VCT Actuator 2 Confirmed” and “VCT
Short To Battery
Actuator 2 Status” to check whether they are within
Subsystem Principle the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
With the engine running, the ECM outputs PWM signals rational value range).
according to the input information such as crankshaft position c. Perform the forced output of “VCT Exhaust
to control the exhaust camshaft solenoid valve. Power is Actuator” and observe the VCT valve for relevant
supplied by the power supply of main relay. The solenoid valve response or action.
control of the camshaft position actuator is used to apply the
oil pressure so as to advance or delay the camshaft oil flow.
The ECM monitors the information of the crankshaft position • No → Go to Step 2.
sensor and the exhaust camshaft position sensor, provides 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
drive-type PWM signals for the solenoid valve according to
a. Check harness connector EM051 of the VCT valve
the information so that the timing control requirements of
and harness connector EM055 of the ECM for
the exhaust camshaft can be met.
Conditions for Running DTCs contamination, deformation, etc.
P0079: The drive stage switch is turned off and the engine is b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
running. found in visual check.
P0080: The drive stage switch is turned on and the engine is c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
running. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
Conditions for Setting DTCs again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
None. • Yes → Go to Step 3;

Operations of ECU after Failure • No → Diagnosis is completed.
DTC P0079 and P0080 are Category-3 DTCs. 3. Test related circuits:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
Possible Causes b. Disconnect harness connector EM051 of the VCT
valve.
• Engine control module failure. terminal EM051-1 of the VCT valve and the ground
Reference Information is the battery voltage.
Reference Circuit Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Engine Management System - 1.5L (3) for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
Reference Connector End View Information e. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
EM055, EM051 disconnect harness connector EM055 of the ECM.
V1.0 77

than 5Ω.


ground is infinite.





Service Guide
V1.0 78
P0105, P0106, P0107 and P0108 Reference Information
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Reference Connector End View Information
P0105 25
Circuit-Signal Unchanged
EM054, EM067
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
P0106 29 Reference Electrical Information
Circuit Signal Irrational
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
P0107 11
Circuit Short To Ground Diagnostic Test Steps
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
P0108 12
Circuit Short To Battery with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
Subsystem Principle a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
The intake air pressure/temperature sensor is fitted on the
air inlet pipe. The intake air pressure measurement portion b. Read the “Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure”,
is a piezoelectric type sensor which performs direct pressure “Intake Manifold Air Temperature”, “Error
measurement through sensing elements. It can provide the Occurrence - Intake Air Temperature Signal” and
“load signal” for the controller according to the measured “Error - Occurrence - Manifold Pressure Sensor”
MAP. The controller provides a 5V voltage and feeds back to check whether they are within the rational value
a 0-5V voltage to the controller depending on the intake range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
pressure. range).
Conditions for Running DTCs • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
P0105: The engine speed is higher than 800rpm. • No → Go to Step 2.
P0106, P0107: The engine is running. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
P0108: The engine runs in 1s after starting. a. Check harness connector EM067 of the intake
manifold pressure sensor and harness connector
EM054 of the ECM for looseness, poor contact,
P0105: The pressure drop after starting is less than 20hpa for distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
1s. etc.
P0106: The pressure displayed on the pressure sensor depends b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
on the engine speed and the throttle opening, which lasts for found in visual check.
1s.
P0107: The pressure sensor voltage is less than 0.1V, which ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
lasts for 1s. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
P0108: The pressure sensor voltage is higher than 4.92V, which • Yes → Go to Step 3;
lasts for 1s. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
Conditions for Clearing DTCs disconnect the negative battery cable, and
DTC P0105, P0106, P0107 and P0108 are Category-3 DTCs. disconnect harness connector EM054 of the ECM
and harness connector EM067 of the intake manifold
Possible Causes
pressure sensor.
b. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Connector failure or poor fit. of harness connector EM067 of the intake manifold
• Intake manifold pressure sensor failure. pressure sensor and terminals of harness connector
• Engine control module failure. EM054 of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
V1.0 79
• Terminal EM067-2 and Terminal EM054-61 Service Guide

Control System” - “Manifold Absolute Pressure and
Temperature Sensor”.
c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
of harness connector EM067 of the intake manifold Control System” - “Intake Air Temperature/Pressure
pressure sensor or terminals of harness connector Sensor”.
EM054 of the ECM and the ground is infinite.
• Terminal EM067-1 or Terminal EM054-47 to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control
• Terminal EM067-2 or Terminal EM054-61 System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.

d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM067 of the intake manifold
pressure sensor or terminals of harness connector
EM054 of the ECM and the power supply is infinite.
e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
4. Test/replace the intake pressure sensor or the ECM:
manifold pressure sensor.
c. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 4 of
the intake manifold pressure sensor is about 10.6MΩ
(at 20℃), and if the resistance between terminal
3 and 4 of the intake manifold pressure sensor is
about 3.19MΩ (at 20℃).
If they are not within the specified range, replace the
intake manifold pressure sensor.
test/replace the intake pressure sensor or the ECM.
V1.0 80
P0111, P0112 and P0113 Conditions for Clearing DTCs
DTC Description DTC P0111, P0112 and P0113 are Category-3 DTCs.
DTC FTB Failure Description Possible Causes
Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit • Related circuits failure.
P0111 29
Signal Irrational
Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit • Intake air temperature sensor failure.
P0112 16
Short To Ground
Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit
P0113 17 Reference Information
Short To Battery
Subsystem Principle
The intake air temperature measurement portion of intake
air temperature/pressure sensor is a negative temperature
coefficient sensor, whose resistance changes with the intake air EM054, EM067
temperature and which transfers a voltage showing the change Reference Electrical Information
of the intake air temperature to the controller. The pressure
is proportional to the output voltage and the temperature is
inversely proportional to the output resistance. Diagnostic Test Steps
Conditions for Running DTCs 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
P0111: with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
• Extreme condition 1: The air flow is 40.152kg/h.
in "ON" position.
• Extreme condition 1: The vehicle speed is no less than
40km/h. b. Read the “Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure”,
“Intake Manifold Air Temperature”, “Error
• The starting temperature is less than 50℃.
Occurrence - Intake Air Temperature Signal” and
• Extreme condition 2: The air flow is less than 20kg/h. “Error - Occurrence - Manifold Pressure Sensor”
• Extreme condition 2: The vehicle speed is less than to check whether they are within the rational value
10km/h. range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
P0112: The engine is running at idle speed. range).
P0113:
• The vehicle speed is no greater than 10km/h.
• The coolant temperature is no less than 60℃. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
• The air flow is no greater than 24kg/h. a. Check harness connector EM067 of the intake
manifold pressure sensor and harness connector
EM054 of the ECM for looseness, poor contact,
P0111: Compare the temperatures of the intake manifold distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
temperature sensor under two extreme conditions, and the etc.
temperature difference is larger than 1.5℃, which last for 5s.
P0112: The intake air temperature sensor voltage is less than found in visual check.
0.1V, which lasts for 1s.
P0113: ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
• The intake air temperature sensor voltage is greater than again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
4.90V, which lasts for 1s. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• The jumping voltage of the intake manifold temperature • No → Diagnosis is completed.
sensor is greater than 0.3V, which lasts for 6s.
DTC P0111, P0112 and P0113 are Category-3 DTCs. disconnect the negative battery cable, and
V1.0 81
disconnect harness connector EM054 of the ECM c. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 4 of
and harness connector EM067 of the intake manifold the intake manifold pressure sensor is about 10.6MΩ
pressure sensor. (at 20℃), and if the resistance between terminal
3 and 4 of the intake manifold pressure sensor is
about 3.19MΩ (at 20℃).
pressure sensor and terminals of harness connector If they are not within the specified range, replace the
EM054 of the ECM is less than 5Ω. intake manifold pressure sensor.
• Terminal EM067-1 and Terminal EM054-47 If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
test/replace the intake pressure sensor or the ECM.
Service Guide
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
for open circuit/high resistance. Control System” - “Manifold Absolute Pressure and
c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Temperature Sensor”.
of harness connector EM067 of the intake manifold • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
pressure sensor or terminals of harness connector Control System” - “Intake Air Temperature/Pressure
EM054 of the ECM and the ground is infinite. Sensor”.
• Terminal EM067-1 or Terminal EM054-47 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
pressure sensor or terminals of harness connector
4. Test/replace the intake pressure sensor or the ECM:
manifold pressure sensor.
V1.0 82
P0116, P0117 and P0118 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit
Signal Irrational
P0117 16 a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
Short To Ground
in "ON" position.
P0118 17 b. Read the “Engine Coolant Temperature”, “Engine
Short To Battery
Coolant Temperature Sensor Error”, “Failure
Subsystem Principle Occurrence - Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor”
The engine coolant temperature(ECT) signal is measured by and “Engine Coolant Temperature Too High or Too
the sensor. Monitor the ECT signal of the sensor to achieve Low” to check whether they are within the rational
the functions such as cooling fan control. The ECT signal is value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
sent to the IPK controller via the CAN bus for the coolant range).
temperature display and high temperature alarm. If the coolant • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
sensor fails or the coolant temperature is abnormally high, the
IPK will alert the driver by the warning lamp and messages.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
The ignition switch is in "ON" position. a. Check harness connector EM015 of the ECT sensor
P0116: 20.3℃ < coolant temperature model value for 7s. contamination, deformation, etc.
P0118: The measured voltage of the ECT sensor is greater b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
than 4.90V, which lasts for 2s. found in visual check.
P0117: c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the

• The measured voltage of the ECT sensor is less than 0.1V.
• The voltage jump of the ECT sensor is greater than 1V,
which lasts for 2s.
DTC P0116, P0117 and P0118 are Category-3 DTCs. 3. Test related circuits:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
DTC P0116, P0117 and P0118 are Category-3 DTCs.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. of harness connector EM015 of the ECT sensor and
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminals of harness connector EM055 of the ECM
• Engine coolant sensor failure. is less than 5Ω.
• Engine control module failure. • Terminal EM015-1 and Terminal EM055-85

Reference Information • Terminal EM015-2 and Terminal EM055-101
Engine Management System - 1.5L (5) for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Connector End View Information c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM015 of the ECT sensor or
EM055, EM015 terminals of harness connector EM055 of the ECM
V1.0 83


of harness connector EM015 of the ECT sensor or


4. Test/replace the ECT sensor or the ECM:
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
b. Disconnect harness connector EM015 of the ECT

sensor.

the ECT sensor is between 2.45-2.55kΩ (at 20℃),
0.424KΩ (engine warm up).

test/replace the ECT sensor or the ECM.
Service Guide
Control System” - “Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT)
Sensor”.
• Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel
and Control System” - “Engine Coolant Temperature
Sensor”.
V1.0 84
DTC Description
Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short To
Ground
Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short To
P0123 12
Battery a. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in
"ON" position, and use the scan tool to observe
Subsystem Principle if the voltage parameter of throttle position varies
Both the throttle position sensor and the throttle actuator are with the accelerator pedal input within a reasonable
integrated into the electronic throttle body, and the throttle range.
position sensor is an angle potentiometer characterized by
• Position Sensor 1 (0.2-4.8V)
the linear output. The potentiometer rotor arm and the
throttle are fitted coaxially. When the throttle rotates, • Position Sensor 2 (4.8-0.2V)
the potentiometer rotor arm will be driven to slide to a b. Read the “Original Voltage Value of Throttle Position
certain position and the potentiometer output a voltage signal Sensor 1”, “Original Voltage Value of Throttle
proportional to the throttle position. A throttle body includes Position Sensor 2”, “Throttle Position in Limp Home
two potentiometers which are fitted in reverse phase, and Mode”, “Failure Occurrence - Throttle Position
signals from both potentiometers are used by the ECM to Sensor 1” and “Failure Occurrence - Throttle
judge the throttle rotation angle. The 5V supply voltage and Position Sensor 2” to check whether they are within
the reference ground of both potentiometers are provided by the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
the ECM. rational value range).
c. Perform the forced output of "Throttle Actuator"
The engine is running at idle speed for more than 12s. and observe the throttle for relevant response or
Conditions for Setting DTCs action.
P0122: The electronic throttle position sensor 1 signal voltage • Yes → Go to Step 5;
is lower than 0.176V. • No → Go to Step 2.
P0123: The electronic throttle position sensor 1 signal voltage 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
is higher than 4.629V.
a. Check harness connector EM004 of the throttle
position sensor and harness connector EM055 of
DTC P0122 and P0123 are Category-13 DTCs. the ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
Conditions for Clearing DTCs corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
DTC P0122 and P0123 are Category-13 DTCs. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• Throttle position sensor failure.
Reference Information • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Reference Circuit Information 3. Test related circuits:
Engine Management System - 1.5L (2) a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
EM055, EM004
throttle position sensor.

V1.0 85
d. Test if the voltage between terminal EM004-3 of the 4. Test/replace the throttle position sensor or ECM:
throttle position sensor harness connector and the
a. In the unenergized state, the valve plate shall be in
ground is 5V.
the closed position and can rotate smoothly when
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit moved by hand. If the valve plate is stuck, it indicates
for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground. that the interior components may be damaged.
e. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect the negative battery cable, and
disconnect harness connector EM055 of the ECM. disconnect harness connector EM004 of the
electronic throttle body.
f. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM004 of the throttle position c. Place the digital multimeter in ohm range.
sensor and terminals of harness connector EM055
d. Connect the two probes to terminal 3 and 2 of
of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
the electronic throttle respectively. When moving
• Terminal EM004-3 and Terminal EM055-107 the valve plate by hand, the resistance shall change
continuously.
test/replace the throttle or the ECM.
Service Guide
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Intake and
for open circuit/high resistance. Exhaust System - 1.5L” - “Electronic Throttle”.
g. Test if the resistance between the following terminals • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
of harness connector EM004 of the throttle position Control System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
sensor or terminals of harness connector EM055 of • Replace, programme and set the control module.
the ECM and the ground is infinite. “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control System” - “Engine
• Terminal EM004-3 or Terminal EM055-107 Control Module (ECM)”.
• Terminal EM004-6 or Terminal EM055-77 • Replace, programme and set the control module.
“Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control System” -
• Terminal EM004-5 or Terminal EM055-78 “Electronic Throttle Self-learning - UMC System”.

h. Test if the resistance between the following terminals

of harness connector EM004 of the throttle position
sensor or terminals of harness connector EM055 of
the ECM and the power supply is infinite.


V1.0 86
P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133 and P0134 • The load is 25-50%.
DTC Description • The exhaust temperature model value is above 500℃.
DTC FTB Failure Description • The front oxygen sensor is heating.
P0130 29 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open • The diagnosis function is enabled.
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Conditions for Setting DTCs

P0131 16
Ground P0130:
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To • The difference value of front oxygen sensor voltage is
P0132 17
Battery greater than 2V.
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow • The upstream/downstream oxygen sensor output
P0133 26
Response-Sensor Aged voltage is in the range of 0.06-0.5V.
P0134 29 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open • The upstream/downstream oxygen sensor output
voltage is in the range of 0.6-1.2V.
Subsystem Principle
P0131: The upstream oxygen sensor output voltage is less than
The oxygen sensor is a heated oxygen sensor which measures
0.06V.
the oxygen content in the engine exhaust to determine if
the gasoline and air are burnt completely. The electronic P0132: The upstream oxygen sensor output voltage is greater
controller implements the closed-loop control aiming at than 1.2V.
excessive air coefficient λ = 1 according to the information P0133: The delay-time of filtered upstream signal cycle is more
to ensure that the three-way catalytic converter has a high than 0.7s.
conversion efficiency in such three kinds of pollutants as HC,
CO and NOx in the exhaust. P0134:
Conditions for Running DTCs • The voltage of upstream oxygen sensor is in the range of
0.4-0.6V.
P0130, P0134: The oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts
for 90s. • The front/rear oxygen sensor voltage is greater than 1.2V.
• The internal resistance of front oxygen sensor is greater
P0131:
than 131kΩ.
• The oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts for 90s. Operations of ECU after Failure
• Cold start of the engine.
DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133 and P0134 are Category-3
P0132 17: DTCs.
• The battery voltage is higher than 11.03V. Conditions for Clearing DTCs
• The engine speed is greater than 25rpm. DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133 and P0134 are Category-3
• Target λ=1. DTCs.
• The exhaust temperature is less than the upper limit of Possible Causes
threshold value (800℃). • Related circuits failure.
• The oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts for 90s. • Connector failure or poor fit.
P0133: • Upstream oxygen sensor failure.
• The valid count cycle is above the setting value 12. • Engine control module failure.
• The front oxygen sensor closed-loop control is activated. Reference Information

• No pressure sensor failure. Reference Circuit Information
• No coolant temperature sensor failure. Engine Management System - 1.5L (4)
• No intake air temperature sensor failure. Reference Connector End View Information
• The initialization of basic gas mixture is valid.
EM055, EM018
• No condition for diagnosis prevention.
• The speed is within the diagnosis range of
1,600-3,000rpm. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
V1.0 87
Diagnostic Test Steps e. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,

disconnect harness connector EM055 of the
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch compartment fuse box.
in "ON" position.
b. Read the “Upstream Oxygen Sensor Voltage”, of harness connector EM018 of the upstream oxygen
“Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heating State”, “Error sensor, terminals of harness connector EM055 of
Occurrence - Upstream Oxygen Sensor”, “Upstream the ECM and terminals of harness connector EM026
Oxygen Sensor Catalyst Temperature Exceeds of the engine compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
Dew Point Temperature”, “Upstream Oxygen
Sensor Ready to Run”, “Thick Fuel Gas Detected • Terminal EM018-1 and Terminal EM026-14
by Upstream Oxygen Sensor” and “Upstream • Terminal EM018-2 and Terminal EM055-73
Oxygen Sensor Ready Mark” to check whether they
are within the rational value range (refer to the
Appendix for rational value range). • Terminal EM018-4 and Terminal EM055-104
c. Perform the forced output of “Upstream Oxygen If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Sensor Heater” and observe whether the upstream for open circuit/high resistance.
oxygen sensor is heating normally.
g. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Yes → Test/replace the ECM; of harness connector EM018 of the upstream oxygen
• No → Go to Step 2. sensor or terminals of harness connector EM055 of
the ECM or terminals of harness connector EM026
2. Check the connectivity of connectors: of the engine compartment fuse box and the ground
a. Check harness connector EM018 of the upstream is infinite.
oxygen sensor, harness connector EM055 of the
compartment fuse box for looseness, poor contact, • Terminal EM018-2 or Terminal EM055-73
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, • Terminal EM018-3 or Terminal EM055-80
etc.
found in visual check. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs h. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. of harness connector EM018 of the upstream oxygen
• Yes → Go to Step 3; the ECM or terminals of harness connector EM026
• No → Diagnosis is completed. of the engine compartment fuse box and the power
supply is infinite.
disconnect the negative battery cable. • Terminal EM018-2 or Terminal EM055-73
b. Disconnect harness connector EM018 of the • Terminal EM018-3 or Terminal EM055-80
upstream oxygen sensor.
terminal EM018-1 of the upstream oxygen sensor
and the ground is the battery voltage.
for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground. • Yes → Go to Step 4;
V1.0 88


oxygen sensor, cool the oxygen sensor at room
temperature, and wait until the sensor temperature
drops to room temperature.

the upstream oxygen sensor is around 20Ω with a
digital multimeter.


test/replace the ECM.
Service Guide
Control System” - “Oxygen Sensor”.
Control System” - “Upstream Oxygen Sensor”.
V1.0 89
P0136, P0137, P0138 and P0140 • The voltage signal of rear oxygen sensor is within
DTC Description 0.4-0.5V.
DTC FTB Failure Description • The oxygen sensor resistance is greater than 40kΩ.
P0136 29 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open Operations of ECU after Failure
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short DTC P0136, P0137, P0138 and P0140 are Category-3 DTCs.
P0137 16
To Ground Conditions for Clearing DTCs
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short DTC P0136, P0137, P0138 and P0140 are Category-3 DTCs.
P0138 17
To Battery Possible Causes
P0140 29 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open • Related circuits failure.
Subsystem Principle • Connector failure or poor fit.
The oxygen sensor is a heated oxygen sensor which measures • Downstream oxygen sensor failure.
the oxygen content in the engine exhaust to determine if • Engine control module failure.
the gasoline and air are burnt completely. The electronic Reference Information
controller implements the closed-loop control aiming at
excessive air coefficient λ = 1 according to the information
to ensure that the three-way catalytic converter has a high Engine Management System - 1.5L (4)
conversion efficiency in such three kinds of pollutants as HC, Reference Connector End View Information
CO and NOx in the exhaust.
EM026, EM057, EM054
P0136, P0140: The rear oxygen sensor is hot enough, which
lasts for 90s. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P0137: Diagnostic Test Steps

• The rear oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts for 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
90s. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• The rear oxygen sensor control is activated. a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
• Cold start of the engine. in "ON" position.
P0138: b. Read the “Downstream Oxygen Sensor Voltage”,

“Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater State”,
• The battery voltage is higher than 11.03V.
“Error Occurrence - Downstream Oxygen Sensor”,
• The engine speed is greater than 25rpm. “Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heated Fully”,
• The catalyst temperature is higher than 320℃. “Downstream Oxygen Sensor Catalyst Temperature
• The rear oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts for Exceeds Dew Point Temperature”, “Downstream
90s. Oxygen Sensor Ready to Run” and “Downstream
• Target λ=1. Oxygen Sensor Ready Mark” to check whether they
• The rear oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts for
Appendix for rational value range).
90s.
c. Perform the forced output of “Downstream
Oxygen Sensor Heater” and observe whether the
P0136: The rear oxygen sensor output voltage is greater than downstream oxygen sensor is heating normally.
2.0V.
P0137: The rear oxygen sensor output voltage is less than
0.06V.
P0138: The rear oxygen sensor output voltage is greater than
1.2V. a. Check harness connector EM057 of the downstream
P0140:
V1.0 90
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, • Terminal EM057-4 or Terminal EM054-21
etc. • Terminal EM057-3 or Terminal EM054-43
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
found in visual check. for short to ground.
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the h. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs of harness connector EM057 of the downstream
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. oxygen sensor or terminals of harness connector
• Yes → Go to Step 3; EM054 of the ECM or terminals of harness
connector EM026 of the engine compartment fuse
box and the power supply is infinite.
downstream oxygen sensor. • Terminal EM057-3 or Terminal EM054-43
c. Connect the negative battery cable, place the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
ignition switch in “ON” position. for short to battery.
d. Test if the voltage between harness connector i. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
terminal EM057-1 of the downstream oxygen sensor ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
and the ground is the battery voltage. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit • Yes → Go to Step 4;
for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
e. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, 4. Test/replace the downstream oxygen sensor or the ECM:
compartment fuse box. b. Disconnect harness connector EM057 of
the downstream oxygen sensor, remove the
downstream oxygen sensor, cool the oxygen sensor
of harness connector EM057 of the downstream
at room temperature, and wait until the sensor
oxygen sensor, terminals of harness connector
EM054 of the ECM and terminals of harness
connector EM026 of the engine compartment fuse c. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 and 3 of
box is less than 5Ω. the downstream oxygen sensor is around 20Ω with
a digital multimeter.
downstream oxygen sensor.
• Terminal EM057-3 and Terminal EM054-43 test/replace the ECM.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit Service Guide
g. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Control System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
of harness connector EM057 of the downstream • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
oxygen sensor or terminals of harness connector Control System” - “Downstream Oxygen Sensor”.
EM054 of the ECM or terminals of harness
Control System” - “Downstream Oxygen Sensor”.
box and the ground is infinite.
V1.0 91

DTC Description
Lambda Closed Loop Control Adaptation
Exceeding Upper Limit
Lambda Closed Loop Control Adaptation
P0172 00
Exceeding Lower Limit a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
Subsystem Principle
b. Read the “Air-Fuel Ratio Setting Point”, “Allowed
λ closed loop control adaption function can obtain the λ closed Air-Fuel Ratio Closed-loop” and “Air-Fuel Ratio
loop control self-learning value through continual accumulation Adaptation Not Completed” to check whether they
(hereinafter referred to as λ self-learning value) to compensate are within the rational value range (refer to the
the deviation at a certain extent. But the correction is limited; Appendix for rational value range).
when the λ self-learning value exceeds a certain threshold,
the fuel supply system will be considered faulty by the ECU.
This failure will result in deviation exists in the precontrol of • No → Go to Step 2.
air mixture, causing deteriorated conversion effect of catalyst,
and the emission is sure to be effected or even exceeds the
standard. a. Check harness connector EM018 of the upstream
P0171: The air-fuel ratio self-learning starts. compartment fuse box for looseness, poor contact,
P0172: The engine speed and load are in self-learning area. distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
etc.
P0171 00: Fuel Trim Multiplication Self-learning Value > 1.23,
which occurs continuously.
P0172 00: Fuel Trim Multiplication Self-learning Value < 0.77,
which lasts for 30s.
Possible Causes
• Front oxygen sensor failure. upstream oxygen sensor.
• Intake air pressure/temperature sensor failure. c. Connect the negative battery cable, place the
• Engine coolant temperature sensor failure. ignition switch in “ON” position.
• Engine fuel system failure. d. Test if the voltage between harness connector
• Engine intake and exhaust system mechanical failure. terminal EM018-1 of the upstream oxygen sensor
• Engine control module failure. and the ground is the battery voltage.
Engine Management System - 1.5L (4) e. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
Reference Connector End View Information disconnect harness connector EM055 of the
EM055, EM018, EM026 ECM and harness connector EM026 of the engine
V1.0 92
f. Test if the resistance between the following terminals oxygen sensor, cool the oxygen sensor at room
of harness connector EM018 of the upstream oxygen temperature, and wait until the sensor temperature
sensor, terminals of harness connector EM055 of drops to room temperature.
the ECM and terminals of harness connector EM026
of the engine compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
the upstream oxygen sensor is around 20Ω with a
• Terminal EM018-1 and Terminal EM026-14 digital multimeter.
• Terminal EM018-2 and Terminal EM055-73 If it is not within the specified range, replace the
• Terminal EM018-3 and Terminal EM055-80 upstream oxygen sensor.
• Terminal EM018-4 and Terminal EM055-104 If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
for open circuit/high resistance. Service Guide
g. Test if the resistance between the following terminals • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
of harness connector EM018 of the upstream oxygen Control System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
sensor or terminals of harness connector EM055 of • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
the ECM or terminals of harness connector EM026 Control System” - “Oxygen Sensor”.
of the engine compartment fuse box and the ground • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
is infinite. Control System” - “Upstream Oxygen Sensor”.
of harness connector EM018 of the upstream oxygen
the ECM or terminals of harness connector EM026
of the engine compartment fuse box and the power
supply is infinite.
V1.0 93
P0197 and P0198 • No → Go to Step 2.

DTC Description 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
a. Check harness connector EM002 of the engine oil
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit temperature sensor and harness connector EM055
P0197 16
Short To Ground of the ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
P0198 17
Short To Battery b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Subsystem Principle
The engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor is applied to monitor
the oil temperature of the engine and control the variable
camshaft timing valve (i.e., VCT valve). The variable camshaft
timing valve is adjusted at different temperatures to obtain • Yes → Go to Step 3;
optimal air inflow. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
The ignition switch is in "ON" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs disconnect the negative battery cable, and
P0197: The engine oil temperature is above 139.5℃ for 2.4s. disconnect harness connector EM002 of the engine
oil temperature sensor and harness connector
P0198: The engine oil temperature depends on the current
EM055 of the ECM.
coolant temperature, which lasts for 2.4s.
b. Test if the resistance between the following
terminals of harness connector EM002 of the engine
DTC P0197 and P0198 are Category-3 DTCs. oil temperature sensor and terminals of harness
Conditions for Clearing DTCs connector EM055 of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
DTC P0197 and P0198 are Category-3 DTCs. • Terminal EM002-1 and Terminal EM055-85
Possible Causes • Terminal EM002-2 and Terminal EM055-103
• Related circuits failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Connector failure or poor fit. for open circuit/high resistance.
• Engine oil temperature sensor failure. c. Test if the resistance between the following
• Engine control module failure. terminals of harness connector EM002 of the engine
Reference Information oil temperature sensor or terminals of harness
connector EM055 of the ECM and the ground is
Reference Circuit Information infinite.
EM055, EM002
Reference Electrical Information for short to ground.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection d. Test if the resistance between the following
Diagnostic Test Steps terminals of harness connector EM002 of the engine
oil temperature sensor or terminals of harness
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output connector EM055 of the ECM and the power supply
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: is infinite.
a. Read the “Engine Oil Temperature” to check • Terminal EM002-1 or Terminal EM055-85
whether it is within the rational value range (refer
to the Appendix for rational value range).
V1.0 94
4. Test/replace the engine oil temperature sensor or the

ECM:
b. Disconnect harness connector EM002 of the engine

oil temperature sensor.
c. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2

of the engine oil temperature sensor is between
2.45-2.55kΩ (at 20℃), 0.424KΩ (engine warm up).

test/replace the engine oil temperature sensor or the
ECM.
Service Guide
Control System” - “Engine Oil Temperature Sensor”.
V1.0 95
P0201, P0261 and P0262 a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
DTC Description in "ON" position.
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Read the “Failure Occurrence - Fuel Injector 1” to
check whether it is within the rational value range
Fuel Injector Control Circuit
P0201 13 (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
Open-Cylinder 1
c. Perform the forced output of “Fuel Injector 1” and
Injector Control Circuit Short To
P0261 11 observe fuel injector 1 for relevant response or
Ground-Cylinder 1
action.
P0262 12 • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
Battery-Cylinder 1
Subsystem Principle
The fuel injector, according to the commands of the , injects
a. Check harness connector EM059 of the fuel injector
fuel within the specified time to supply the engine with fuel and
have it atomized. The ECM energizes the injector coil to form
magnetic force. When the magnetic force is strong enough
contamination, deformation, etc.
to overcome the resultant force of the return spring pressure,
needle valve gravity and friction, the needle valve begins to rise, b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
and the fuel injection process starts. When the fuel injection found in visual check.
pulse ends, the pressure of return spring makes the needle c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
valve close again. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
Conditions for Running DTCs again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
The engine is running at idle speed. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
Conditions for Setting DTCs • No → Diagnosis is completed.
None. 3. Test related circuits:
Operations of ECU after Failure a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
DTC P0201, P0261 and P0262 are Category-3 DTCs. disconnect the negative battery cable.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Disconnect harness connector EM059 of fuel

injector 1.
c. Perform the component test on fuel injector 1.
Possible Causes
If the test is abnormal, replace the fuel injector 1.
d. Disconnect harness connector EM055 of the ECM.
• Fuel injector 1 failure. e. Test if the resistance between the following harness
connector terminal EM059-2 of the fuel injector and
Reference Information is less than 5Ω.
Reference Connector End View Information f. Test if the resistance between the following harness
connector terminal EM059-2 of the fuel injector or
EM055, EM059 harness connector terminal EM055-67 of the ECM
Reference Electrical Information and the ground is infinite.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
g. Test if the resistance between the following harness
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output connector terminal EM059-2 of the fuel injector or
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: harness connector terminal EM055-67 of the ECM
V1.0 96
h. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the

4. Test/replace the fuel injector or the ECM:

b. Disconnect the harness connector of fuel injector 1.

fuel injector 1 is around 2.8Ω (20℃).
d. If it is not within the specified range, replace fuel

injector 1.

Service Guide
Control System” - “Fuel Injector”.
V1.0 97
Open-Cylinder 2
P0264 11 observe the fuel injector 2 for relevant response or
Ground-Cylinder 2
action.
Battery-Cylinder 2
Subsystem Principle
a. Check harness connector EM060/EM060 of the fuel
injector and harness connector EM055 of the ECM
for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
DTC P0202, P0264 and P0265 are Category-3 DTCs. disconnect the negative battery cable.

injector 2.
Possible Causes
• Fuel injector 2 failure. e. Test if the resistance between the following harness
connector terminal EM060-2 of fuel injector 2 and
connector terminal EM060-2 of fuel injector 2 or
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output connector terminal EM060-2 of fuel injector 2 or
V1.0 98




injector 2.

Service Guide
V1.0 99
Open-Cylinder 3
Ground-Cylinder 3
action.
Battery-Cylinder 3
Subsystem Principle
a. Check harness connector EM061 of the fuel injector
P0203, P0267 and P0268 are Category-3 DTCs. disconnect the negative battery cable.

injector 3.
P0203, P0267 and P0268 are Category-3 DTCs.
Possible Causes
• Cylinder 3 fuel injector failure. e. Test if the resistance between the following harness
connector terminal EM061-2 of fuel injector 3 and
connector terminal EM061-2 of fuel injector 3 or
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output connector terminal EM061-2 of fuel injector 3 or
V1.0 100




injector 3.

Service Guide
V1.0 101
P0204, P0270 and P0271 b. Read the “Failure Occurrence - Fuel Injector 4” to
DTC Description check whether it is within the rational value range
Open-Cylinder 4
action.
P0270 11
Ground-Cylinder 4 • Yes → Test/replace the main relay;
Injector Control Circuit Short To • No → Go to Step 2.

P0271 12
Battery-Cylinder 4 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Subsystem Principle a. Check harness connector EM062 of the fuel injector
The ECM energizes the coil of fuel injector to form a magnetic
force. When the magnetic force is strong enough to overcome
the resultant force of the return spring pressure, needle valve
gravity and friction, the needle valve begins to rise, and the fuel b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
injection process starts. When the fuel injection pulse ends, found in visual check.
the pressure of return spring makes the needle valve close
again.
P0204, P0270 and P0271 are Category-3 DTCs. disconnect the negative battery cable.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Disconnect harness connector EM062 of the fuel
P0204, P0270 and P0271 are Category-3 DTCs. injector.
Possible Causes c. Perform the component test on fuel injector 4.
• Related circuits failure. d. Disconnect harness connector EM055 of the ECM.
• Connector failure or poor fit. e. Test if the resistance between the following harness
• Fuel injector 4 failure. connector terminal EM062-2 of the fuel injector and
• Engine control module failure. harness connector terminal EM055-72 of the ECM
is less than 5Ω.
f. Test if the resistance between the following harness
Reference Connector End View Information connector terminal EM062-2 of the fuel injector or
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection for short to ground.
Diagnostic Test Steps g. Test if the resistance between the following harness
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output connector terminal EM062-2 of the fuel injector or
in "ON" position. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
V1.0 102

b. Disconnect harness connector EM062 of fuel

injector 4.


injector 4.

Service Guide
V1.0 103
P0219 Sensor Error” and “Engine Speed” to check whether

DTC Description they are within the rational value range (refer to the
P0219 00 Engine Overspeed Condition
Subsystem Principle
The sensor provides the information of the engine speed and
a. Check harness connector EM012 of the crankshaft
crankshaft TDC. It is a hall-effect sensor matched with pulse
wheel in application. The pulse wheel is a teeth plate, with 58
the ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
small teeth separated by 6°and a 2-teeth gap on magnetic ring.
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
The pulse wheel is fitted on the crankshaft, and rotates with
the crankshaft. When the tooth tips pass by sensor ends, the b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
pulse wheel made of steel magnetic materials cuts the magnetic found in visual check.
force line of the permanent magnets in the sensor to produce c. Check the following components for damage
the induced voltage in the coil, which acts as the rotational or corrosion, repair or replace the affected
speed output signal. components/connectors as required:
Conditions for Running DTCs • Measure if there is external electromagnetic
The engine keeps running. interference on signal or harness.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Check whether the speed signal gear tooth is
The engine speed is higher than 7,300rpm for 2s. damaged or attached with other metal parts.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Check the main bearing of crankshaft for wear.
DTC P0219 is a Category-6 DTC. • Check the crankshaft signal gear for damage or
misalignment.
• Check the crankshaft for excessive runout.
DTC P0219 is a Category-6 DTC.
• Check the crankshaft for damage.
Possible Causes
• Inquire whether the engine speed is increased
artificially to exceed the minimum safe speed.
If yes, clear the DTC. Confirm that DTC doesn't
• Crankshaft position sensor failure. appear again.
• Check if the electronic accelerator pedal is stuck in
Reference Information the position with large opening and can't return to
Reference Circuit Information zero position.
Engine Management System - 1.5L (2) If yes, repair the electronic accelerator pedal.
Reference Connector End View Information • Check if the throttle is stuck in the position with large
opening and can't close.
EM055, EM012
If yes, repair the throttle body.
• Check the speed sensor and the calculation of its
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection speed for error.
Diagnostic Test Steps • Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: d. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
in "ON" position.
b. Read the “Failure Occurrence - Crankshaft Signal”,
“Crankshaft Position Sensor”, “Crankshaft Position • No → Diagnosis is completed.
V1.0 104
a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
disconnect the negative battery cable. to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control
b. Disconnect harness connector EM012 of the System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
crankshaft position sensor and harness connector
EM055 of the ECM.
c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM012 of the crankshaft
position sensor and terminals of harness connector
EM055 of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
position sensor or terminals of harness connector
e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
4. Test/replace the crankshaft position sensor or the ECM:
test/replace the crankshaft position sensor or the ECM.
Service Guide
Control System” - “Crankshaft Position Sensor”.
V1.0 105
P0222, P0223, P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133, • The deviation between pedal signal 1 and 2 is too large.
P2135, P2138 and P2140 • The signal voltage of pedal position sensor 2 is higher
DTC Description than 1.113V.
P2132, P2133:
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Short
P0222 11 • The engine is running at idle speed.
To Ground
• The deviation between pedal signal 1 and 2 is too large.
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Short
P0223 12 • The signal voltage of pedal position sensor 1 is higher
To Battery
than 1.113V.
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 1 Circuit
P2127 21 P2140:
Short to Ground
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 1 Circuit • The ignition switch is in “ON” position.
P2128 22
Short to Battery • The signal voltage of pedal position sensor 1 is higher
than 0.840V.
Short to Ground
than 1.25V.
Short to Battery
than 3.164V.
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Voltage
00 Conditions for Setting DTCs
Correlation
P2135 P0222: The signal voltage of electronic throttle position sensor
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Voltage
29 2 is lower than 0.156V.
Correlation
P2127: The signal voltage is lower than 0.625V.
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Voltage
P2138 29 Correlation-Idle Near Pedal Displacement P2128, P2133: The signal voltage is higher than 4.824V.
Detection
P2132: The signal voltage is lower than 0.586V.
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Voltage
P2140 29 P0223: The signal voltage of electronic throttle position sensor
Correlation
2 is higher than 4.883V.
Subsystem Principle
P2135 00, P2135 29:
Both the throttle position sensor and the throttle actuator are
• |throttle angle 1 - throttle angle 2| > 6.3%.
integrated into the electronic throttle body, and the throttle
position sensor is an angle potentiometer characterized by • |throttle angle 1g - throttle angle 3g| > |throttle angle 2g
the linear output. The potentiometer rotor arm and the - throttle angle 3g|.
throttle are fitted coaxially. When the throttle rotates, • |throttle angle 1g - throttle angle 3g| > 9.0196.
the potentiometer rotor arm will be driven to slide to a
P2138: The failure detection counter along moving direction
certain position and the potentiometer output a voltage signal
is equal to 10.
proportional to the throttle position. A throttle body includes
two potentiometers which are fitted in reverse phase, and P2140:
signals from both potentiometers are used by the ECM to • The signal voltage difference between pedal position
judge the throttle rotation angle. The 5V supply voltage and sensor 1 and 2 is greater than 0.273V.
the reference ground of both potentiometers are provided by
• The signal voltage difference between pedal position
the ECM.
sensor 1 and 2 is greater than 1.172V.
• The signal voltage difference between pedal position
P0222, P0223: The engine idles for at least 12s after starting. sensor 1 and 2 is greater than 0.313V.
P2138: The ignition switch is placed in “ON” position. Operations of ECU after Failure
P2135 00, P2135 29: The engine speed exceeds 1,200rpm. DTC P0222, P0223, P2135, P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133 and
P2140 are Category-13 DTCs.
P2127, P2128:
• The engine is running at idle speed.
V1.0 106
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • No → Go to Step 2.
DTC P0222, P0223, P2135, P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133 and 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
P2140 are Category-13 DTCs. a. Check harness connector EM055 of the ECM,
DTC P2138 is a Category-6 DTC. harness connector EM004 of the electronic throttle
and harness connector BY041 of the accelerator
Possible Causes
pedal position sensor for looseness, poor contact,
• Related circuits failure. distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
• Connector failure or poor fit. etc.
• Electronic throttle failure. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• Engine control module failure. found in visual check.
Reference Information c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Reference Circuit Information ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
EM055, EM054, EM004, BY041
Reference Electrical Information a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection disconnect the negative battery cable.
Diagnostic Test Steps b. Disconnect harness connector EM004 of the

with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: c. Perform the component test on the electronic
throttle.
a. Place the ignition switch in “ON” position, and use
If the test is abnormal, replace the electronic
a scan tool to observe if the voltage parameter of
throttle.
throttle position varies with the accelerator pedal
input within a reasonable range. d. Disconnect harness connector EM055 of the ECM
and harness connector BY041 of the accelerator
pedal position sensor.
If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Test related of harness connector EM004 of the electronic
circuits". throttle, terminals of harness connectors EM055
and EM054 of the ECM and terminals of harness
b. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
connector BY041 of the accelerator pedal position
in "ON" position.
sensor is less than 5Ω.
c. Read the “Original Voltage Value of Throttle Position
Sensor 1”, “Original Voltage Value of Throttle
Position Sensor 2”, “Throttle Position in Limp Home • Terminal EM004-6 and Terminal EM055-77
Mode”, “Error Occurrence - Throttle Position • Terminal EM004-5 and Terminal EM055-78
Sensor 1”, “Error Occurrence - Throttle Position
Sensor 2”, “Error Occurrence - Accelerator Pedal
Request 2”, “Error Occurrence - Accelerator • Terminal BY041-1 and Terminal EM054-36
Pedal Request 1”, “Accelerator Pedal Request”, • Terminal BY041-3 and Terminal EM054-7
“Accelerator Pedal Request 1”, “Accelerator Pedal
• Terminal BY041-4 and Terminal EM054-45
Request 2”, “Voltage of Accelerator Pedal Sensor
1” and “Voltage of Accelerator Pedal Sensor 2” to • Terminal BY041-6 and Terminal EM054-30
check whether they are within the rational value • Terminal BY041-5 and Terminal EM054-59
range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
range).
• Yes → Test/replace the ECM; for open circuit or high resistance.
V1.0 107
f. Test if the resistance between the following terminals a. In the unenergized state, the valve plate shall be in
of harness connector EM004 of the electronic the closed position and can rotate smoothly when
throttle or terminals of harness connectors EM055 moved by hand. If the valve plate is stuck, it indicates
and EM054 of the ECM or terminals of harness that the interior components may be damaged.
connector BY041 of the accelerator pedal position
b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
sensor and the ground is infinite.
• Terminal EM004-3 or Terminal EM055-107 disconnect harness connector EM004 of the
• Terminal EM004-6 or Terminal EM055-77 electronic throttle body.
• Terminal EM004-5 or Terminal EM055-78 c. Place the digital multimeter in ohm range.
• Terminal EM004-2 or Terminal EM055-86 d. Connect the two probes to terminal 3 and 2 of the
electronic throttle respectively. When the valve
• Terminal BY041-1 or Terminal EM054-36
plate is moved by hand, the resistance shall change
• Terminal BY041-3 or Terminal EM054-7 continuously.
• Terminal BY041-4 or Terminal EM054-45 e. If the resistance does not change, replace the
• Terminal BY041-6 or Terminal EM054-30 electronic throttle assembly.
• Terminal BY041-5 or Terminal EM054-59 If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
test/replace the ECM or the accelerator pedal assembly.
Service Guide
for short to battery. • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
• Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Intake and
of harness connector EM004 of the electronic
Exhaust System - 1.5L” - “Electronic Throttle”.
throttle or terminals of harness connectors EM055
and EM054 of the ECM or terminals of harness • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
connector BY041 of the accelerator pedal position to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control
sensor and the power supply is infinite. System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
• Terminal EM004-6 or Terminal EM055-77 System” - “Electronic Throttle Self-learning - UMC
• Terminal EM004-5 or Terminal EM055-78 System”.

4. Test/replace the electronic throttle or the ECM or the
accelerator pedal assembly:
V1.0 108
P025A, P025C and P025D Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
P025A 13 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Open
Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Short To
P025C 11 with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
Ground
Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Short To
P025D 12 in "ON" position.
Battery
b. Read the “Fuel Pump Relay Status” and “Failure
Subsystem Principle Occurrence - Fuel Pump Relay” to check whether
The electric fuel pump transfers the fuel from the fuel tank they are within the rational value range (refer to the
to the engine and provides sufficient fuel pressure and rich Appendix for rational value range).
fuel. It is a DC motor driven vane pump, which is fitted in
c. Perform the forced output of “Fuel Pump Relay” and
the fuel tank and immersed in the fuel. It applies fuel for
observe the fuel pump relay for relevant response
heat dissipation and lubrication. The battery supplies power
or action.
to the electric low-pressure fuel pump via low-pressure fuel
pump relay which allows the electric low-pressure fuel pump • Yes → Test/replace the main relay;
circuit to be closed only when the relay is electrified, starts • No → Go to Step 2.
and the engine operates. When the engine stops running due
to accident, the fuel pump will stop operating automatically
Conditions for Running DTCs a. Check harness connector EM054 of the ECM
and harness connector BY040 of the engine
The engine is running at idle speed.
Conditions for Setting DTCs distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
P025A: The control module detects that the fuel pump relay etc.
control circuit is open circuit. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P025C: The control module detects that the fuel pump relay found in visual check.
control circuit is short to ground. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
P025D: The control module detects that the fuel pump relay ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
control circuit is short to battery. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Yes → Go to Step 3;
DTC P025A, P025C and P025D are Category-3 DTCs. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs 3. Test related circuits:
DTC P025A, P025C and P025D are Category-3 DTCs. a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
Possible Causes disconnect the negative battery cable.
• Related circuits failure. b. Remove the low-pressure fuel pump relay and
• Connector failure or poor fit. perform the component test on it.
• Fuel pump relay failure. If the test is abnormal, replace the fuel pump relay.
• Fuel pump failure. c. Disconnect harness connector BY040 of the
• Engine control module failure. passenger compartment fuse box and harness
Reference Information connector EM054 of the ECM.
Reference Circuit Information d. Test if the resistance between harness connector

terminal BY040-71 of the passenger compartment
Engine Fuel System
fuse box and harness connector terminal EM054-41
Reference Connector End View Information of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
BY040, EM054 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
V1.0 109
e. Test if the resistance between harness connector

fuse box or harness connector terminal EM054-41
of the ECM and the ground is infinite.


fuse box or harness connector terminal EM054-41
of the ECM and the power supply is infinite.

g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the

4. Test/replace the fuel pump relay or the ECM:
a. Test if the resistance between the following terminals

of the fuel pump relay is infinite.
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
If it is not within the specified range, replace the fuel

pump relay.
b. Fit a jumper wire with a 5A fuse between terminal

85 of fuel pump relay and 12V voltage. Fit a jumper
wire between relay terminal 86 and the ground. Test
if the resistance between terminal 30 and 87 of the
fuel pump relay is less than 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the fuel

pump relay.

test/replace the ECM or the fuel pump.
Service Guide
Control System” - “Fuel Pump”.
V1.0 110
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and P0304 • The fuel cut-off protection function is not activated.
DTC Description • The torque interference is not activated.
DTC FTB Failure Description P0300 F1, P0301 F1, P0302 F1, P0303 F1, P0304 F1:
Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple • The engine speed is within 600-5,800rpm.
F0 Cylinder-Misfire Rate That Harmful To
• The engine is in its normal state.
Catalyst
P0300 F2, P0301 F2, P0302 F2, P0303 F2, P0304 F2: The intake
Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple
P0300 air temperature is greater than -24.8°C.
F1 Cylinder-Misfire Rate That Deteriorate
Emission Conditions for Setting DTCs
Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple P0300 F0, P0301 F0, P0302 F0, P0303 F0, P0304 F0: The
F2
Cylinder-Implausible Fault misfire rate threshold value resulting in emission deterioration
is greater than 2.7%.
Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1-Misfire Rate
F0
That Harmful To Catalyst P0300 F1, P0301 F1, P0302 F1, P0303 F1, P0304 F1: The
misfire rate threshold value resulting in damaged catalytic
P0301 F1 converter is not in the range of 7-23%.
Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1-Implausible P0300 F2, P0301 F2, P0302 F2, P0303 F2, P0304 F2: The
F2 misfire rate threshold value resulting in emission deterioration
Fault
is greater than 2.7%.
F0 Operations of ECU after Failure
That Harmful To Catalyst
Misfire Detected-Cylinder 2-Misfire Rate DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and P0304 are Category-2
P0302 F1 DTCs.
Misfire Detected-Cylinder 2-Implausible
F2
Fault DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and P0304 are Category-2
DTCs.
F0
That Harmful To Catalyst Possible Causes
Misfire Detected-Cylinder 3-Misfire Rate • Related circuits failure.
P0303 F1
That Deteriorate Emission • Connector failure or poor fit.
Misfire Detected-Cylinder 3-Implausible • Spark plug failure.
F2
Fault • High voltage cable failure.
Misfire Detected-Cylinder 4-Misfire Rate • Ignition coil failure.
F0
That Harmful To Catalyst • Engine control module failure.
Misfire Detected-Cylinder 4-Misfire Rate Reference Information
P0304 F1
Misfire Detected-Cylinder 4-Implausible
F2 Engine Management System - 1.5L (3)
Fault
Subsystem Principle
EM055, EM063, EM064
The ignition coil turns the low voltage DC of battery to the
high voltage and ignites the air mixture in the cylinder through Reference Electrical Information
the spark generated by the discharge of spark plug. Each Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
ignition coil consists of a pair of coil windings around the
laminated iron core, of which the primary resistance is 0.7Ω Diagnostic Test Steps
and the secondary resistance is 10kΩ. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Conditions for Running DTCs with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
P0300 F0, P0301 F0, P0302 F0, P0303 F0, P0304 F0: a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
• Nothing displayed on the rough road sensor.
V1.0 111
b. Read the “Misfire B4 Ready Mark”, “Misfire B1 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Ready Mark”, “Misfire A Ready Mark”, “Misfire for open circuit or high resistance.
Monitoring State”, “Misfire Monitoring Supported”,
“Misfire Number of Cylinder 1”, “Misfire Number
of harness connectors EM064 and EM063 of the
of Cylinder 2”, “Misfire Number of Cylinder 3” and
ignition coil or terminals of harness connector
“Misfire Number of Cylinder 4” to check whether
they are within rational value range (refer to the
Appendix for rational value range). • Terminal EM063-2 or Terminal EM055-100
• Yes → Test/replace the ECM; • Terminal EM064-2 or Terminal EM055-99
• No → Go to Step 2. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit

i. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
a. Check harness connectors EM064 and EM063 of
of harness connectors EM064 and EM063 of the
the ignition coil and harness connector EM055 of
ignition coil or terminals of harness connector
found in visual check. • Terminal EM064-2 or Terminal EM055-99
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs for short to ground.
j. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• Yes → Go to Step 3; ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
• No → Diagnosis is completed. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
3. Test related circuits: • Yes → Go to Step 4;
a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and • No → Diagnosis is completed.

disconnect the negative battery cable. 4. Test/replace the high voltage cable, ignition coil or the
b. Disconnect harness connector EM063 of ignition coil ECM:
1 and harness connector EM064 of ignition coil 2. High Voltage Cable
c. Perform the component test on the ignition coil. a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
If the test is abnormal, replace the ignition coil. disconnect the negative battery cable.
d. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition b. Remove the high voltage cable.
switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage c. Measure the resistance of the high pressure cable
between terminal 2 of harness connectors EM064 (at 20℃).
and EM063 of the ignition coil and the ground is the
battery voltage. Name Specified Value
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit Cylinder 1 1.3-3.35kΩ
for break circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
Cylinder 3 0.65-1.7kΩ
e. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
disconnect the negative battery cable. If it is not within the specified range, replace the
high voltage cable.
f. Disconnect harness connector EM055 of the ECM.
Ignition Coil
of harness connectors EM064 and EM063 of the a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
ignition coil and terminals of harness connector disconnect the negative battery cable.
EM055 of the ECM is less than 5Ω. b. Remove the ignition coil.
c. Measure the primary resistance and the secondary
• Terminal EM064-2 and Terminal EM055-99 resistance of ignition coil respectively (at 20℃).
V1.0 112
Name Specified Value
Primary
0.7-0.9Ω
Resistance
Secondary
9.68-12.32kΩ
Resistance

ignition coil.

Service Guide
Control System” - “Spark Plug”.
Control System” - “Ignition Coil”.
V1.0 113
P0318 • No → Diagnosis is completed.

DTC Description 2. Test related circuits:
DTC FTB Failure Description a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
Rough Road Detected Acceleration Sensor If other module tests are normal, continue the
P0318 81
Circuit Signal Irrational following inspection procedures.
Subsystem Principle b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,

disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
The ECM receives the vehicle speed signal from the wheel
harness connector EM054 of the ECM and harness
speed sensor of the CAN system via the network architecture
connector BY002 of the SCS.
ABS bus.
of harness connector BY002 of the SCS and terminals
The engine is running. of harness connector EM054 of the ECM is less than
Conditions for Setting DTCs 5Ω.
The ABS signal from CAN communication is invalid or the • Terminal BY002-26 and Terminal EM054-1
CAN communication fails. • Terminal BY002-14 and Terminal EM054-17
Operations of ECU after Failure If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
DTC P0318 is a Category-3 DTC. for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
DTC P0318 is a Category-3 DTC. of harness connector EM054 of the ECM or terminals
of harness connector BY002 of the SCS and the
Possible Causes
ground is infinite.
• ABS control module failure.
e. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage
Bus System and DLC (3) between terminals of harness connector BY002 of
Reference Connector End View Information the SCS or terminals of harness connector EM054
of the ECM and the ground is between 2-3V.
EM054, BY002, EM34
Diagnostic Test Steps for short to battery.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
a. Check harness connector EM054 of the ECM and ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
harness connector BY002 of the SCS for looseness, again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, • Yes → Go to Step 4;
deformation, etc.
3. Test/replace the SCS or the ECM:
test/replace the SCS or the ECM.
Service Guide
• Refer to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake
• Yes → Go to Step 2.
Module” - “Brake Modulator (ABS)”.
V1.0 114
to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake Module” -
“Brake Modulator (ABS)”.
V1.0 115
P0322 a. Read the “Engine Speed”, “Failure Occurrence -

DTC Description Crankshaft Signal”, “Crankshaft Position Sensor”
and “Crankshaft Position Sensor Error” to check
Engine Speed Input Circuit-Crankshaft (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
P0322 29
Speed Sensor No Signal
Subsystem Principle • No → Go to Step 2.
CKPThe sensor provides the information of the engine speed 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
and crankshaft TDC. It is a hall-effect sensor matched with
a. Check harness connector EM012 of the crankshaft
pulse wheel in application. The pulse wheel is a teeth plate,
with 58 small teeth separated by 6°and a 2-teeth gap on
magnetic ring. The pulse wheel is fitted on the crankshaft,
and rotates with the crankshaft. When the tooth tips pass by
sensor ends, the pulse wheel made of steel magnetic materials b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
cuts the magnetic force line of the permanent magnets in the found in visual check.
sensor to produce the induced voltage in the coil, which acts c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
as the rotational speed output signal. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
The engine keeps running. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
The number on the phase signal counter is no less than 17, 3. Test related circuits:
synchronization is not completed. a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
Operations of ECU after Failure disconnect the negative battery cable.
DTC P0322 is a Category-3 DTC. b. Disconnect harness connector EM012 of the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs crankshaft position sensor and harness connector
EM055 of the ECM.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. position sensor and terminals of harness connector
• Connector failure or poor fit. EM055 of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
• Crankshaft position sensor failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Speed signal gear tooth failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
• Electromagnetic interference failure. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Engine control module failure. of harness connector EM012 of the crankshaft
EM055, EM012
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Diagnostic Test Steps position sensor or terminals of harness connector
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output EM055 of the ECM and the power supply is infinite.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: • Terminal EM012-1 or Terminal EM055-108
V1.0 116


4. Test/replace the crankshaft position sensor or the ECM:

test/replace the crankshaft position sensor or the ECM.
Service Guide
Control System” - “Crankshaft Position Sensor”.
V1.0 117
P0325, P0327 and P0328 Conditions for Setting DTCs

DTC Description P0325: The knock identification reference voltage is 0.2-2.35V,
DTC FTB Failure Description which occurs for no less than 30 consecutive times (different
speed corresponds to different thresholds).
P0325 00 Knock Sensor Circuit Signal Fault
Knock Sensor Port A Circuit Short To P0327: The knock sensor port average voltage is less than
00 -0.7V, which is monitored continuously.
Ground
P0327
Knock Sensor Port B Circuit Short To P0328: The knock sensor port average voltage is greater than
14 1V, which is monitored continuously.
Ground
Knock Sensor Port A Circuit Short To Operations of ECU after Failure
00
Battery DTC P0325, P0327 and P0328 are Category-3 DTCs.
P0328
Knock Sensor Port B Circuit Short To Conditions for Clearing DTCs
15
Battery DTC P0325, P0327 and P0328 are Category-3 DTCs.
Subsystem Principle Possible Causes
The knock sensor is used to provide electronic controller with • Related circuits failure.
the engine knock information to carry out knock control. The • Connector failure or poor fit.
knock sensor is a vibration acceleration sensor. It is fitted on
• Knock sensor failure.
the engine cylinder block. The sensitive element of the sensor
is a piezoelectric crystal. The vibration of the engine cylinder • Engine control module failure.
block is transferred to the piezoelectric crystal through the Reference Information
mass block in the sensor. Due to the pressure generated from Reference Circuit Information
the vibration of mass block, the piezoelectric crystal produces
voltage on both pole surfaces to transform the vibration signal
into voltage output signal. Reference Connector End View Information
Conditions for Running DTCs EM055, EM021
P0325 00: Reference Electrical Information
• The engine speed is non-dynamic. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• The engine load is non-dynamic.
• The knock control circuit has no failure.
• Limp Home is not activated.
• The engine load is greater than 35%.
• The engine coolant temperature is greater than 35.25℃.
in "ON" position.
• The engine speed is higher than 2,400rpm.
b. Read the “Failure Occurrence - Knock Sensor”
P0327 00 and P0327 14: and “Knock Noise Level” to check whether they
• The engine speed is non-dynamic. are within the rational value range (refer to the
• The engine load is non-dynamic. Appendix for rational value range).
• Limp Home is not activated. • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;

• The engine speed is higher than 1,000rpm. • No → Go to Step 2.
P0328 00 and P0328 15: 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
• The engine speed is non-dynamic. a. Check harness connector EM055 of the ECM and
• The engine load is non-dynamic. harness connector EM021 of the knock sensor
• Limp Home is activated. for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
• The engine speed is higher than 1,000rpm.
V1.0 118
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs disconnect the negative battery cable.
b. Disconnect harness connector EM021 of the knock
• Yes → Go to Step 3; sensor.
• No → Diagnosis is completed. c. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of

the knock sensor is around 1MΩ (20℃).
d. If it is not within the specified range, replace the
knock sensor.
e. When tapping near the knock sensor with a small
b. Disconnect harness connector EM021 of the knock
hammer, test the voltage between terminal 1 and 2
sensor and harness connector EM055 of the ECM.
of the knock sensor. At the moment, there shall be
c. Perform the component test on the knock sensor. a millivolt-level voltage signal output.
If the component test is abnormal, replace the knock If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
sensor. test/replace the ECM.
d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Service Guide
of harness connector EM021 of the knock sensor • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
and terminals of harness connector EM055 of the Control System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
• Terminal EM021-1 and Terminal EM055-90 Control System” - “Knock Sensor”.
• Terminal EM021-2 and Terminal EM055-89 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer

of harness connector EM021 of the knock sensor or

of harness connector EM021 of the knock sensor or

4. Test/replace the knock sensor or the ECM:
V1.0 119
P0366 b. Read the “Exhaust Phase”, “Camshaft Sensor” and

DTC Description “Camshaft Position Sensor Error” to check whether
they are within the rational value range (refer to the
Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit
Signal Irrational
Subsystem Principle
The camshaft position sensor is applied to cooperate with
a. Check harness connector EM058 of the exhaust
the rotational speed sensor in the circumstances without
phase sensor and harness connector EM055 of
the electricity distributor, to provide the camshaft phase
information, namely, identify the compression top dead centre
and exhaust top dead centre of cylinder 1. The camshaft
position sensor is composed of a hall sensor and a rotor made b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
of steel plate. The hall sensor is fixed, and the rotor with a found in visual check.
36° arc boss is fitted on the camshaft. The inner magnetic c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
field of the hall sensor will change when the boss passes it, ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
which leads to the change of output signal voltage. In this way, again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
the two top dead centres are identified.
The engine is running.
The number on the phase signal failure counter is not less than disconnect the negative battery cable.
17.
Operations of ECU after Failure exhaust phase sensor and harness connector EM055
DTC P0366 is a Category-3 DTC. of the ECM.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM058 of the exhaust camshaft
Possible Causes of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
• Related circuits failure. • Terminal EM058-1 and Terminal EM055-95
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal EM058-2 and Terminal EM055-105
• Exhaust camshaft position sensor failure.
Reference Information for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Circuit Information d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Engine Management System - 1.5L (2) of harness connector EM058 of the exhaust camshaft
the ECM and the ground is infinite.
EM058, EM055
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal EM058-2 or Terminal EM055-105
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal EM058-3 or Terminal EM055-98
Diagnostic Test Steps If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM058 of the exhaust camshaft
in "ON" position.
V1.0 120


4. Test/replace the exhaust phase sensor or the ECM:

test/replace the exhaust phase sensor or the ECM.
Service Guide
Control System” - “Camshaft Position Sensor”.
V1.0 121
P0341 b. Read the “Intake Phase”, “Camshaft Sensor” and

DTC Description “Camshaft Position Sensor Error” to check whether
Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit
Signal Irrational
Subsystem Principle
The camshaft position sensor is applied to cooperate with
a. Check harness connector EM055 of the ECM and
the rotational speed sensor in the circumstances without
harness connector EM007 of the intake camshaft
the electricity distributor, to provide the camshaft phase
sensor for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
information, namely, identify the compression top dead centre
and exhaust top dead centre of cylinder 1. The camshaft
position sensor is composed of a hall sensor and a rotor made b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
of steel plate. The hall sensor is fixed, and the rotor with a found in visual check.
36° arc boss is fitted on the camshaft. The inner magnetic c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
field of the hall sensor will change when the boss passes it, ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
which leads to the change of output signal voltage. In this way, again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
the two top dead centres are identified.
The engine is running.
The number on the phase signal failure counter is not less than disconnect the negative battery cable.
17.
Operations of ECU after Failure phase sensor and harness connector EM055 of the
DTC P0341 is a Category-3 DTC. ECM.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM007 of the intake camshaft
Possible Causes of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
• Related circuits failure. • Terminal EM055-1 and Terminal EM007-95
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal EM055-2 and Terminal EM007-93
• Intake camshaft sensor failure.
Engine Management System - 1.5L (2) of harness connector EM007 of the intake camshaft
EM007, EM055
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output for short to ground.
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch of harness connector EM007 of the intake camshaft
in "ON" position. sensor or terminals of harness connector EM055 of
V1.0 122


4. Test/replace the intake camshaft sensor or the ECM:

test/replace the camshaft position sensor or the ECM.
Service Guide
Control System” - “Camshaft Position Sensor”.
V1.0 123
P0420 Diagnostic Test Steps

Catalyst System Efficiency Below a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
P0420 00
Threshold-Oxygen Storage Capacity Aged in "ON" position.
Subsystem Principle b. Read the “Oxygen Sensor Heating Pre-catalysis

Reaches Maximum Power”, “Downstream Oxygen
The three-way catalytic converter controls the emission of Sensor Catalyst Temperature Exceeds Dew Point
hydrocarbon, carbon monoxide and nitrogen oxide. The Temperature”, “Catalyst is Heating”, “Catalyst
catalyst in the converter can accelerate the chemical reaction Temperature Lower than Operating Temperature”,
and oxidize the hydrocarbon and carbon monoxide in the “Catalyst Ready Mark” and “Catalyst Monitoring”
exhaust gas. This process converts hydrocarbon and carbon to check whether they are within the rational value
monoxide into water vapor and carbon dioxide, and converts range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
nitrogen oxides into nitrogen, so as to reduce the content of range).
nitrogen oxides.
• The ambient temperature is no lower than -10℃.
• The dew point temperature is reached.
a. Check harness connector EM054 of the ECM,
• The engine speed is within 1,320-3,000rpm.
harness connector EM057 of the downstream
• The engine load is within 20.3-70%. oxygen sensor and harness connector EM026 of
• The exhaust flow is within 6.11-33.3g/s. the engine compartment fuse box for looseness,
• The catalyst temperature is within 500-800℃. poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
deformation, etc.
• The activation time of catalytic converter diagnosis and
monitoring is more than 30s. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Conditions for Setting DTCs found in visual check.
The oxygen storage capacity of the catalytic converter is less c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
than 0.2. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
Possible Causes
• Connector failure or poor fit. b. Disconnect harness connector EM057 of the
• Related circuits failure. downstream oxygen sensor, harness connector
• Three-way catalytic converter failure. EM054 of the ECM and harness connector EM026
• Engine control module failure. of the engine compartment fuse box.
• Downstream oxygen sensor failure. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
oxygen sensor, terminals of harness connector
Reference Circuit Information EM054 of the ECM and terminals of harness
Engine Management System - 1.5L (2) connector EM026 of the engine compartment fuse
box is less than 5Ω.
EM057, EM054, EM026
V1.0 124
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
for open circuit/high resistance. to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control
oxygen sensor or terminals of harness connector
4. Test/replace the downstream oxygen sensor or the ECM
or the three-way catalytic converter:
test/replace the downstream oxygen sensor or the ECM
or the three-way catalytic converter.
Service Guide
Exhaust System - 1.5L” - “Front Exhaust Pipe Assembly”.
V1.0 125
P0444, P0458 and P0459 Reference Information

Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Reference Connector End View Information
P0444 13
Valve Circuit Open
EM055, EM003
Evaporative Emission System Purge Control
P0458 11
Valve Circuit Short To Ground Reference Electrical Information
Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P0459 12
Valve Circuit Short To Battery
Subsystem Principle 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
The canister control valve is applied to control the with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
regeneration air flow of the fuel evaporation control system.
The canister in the fuel evaporation control system absorbs
in "ON" position.
fuel steam from the fuel tank till it cannot absorb any more.
It controls the canister control valve to open and allows b. Read the “Canister PWM Duty Ratio”, “Canister
fresh air and saturated fuel steam in the canister to form Load Level”, “Canister in Diagnosis”, “High Canister
regeneration air flow, then sends it to the engine air inlet Load”, “Error Occurrence - Canister Solenoid” and
pipe. The electronic controller, based on different working “Canister State” to check whether they are within
conditions of engine, changes the duty ratio of the pulse signal the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
transmitted to the canister control valve electromagnetic coil rational value range).
to control the regeneration air flow. Moreover, the flow is c. Perform the forced output of “Canister Solenoid
also influenced by the pressure difference on both ends. Control” and observe the canister solenoid for
Conditions for Running DTCs relevant response or action.
• The engine is running at idle speed. • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
• The drive stage switch is turned on. • No → Go to Step 2.
P0444: The control module detects that the evaporative
a. Check harness connector EM003 of the canister
emission system canister control valve circuit is open circuit.
solenoid and harness connector EM055 of the ECM
P0458: The control module detects that the evaporative for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
emission system canister control valve circuit is short to contamination, deformation, etc.
ground.
P0459: The control module detects that the evaporative found in visual check.
emission system canister control valve circuit is short to
battery.
Operations of ECU after Failure again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Possible Causes
• Canister solenoid failure.
canister solenoid.
V1.0 126
d. Test if the voltage between harness connector • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
terminal EM003-1 of the canister solenoid and the to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control
ground is the battery voltage. System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.



terminal EM003-2 of the canister solenoid and
is less than 5Ω.


terminal EM003-2 of the canister solenoid or

terminal EM003-2 of the canister solenoid or


4. Test/replace the canister solenoid or the ECM:


canister control valve.

the canister control valve is about 26Ω (at 20℃).

test/replace the ECM or the canister solenoid.
Service Guide
Control System” - “Canister Solenoid”.
V1.0 127
P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693 and P0694 • Connector failure or poor fit.
DTC Description • Engine control module failure.
DTC FTB Failure Description • Cooling fan failure.
Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Open • Cooling fan relay failure.
P0480 13
(Low Speed) Reference Information
Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Open Reference Circuit Information
P0481 13
(High Speed)
Cooling Fan
Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To
P0691 11 Reference Connector End View Information
Ground (Low Speed)
EM054, BY024
P0692 12
Battery (Low Speed) Reference Electrical Information
Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P0693 11
Ground (High Speed)
Battery (High Speed)
Subsystem Principle
The ECM controls the cooling fan high/low speed relay to in "ON" position.
realize the high/low speed of the cooling fan.
b. Read the “Relay State of Cooling Fan 1”, “Relay State
Conditions for Running DTCs of Cooling Fan 2”, “Failure Occurrence - Cooling Fan
P0692, P0694: The drive stage switch is turned on. Control” and “Requested Cooling Fan Torque Value”
to check whether they are within the rational value
P0691, P0693, P0481, P0480: The drive stage switch is turned
range (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
off.
c. Perform the forced output of “Cooling Fan 1
Relay”/“Cooling Fan 2 Relay” and observe the cooling
P0480: The control module detects that the cooling fan relay fan for relevant response or action.
control circuit is open circuit (low speed).
P0481: The control module detects that the cooling fan relay
control circuit is open circuit (high speed).
control circuit is short to ground (low speed). a. Check harness connector BY024 of the cooling fan
relay box and harness connector EM054 of the ECM
control circuit is short to battery (low speed).
P0693: The control module detects that the cooling fan relay b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
control circuit is short to ground (high speed). found in visual check.
P0694: The control module detects that the cooling fan relay c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
control circuit is short to battery (high speed). ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
DTC P0480, P0691, P0692, P0481, P0693 and P0694 are • Yes → Go to Step 3;
Category-5 DTCs. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
DTC P0480, P0691, P0692, P0481, P0693 and P0694 are
Category-5 DTCs.
Possible Causes disconnect harness connector EM054 of the ECM
• Related circuits failure. and harness connector BY024 of the cooling fan
relay box.
V1.0 128
b. Test if the resistance between the following terminals • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Cooling
of harness connector BY024 of the cooling fan relay System” - “Cooling Fan Low Speed Resistance”.
box and terminals of harness connector EM054 of • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
the ECM is less than 5Ω. to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control
• Terminal BY024-4 and Terminal EM054-56 System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.

of harness connector BY024 of the cooling fan relay
box or terminals of harness connector EM054 of the
ECM and the ground are infinite.
of harness connector BY024 of the cooling fan relay
box or terminals of harness connector EM054 of the
ECM and the power supply are infinite.
4. Test/replace the cooling fan relay box or the ECM:
b. Disconnect harness connector BY024 of the cooling
fan relay box.
c. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 and 4/6 of
the cooling fan relay is around 26Ω (20℃).
test/replace the ECM or the cooling fan or the cooling
fan relay.
Service Guide
• Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Cooling
System” - “Cooling Fan”.
V1.0 129
P0500 b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts

DTC Description found in visual check.
DTC FTB Failure Description c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
P0500 29 Vehicle Speed Sensor-Signal Fault
Subsystem Principle • Yes → Go to Step 2.
When the wheels rotate, the pole pairs in the seals induce • No → Diagnosis is completed.
voltage fluctuations in the ABS sensors that are converted into
square wave signals and output to the ABS modulator. The
signal frequency is proportional to wheel speed. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
If other module tests are normal, continue the
following inspection procedures.
• Fuel cut-off state is activated.
• The coolant temperature is higher than 64.5℃. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
• The engine speed is between 1,520rpm and 4,000rpm. harness connector EM054 of the ECM and harness
• The coolant temperature sensor and the engine speed connector BY002 of the SCS.
sensor are free from failure. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• The vehicle speed is no less than 5.250km/h. of harness connector EM054 of the ECM and
Conditions for Setting DTCs terminals of harness connector BY002 of the SCS is
less than 5Ω:
• The vehicle speed is less than 4km/h, which lasts for 5s.
• Terminal EM054-1 and Terminal BY002-26
• The vehicle speed change is 0, which lasts for 15s.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Terminal EM054-17 and Terminal BY002-14
Possible Causes of harness connector BY002 of the SCS and the
• Related connector poor fit failure. ground is infinite:
• Related circuits failure. • Terminal EM054-1 or Terminal BY002-26
• ABS failure. • Terminal EM054-17 or Terminal BY002-14

• Dynamic stability control module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Engine control module failure. for short to ground.
Reference Information e. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
between terminals of harness connector EM054 of
Bus System and DLC (3) the ECM or terminals of harness connector BY002
Reference Connector End View Information of the SCS and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
• Terminal EM054-1 or Terminal BY002-26
BY002, EM054
Diagnostic Test Steps f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
harness connector BY002 of the SCS for looseness,
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, • No → Diagnosis is completed.
deformation, etc. 3. Test/replace the ECM or the SCS.
V1.0 130
test/replace the ECM or the SCS.
Service Guide
Module” - “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
Module” - “Front Wheel Speed Sensor”.
Module” - “Rear Wheel Speed Sensor”.
“Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
V1.0 131
P0504 Diagnostic Test Steps

1C Brake Lamp Switch Circuit Signal Fault a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
P0504 Brake Switch “A”/”B” Correlation-Brake in "ON" position.
62
Signal Unsynchronised b. Read the “Brake Switch 2 Status”, “Brake Switch
1 Status” and “Brake Pedal Depressed” to check
Subsystem Principle
The brake pedal is fitted on the shaft of the brake pedal (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
mounting bracket located on the dash panel, and the brake
booster input rod is connected to the brake pedal with rod
pin and U-clip. The brake lamp switch is fixed on the brake • No → Go to Step 2.
pedal bracket. The brake lamp switch is a kind of contact 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
switch which can be activated by the chock on the brake pedal
a. Check harness connector BY042 of the brake pedal
arm. The brake pedal is fitted on the baffle of the engine
switch and harness connector EM054 of the ECM
compartment (pivot of pedal bracket). The vacuum booster
input rod is linked to the brake pedal arm with rod pin and
U-shaped clamp. The chock on the brake pedal arm activates
the “instant disconnection” contact type brake lamp switch. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Correct positioning and compressed switch push rod must be found in visual check.
ensured. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Conditions for Running DTCs ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
The number on the brake switch failure counter is 20. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
P0504 1C: The ratio of brake lamp switch signal pin feedback • No → Diagnosis is completed.
voltage to battery voltage is within 0.469-1.133V for 1s. 3. Test related circuits:
P0504 62: Brake Switch 1 and Brake Switch 2. a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
Operations of ECU after Failure disconnect the negative battery cable, and
disconnect harness connector EM054 of the ECM
and harness connector BY042 of the brake pedal
Conditions for Clearing DTCs switch.
DTC P0504 is a Category-12 DTC. b. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Possible Causes of harness connector BY042 of the brake pedal
• Related circuits failure. switch and terminals of harness connector EM054 of
the ECM is less than 5Ω.
• Brake pedal switch failure.
• Engine control module failure. • Terminal BY042-3 and Terminal EM054-23
Reference Circuit Information for open circuit/high resistance.
Brake Lamp c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals

of harness connector BY042 of the brake pedal
switch or terminals of harness connector EM054 of
BY042, EM054 the ECM and the ground is infinite.
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal BY042-1 or Terminal EM054-25
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal BY042-3 or Terminal EM054-23
V1.0 132
d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Service Guide
of harness connector BY042 of the brake pedal
• Refer to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Service
switch or terminals of harness connector EM054 of
Brake” - “Brake Pedal”.
• Terminal BY042-1 or Terminal EM054-25 Control System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
• Terminal BY042-3 or Terminal EM054-23 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
4. Test/replace the brake pedal switch or the ECM:
disconnect harness connector BY042 of the brake
pedal switch.
b. When the brake pedal is released, test if the
resistance between terminal 3 and 4 of the brake
pedal switch is less than 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, check the brake
pedal switch.
c. When the brake pedal is depressed, test if the
resistance between signal circuit terminal 3 and 4 of
brake pedal switch is infinite.
pedal switch.
d. When the brake pedal is released, test if the
resistance between signal circuit terminal 1 and 2 of
brake pedal switch is infinite.
pedal switch.
e. When the brake pedal is depressed, test if the
resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of brake pedal
switch is less than 5Ω.
pedal switch.
f. Respectively test if the resistance between each
terminal of brake pedal switch and the switch
housing is infinite.
If it is not within the specified range, check and
replace the brake pedal switch.
V1.0 133
P0506 and P0507 Possible Causes

DTC Description • Related circuits failure.
DTC FTB Failure Description • Connector failure or poor fit.
Idle Speed Control System Lower Than • Electronic throttle failure.
P0506 00
Expected • Engine control module failure.
Idle Speed Control System Higher Than Reference Information
P0507 00
Expected
Subsystem Principle Engine Management System - 1.5L (2)
The throttle position sensor is used to provide the throttle Reference Connector End View Information
with the angle information. Engine load information and
EM055, EM004
operating conditions (such as start, idle speed, motored
condition, part load, full load, acceleration and deceleration) Reference Electrical Information
can be obtained according to this information. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• The engine speed is less than 4,120 rpm.
• The altitude correction factor is greater than 0.72. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• The altitude is less than 2,700m.
• The engine speed is greater than 640-840rpm. in "ON" position.
• The vehicle speed is 0.
b. Read the “Idle Stage” and “Idle Speed Setting Point”
• The idle speed mode is activated. to check whether they are within the rational value
• The duration is over 1.6s. range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
• The engine coolant temperature is above 80℃. range).
• The starting time is no less than 2s. c. Perform the forced output of “Idle Speed Regulation”
and observe the throttle for relevant response or
• Set DTC P0500.
action.
P0506:
• The positive difference between the target and actual
values is larger than 100rpm.
• The control part I of the engine idle speed is positive at a. Check harness connector EM004 of the electronic
the upper limit. throttle and harness connector EM055 of the ECM
• The duration is greater than 7s.
P0507:
b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual
• The negative difference between the target and actual check.
values is less than -200rpm.
c. Perform visual check for the following components
• The control part I of the engine idle speed reaches the and systems. If there's any failure, repair or replace
lowest limit. the failed components.
• The fuel cut-off protection function is activated. • Check if the throttle actuator is stuck in locations
• The number of fuel cut-off is no less than 10. with narrow openings due to freeze or oil
• The duration is greater than 12s. contaminants, etc.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Check if the throttle actuator fails to work properly
due to excessive carbon deposits.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Check the fuel injector for blockage.
• Check if the exhaust resistance is too high.
• Check if the fuel supply pressure is too low.
V1.0 134
• Check the intake manifold for leakage. • Terminal EM004-4 or Terminal EM055-75
d. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the • Terminal EM004-5 or Terminal EM055-78
3. Test related circuits: ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
disconnect the negative battery cable, and • Yes → Go to Step 4;
disconnect harness connector EM055 of the ECM
and harness connector EM004 of the throttle
position sensor. 4. Test/replace the electronic throttle or the ECM:
b. Test if the resistance between the following terminals a. In the unenergized state, the valve plate shall be in
of harness connector EM004 of the electronic the closed position and can rotate smoothly when
throttle and terminals of harness connector EM055 moved by hand. If the valve plate is stuck, it indicates
of the ECM is less than 5Ω. that the interior components may be damaged.
• Terminal EM004-1 and Terminal EM055-87 b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
• Terminal EM004-2 and Terminal EM055-86 disconnect the negative battery cable, and
• Terminal EM004-3 and Terminal EM055-107 electronic throttle body.
• Terminal EM004-4 and Terminal EM055-75 c. Place the digital multimeter in ohm range.
• Terminal EM004-5 and Terminal EM055-78 d. Connect the two probes to terminal 3 and 2 of
• Terminal EM004-6 and Terminal EM055-77 the electronic throttle respectively. When moving
the valve plate by hand, the resistance shall change
continuously.
test/replace the electronic throttle or the ECM.
throttle or terminals of harness connector EM055 Service Guide
of the ECM and the ground is infinite. • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
• Terminal EM004-1 or Terminal EM055-87 Control System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
• Terminal EM004-5 or Terminal EM055-78 System” - “Electronic Throttle Self-learning - UMC
System”.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control
for short to ground. System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
throttle or terminals of harness connector EM055
of the ECM and the power supply is infinite.
V1.0 135
P0555, P0557 and P0558 Diagnostic Test Steps

Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit a. Check and visually observe the vacuum booster or
P0555 00
Open vacuum pipe for leakage, damage, etc.
Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit If any of the above situations occurs, repair/replace
P0557 16
Short To Ground the relevant faulty parts.
Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit b. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
P0558 17
Short To Battery in "ON" position.
Subsystem Principle Read the “Failure Occurrence - Brake Vacuum

Sensor”, “Insufficient Brake Vacuum” and “Brake
The ECM monitors the pressure of brake booster vacuum Vacuum Pressure” to check whether they are within
cavity with the brake booster pressure sensor. The ECM the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
supplies the sensor with a 5V reference voltage and a low level rational value range).
reference voltage. The sensor signal transmitted to ECM will
vary with the brake booster vacuum cavity pressure.
Conditions for Running DTCs • No → Go to Step 2.
P0557, P0558: The engine speed is no less than 80rpm. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
P0555: The brake vacuum pressure sensor circuit is effective
harness connector BY209 of the brake booster
with delay of 1s.
pressure sensor for looseness, poor contact,
Conditions for Setting DTCs distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
P0555: Vacuum degree < -100 hPa or Vacuum degree > 1,150 etc.
hPa, which lasts for 1s. b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual
P0557: The signal voltage is lower than 0.25V. check.
P0558: The signal voltage is higher than 4.88V. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. disconnect the negative battery cable, and
• Connector failure or poor fit. disconnect harness connector BY209 of the brake
• Brake booster pressure sensor failure. booster pressure sensor and harness connector
EM054 of the ECM.
of harness connector EM054 of the ECM and
Reference Circuit Information terminals of harness connector BY209 of the brake
Engine Management System - 1.5L (1) booster pressure sensor is less than 5Ω.
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal EM054-12 and Terminal BY209-1
EM054, BY209 • Terminal EM054-47 and Terminal BY209-2
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal EM054-19 and Terminal BY209-3
of harness connector EM054 of the ECM or
V1.0 136
terminals of harness connector BY209 of the brake
booster pressure sensor and the ground is infinite.


of harness connector EM054 of the ECM or
terminals of harness connector BY209 of the brake
booster pressure sensor and the power supply is
infinite.


4. Test/replace the brake booster pressure sensor or ECM:

test/replace the brake booster pressure sensor or the
engine control module.
Service Guide
V1.0 137

P0560 1C System Battery Voltage Signal Irrational a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
P0562 16 System Battery Voltage Low
b. Read the “Battery Voltage”, “Battery Voltage over
P0563 17 System Battery Voltage High
the Key”, “Battery Current”, “Battery Charging
Subsystem Principle State”, “Low Battery” and “Unstable Battery" to
The ECM can perform A/D conversion for the power supply check whether they are within the rational value
input by the battery and determine if the battery voltage is range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
normal. range).
P0560 1C: Place the ignition switch in “ON” position. • No → Go to Step 2.

P0562 16: The duration after startup is longer than 180s.
a. Check harness connector EM054 of the ECM,
P0563 17:
harness connector BY040 of the passenger
• The duration after startup is longer than 180s. compartment fuse box and harness connector
• The vehicle speed is greater than 25km/h. EM026 of the engine compartment fuse box for
Conditions for Setting DTCs looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
contamination, deformation, etc. Clean, repair or
P0560 1C: The ADC value of the battery voltage is less than
replace the faulty parts found in visual check.
2.5V.
b. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
P0562 16: The ADC value of the battery voltage is less than ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
9V. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
P0563 17: The ADC value of the battery voltage is greater • Yes → Go to Step 3;
than 16V.
P0560, P0562 and P0563 are Category-5 DTCs.
a. Check if fuse F5 is blown.
P0560, P0562 and P0563 are Category-5 DTCs. disconnect the negative battery cable, and
Possible Causes disconnect harness connectors EM026 of the engine
compartment fuse box and harness connector
EM054 of the ECM.
c. Test if the resistance between the following harness
• Battery failure.
connector terminal EM054-20 of the ECM and
• Alternator failure. harness connector terminal EM026-2 of the engine
• Engine control module failure. compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
Engine Management System - 1.5L (5) d. Test if the resistance between the following harness
connector terminal EM054-20 of the ECM or
harness connector terminal EM026-2 of the engine
EM026, EM054 compartment fuse box and the ground is infinite.
Reference Electrical Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection for short to ground.
e. Test if the resistance between the following harness
connector terminal EM054-20 of the ECM or
V1.0 138
harness connector terminal EM026-2 of the engine
compartment fuse box and the power supply is
infinite.


4. Test/replace the ECM.

Service Guide
• Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Electrical
System” - “Alternator”.
System” - “Battery”.
V1.0 139
P0601, P0604, P0605 and P0606 • The zone bit is not 0.

DTC Description P0606 46:
DTC FTB Failure Description • The engine is running.
Internal Control Module Error-Offline • The throttle position sensor 2 fault zone bit is positive.
P0601 00 Configuration DID_C050 • The throttle position sensor 2 fault zone bit is negative.
Checksum(Write)Check Error Conditions for Setting DTCs
Internal Control Module Error-Random P0601 00: Internal Control Module Error - Offline
P0604 44
Access Memory (RAM) Fault Configuration Write Information Check Error
Internal Control Module Error-Read Only P0604 44: Unable to Write
P0605 45
Memory (ROM) Fault
P0605 45: Internal Logic Check Error
ECM Processor Error-Layer 2 Torque
44
Monitoring Error P0606 92, 93, 94, 95: Internal Logic Check Failed
ECM Processor Error-Deformation Code P0606 44: Internal Logic Check Error
45
Monitoring Error
P0606 65, 66: Internal Logic Check Error
ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Throttle Body
46 P0606 64: The voltage of pedal signal 2 during the A/D
Signal Monitoring Error
converter test is greater than 0.215V for 0.12s.
ECM Processor Error-AD Converter
64 P0606 67: The engine speed is higher than 1,960 rpm.
Monitoring Error
P0606 45: Internal Logic Check Error
ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Ignition Angle
65
Signal Monitoring Error P0606 46:
ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Load Signal • The voltage of signal 1 at mechanical bottom dead centre
P0606 66
Monitoring Error is greater than 0.957V.
ECM Processor Error-ECU Error Response • The voltage of signal 2 at mechanical bottom dead centre
67
Monitoring Error is less than 4.043V.
ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module Operations of ECU after Failure
92
Inquiry Error DTC P0601 is a Category-3 DTC.
ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module DTC P0604, P0605 and P0606 are Category-13 DTCs.
93
Feedback Error
ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module
94 DTC P0601 is a Category-3 DTC.
Response Error
ECM Processor Error-Closed Loop Test DTC P0604, P0605 and P0606 are Category-13 DTCs.
95
Error Possible Causes
Subsystem Principle • Low battery voltage failure.

The ECM includes an erasable, programmable read-only
memory, which is programmed with the data necessary for Reference Information
starting the engine. During manufacturing, it receives and Reference Electrical Information
stores the vehicle-specific security code from the locking
module. In case of internal failures, for example, the processor
or the drive circuit stops working, there is no backup system Diagnostic Test Steps
or function of driving during failure.
1. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
Conditions for Running DTCs position.
P0601, P0604, P0605: The engine is running at idle speed. 2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTCs P0601, P0604,
P0605 and P0606 is set.
P0606 67:
If related DTCs are set, diagnose these DTCs first.
• The engine is running.
• The fuel cut-off model value is not equal to 255. 3. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the ECM.
V1.0 140
4. Confirm that DTCs P0601, P0604, P0605 and P0606
are not set.
If the DTCs are reset, test/replace the ECM.

Service Guide
V1.0 141
P0615, P0616, P0617 Reference Electrical Information

DTC Description
P0615 13 Starter Relay Control Circuit Open
Starter Relay Control Circuit Short To
P0616 11 with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
Ground
Starter Relay Control Circuit Short To
P0617 12 in "ON" position.
Battery
b. Read the “Usage Times of Starter”, “Starter ON”,
Circuit/System Description “Starter Overheated”, “Failure Occurrence - Starter
When the ignition key is in “ON” position, the engine locking Relay Feedback” and “Failure Occurrence - Starter
device in the IPK will compare the code stored in the ignition Relay 1” to check whether they are within the
key with that stored in the locking device. If these codes are rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
matched, the signal will be sent by to the starter motor relay rational value range).
in the engine compartment fuse box. The starter motor relay • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
supplies power to the starter motor solenoid. The solenoid
winding is powered on, allowing the pinion to engage with the
flywheel tooth ring. The engaging lever will drive the pinion to 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
engage with the flywheel tooth ring. a. Check harness connector BY147 of the engine
Conditions for Running DTCs compartment fuse box and harness connector
P0616, P0615: The drive stage switch is turned off. EM054 of the ECM for looseness, poor contact,
P0617: The drive stage switch is turned on. etc.
Conditions for Setting DTCs b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P0615: The control module detects that the starter control found in visual check.
relay circuit is open circuit. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
P0616: The control module detects that the starter control ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
relay circuit is short to ground. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
P0617: The control module detects that the starter control • Yes → Go to Step 3;
relay circuit is short to battery. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 3. Test related circuits:
DTC P0615, P0616 and P0617 are Category-5 DTCs. a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
Conditions for Clearing DTCs disconnect the negative battery cable.
DTC P0615, P0616 and P0617 are Category-5 DTCs. b. Disconnect harness connector BY147 of the engine
Possible Causes compartment fuse box.
• Related circuits failure. c. Connect the negative battery cable, place the
d. Measure if the voltage between harness connector
• Starter relay failure.
terminal BY147-20 of the engine compartment fuse
box and the ground is the battery voltage.
Starting and Charging (2) e. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
Reference Connector End View Information disconnect the negative battery cable, and
BY147, EM054
f. Test if the resistance between the following
harness connector terminal BY147-20 of the engine
V1.0 142
compartment fuse box and harness connector If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
terminal EM054-58 of the ECM is less than 5Ω. test/replace the ECM.
for open circuit/high resistance. • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
g. Test if the resistance between the following Control System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
harness connector terminal BY147-20 of the engine • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Electrical
compartment fuse box or harness connector System” - “Starter Motor”.
terminal EM054-58 of the ECM and the ground is
• Refer to Service Manual, “Power Supply and Signal
infinite.
Distribution” - “Power Supply and Signal Distribution” -
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit “Engine Compartment Fuse Box”.
for short to ground. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
h. Test if the resistance between the following to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control
harness connector terminal BY147-20 of the engine System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
compartment fuse box or harness connector
terminal EM054-58 of the ECM and the power
supply is infinite.
4. Test/replace the ECM or the starter control relay:
b. Remove the starter control relay.
the starter control relay is between 80-90Ω.
starter control relay.
of the starter control relay is infinite.
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
starter control relay.
e. Fit a jumper wire with a 5A fuse between terminal
85 of the starter control relay and the 12V voltage.
Fit a jumper wire between terminal 86 of the starter
control relay and the ground. Test if the resistance
between terminal 30 and 87 is less than 5Ω.
f. If it is not within the specified range, test/replace
the starter control relay.
V1.0 143
P061F Reference Information

DTC Description Reference Electrical Information
DTC FTB Failure Description Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Safe
62 Monitoring Error-Electronic Accelerator
Pedal 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position and connect
the scan tool.
P061F ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Safe
64 2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTC P061F is set.
Monitoring Error-Engine Speed Sensor
ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Safe If other DTCs are set, diagnose these DTCs first.
68
Monitoring Error-Safe Fuel Cut-off 3. Clear DTC P061F, reprogramme and read again.
Subsystem Principle 4. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
The ECM consists of the microcontroller and external circuits. Service Guide
Programs inside the microcontroller can detect ECM failures. • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
When security monitoring-related failures are detected, Control System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
internal programs of ECM can guide the engine to make • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
prompt adjustment, take appropriate measures according to to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control
failures and output DTCs required for equipment service. System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
P061F 62:

• 2-layer pedal monitoring signal is less than 3.145V.
P061F 64:

• The engine speed is higher than 520rpm.
P061F 68: The engine is running.

P061F 62:
• The difference between 2 signals from 2-layer pedal is
greater than 0.371V.
• The difference between 2 signals from 2-layer pedal is
greater than 1.230V.
P061F 64: The speed difference between the 1st and 2nd layer
is greater than 320rpm.
P061F 68: The engine torque is over the limit.

DTC P061F is a Category-13 DTC.
DTC P061F is a Category-13 DTC.
Possible Causes
V1.0 144
P0630
DTC Description
VIN Not Programmed or Incompatible –
P0630 00
ECM/PCM
Subsystem Principle
The VIN is stored in the BCM. It cannot be amended once the
vehicle reached the preset mileage.
The VIN is detected not encoded or incompatible.
Possible Causes

1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position and connect
the scan tool.
2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTC P0630 is set.
If other DTCs are set, diagnose these DTCs first.
3. After the DTCs are read and cleared, place the ignition
switch in “ON” position.
If the DTC is reset, replace the ECM.

Service Guide
V1.0 145

Air Conditioning Compressor Relay a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
P0645 13
Control Circuit Open in "ON" position.
Air Conditioning Compressor Relay b. Read the "A/C Clutch Relay State" to check whether
P0646 11
Control Circuit Short To Ground it is within the rational value range (refer to the
Air Conditioning Compressor Relay
P0647 12
Control Circuit Short To Battery c. Perform the forced output of "A/C Compressor
Relay" and observe the A/C compressor relay for
Subsystem Principle relevant response or action.
A 12V power is supplied to the A/C compressor clutch via the • Yes → Test/replace the main relay;
engine compartment fuse. When the main relay is energized,
the relay coil of A/C compressor can be activated. The relay
coil ground is controlled by the ECM, which completes the 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
grounding when an A/C ON request message is received. a. Check harness connector EM054 of the ECM
Conditions for Running DTCs and harness connector EM026 of the engine
P0645, P0646: The drive stage switch is turned off.
P0647: The drive stage switch is turned on. etc.
P0645: The control module detects that the A/C compressor found in visual check.
relay control circuit is open circuit. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
P0646: The control module detects that the A/C compressor ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
relay control circuit is short to ground. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
P0647: The control module detects that the A/C compressor
relay control circuit is short to battery. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
DTC P0645, P0646 and P0647 are Category-5 DTCs. a. Check if Fuse F6 is blown.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Test the DTC information with the scan tool.
DTC P0645, P0646 and P0647 are Category-5 DTCs. If there are other DTCs, repair those DTCs first.
Possible Causes c. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
• Connector failure or poor fit. d. Remove the A/C compressor relay and perform the
component test on it.
• A/C compressor relay failure.
If the test is abnormal, replace the A/C compressor
relay.
e. Connect the negative battery cable and test if
Reference Circuit Information the voltage between harness connector terminal
Engine Management System - 1.5L (5) EM026-1 of the engine compartment fuse box and
Reference Connector End View Information the ground is the battery voltage.
EM054, EM026
Reference Electrical Information f. Disconnect the negative battery cable, and
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection disconnect harness connector EM054 of the ECM
and harness connector EM026 of the engine
V1.0 146
g. Test if the resistance between harness connector f. If it is not within the specified range, test/replace the
terminal EM054-42 of the ECM and harness A/C compressor relay or the ECM.
connector terminal EM026-15 of the engine Service Guide
compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit Control System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
h. Test if the resistance between harness connector Distribution” - “Power Supply and Signal Distribution” -
terminal EM054-42 of the ECM or harness connector “Engine Compartment Fuse Box”.
terminal EM026-15 of the engine compartment fuse • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
box and the ground is infinite. to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
i. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal EM054-42 of the ECM or harness connector
terminal EM026-15 of the engine compartment fuse
j. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
4. Test/replace the ECM or the A/C relay:
b. Remove the A/C compressor relay.
the A/C compressor relay is between 80-90Ω.
If the resistance is not within the specified range,
replace the A/C compressor relay.
of the A/C compressor relay is infinite.
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
If it is not within the specified range, replace the A/C
compressor relay.
85 of the A/C compressor relay and the 12V voltage.
Fit a jumper wire between terminal 86 of the
A/C compressor relay and the ground. Test if the
resistance between terminal 30 and 87 is less than
5Ω.
V1.0 147
P0689 2. Test related circuits:

DTC Description a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
DTC FTB Failure Description disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
ECM Main (Power) Relay Sense Circuit harness connector EM054 of the ECM and harness
P0689 17 connector EM026 of the engine compartment fuse
Output Voltage Signal Fault
box.
Subsystem Principle
b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
The ECM controls the operation of the main relay so as to terminal EM026-1 of the engine compartment fuse
control the operation of most on-board electrical appliances. box and harness connector terminal EM054-5 of the
Conditions for Running DTCs ECM is less than 5Ω.
The ignition switch is in "ON" position. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Conditions for Setting DTCs for open circuit/high resistance.
The signal voltage is less than 3V for 2s. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal EM026-1 of the engine compartment fuse
box or harness connector terminal EM054-5 of the
DTC P0689 is a Category-5 DTC. ECM and the ground is infinite.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
DTC P0689 is a Category-5 DTC. for short to ground.
Possible Causes d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Related circuits failure. terminal EM026-1 of the engine compartment fuse
• Main relay failure.
Engine Management System - 1.5L (1) again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Reference Connector End View Information • Yes → Go to Step 4;
EM054, EM026 • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Reference Electrical Information 3. Test/replace the ECM:

Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
Service Guide
a. Check harness connector EM054 of the ECM Control System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
and harness connector EM026 of the engine
“Engine Compartment Fuse Box”.
etc.
V1.0 148
Brake Booster Pump Circuit Short To a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
P1427 12
Battery in "ON" position.
Brake Booster Pump Circuit Short To b. Read the “Brake Vacuum Pressure” and “Insufficient
P1428 11
Ground Brake Vacuum” to check whether they are within
the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
P1429 13 Brake Booster Pump Circuit Open
Subsystem Principle c. Perform the forced output of “Brake Vacuum Pump
The vacuum booster assembly provides power assist during Relay” and observe the brake vacuum pump for
braking to reduce the pedal force required for braking. relevant response or action.
P1427: • No → Go to Step 2.
• The engine is running. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
• The drive stage switch is turned on. a. Check harness connector EM054 of the ECM
and harness connector BY147 of the engine
P1428, P1429:
• The engine is running. distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
• The drive stage switch is turned off. etc.
P1427: The control module detects that the brake booster
pump control circuit is short to battery. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
pump control circuit is short to ground.
pump control circuit is open circuit.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs harness connector EM054 of the ECM and harness
DTC P1427, P1428 and P1429 are Category-5 DTCs. connector BY147 of the engine compartment fuse
Possible Causes box.
• Related circuits failure. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector

box and harness connector terminal EM054-54 of
• Engine control module failure. the ECM is less than 5Ω.
• Brake vacuum pump relay failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Circuit Information c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Engine Management System - 1.5L (1) terminal BY147-3 of the engine compartment fuse
ECM and the ground is infinite.
BY147, EM054 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
V1.0 149



4. Test/replace the ECM:

b. Remove the electric vacuum pump relay.

the electric vacuum pump relay is between 80-90Ω.

replace the electric vacuum pump relay.

of the electric vacuum pump relay is infinite:
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87

main relay.
86 of the electric vacuum pump relay and the 12V
voltage. Fit a jumper wire between terminal 85 of
the electric vacuum pump relay and the ground. Test
if the resistance between terminal 30 and 87 is less
than 5Ω.
If it exceeds the specified range, replace the electric

vacuum pump relay.

Service Guide
V1.0 150
P1479 Reference Connector End View Information
DTC Description
BY145, BY101
Brake Booster Pressure Sensor
P1479 00 Circuit-Vacuum Chamber Pressure Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Irrational
The vacuum booster assembly provides power assist during with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
braking to reduce the pedal force required for braking. In a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
case the vacuum booster assembly fails, the hydraulic system in "ON" position.
still has the brake function, but greater pedal braking force is
b. Read the “Brake Vacuum Pressure” and “Insufficient
required due to lack of vacuum power assist. The vacuum
Brake Vacuum” to check whether they are within
booster assembly is connected to the pedal assembly with 4
fasteners.
c. Perform the forced output of “Brake Vacuum Pump
• No ambient pressure sensor failure of the system: Relay” and observe the brake vacuum pump for
Positive. relevant response or action.
• No brake pedal switch signal failure of the system:
Positive.
• Valid circuit of the brake vacuum pressure sensor:
Positive. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
• There is 1s of delay. a. Check harness connector BY101 of the electronic
Conditions for Setting DTCs vacuum pump and harness connector BY145 of
the engine compartment fuse box for looseness,
• Leakage check of brake vacuum cavity: Compare the
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
vacuum pressure when the brake pedal is released with
deformation, etc.
the vacuum pressure when the brake pedal is released
for a certain time and gain the difference. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• (Vacuum pressure when the brake pedal is released) >
(Vacuum pressure when the brake pedal is released for c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
a certain time) + (Vacuum pressure rise for determining ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
the vacuum cavity leakage) [5-20hPa] (according to the again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
original pressure value in the cavity). • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• The duration after the brake pedal is released is 3s. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
DTC P1479 is a Category-5 DTC. harness connector BY101 of the electronic vacuum
pump and harness connector BY145 of the engine
Possible Causes
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminal BY145-3 of the engine compartment fuse
• Electronic vacuum booster pump failure. box and harness connector terminal BY101-1 of the
• Electronic vacuum booster pump relay failure. electronic vacuum pump is less than 5Ω.
c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
V1.0 151
box or harness connector terminal BY101-1 of the • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
electronic vacuum pump and the ground is infinite. Control System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit • Refer to Service Manual, “Power Supply and Signal
for short to ground. Distribution” - “Power Supply and Signal Distribution” -
d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY145-3 of the engine compartment fuse • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
box or harness connector terminal BY101-1 of the to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control
electronic vacuum pump and the power supply is System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
infinite.
4. Test/replace the ECM or the brake vacuum pump:
b. Remove the electric vacuum pump relay.
the electric vacuum pump relay is between 80-90Ω.
replace the electric vacuum pump relay.
of the electric vacuum pump relay is infinite:
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
main relay.
86 of the electric vacuum pump relay and the 12V
voltage. Fit a jumper wire between terminal 85 of
the electric vacuum pump relay and the ground. Test
than 5Ω.
If it exceeds the specified range, replace the electric
vacuum pump relay.
test/replace the electric vacuum pump.
Service Guide
Brake” - “Electric Vacuum Pump”.
V1.0 152
P1523 2. Test related circuits:
DTC Description a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
DTC FTB Failure Description If other module tests are normal, continue the
P1523 81 ECM Detected Error Crash Signal
Subsystem Principle disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
The ECM communicates with the SDM via the CAN bus, and harness connector EM054 of the ECM and harness
the communication failure codes are used to indicate the failure connector BY174 of the SDM.
type of CAN communications. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Conditions for Running DTCs of harness connector BY174 of the SDM and
The ignition switch is in "ON" position. terminals of harness connector EM054 of the ECM
is less than 5Ω.
P1523: The ECM received the error crash signal.
Possible Causes of harness connector BY174 of the SDM and the
ground is infinite.
• Engine control module failure. • Terminal BY174-2 or Terminal EM054-17
• Supplemental restraint system sensing and diagnostic If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
module failure. for short to ground.
Reference Information e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM054 of the ECM or terminals
of harness connector BY174 of the SDM and the
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) power supply is infinite.
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal BY174-1 or Terminal EM054-1
EM054, BY174 • Terminal BY174-2 or Terminal EM054-17
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection for short to battery.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
a. Check harness connector EM054 of the ECM and • Yes → Go to Step 4;
harness connector BY174 of the SDM for looseness,
deformation, etc. 3. Test/replace the SDM or the ECM:
test/replace the SDM or the ECM.
Service Guide
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. Control System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
• Refer to Service Manual, “Safety and Protection” -
“Supplementary Restraint System” - “Sensing and
• No → Diagnosis is completed. Diagnostic Module (SDM)”.
V1.0 153

to Service Manual, "Safety And Protection" - "Airbag" -
"Supplemental Restraint System Sensing and Diagnostic
Module (SDM)".
V1.0 154
P1545 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
The Deviation Of Target Position And
34 Actual Position Of Throttle Exceeding 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Minimum with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
P1545
The Deviation Of Target Position And a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
35 Actual Position Of Throttle Exceeding in "ON" position.
Maximum b. Read the “Error Occurrence - Electronic Throttle
Controller”, “Error Occurrence - Electronic
Subsystem Principle
Throttle”, “Error Occurrence - Throttle Position
The electronic throttle is composed of throttle actuator, Sensor 2”, “Error Occurrence - Throttle Position
throttle driver (DC motor) and throttle position signal sensor, Sensor 1”, “Throttle Limp Home Mode Activated”,
etc. The ECM gives commands to actuate the DC motor “ECT Throttle Motor”, “Throttle Self-learning
to influence the opening of the throttle through the drive Error”, “Throttle Error” and “Throttle Self-learning
mechanism; at the same time, the throttle can give the ECM a Not Completed” to check whether they are within
feedback signal indicating the current position of the throttle the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
to realize the feedback regulation of the throttle. rational value range).
Conditions for Running DTCs c. Perform the forced output of “Throttle Actuator”
P1545 34: and observe the throttle actuator for relevant
response or action.
• Yes → Test/replace the main relay;
• The direction of PI controller is 0.
• The electronic throttle power drive stage is failure-free.
P1545 35:
a. Check harness connector EM004 of the electronic
throttle and harness connector EM055 of the ECM
• The direction of PI controller is 1. for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
• The electronic throttle power drive stage is failure-free. contamination, deformation, etc.
The duty ratio is greater than 79.9988%. found in visual check.
Operations of ECU after Failure c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Possible Causes
• Connector failure or poor fit. disconnect the negative battery cable.
• Electronic throttle failure. b. Disconnect harness connector EM004 of the
• Engine control module failure. electronic throttle and harness connector EM055 of
Reference Information the ECM.
Reference Circuit Information c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
throttle and terminals of harness connector EM055
Reference Connector End View Information of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
EM004, EM055 • Terminal EM004-1 and Terminal EM055-87
V1.0 155
• Terminal EM004-3 and Terminal EM055-107 disconnect harness connector EM004 of the
c. Place the digital multimeter in ohm range.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit the valve plate by hand, the resistance shall change
for open circuit/high resistance. continuously.
d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
of harness connector EM004 of the electronic test/replace the electronic throttle or the ECM.
throttle or terminals of harness connector EM055 of
Service Guide
• Terminal EM004-2 or Terminal EM055-86 • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Intake and
• Terminal EM004-3 or Terminal EM055-107 Exhaust System - 1.5L” - “Electronic Throttle”.
System” - “Electronic Throttle Self-learning - UMC
System”.
4. Test/replace the electronic throttle or the ECM:
moved by hand. If the valve plate is stuck, it indicates
that the interior components may be damaged.
V1.0 156
Idle Speed Control Throttle
P1559 78 Diagnostic Test Steps
Position-Adaptation Error
Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Low
P1564 00 with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
Voltage During Adaptation
Idle Speed Control Throttle
P1579 00 in "ON" position.
Position-Adaptation Not Started
b. Read the “Throttle Self-learning Error”, “Throttle
Subsystem Principle Self-learning Not Completed” and “Idling Phase" to
The electronic throttle is composed of throttle actuator, check whether they are within the rational value
throttle driver (DC motor) and throttle position signal sensor, range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
etc. The ECM gives commands to actuate the DC motor range).
to influence the opening of the throttle through the drive c. Perform the forced output of “Idle Speed Regulation”
mechanism; at the same time, the throttle can give the ECM a and observe the throttle for relevant response or
feedback signal indicating the current position of the throttle action.
to realize the feedback regulation of the throttle.
P1559:
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and check the
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position.
electronic throttle for carbon deposit or blockage.
• Self-learning is activated.
If carbon deposits are found in the electronic throttle,
P1564、P1579: Power on but do not start. clean them.
Conditions for Setting DTCs If internal blocking is found in the electronic throttle,
P1559: The limp home position is less than 1.8006% or greater repair/replace the electronic throttle.
than 13.0785%. 3. Check with a scan tool:
P1564: a. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in
• The zone bit of ambient condition detection is 27. "ON" position. delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis,
and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• The zone bit of successful self-learning is incorrect.
• The zone bit of disabled self-learning is accurate. b. Check if the battery voltage is normal on the scan
tool: between 11 and 14V.
P1579:
4. Component check: Check the battery state.
• The zone bit of ambient condition detection is greater
than 0 and not equal to 27. If the battery is in normal state, keep the engine speed
above 2,000rpm, check if the alternator can charge
• The zone bit of successful self-learning is incorrect.
properly. If the output voltage of the alternator is not
• The zone bit of disabled self-learning is accurate. between 10.6-15V, check the charging system.
If the battery is normal, confirm if the “Battery Voltage”,
DTC P1559, P1564 and P1579 are Category-6 DTCs. “Battery Voltage over the Key” and “Battery Voltage
Conditions for Clearing DTCs over Main Relay” in real-time display of the scan tool are
within the range of 9-16V.
5. Check if the following throttle self-learning conditions
Possible Causes
are met:
• Electronic throttle failure.
• The engine intake air temperature is above 5℃.
• Low battery voltage failure.
• The engine coolant temperature is within 5-100℃.
• Mechanical failure.
• The engine speed is 0rpm.
• The vehicle speed is 0Km/h.
V1.0 157
• The accelerator pedal opening is 0.
If any of the throttle self-learning conditions cannot be

met, test or repair the relevant failure first.
switch in “ON” position. Perform self-learning for
the electronic throttle, and then gently depress the
accelerator pedal for several times to check the DTC
for reappearance.
If the DTC is reset, replace the electronic throttle.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.

Service Guide
System” - “Electronic Throttle Self-learning - UMC
System”.
V1.0 158
P1610, P1613 and P1614 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
Immobilizer Status-Cipher Key And
Security Pin Not Programmed
Immobilizer Status-Authenticaiton
P1613 06
Challenge Period Expired a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
Immobilizer Status-Authentication Error
P1614 05
Response Received b. Read the “Immobiliser Function Activation State” to
Subsystem Principle (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
When the ignition switch is placed in “ON” position, the • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
BCM communicates with the IPK via the CAN bus for mutual
information verification; after passing the verification, the • No → Go to Step 2.
BCM will allow the starter motor to work; the ECM will 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
control the ignition and fuel injection when the key is turned
a. Check harness connector BY041 of the accelerator
for requesting startup, and the engine will be started. If the
pedal position sensor and harness connector EM054
BCM cannot receive the verification information from the
of the ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
ECM, the starter motor will not work, and the engine will not
be started.
P1610: Immobiliser Status - Cipher Key and Security PIN Not again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Programmed
P1613: Immobiliser Status - Authentication Response from
Immobiliser Not Received
P1614: Immobiliser Status - Error Authentication Response
from Immobiliser Received a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
b. Disconnect harness connector BY041 of the
accelerator pedal position sensor.
c. Disconnect harness connector EM054 of the ECM.
Possible Causes terminal BY041-1 of the accelerator pedal position
• Related circuits failure. sensor and harness connector terminal EM054-32 of
• Connector failure or poor fit. the ECM is less than 5Ω.
• Body control module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Accelerator pedal position sensor failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Information e. Test if the resistance between harness connector

terminal BY041-1 of the accelerator pedal position
sensor or harness connector terminal EM054-32 of
Engine Management System - 1.5L (2) the ECM and the ground is infinite.
BY041, EM054 for short to ground.
terminal BY041-1 of the accelerator pedal position
V1.0 159
sensor or harness connector terminal EM054-32 of



4. Test/replace the accelerator pedal position sensor or the

ECM:

test/replace the accelerator pedal position sensor or the
ECM.
Service Guide
V1.0 160
P1683 and U0151 poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
DTC Description deformation, etc.
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Invalid Data Received From Sensing
P1683 81
Diagnostic Module c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Lost Communication with Sensing
U0151 87 again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Diagnostic Module (SDM)
Subsystem Principle
The ECM communicates with the SDM via the CAN bus.
a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
The ignition switch is in “ON” position. If other module tests are normal, continue the
Conditions for Setting DTCs following inspection procedures.
P1683: Invalid Data Received From SDM b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
U0151: The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent
from the SDM cannot be received within 2s.
connector BY036 of the SDM.
DTC P1683 is a Category-12 DTC. of harness connector BY036 of the SDM and
DTC U0151 is a Category-5 DTC. terminals of harness connector EM054 of the ECM
is less than 5Ω.
DTC P1683 is a Category-12 DTC, and the corresponding data
frame is received for 100 consecutive times. • Terminal BY174-2 and Terminal EM054-17
DTC U0151 is a Category-5 DTC, and the corresponding data
frame is received for 100 consecutive times.
Possible Causes d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Related circuits failure. of harness connector BY036 of the SDM and the
• Connector failure or poor fit. ground is infinite.
• Supplemental restraint system sensing and diagnostic • Terminal BY174-1 or Terminal EM054-1
module failure.
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) of harness connector EM054 of the ECM or terminals
Reference Connector End View Information of harness connector BY036 of the SDM and the
BY036, BY174
a. Check harness connector EM054 of the ECM and again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
V1.0 161
3. Test/replace the SDM or the ECM:

test/replace the SDM or the ECM.
Service Guide
Diagnostic Module (SDM)”.
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
Refer to Service Manual, “Safety And Protection” -
“Supplementary Restraint System” - “Supplemental
Restraint System Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)”.
V1.0 162
P2101 and P2106 P2101 28:
DTC Description • The engine is running at idle speed.
DTC FTB Failure Description • Power on but do not start.
Throttle Actuator Control Motor • Electronic throttle self-learning is activated.
26 Circuit-Throttle Bottom Dead Center • Electronic throttle initial self-learning is not completed.
Repeated Self-Learning Failure
P2101 74:
Throttle Actuator Control Motor
28 Circuit-Throttle Bottom Dead Center • Power on but do not start.
P2101 Initialization Self-Learning Failure • The engine speed is less than or equal to 250 rpm.
Throttle Actuator Control Motor • The engine coolant temperature is higher than or equal
29
Circuit-Throttle Position Deviation Failure to 5.3℃.
Throttle Actuator Control Motor • The intake air temperature is higher than or equal to
74 5.3℃.
Circuit-Throttle Position Deviation Failure
Throttle Actuator Control Motor • The vehicle speed is 0Km/h.
00
Circuit-Load Monitoring Error P2106: The engine is running at idle speed.
Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Conditions for Setting DTCs
12
Short
P2101 28 and P2101 26:
Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit
P2106 13 • The signal voltage TPS1 is less than 0.2124V or is greater
Open
than 0.8655V.
Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit • The signal voltage TPS2 is less than 4.1418V or is greater
29
Irrational than 4.8413V.
Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit
4B P2101 29: The comparison between throttle opening and
Overheated or Overcurrent
calculation value depends on the change of throttle opening
Subsystem Principle set point.
The ECM gives commands to actuate the DC motor to P2101 74:

influence the opening of the throttle through the drive • The opening time is more than 0.56s.
mechanism. The two potentiometers function as position
• The test threshold value is 3%.
sensors which are fitted in reverse phase. When the position
of the throttle changes, the two resistances vary linearly, one P2106 00: Internal Logic and Checksum Error
increases and the other decreases. When a +5V voltage is
P2106 12, P2106 4B, P2106 13 and P2106 29: Electronic
added, the position of the sensor will be transformed into a
Throttle Power Drive Signal Error
voltage output corresponding to the changes of the resistance
value. Operations of ECU after Failure
• DTC P2101 26 is a Category-3 DTC.
The two potentiometers along with two potentiometers on
the accelerator pedal module used for monitoring the stroke of • DTC P2106, P2101 28, P2101 29 and P2101 74 are
the accelerator pedal form a part of whole electronic throttle Category-13 DTCs.
control system monitoring function, which can provide the Conditions for Clearing DTCs
redundancy protection expected by the system control.
• DTC P2101 26 is a Category-3 DTC.
Conditions for Running DTCs • DTC P2106, P2101 28, P2101 29 and P2101 74 are
P2101 29: The engine is running. Category-13 DTCs.
P2101 26: Possible Causes
• The engine is running at idle speed. • Related circuits failure.
• Power on but do not start. • Connector failure or poor fit.
• Electronic throttle self-learning is activated. • Mechanical failure.
• Electronic throttle initial self-learning is completed. • Electronic throttle body failure.

V1.0 163
Reference Information • Yes → Go to Step 4/5;

Reference Circuit Information • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Engine Management System - 1.5L (2) 4. Test related circuits:
Reference Connector End View Information a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
EM004, EM055 disconnect the negative battery cable.
Reference Electrical Information b. Disconnect harness connector EM004 of the
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection electronic throttle and harness connector EM055 of
the ECM.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output of harness connector EM004 of the electronic
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: throttle and terminals of harness connector EM055
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
in "ON" position. • Terminal EM004-1 and Terminal EM055-87
b. Read the “Throttle Angle 1 (Real-time Angle)”, • Terminal EM004-2 and Terminal EM055-86
“Throttle Angle 2”, “Throttle Angle after Filtering”,
“Throttle Angle Relative to Mechanical Bottom • Terminal EM004-3 and Terminal EM055-107
Dead Centre”, “Throttle Position in Limp Home • Terminal EM004-4 and Terminal EM055-75
Mode”, “Throttle Learning Setting Point”, “Throttle
Self-learning Error”, “Throttle Error”, “Throttle
Self-learning Not Completed”, “ECT Throttle • Terminal EM004-6 and Terminal EM055-77
Motor”, “Throttle Limp Home Mode Activated”, If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
“Failure Occurrence - Electronic Throttle” for open circuit/high resistance.
and “Failure Occurrence - Electronic Throttle
Controller” to check whether they are within the d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
rational value range (refer to the Appendix for of harness connector EM004 of the electronic
rational value range). throttle or terminals of harness connector EM055 of
c. Perform the forced output of “Throttle Actuator”
and observe the throttle actuator for relevant • Terminal EM004-1 or Terminal EM055-87
response or action. • Terminal EM004-2 or Terminal EM055-86
• Yes → Go to Step 4/5; • Terminal EM004-3 or Terminal EM055-107
• No → Go to Step 2. • Terminal EM004-4 or Terminal EM055-75
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and check the
electronic throttle for carbon deposit or blockage.
If carbon deposits are found in the electronic throttle,
clean them. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
If internal stuck is found in the electronic throttle, check
the electronic throttle. e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
a. Check harness connector EM004 of the electronic the ECM and the power supply is infinite.
for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, • Terminal EM004-1 or Terminal EM055-87
contamination, deformation, etc. • Terminal EM004-2 or Terminal EM055-86
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts • Terminal EM004-3 or Terminal EM055-107
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. • Terminal EM004-6 or Terminal EM055-77
V1.0 164

for reappearance.


c. Place the digital multimeter in ohm range.

the valve plate by hand, the resistance shall change
continuously.
If the DTC is reset, replace the electronic throttle or

the ECM.
Service Guide
Control System” - “Electronic Throttle Self-learning -
UMC System”.
V1.0 165
P2195 and P2196 Reference Information

Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Reference Connector End View Information
P2195 26 Activity Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal
EM018, EM055
Remains Lean
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No
P2196 25 Activity Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Remains Rich
The oxygen sensor measures the oxygen content in the with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
engine exhaust to determine if the gasoline and air are a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
burnt completely. The ECM implements the closed-loop in "ON" position.
control aiming at excessive air coefficient λ = 1 according
to the information to ensure that the three-way catalytic b. Read the “Upstream Oxygen Sensor Voltage”,
converter has a high conversion efficiency in such three kinds “Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater State”, “Error
of pollutants as HC, CO and NOx in the exhaust. Occurrence - Upstream Oxygen Sensor”, “Upstream
Oxygen Sensor Catalyst Temperature Exceeds
Dew Point Temperature”, “Upstream Oxygen
P2195: Sensor Ready to Run”, “Thick Fuel Gas Detected
by Upstream Oxygen Sensor”, “Upstream Oxygen
Sensor Heater State”and “Upstream Oxygen Sensor
• The diagnosis function is enabled.
Ready Mark” to check whether they are within
• The rear oxygen sensor control is activated. the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
P2196: rational value range).
• The engine is running. c. Perform the forced output of “Upstream Oxygen

Sensor Heating” and observe the upstream oxygen
• The catalytic converter is free from failure.
sensor for relevant response or action.
• No condition for diagnosis prevention.
• The diagnosis time counter lasts for 20s.
P2195: The control integral of rear oxygen sensor is greater
than 0.75s. a. Check harness connector EM018 of the upstream
oxygen sensor and harness connector EM055 of
P2196: The control integral of rear oxygen sensor is less than
-0.85s.
DTC P2195 and P2196 are Category-3 DTCs. found in visual check.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
DTC P2195 and P2196 are Category-3 DTCs. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
Possible Causes
• Connector failure or poor fit. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• Oxygen sensor failure. 3. Test related circuits:

• Engine control module failure. a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
V1.0 166
c. Connect the negative battery cable, place the b. Disconnect harness connector EM018 of the
ignition switch in “ON” position. upstream oxygen sensor, remove the upstream
d. Test if the voltage between harness connector oxygen sensor, cool the oxygen sensor at room
terminal EM018-1 of the upstream oxygen sensor temperature, and wait until the sensor temperature
and the ground is the battery voltage. drops to room temperature.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit c. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 and 4 of
for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground. the upstream oxygen sensor is around 20Ω with a
digital multimeter.
disconnect the negative battery cable, and If it is not within the specified range, replace the
disconnect harness connector EM055 of the ECM. upstream oxygen sensor.
f. Test if the resistance between the following terminals If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
of harness connector EM018 of the upstream test/replace the upstream oxygen sensor or the ECM.
oxygen sensor and terminals of harness connector Service Guide
• Terminal EM018-4 and Terminal EM055-104 Control System” - “Upstream Oxygen Sensor”.
Control System” - “Oxygen Sensor”.
V1.0 167
P2270 and P2271 Reference Information

Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Reference Connector End View Information

P2270 24 Activity Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal EM057, EM054
Remains Rich
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No
P2271 23 Activity Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal
Remains Lean Diagnostic Test Steps
The oxygen sensor measures the oxygen content in the
engine exhaust to determine if the gasoline and air are Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
burnt completely. The electronic controller implements the with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
closed-loop control aiming at excessive air coefficient λ = 1 a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
according to the information to ensure that the three-way in "ON" position.
catalytic converter has a high conversion efficiency in such
b. Read the “Downstream Oxygen Sensor Voltage”,
three kinds of pollutants as HC, CO and NOx in the exhaust.
“Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater State”,
Conditions for Running DTCs “Error Occurrence - Downstream Oxygen Sensor”,
P2270: “Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heated Fully”,
“Downstream Oxygen Sensor Catalyst Temperature
Exceeds Dew Point Temperature”, “Downstream
• The diagnosis function is enabled. Oxygen Sensor Ready to Run”, “Downstream
• The rear oxygen sensor control is activated. Oxygen Sensor Heater State” and “Downstream
P2271: Oxygen Sensor Ready Mark” to check whether they
• The engine is running. Appendix for rational value range).
• The catalytic converter is free from failure. c. Perform the forced output of “Downstream Oxygen
• No condition for diagnosis prevention. Sensor Heating” and observe the downstream
• The diagnosis time counter lasts for 20s. oxygen sensor for relevant response or action.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
P2270: The control integral of rear oxygen sensor is greater • No → Go to Step 2.
than 0.75s.
P2271: The control integral of rear oxygen sensor is less than a. Check harness connector EM057 of the downstream
-0.85s. oxygen sensor and harness connector EM054 of
Operations of ECU after Failure the ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
DTC P2270 and P2271 are Category-3 DTCs. corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• Oxygen sensor failure.
V1.0 168
b. Disconnect harness connector EM057 of the 4. Test/replace the downstream oxygen sensor or the ECM:
downstream oxygen sensor.
c. Connect the negative battery cable, place the disconnect the negative battery cable.
b. Disconnect harness connector EM057 of
d. Test if the voltage between harness connector the downstream oxygen sensor, remove the
terminal EM057-1 of the downstream oxygen sensor downstream oxygen sensor, cool the oxygen sensor
and the ground is the battery voltage. at room temperature, and wait until the sensor
for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground. c. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 and 3 of
e. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, the downstream oxygen sensor is around 20Ω with
disconnect the negative battery cable, and a digital multimeter.
disconnect harness connector EM054 of the ECM. If it is not within the specified range, replace the
f. Test if the resistance between the following terminals downstream oxygen sensor.
of harness connector EM057 of the downstream If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
oxygen sensor and terminals of harness connector test/replace the downstream oxygen sensor or the ECM.
Service Guide
V1.0 169
P300B Mode”, “Throttle Learning Setting Point”, “Throttle

DTC Description Self-learning Error”, “Throttle Error”, “Throttle
Self-learning Not Completed”, “ECT Throttle
Motor”, “Throttle Limp Home Mode Activated”,
P300B 00 Engine Torque Control Adaption at Limit “Failure Occurrence - Electronic Throttle”
Subsystem Principle and “Failure Occurrence - Electronic Throttle
Controller” to check whether they are within the
The potentiometers of the electronic throttle along with the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
two potentiometers fitted on the accelerator pedal module rational value range).
used for monitoring the stroke of accelerator pedal, form part
of the whole electronic throttle control system monitoring c. Perform the forced output of “Throttle Actuator”
function, which can provide the redundancy protection and observe the throttle actuator for relevant
expected by system control. response or action.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Yes → Go to Step 4/5;
2s after the engine runs. • No → Go to Step 2.

Conditions for Setting DTCs 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and check the
The difference between the 1st layer required torque and the electronic throttle for carbon deposit or blockage.
allowable torque is greater than 0, which lasts for 600s. If carbon deposits are found in the electronic throttle,
Operations of ECU after Failure clean them.
DTC P300B is a Category-6 DTC. If internal stuck is found in the electronic throttle, check
Conditions for Clearing DTCs the electronic throttle.
DTC P300B is a Category-6 DTC. 3. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Possible Causes a. Check harness connector EM004 of the electronic

• Connector failure or poor fit. contamination, deformation, etc.
• Mechanical failure.
• Electronic throttle body failure. found in visual check.
• Throttle self-learning failure. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
Reference Information again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Reference Circuit Information • Yes → Go to Step 4/5;
Engine Management System - 1.5L (2) • No → Diagnosis is completed.
EM004, EM055 a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
Reference Electrical Information disconnect the negative battery cable.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection b. Disconnect harness connector EM004 of the

electronic throttle and harness connector EM055 of
Diagnostic Test Steps the ECM.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: of harness connector EM004 of the electronic
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch throttle and terminals of harness connector EM055
in "ON" position. of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
b. Read the “Throttle Angle 1 (Real-time Angle)”, • Terminal EM004-1 and Terminal EM055-87
“Throttle Angle 2”, “Throttle Angle after Filtering”,
“Throttle Angle Relative to Mechanical Bottom
Dead Centre”, “Throttle Position in Limp Home • Terminal EM004-3 and Terminal EM055-107
V1.0 170
• Terminal EM004-4 and Terminal EM055-75 b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
• Terminal EM004-6 and Terminal EM055-77 electronic throttle body.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit c. Place the digital multimeter in ohm range.
d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals the electronic throttle respectively. When moving
of harness connector EM004 of the electronic the valve plate by hand, the resistance shall change
throttle or terminals of harness connector EM055 of continuously.
If the DTC is reset, replace the electronic throttle or
• Terminal EM004-1 or Terminal EM055-87 the ECM.
• Terminal EM004-2 or Terminal EM055-86 Service Guide
• Terminal EM004-3 or Terminal EM055-107 • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
• Terminal EM004-6 or Terminal EM055-77 • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit Control System” - “Electronic Throttle Self-learning -
for short to ground. UMC System”.
for reappearance.
V1.0 171
U0073 • No → Go to Step 2.
DTC FTB Failure Description a. Check harness connector EM054 of the ECM and
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off harness connector BY238 of the GW for looseness,
Subsystem Principle deformation, etc.
The ECM communicates with other control modules via the b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
CAN bus. found in visual check.
Conditions for Running DTCs c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the engine. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
When the controller has the transmission error for certain
times, the "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if • No → Diagnosis is completed.
the "Bus Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. 3. Test related circuits:
Operations of ECU after Failure a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
DTC U0073 is a Category-3 DTC. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
harness connector EM054 of the ECM.
• "Bus Off" state does not appear within 5s.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition terminals of harness connector BY238 of the GW is
cycles. less than 5Ω.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. • Terminal EM054-17 and Terminal BY238-19
• Engine control module failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
• Gateway failure. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Reference Information of harness connector EM054 of the ECM or terminals
Reference Circuit Information of harness connector BY238 of the GW and the
ground is infinite.
Bus System and Gateway (2) & Bus System and Gateway
(3) • Terminal EM054-1 or Terminal BY238-20
BY238, EM054
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection of harness connector EM054 of the ECM or terminals
Diagnostic Test Steps of harness connector BY238 of the GW and the
in "ON" position. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
b. Read the “Failure Occurrence - CAN Bus
Disconnected” to check whether it is within the
rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
V1.0 172
4. Test/replace the ECM or the GW:

test/replace the ECM or the GW.
Service Guide
“Gateway” - “Gateway Module”.
• Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Control
• Replace, programme and set the ECM. “Engine” - “Engine
Fuel and Control System” - “Engine Control Module
(ECM)”.
• Replace, programme and set the ECM. “Safety and
Protection” - “Gateway” - “Gateway Module”.
V1.0 173
U0101 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the

DTC Description ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
Lost Communication with transmission
U0101 87
Control Module (TCM) • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Subsystem Principle 2. Test related circuits:
The ECM communicates with the automatic transmission a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
control module via the CAN bus. If other module tests are normal, continue the
The engine is running at idle speed.
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector EM054 of the ECM and harness
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from the TCM connector BY242 of the automatic TCM.
cannot be received within 2s. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Operations of ECU after Failure of harness connector EM054 of the ECM and
terminals of harness connector BY242 of the
DTC U0101 is a Category-3 DTC.
automatic transmission control module is less than
Conditions for Clearing DTCs 5Ω.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition • Terminal EM054-1 and Terminal BY242-17
cycles.
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100
consecutive times. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Possible Causes
• Connector failure or poor fit. of harness connector BY242 of the automatic
• Automatic transmission control module failure. transmission control module and the ground is
• Engine control module failure. infinite.
Reference Information • Terminal EM054-1 or Terminal BY242-17
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal EM054-17 or Terminal BY242-7
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
BY242, EM054
Reference Electrical Information between terminals of harness connector BY242
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection of the automatic transmission control module or
Diagnostic Test Steps and the ground is between 2-3V:
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • Terminal EM054-1 or Terminal BY242-17
a. Check harness connector EM054 of the ECM • Terminal EM054-17 or Terminal BY242-7
and harness connector BY242 of the automatic
transmission control module for looseness, poor
contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
deformation, etc. f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
V1.0 174
3. Test/replace the ECM or the automatic transmission
control module:

test/replace the ECM or the automatic transmission
control module.
Service Guide
• Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
“Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Transmission Control
Module (TCM)”.
“Transmission/Transaxle” - “Transmission/Transaxle -
AT” - “Transmission Control Module (TCM)”.
V1.0 175
U0126 • Yes → Go to Step 2.

DTC Description • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Lost Communication with Steering Angle
U0126 87 a. Refer to “Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network”.
Sensor Module (SAS)
Subsystem Principle following inspection procedures.
The ECM communicates with the steering angle sensor (SAS) b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
via the CAN bus. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
Conditions for Running DTCs harness connector EM054 of the ECM and harness
connector BY199 of the SAS.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the engine.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from the SAS terminals of harness connector BY199 of the SAS is
cannot be received within 2s. less than 5Ω.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Terminal EM054-1 and Terminal BY199-5
DTC U0126 is a Category-5 DTC.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition for open circuit/high resistance.
cycles.
consecutive times.
of harness connector BY199 of the SAS and the
Possible Causes ground is infinite.
• Related circuits failure. • Terminal EM054-1 or Terminal BY199-5
• Combination switch failure.
Reference Connector End View Information the SAS or terminals of harness connector EM054 of
the ECM and the ground is between 2-3V:
BY199, EM054
a. Check harness connector BY199 of the SAS and ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
harness connector EM054 of the ECM for looseness, again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
deformation, etc.
found in visual check. 3. Test/replace the SAS or the ECM:
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs test/replace the SAS or the ECM.
V1.0 176
Service Guide
“Engine Control Module” - “Engine Control Module
(ECM)”.
• Refer to Service Manual, “Steering System” - “Steering
Wheel and Steering Column” - “Combination Switch”.
V1.0 177
U0140 • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;

DTC Description • No → Go to Step 2.
DTC FTB Failure Description 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Lost Communication with Body Control
U0140 87 a. Check harness connector EM054 of the ECM and
Module (BCM)
harness connector BY026 of the BCM for looseness,
Subsystem Principle poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
deformation, etc.
The ECM communicates with the BCM via the CAN bus.
• 1 s after the communication comes to the normal state.
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• DTC U0073 88 is not set. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from the
BCM cannot be received within 2s.
Use the default value. following inspection procedures.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
consecutive times. harness connector EM054 of the ECM and harness
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition connector BY026 of the BCM.
cycles. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Possible Causes of harness connector EM054 of the ECM and
terminals of harness connector BY026 of the BCM
is less than 5Ω.
• Body control module failure. • Terminal EM054-17 and Terminal BY026-38
Bus System and DLC (3) d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Reference Connector End View Information of harness connector BY026 of the BCM and the
BY026, EM054 ground is infinite.
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal EM054-1 orTerminal BY026-39
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal EM054-17 orTerminal BY026-38
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: e. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
between terminals of harness connector BY026 of
in "ON" position.
the BCM or terminals of harness connector EM054
b. Read the “Failure Occurrence - Input BCM CAN of the ECM and the ground is between 2-3V.
Signal” to check whether it is within the rational
• Terminal EM054-1 orTerminal BY026-39
value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
range). • Terminal EM054-17 orTerminal BY026-38
V1.0 178

4. Test/replace the ECM or the BCM:

test/replace the ECM or the BCM.
Service Guide
• Refer to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body Control
Module” - “Body Control Module (BCM)”.
to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body Control
V1.0 179

Lost Communication with Instrument Pack
U0155 87
(IPK) • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Subsystem Principle
The ECM communicates with the IPK via the CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs following inspection procedures.
• 1s after the communication recovers to normal. b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. harness connector EM054 of the ECM and harness
connector FC006 of the IPK.
• DTC U0073 88 is not set.
Conditions for Setting DTCs c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from the terminals of harness connector FC006 of the IPK is
IPK cannot be received within 2s. less than 5Ω.
• Terminal EM054-1 and Terminal FC006-26
Use the default value. • Terminal EM054-17 and Terminal FC006-27
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 for open circuit/high resistance.
consecutive times. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition of harness connector EM054 of the ECM or terminals
cycles. of harness connector FC006 of the IPK and the
• Related circuits failure. • Terminal EM054-1 or Terminal FC006-26

• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal EM054-17 or Terminal FC006-27
• Engine control module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Instrument pack failure. for short to ground.
between terminals of harness connector FC006 of
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) the IPK or terminals of harness connector EM054 of
Reference Connector End View Information the ECM and the ground is between 2-3V:
EM054, FC006 • Terminal EM054-1 or Terminal FC006-26
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal EM054-17 or Terminal FC006-27
a. Check harness connector EM054 of the ECM and again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
harness connector FC006 of the IPK for looseness, • Yes → Go to Step 3;
deformation, etc.
3. Test/replace the ECM or the IPK:
test/replace the ECM or the IPK.
V1.0 180
Service Guide
• Refer to Service Manual, “Driver Information and
Entertainment” - “Display and Instrument” - “Instrument
Pack”.
Refer to Service Manual, “Driver Information and
Pack”.
V1.0 181
V1.0 182
DTC List TCM
DTC List
List
Transmission
Malfunction Failure
DTC FTB Description MIL* Level
Indicator
Lamp*
P0218 00 ATF High ATF Temperature Warning OFF ON II
P0562 00 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage below Threshold ON ON II
P0563 00 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage above Threshold ON ON II
P0601 00 ECU ROM General Checksum Failure ON ON II
P0603 00 Internal Control Module Keep Alive Memory (KAM) error ON ON II
P0604 00 ECU RAM Data Memory Failure ON ON II
P0705 00 Selector position switch GND short/Open (No signal) ON ON II
P0706 00 Selector position switch B+ short (Multi position signal) ON ON II
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit
P0711 00 ON ON II
Range/Performance error
P0712 00 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit Low ON ON II
P0713 00 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit High ON ON II
Input revolution sensor Electrical Failure (B+ short / GND short
P0715 00 ON ON II
/ Open)
P0717 00 Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal ON ON II
Output revolution sensor Electrical Failure (B+ short / GND
P0720 00 ON ON II
short / Open)
P0722 00 Output Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal ON ON II
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MAX pressure stuck (S1
P0741 00 Max or SLU MIN),Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLU) OFF ON ON II
Stuck (SLU MIN or S1 MAX)
P0742 00 Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Stuck On OFF ON II
P0751 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MIN pressure stuck OFF ON II
P0761 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC1) MIN pressure ON ON II
P0762 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC1) MAX pressure ON ON II
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MAX pressure stuck (S1
P0766 00 Max or SLC2 MIN),Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC2) MIN ON ON II
pressure
P0767 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC2) MAX pressure ON ON II
P0826 00 Manual switch Out of service OFF ON II
P0867 00 Complete neutral OFF ON II
P0973 00 Shift Solenoid "S1" Control Circuit Low ON ON II
P0974 00 Shift Solenoid "S1" Control Circuit High ON ON II
P0978 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Electrical error ON ON II
P0979 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Control Circuit Low ON ON II
P0980 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1” Control Circuit High ON ON II
V1.0 183
TCM DTC List
Transmission
Malfunction Failure
DTC FTB Description MIL* Level
Indicator
Lamp*
P0981 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Electrical error ON ON II
P0982 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Control Circuit Low ON ON II
P0983 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Control Circuit High ON ON II
P0997 00 Linear solenoid (SLB1) Feedback current Stick ON ON II
P0998 00 Linear solenoid (SLB1) GND short ON ON II
P0999 00 Linear solenoid (SLB1) B+ short ON ON II
P1731 00 No engine brake (SLC1 MIN or SLC2 MIN or SLU MIN) OFF ON II
P1897 11 EMOP B+ short OFF ON II
P1897 15 EMOP GND short OFF ON II
P1897 16 Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Circuit Voltage above Threshold OFF OFF Ⅲ
P1897 17 EMOP Low voltage supply for EMOP control OFF OFF Ⅲ
P1899 09 EMOP Functional failure of EMOP OFF ON II
P2707 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLB1) MIN pressure ON ON II
P2708 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLB1) MAX pressure ON ON II
P2762 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLU" Electrical error ON ON II
Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control
P2763 00 ON ON II
Circuit High
Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control
P2764 00 ON ON II
Circuit Low
U0001 00 CAN Bus Off ON ON II
U0100 00 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) ON ON II
U0121 00 Lost Communication with Stability Control System (SCS) OFF ON II
U0140 00 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) OFF OFF II
U0155 00 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) OFF ON II
U1562 17 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage above Threshold OFF ON II
U1563 16 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage below Threshold OFF ON II
*Remarks:
• MIL lamp: Engine Emission Malfunction Indicator Lamp, which is used to indicate the engine failures
which have effects on engine performance and emission.
• Transmission Malfunction Indicator Lamp: transmission malfunction indicator lamp receives signals
from the TCM, indicating that there is a fault in the automatic transmission.
• Failure level description:
– Ⅰ: Stop the vehicle immediately for repair

– Ⅱ: Carefully drive to 4S store for repair
– Ⅲ: Repair as soon as possible
– Ⅳ: No need to repair or repair during maintenance
V1.0 184
Circuit Diagram TCM
Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
V1.0 185
TCM Circuit Diagram
V1.0 186
Circuit Diagram TCM
V1.0 187
TCM Circuit Diagram
V1.0 188
Connector Information TCM
Connector Information Dynamic Stability System Control Unit BY002
Connector Information

1 KL.30
Pin No. Pin Information 4 Right Front Wheel Speed
1 Oil Pressure Switch Sensor Signal -
2 Left Direction Indicator 8 Left Front Wheel Speed
Lamp Signal Sensor Signal -
3 Ground 12 ESP Off Switch
4 KL.30 13 Ground
5 KL.30 14 CAN L
6 Ground 16 Right Front Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal +
7 KL.30
8 KL.R
Sensor Signal +
9 KL.30
10 Ground Sensor Signal -
11 KL.30 19 Left Front Wheel Speed
12 Low Beam Output Sensor Signal +
13 Low Beam Output 25 KL.30
14 KL.30 26 CAN H
15 KL.30 28 KL.15
18 KL.15 (ignition switch) 29 Right Rear Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal -
19 KL.30
20 KL.30
Sensor Signal +
21 KL.50
38 Ground
V1.0 189
TCM Connector Information
Instrument Pack FC006 Body Control Module BY025

1 KL.30 2 High Beam Relay Coil
3 IMMO Transmission Line_2 3 Horn Relay Coil
4 IMMO Transmission Line_1 4 Drive the Driver Window
5 IMMO Clock Line Down
6 IMMO Data Line 5 Starter Motor Relay Coil
8 Ground 8 Safety Lock Relay Coil
10 BCM Acoustic Request 12 Door Lock Status Indicator
12 Brake Fluid Level 13 Front Compartment Lid

Switch Status Signal
13 Seat Belt (Driver)
14 Wiper Intermittent Wipe
15 Hand Brake
Time Selection Signal
16 Fuel Sensor Signal -
15 Front Wiper Speed Relay
17 KL.15
16 Rear Wiper Relay Coil
18 KL.R
17 Width Lamp Relay Coil
18 Front Wiper Enable Relay
20 Left Direction Indicator Coil
Lamp Signal
19 Wiper Analog Ground
25 Daytime Running Lamp Relay
27 Internal Central Lock Switch
23 Driver Door Open
Lamp Signal
26 HS CAN H
27 HS CAN L
29 High Beam
V1.0 190
Body Control Module BY026 Pin No. Pin Information
24 Low Beam Switch
27 Heated Rear Window
28 Front Wiper Homing Signal
29 Front Wiper Mode Selection
Switch 2
30 Hazard Warning Lamp
Switch
Lamp Switch
33 Luggage Compartment Lid
Ajar Warning Switch
Pin No. Pin Information 34 Passenger Door Ajar
1 Solar Sensor Signal Line Warning Switch
2 KL.50 35 Driver Door Unlocked with

Key Signal
3 Rear Wiper/Washer Switch
36 High Beam Switch
4 Front Wiper/Washer Switch
37 Rear Fog Lamp Switch
5 Driver Window Down
Switch 38 CAN L
7 Driver Side One-button 39 CAN H

Down Switch GW 1 BY238
8 Rear Wiper Homing Signal
9 Rear Wiper Switch
Switch 1
Lamp Switch
12 Position Lamp Switch
13 Driver Window Up Switch
14 Tail Gate Unlock Switch
15 Driver Door Ajar Warning
Switch
16 Driver Door Locked with Pin No. Pin Information
Key Signal 5 KL30
17 High Beam Blink Switch 11 CAN H
18 IMMO SPI Bus Data Line 12 Pin No.Description
19 IMMO SPI Bus Clock Line 13 CAN L
20 N Gear/Clutch Switch 19 CAN L
21 KL.R (ACC switch) 20 CAN H
22 KL.15 (ignition switch) 22 Ignition Switch On/ BCM
23 Reverse Gear Switch Start
V1.0 191
Pin No. Pin Information Transmission Control Unit B GB002

23 Ground
36 Ignition Switch Operation
Status
Transmission Control Unit A GB001

1 R Gear
5 Output Speed Sensor Signal
-
Pin No. Pin Information 6 Input Speed Sensor Signal -
1 Ground 7 D Gear
Oil Temperature Sensor 8 N Gear

2
(OT) (+) 9 Gear Shift Switch
Pressure Control Solenoid 14 Output Speed Sensor Signal
3
Valve (SLC) (-) +
Pressure Control Solenoid 16 Input Speed Sensor Signal +
4
Valve (SLU) (+) 20 P Gear
Lock-up Clutch Control 21 Gear Shift Signal +
5
Solenoid Valve (SLU) (-)
22 Gear Shift Signal -
6 KL.30
Output Speed Sensor GB004
7 CAN L
11 Ground
12 CAN L
Pressure Control Solenoid
15
Valve (SLU) (-)
Electromagnetic Oil Pump
16
(EMOP) (-)
17 CAN H
Oil Temperature Sensor
19
(OT) (-)
Lock-up Clutch Control
21
Solenoid Valve (SLU) (+)
22 Supply Voltage (+)
23 Ground
V1.0 192
1 Output Speed Sensor Signal 6 Supply Voltage (+)
- 7 CAN L
2 Output Speed Sensor Signal Pressure Control Solenoid
+ 9
Valve (SLC) (-)
Input Speed Sensor GB005 Electromagnetic Oil Pump
10
(EMOP) (-)
11
(OT) (+)
12
(OT) (-)
15 CAN H
16 Shift Solenoid Valve (S)
CAN Communication Signal
17
(high)
19
Valve (SLC2) (-)
Pin No. Pin Information Pressure Control Solenoid

21
Valve (SLC2) (+)
1 Input Speed Sensor Signal -
2 Input Speed Sensor Signal + 22
Valve (SLC1) (+)
Transmission Solenoid Valve GB006 23 Ground (-)
24 Ignition Switch Voltage
Gear Selection Switch GB007

1 Ground (-)
2 Pin No. Pin Information
Valve (SLU) (-)
Output Speed Sensor (SP)
Lock-up Clutch Control 5
3 (-)
Input Speed Sensor (NC2)
Pressure Control Solenoid 6
4 (-)
Valve (SLU) (+)
7 “D” Signal (NSW)
5 8 “N” Signal (NSW)
V1.0 193

9 Manual Shift Mode Switch 17 CAN L
Output Speed Sensor (SP) Main Load Sensor Power
14 19
(+) Supply
Input Speed Sensor (NC2) 20 Continuity Power Supply
16
(+) Downstream Oxygen
21
20 “P” Signal (NSW) Sensor
21 Manual Shift Switch (upshift) Redundant Neutral Switch
22
Manual Shift Switch (SS only)
22
(downshift) 23 Brake Switch
Engine Control Module EM34 25 Brake Lamp

A/C Medium Pressure
27
Switch
28 A/C Switch
31 Fan Control 2
32 IMMO Input
35 Ignition Switch
36
Power Supply
37
Power Supply
Pin No. Pin Information Auto Stop Status Output
40
1 CAN Bus 1 High (SS)
2 LIN Bus Interface (SS) 41 Fuel Pump Relay
5 Main Relay 42 A/C Compressor Relay
Clutch High-position Switch Rear Oxygen / A/C

6 43
(NoSS only) Temperature Ground
7 Accelerator Pedal 1 Ground 45 Accelerator Pedal Sensor 1
Stop/Start Master Switch (SS 46 Main Load Sensor

8
only) Downstream Oxygen
48
Master Cylinder Stroke Sensor Heater
10
Sensor Stop/Start Status Indicator
49
11 Clutch High-position Switch (SS)
12 Brake Vacuum Sensor KL50 Status Feedback Signal

53
(SS only)
Starter Status Feedback (SS
13 56 Fan Control 1
only)
14 Engine Running Request (SS) Starter Motor Relay (SS
58
only)
Non-continuous Power
15 59 Accelerator Pedal 2 Ground
Supply
Non-continuous Power Intake Air Temperature
16 61
Supply Sensor
V1.0 194
63 ECM Ground 2 Lower Master Centre
2N
64 ECM Ground 1 Console Switch
67 Fuel Injector 4 (Cylinder 1) 2D Main Relay
68 Fuel Injector 1 (Cylinder 3) 1E KL.30
72 Fuel Injector 2 (Cylinder 4) Starter Motor Relay (low

4K
side)
73 1N Starter Status Feedback
Heater
74 Fuel Injector 3 (Cylinder 2) Electronic Vacuum Pump
4F
Relay Coil
1P KL.30
Throttle Position Sensor 1
77 1Q KL.30
Signal
Throttle Position Sensor 2 2M A/C Switch
78
Signal 2L A/C Pressure Switch
Front Oxygen Sensor 3C KL.15
80
Ground 3K A/C Clutch Relay Signal
84 Speed Sensor Ground 1H KL.50
Water/Oil Temperature 3J Fuel Pump Relay Signal
85
Sensor Ground
2P High-speed Fan
86 Throttle Ground
AH Low-speed Fan
1O Clutch Rotation Request
89 Knock Sensor B
3H A/C OFF Signal
90 Knock Sensor A
2F Gear Selection Switch Signal
3E 2G Brake Pedal Signal
Accelerator Pedal Position 2J KL.15 (ignition switch)
1G
Sensor 1 Ground 2C 5V Power Supply
Accelerator Pedal Position 1B LIN Signal
3N
Sensor 1 Signal
1A CAN H
2O 2A CAN L
Sensor 2 Signal
4Q Ground 1
4L 4P Ground 2
Sensor 2 Ground
3D
2Q IMMO Signal Input
1J Cruise Signal
1M Brake Vacuum Sensor Signal
3P Ground
Lower Centre Console
4A
Lamp
V1.0 195
TCM Diagnostic Information and Procedure
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Diagnostic Test Steps

P0218 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
DTC Description with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
DTC FTB Failure Description a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
P0218 00 ATF High ATF Temperature Warning in "ON" position.
b. Read the “Transmission Fluid Temperature" to check
Subsystem Principle
whether it is within the rational value range (refer to
The fluid temperature sensor is a negative temperature the Appendix for rational value range).
coefficient sensor. When the temperature rises, the sensor
• Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
resistance lowers; when the temperature decreases, the
control module;
sensor resistance increases. The resistance change is inversely
proportional to the transmission fluid temperature. The TCM • No → Go to Step 2.
calculates the transmission fluid temperature through the 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
sensor resistance.
a. Check harness connector BY244 of the transmission
Conditions for Running DTCs solenoid valve and harness connector BY242 of
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. the automatic transmission control module for
• The battery voltage is between 10.2-15.5V. looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
• Not in the Maintenance Mode.
• Reading EEPROM is completed. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• The engine speed is greater than 400rpm.
• The CAN communication is normal. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• No fluid temperature sensor failure.
The signal value of the fluid temperature sensor is not less than
155℃, which lasts for 10s.
Transmission MIL comes on. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Disconnect harness connector BY244 of the

transmission solenoid valve and harness connector
• The signal value of the fluid temperature sensor is less
BY242 of the automatic transmission control module.
than 140℃, which lasts for 3s.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
cycles. of harness connector BY242 of the automatic
transmission control module and terminals of harness
Possible Causes
connector BY244 of the transmission solenoid valve
• Related circuits failure. is less than 5Ω.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal BY244-1 and Terminal BY242-11
• Transmission solenoid valve failure.
• Terminal BY244-7 and Terminal BY242-12
• Automatic transmission control module failure.
4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1) of harness connector BY242 of the automatic
Reference Connector End View Information transmission control module or terminals of harness
BY242, BY244
• Terminal BY244-1 or Terminal BY242-11
V1.0 196
Diagnostic Information and Procedure TCM
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit • Replace, programme and set the control module.
for short to ground. Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
Module (TCM)”.
of harness connector BY242 of the automatic
transmission control module or terminals of harness
4. Test/replace the automatic transmission control module
or the transmission solenoid valve.
a. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 7
of harness connector BY244 of the transmission
solenoid valve fluid temperature sensor conforms to
the resistance listed in the table below.
Temperature (℃) Resistance (KΩ)

10 5.62-7.30
110 0.224-0.271
b. If the measured resistance is not within the specified

range, replace the transmission solenoid valve fluid
temperature sensor or the valve body harness
assembly.
test/replace the automatic transmission control module.
Service Guide
Module (TCM)”.
• Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/ Transaxle”
- “Transmission/ Transaxle - AT” - “Automatic
Transmission Fluid - Refill”.
• Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/ Transaxle”
- “Transmission/ Transaxle - AT” - “Automatic
Transmission Fluid - Drain and Refill”.
“Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Valve Body Assembly”.
“Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Valve Body Cover”.
V1.0 197
P0562, P0563, U1562 and U1563 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
DTC Description cycles.
KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage below • Related circuits failure.

P0562 00
Threshold • Connector failure or poor fit.
KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage above • Alternator failure.
P0563 00
Threshold • Battery failure.
KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage above • Automatic Transmission Control Module.
U1562 17
Threshold Reference Information
KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage below Reference Circuit Information
U1563 16
Threshold
The automatic transmission control module continuously BY040, BY242
monitors the system voltage of ignition switch voltage circuit.
If the system voltage is below the normal value, then the
passenger compartment fuse box may not be operated in Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
a correct manner. Abnormal solenoid valve operation may
result in unsteady transmission running, which may lead to
internal damage. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Conditions for Running DTCs with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
in "ON" position.
• Not in overhaul mode.
b. Read the “Control Module Voltage (Ignition
• The engine input shaft speed is greater than 400rpm,
Voltage)” to check whether it is within the rational
which lasts for 2s.
• No input shaft speed sensor failure is detected. range).
• No engine speed failure is detected.
• No communication off failure is detected. control module;
• Lost communication with the engine failure is not set. • No → Go to Step 2.
P0563, U1562: The battery voltage is greater than 16V for 20s.
a. Check harness connector BY040 of the passenger
P0562, U1563: The battery voltage is less than 9V for 20s. compartment fuse box and harness connector
Operations of ECU after Failure BY242 of the automatic transmission control module
P0562, U1563: contamination, deformation, etc.
• Engine MIL comes on. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• Transmission MIL comes on. found in visual check.
• Limp Home Mode 5. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
P0563, U1562: ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
• Engine MIL comes on.
• Transmission MIL comes on.
• Limp Home Mode 3.
• The battery voltage is between 9-16V, which lasts for 20s.
passenger compartment fuse box and harness
V1.0 198
connector BY242 of the automatic transmission • Replace, programme and set the control module.
control module. Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
Module (TCM)”.
connector BY040 of the passenger compartment
fuse box is less than 5Ω.
fuse box and the ground is infinite.
fuse box and the power supply is infinite.
4. Test/replace the automatic transmission control module:
Service Guide
Module (TCM)”.
V1.0 199

P0601 00 ECU ROM General Checksum Failure
Internal Control Module Keep Alive
P0603 00 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Memory (KAM) error
2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTCs P0601, P0603,
P0604 00 ECU RAM Data Memory Failure
and P0604 is set with a scan tool.
Subsystem Principle If related DTCs are set, diagnose these DTCs first.
Internal failure of the automatic transmission control module 3. After DTCs are cleared, programme and confirm that
is detected, without involving external circuit. DTCs P0601, P0603 and P0604 are not set.
Conditions for Running DTCs 4. If the DTCs are reset, test/replace the automatic
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. transmission control module.
Conditions for Setting DTCs Service Guide
P0601: The calculated checksum and the checksum correctly • Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
stored in the flash memory are detected different. “Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Transmission Control
Module (TCM)”.
P0603: Read and write values in all RAM program are detected
different in initialization inspection. • Replace, programme and set the control module.
Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
P0604: The calculated checksum in RAM and all checksum in “Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Transmission Control
EEPROM are detected different. Module (TCM)”.
P0601 and P0604:

P0603:

P0601:
• The first checksum calculation is detected to be executed

after the correct initialization.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
cycles.
P0603 and P0604:
• No failure is detected in the initialization function.

cycles.
Possible Causes
Automatic transmission control module failure.
V1.0 200
P0705 and P0706 • Limp Home Mode 3.
DTC Description Conditions for Clearing DTCs
DTC FTB Failure Description P0705:
Selector position switch GND short/Open • The transmission gear position sensor detects the “D”
P0705 00
(No signal) gear signal.
Selector position switch B+ short (Multi • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
P0706 00
position signal) cycles.
Subsystem Principle P0706:

The neutral start switch is located on the gear selection shaft • The transmission gear position sensor detects the
on the top of the transmission. The shift lever position receives “Except D” gear signal.
the voltage output provided by the neutral start switch and • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
informs which gear is selected by the driver, and the shift cycles.
lever position confirms the shift lever position by monitoring 6
Possible Causes
groups of contacts on the neutral start switch. Each group of
contacts respectively corresponds to one of 6 positions of the • Related circuits failure.
shift lever. Only one group of contacts always supplies battery • Connector failure or poor fit.
voltage to the shift lever position, and the shift lever position • Engine control module failure.
monitors the output of this switch. The electric input of the
• Neutral start switch failure.
neutral start switch is supplied by the fuse F08 in the engine
compartment fuse box. • Body control module failure.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Starter relay failure.

P0705:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• The battery voltage is 10.2-15.5V.
• Not in the Maintenance Mode. Reference Connector End View Information
• Reading EEPROM is completed. EM34, BY241, BY025, BY147
• The engine speed is greater than 400rpm. Reference Electrical Information

• The CAN communication is normal. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Not in the Limp Home Mode.
• The vehicle speed is no less than 30km/h.
• Output sensor failure is not detected. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
P0706: a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. in "ON" position.
• The battery voltage is 10.2-15.5V. b. Read the “Shift Lever Position” and “N range” to
• Not in the Maintenance Mode. check whether they are within the rational value
• Reading EEPROM is completed. range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
range).
P0705: The transmission gear position sensor circuit signal is
control module.
not detected, which lasts for 30s.
P0706: 2 or more transmission gear position sensor circuit
signals are detected, which lasts for 5s. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Operations of ECU after Failure a. Check harness connector EM34 of the ECM, harness
• Engine MIL comes on. connector BY241 of the neutral start switch,
harness connector BY025 of the BCM and harness
connector BY147 of the engine compartment
V1.0 201
fuse box for looseness, poor contact, distortion, of harness connector BY241 of the neutral start
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc. switch or terminals of harness connector BY025 of
the BCM or terminals of harness connector BY147
of the engine compartment fuse box and the power
supply is infinite.
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. • Terminal EM34-2F or Terminal BY241-4
• Yes → Go to Step 3; • Terminal BY025-5 or Terminal BY241-5
• No → Diagnosis is completed. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, test if
Fuse F15 is blown. If the fuse is blown, test related
circuit for short to ground.
b. Disconnect the negative battery cable, and • Yes → Go to Step 4;
disconnect harness connector EM34 of the ECM, • No → Diagnosis is completed.
4. Test/replace the neutral start switch or the ECM or the
connector BY147 of the engine compartment fuse
BCM:
box.
c. Disconnect harness connector BY241 of the neutral
test/replace the neutral start switch or the ECM or the
start switch.
BCM.
Service Guide
of harness connector EM34 of the ECM, terminals of
harness connector BY241 of the neutral start switch, • Refer to Service Manual, “Power Supply and Signal
terminals of harness connector BY025 of the BCM Distribution” - “Power Supply and Signal Distribution” -
and terminals of harness connector BY147 of the “Engine Compartment Fuse Box”.
engine compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω. • Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
“Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Neutral Start Switch”.
• Terminal EM34-2F and Terminal BY241-4 “Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Neutral Start Switch -
• Terminal BY025-5 and Terminal BY241-5 Check and Adjustment”.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit • Refer to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body Control
for open circuit/high resistance. Module” - “Body Control Module (BCM)”.
of harness connector BY241 of the neutral start • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
switch or terminals of harness connector BY025 of to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body Control
the BCM or terminals of harness connector BY147 Module” - “Body Control Module (BCM)”.
of the engine compartment fuse box and the ground • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
is infinite. to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control
• Terminal EM34-2F or Terminal BY241-4
V1.0 202
P0711, P0712 and P0713 • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
DTC Description • The battery voltage is 10.2-15.5V.
DTC FTB Failure Description • Not in the Maintenance Mode.
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor • Reading EEPROM is completed.
P0711 00
Circuit Range/Performance error • The engine speed is greater than 400rpm.
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor • The CAN communication is normal.
P0712 00
Circuit Low • The engine run time is more than 1 minutes.
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor • Not in Limp Home Mode.
P0713 00
Circuit High Conditions for Setting DTCs
Subsystem Principle P0711:
The automatic transmission fluid temperature sensor provides • The fluid temperature is not greater than 20℃.
the transmission fluid temperature signal for the transmission • The shift lever is not placed in “P”, “R” or “N” position.
control module (automatic transmission control module).
• The vehicle speed is no less than 40km/h.
The transmission control module provides 5V reference
voltage signal for the sensor. The automatic transmission • |fluid temperature temporary A/D value － fluid
fluid temperature sensor is a variable resistor measuring the temperature A/D value| is not greater than 10.
temperature change of the transmission fluid. The sensor • |fluid temperature basic A/D value－fluid temperature
adopts negative temperature coefficient. It indicates that the A/D value| is not greater than 10, which lasts for 10
resistance value decreases with the increase of temperature, minutes.
and vice versa. In accordance with the temperature
P0712: Input A/D value is less than 10 (fluid temperature is
difference between the engine coolant temperature sensor
greater than 200℃), which lasts for 60s.
and the automatic transmission fluid temperature sensor,
the transmission control module determines whether the P0713: Input A/D value is greater than 1,010 (fluid
temperature is within their allowable working ranges. temperature is less than -55℃), which lasts for 12s.
Conditions for Running DTCs Operations of ECU after Failure
P0711: • Engine MIL comes on.

• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Transmission MIL comes on.
• The battery voltage is 10.2-15.5V. Conditions for Clearing DTCs
• Not in the Maintenance Mode. • Input A/D value is between 41 and 605 (fluid temperature
• Reading EEPROM is completed. is between 20℃ and 150℃), which lasts for 10s..
• The engine speed is greater than 400rpm. • It is detected that the change of fluid temperature is
greater than ±10 (A/D value) after initialization.
• The CAN communication is normal.
• The fluid temperature sensor input value is between
cycles.
10 and 1,010 (fluid temperature is between -55℃ and
200℃). Possible Causes
• Gear selection switch failure is not detected. • Related circuits failure.
• The fluid temperature sensor short to battery/ground or • Connector failure or poor fit.
open circuit is not detected. • Valve body assembly failure.
• Not in Limp Home Mode. • Automatic transmission control module failure.
P0712: Reference Information
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Reference Circuit Information

• The battery voltage is 10.2-15.5V. 4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
• Reading EEPROM is completed. BY242, BY244
P0713:
V1.0 203
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal BY244-1 or Terminal BY242-11
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal BY244-7 or Terminal BY242-12
in "ON" position.
b. Read the “Transmission Fluid Temperature" to check and the power supply is infinite.
the Appendix for rational value range).
control module; If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
a. Check harness connector BY244 of the transmission again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
solenoid valve and harness connector BY242 of
the automatic transmission control module for • Yes → Go to Step 4;
looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, • No → Diagnosis is completed.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts or the transmission solenoid valve.
a. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 7
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the of harness connector BY244 of the transmission
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs solenoid valve fluid temperature sensor conforms to
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. the resistance listed in the table below.
Temperature (℃) Resistance (KΩ)
10 5.62-7.30
110 0.224-0.271
b. Disconnect harness connector BY244 of the b. If the measured resistance is not within specified
transmission solenoid valve and harness connector range, replace the transmission solenoid valve fluid
BY242 of the automatic transmission control module. temperature sensor or the valve body harness
assembly.
of harness connector BY242 of the automatic If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
transmission control module and terminals of harness test/replace the automatic transmission control module.
connector BY244 of the transmission solenoid valve Service Guide
is less than 5Ω.
• Terminal BY244-1 and Terminal BY242-11 “Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Transmission Control
• Terminal BY244-7 and Terminal BY242-12 Module (TCM)”.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit • Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
for open circuit/high resistance. “Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Valve Body Assembly”.
Module (TCM)”.
V1.0 204
P0715 and P0717 Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC Description P0715: Input A/D value is less than 45 (0.206V) or input A/D
DTC FTB Failure Description value is greater than 545 (2.727V), which lasts for 1s.
Input revolution sensor Electrical Failure P0717: 500*38 times of pulse signal of output shaft speed
P0715 00
(B+ short / GND short / Open) sensor are not detected.
Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit No Operations of ECU after Failure
P0717 00
Signal • Engine MIL comes on.
Subsystem Principle • Transmission MIL comes on.
Input shaft speed sensor (NC2) is a Hall-effect sensor. The • Limp Home Mode 3.
reluctance distribution ring on the clutch drum C1 will rotate Conditions for Clearing DTCs
when the hydraulic torque converter drives the input shaft.
• The input shaft speed is greater than 300rpm, which lasts
When passing through the input sensor, each gear tooth will
for 70s.
generate a signal and send it to the automatic transmission
control module. The automatic transmission control module
cycles.
converts the square signal into speed.
Possible Causes
P0715:
• Input shaft speed sensor failure.
• Reading EEPROM is completed.
P0717:
• Not in the Maintenance Mode. BY246, BY243
• Reading EEPROM is completed. Reference Electrical Information
• The engine speed is greater than 400rpm. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• The CAN communication is normal. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• Limp home mode is not applied and the shift lever is with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
placed in D or W gear position.
• Gear selection switch failure is not detected. in "ON" position.
• Not in shifting. b. Read the “Transmission Input Shaft Speed” to check
• Not in garage shifting. whether it is within the rational value range (refer to
• Not in C1 close control. the Appendix for rational value range).
• Current gear is above 2nd gear. • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
• No output shaft speed sensor failure is detected. control module;
• The output shaft speed is not less than 300rpm. • No → Go to Step 2.

• The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) short to battery/ground 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
or open circuit is not detected. a. Check harness connector BY246 of the input
• The linear solenoid valve (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1) short to speed sensor and harness connector BY243 of
battery/ground, open circuit, or feedback current stuck the automatic transmission control module for
is not detected. looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
• The input shaft speed sensor short to battery/ground or contamination, deformation, etc.
open circuit is not detected. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
V1.0 205
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs disconnect the negative battery cable.
b. Disconnect harness connector BY246 of the input
• Yes → Go to Step 3; shaft speed sensor.
• No → Diagnosis is completed. c. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of
3. Test related circuits: harness connector BY246 of the input shaft speed
sensor is between 800 and 1,000Ω.
disconnect the negative battery cable. If it is not within the specified range, replace the
input shaft speed sensor.
b. Disconnect harness connector BY246 of the input
speed sensor and harness connector BY243 of the If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
automatic transmission control module. test/replace the automatic transmission control module.
c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Service Guide

of harness connector BY243 of the automatic • Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
transmission control module and terminals of harness “Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Input Speed Sensor”.
connector BY246 of the input speed sensor is less • Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
than 5Ω. “Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Transmission Control
• Terminal BY246-2 and Terminal BY243-16 • Replace, programme and set the control module.
Module (TCM)”.
connector BY246 of the input speed sensor and the
ground is infinite.
connector BY246 of the input speed sensor and the
or the input speed sensor:
V1.0 206
P0720 and P0722 • The output shaft speed sensor short to battery/ground
DTC Description or open circuit is not detected.
DTC FTB Failure Description Conditions for Setting DTCs
Output revolution sensor Electrical Failure P0720: Input A/D value is less than 45 (0.206V) or input A/D
P0720 00
(B+ short / GND short / Open) value is greater than 545 (2.727V), which lasts for 1,000ms.
P0722 00 Output Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal P0722: 500*13 times of pulse signal of input shaft speed sensor
are not detected.
Subsystem Principle
The output shaft speed sensor (OSS) is a Hall-effect sensor.
The output shaft speed sensor is fitted on the automatic P0720:
transmission housing assembly, and the sensor signal is • Engine MIL comes on.
generated by the sensor gear teeth passing through the • Transmission MIL comes on.
reluctance distribution ring of the parking gear. The automatic
transmission control module converts the square signal into
speed. The sensor signal enables to monitor the transmission P0722:
state. It processes signals and compares them with the data
stored in the memory. If these signals are not in the range
of parameters stored, the will adjust the operation of the
transmission through the actuator, to provide the optimal • Limp Home Mode 2.
driveability and other performances. Conditions for Clearing DTCs
Conditions for Running DTCs • The output shaft speed is greater than 300rpm, which
P0720: lasts for more than 70s.
cycles.
Possible Causes
P0722:
• Output shaft speed sensor failure.
• The engine speed is greater than 400rpm.
• Limp home mode is not applied and the shift lever is BY245, BY243
placed in D or W gear position. Reference Electrical Information
• Gear selection switch failure is not detected. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Not in garage shifting.
• Not in shifting.
• Not in C1 close control.
• No input shaft speed sensor failure is detected.
in "ON" position.
• The output shaft speed is not less than 300rpm.
b. Read the “Transmission Output Shaft Speed” and
• The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) short to battery/ground
“Vehicle Speed (calculated from the output speed)”
or open circuit is not detected.
to check whether they are within the rational value
• The linear solenoid valve (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1) short to range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
battery/ground, open circuit, or feedback current stuck range).
is not detected.
V1.0 207
• Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission • Terminal BY245-2 or Terminal BY243-14

control module;
• No → Go to Step 2. for short to battery.
a. Check harness connector BY245 of the output ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
speed sensor and harness connector BY243 of again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
or the output speed sensor.
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs b. Disconnect harness connector BY245 of the output
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. shaft speed sensor.
• Yes → Go to Step 3; c. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of
• No → Diagnosis is completed. harness connector BY245 of the output shaft speed
sensor is between 800 and 1,000Ω.
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position. output shaft speed sensor.
b. Disconnect harness connector BY245 of the output If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
speed sensor and harness connector BY243 of the test/replace the automatic transmission control module.
automatic transmission control module.
Service Guide
“Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Output Speed Sensor”.
connector BY245 of the output speed sensor is less • Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
Module (TCM)”.
• Terminal BY245-2 and Terminal BY243-14 Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit “Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Transmission Control
for open circuit/high resistance. Module (TCM)”.

connector BY245 of the output speed sensor and
the ground is infinite.
connector BY245 of the output speed sensor and
the power supply is infinite.
V1.0 208
P0741 and P0766 • Reading EEPROM is completed.
DTC Description • The engine speed is greater than 400rpm.
DTC FTB Failure Description • The CAN communication is normal.
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MAX • The shift lever is placed in the 3rd gear position.
pressure stuck (S1 Max or SLU MIN),Shift • The output speed is not less than 500rpm.
P0741 00
solenoid Functional Failure (SLU) OFF Stuck • Gear ratio failure (3rd gear clamping is not detected).
(SLU MIN or S1 MAX)
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MAX
• Not in shifting.
pressure stuck (S1 Max or SLC2 MIN),Shift
P0766 00 • The shift lever is placed in the D or W gear position.
solenoid Functional Failure (SLC2) MIN
pressure • The fluid temperature is not lower than -20℃.
• The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) circuit is normal.
Subsystem Principle
The gear shift solenoid valve S1 is fitted on the valve body, and
the TCM controls the ON/OFF of the gear shift solenoid valve P0741: It is detected for 6 accumulative times that |engine
S1. It switches the oil passages according to the ON/OFF state speed－input shaft speed|＞100rpm, which lasts for 2s.
of the gear shift solenoid valve S1 to realize the fuel economy. P0766: It is detected for 5 accumulative times that |input shaft
As a failure protection function, when any gear shift solenoid speed－output shaft speed * expected gear transmission ratio|
valve is abnormal, the TCM can cut off the current to the ＞GErev2 speed, which lasts for 1s.
solenoid valve. The gear shift solenoid valve S1 is normally
closed.
P0741:
P0741:
P0766:
• Not in the Maintenance Mode. • Engine MIL comes on.
• Reading EEPROM is completed. • Transmission MIL comes on.
• The engine speed is greater than 400rpm. • Limp Home Mode 2.
• The CAN communication is normal. Conditions for Clearing DTCs

• Not under the garage gear shift control. P0741:
• Not under the gear shift control and the shift lever is • It is detected for 2 consecutive times that |engine speed
placed in the D or W gear position. －input shaft speed| ≤ 30rpm, which lasts for 2s.
• 8s after shifting the lever out of D or W position. • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
• The engine speed is less than 4,000rpm. cycles.
• The fluid temperature is not lower than -7℃. P0766:
• The oil pressure of SLU solenoid valve is not less than • It is detected for 5 accumulative times that |input shaft
511KPa, which lasts for 3s. speed－output shaft speed * expected gear transmission
• The SLU solenoid valve circuit is normal. ratio (*2)|＜GErev1 (*5) rpm, which lasts for more than
• The shift lever is placed in the 1st gear position and the 1s.
engine brake is applied. • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
• The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) circuit is normal. cycles.
• The torque is greater than 0. Possible Causes
P0766: • Related circuits failure.

V1.0 209
Reference Information d. Test if the resistance between harness connector

terminal BY242-16 of the automatic transmission
control module or harness connector terminal
4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1) BY244-10 of the transmission solenoid valve and the
Reference Connector End View Information ground is infinite.
BY244, BY242 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection e. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Diagnostic Test Steps control module or harness connector terminal
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output BY244-10 of the transmission solenoid valve and the
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: power supply is infinite.
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
in "ON" position. for short to battery.
b. Read the “Gear Shift Solenoid Valve (S1) Feedback” f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
to check whether it is within the rational value range ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
(refer to the Appendix for rational value range). again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission • Yes → Go to Step 4;

control module;
2. Check the connectivity of connectors: or the transmission solenoid valve.
a. Check harness connector BY244 of the transmission a. Remove the transmission solenoid valve assembly.
b. Check the valve body assembly for sticking, debris
the automatic transmission control module for
or damage.
contamination, deformation, etc. If the valve is found stuck in the ON or OFF position,
replace the valve body assembly.
found in visual check. c. Check the torque converter assembly for damage
or fading.
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs If the torque converter assembly failure is found,
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. test/replace the torque converter assembly.
• Yes → Go to Step 3; If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
test/replace the automatic transmission control module
Service Guide
b. Disconnect harness connector BY244 of the Module (TCM)”.
transmission solenoid valve and harness connector • Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
BY242 of the automatic transmission control module. “Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Valve Body Cover”.
c. Test if the resistance between harness connector • Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
terminal BY242-16 of the automatic transmission “Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Valve Body Assembly”.
control module and harness connector terminal • Replace, programme and set the control module.
BY244-10 of the transmission solenoid valve is less Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit Module (TCM)”.
V1.0 210
P0742 Possible Causes
P0742 00 Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Stuck On • Lock-up clutch control solenoid Valve (SLU) is defective.
Subsystem Principle • Automatic transmission control module failure.

• Automatic transmission mechanical failure.
The lock-up clutch control solenoid valve SLU is fitted on the
valve body, and it linearly controls the operating pressure of Reference Information
clutch in the hydraulic torque converter based on the engine Reference Circuit Information
speed, throttle opening, input speed sensor (NC2) signal
and output speed sensor (SP) signal so as to realize lock-up
control. As a failure protection function, when any lock-up Reference Connector End View Information
clutch control solenoid valve SLU is abnormal, TCM can cut BY242, BY244
off the current to the solenoid valve.
• Not in the Maintenance Mode. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• The engine speed is greater than 400rpm. a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
• Not in shifting. b. Read the “Lock-up Clutch Control Solenoid Valve
(SLU) Feedback” to check whether it is within the
• 8s after shifting the gear selection switch to D or W. rational value range).
• The engine torque is not less than 60Nm.
• The engine speed is within 600-3,000rpm. control module;
• The fluid temperature is not lower than -7℃.
• The input shaft speed sensor is not in backup state.
• The lock-up clutch control solenoid valve (SLU) short to
ground/battery or open circuit is not detected. a. Check harness connector BY244 of the transmission
• 3s later after SLU standard pressure equals to 0kPa. solenoid valve and harness connector BY242 of
• The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) short to ground/battery
or open circuit is not detected.
• |Engine speed － input shaft speed| ＜ SS_LupusONfail found in visual check.
speed, which lasts for TimeLupOnfailed s.
• The above failure is detected for 2 consecutive times.
Transmission MIL comes on. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• |Engine speed－input shaft speed|≥100rpm, which lasts
for 2s.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
cycles. b. Disconnect harness connector BY244 of the
V1.0 211
c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Service Guide

is less than 5Ω.
• Terminal BY244-9 and Terminal BY242-3 • Replace, programme and set the control module.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
for open circuit/high resistance. “Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Transmission Control
Module (TCM)”.
a. Remove the transmission solenoid valve assembly.
or damage.
If the valve is found stuck in the ON or OFF position,
c. Check the torque converter assembly for damage
or fading.
If the torque converter assembly failure is found,
test/replace the torque converter assembly.
V1.0 212
P0751 BY244, BY242
DTC Description
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MIN
P0751 00 Diagnostic Test Steps
pressure stuck
Subsystem Principle
the TCM controls the ON/OFF of the gear shift solenoid valve
in "ON" position.
S1. It switches the oil passages according to the ON/OFF state
of the gear shift solenoid valve S1 to realize the fuel economy. b. Read the “Gear Shift Solenoid Valve (S1) Feedback”
As a failure protection function, when any gear shift solenoid to check whether it is within the rational value range
valve is abnormal, the TCM can cut off the current to the (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
solenoid valve. The gear shift solenoid valve S1 is normally • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
closed. control module;
• The current gear is the 1st gear and the engine brakes. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
• The output shaft speed is not less than 250rpm. a. Check harness connector BY244 of the transmission
• The input shaft speed is not greater than 6,000rpm. solenoid valve and harness connector BY242 of
• The engine torque is not less than 40Nm. the automatic transmission control module for
• The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) function is failed, and
the maximum pressure is stuck (S1 maximum or SLC2
minimum). b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• |input shaft speed － output shaft speed * 3rd gear
transmission ratio|＜GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s.
• The above failure is detected for 5 accumulative times.
• Engine malfunction indicator lamp is off.
• |input shaft speed － output shaft speed * 3rd gear
• The above failure is detected for 5 accumulative times.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby terminal BY242-16 of the automatic transmission
cycles. control module and harness connector terminal
Possible Causes BY244-10 of the transmission solenoid valve is less
• Related circuits failure. than 5Ω.
• Connector failure or poor fit. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Transmission solenoid (S1) failure.
• Automatic transmission control module failure. d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Reference Circuit Information BY244-10 of the transmission solenoid valve and the
4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1) ground is infinite.
Reference Connector End View Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
V1.0 213

BY244-10 of the transmission solenoid valve and the




or damage.


or fading.


Service Guide
Module (TCM)”.
Module (TCM)”.
V1.0 214
P0761, P0762 and P0867 • Not in gear shifting.
DTC Description • In D or W gear.
DTC FTB Failure Description • The shift lever is placed in the 1st/2nd/3rd gear position.
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC1) • The output shaft speed is not greater than 500rpm.
P0761 00
MIN pressure • The current gear position is locked and closed.
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC1) Conditions for Setting DTCs
P0762 00
MAX pressure P0761:
P0867 00 Complete neutral
• |input shaft speed－output shaft speed * expected gear
Subsystem Principle transmission ratio|＞GErev2 speed, which lasts for 1s.
Gear shift control solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1) • The above failure is detected for 5 accumulative times.
are fitted on the valve body, TCM controls solenoid valves P0762:
(SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1), and gear shift control solenoid valves
• |input shaft speed － output shaft speed * 2nd gear
linearly control the oil pressure to clutches (C1, C2 and C3)
and brakes (B1 and B3) to realize smooth shift. According
to the combination of different states of gear shift control • |input shaft speed － output shaft speed * 3rd gear
solenoid valves, the transmission realizes the gear shift (from transmission ratio|＜GErev1 speed, which lasts for 0.5s.
1st gear to 4th gear or from 4th gear to 1st gear). As a failure • The above failure is detected for 5 accumulative times.
protection function, when any gear shift control solenoid valve
P0867:
is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to the solenoid
valve. • The neutral gear is judged as true after the requirement
of 4th gear.
• |engine speed－input speed|＜150rpm.
DTC P0761:
• input shaft speed ＞ output shaft speed * 1st gear
• The shift lever is placed in the 2nd gear position. transmission ratio + 400rpm.
• The output shaft speed is not less than 500rpm. • The shift lever is placed in P or R or N gear position.
• The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) function is failed, and • Output Shaft Speed SP＞0.
• The best gear is the 4th gear.
minimum).
• The 2nd gear transmission ratio is failed, and the stuck
gear is not detected. P0761 and P0762:
DTC P0762: • Engine MIL comes on.

• The shift lever is placed in the 4th gear position.
• The input torque is not less than 20Nm or not greater P0867: Transmission MIL comes on.
than -20Nm. Conditions for Clearing DTCs
• The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) function is failed, and P0761 and P0867:
• |input shaft speed－output shaft speed * expected gear
minimum).
DTC P0867:
• The above condition is detected for 5 accumulative times,
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Flag_2ndGOK = 1.
• The battery voltage is 10.2-15.5V. • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
• Not in the Maintenance Mode. cycles.
• Reading EEPROM is completed. P0762:

• The engine speed is greater than 400rpm. • |input shaft speed－output shaft speed * expected gear
• The CAN communication is normal. transmission ratio|＜GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s.
• The fluid temperature is not lower than -7℃.
V1.0 215
• The above condition is detected for 5 accumulative times, b. Disconnect harness connector BY244 of the
Flag_4thGOK = 1. transmission solenoid valve and harness connector
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby BY242 of the automatic transmission control module.
Possible Causes of harness connector BY242 of the automatic
is less than 5Ω.
• Transmission solenoid (SLC1) failure.
• Automatic transmission mechanical failure.
BY242, BY244 connector BY244 of the transmission solenoid valve

a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
in "ON" position. of harness connector BY242 of the automatic
b. Read the “Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (SLC1) connector BY244 of the transmission solenoid valve
Feedback” to check whether it is within the rational and the power supply is infinite.
range). • Terminal BY244-6 or Terminal BY242-22

• No → Go to Step 2. for short to battery.
a. Check harness connector BY244 of the transmission ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
solenoid valve and harness connector BY242 of again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the a. Remove the transmission solenoid valve assembly.
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs b. Check the valve body assembly for sticking, debris
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. or damage.
• Yes → Go to Step 3; If the valve is found stuck in the ON or OFF position,
• No → Diagnosis is completed. replace the valve body assembly.
3. Test related circuits: c. Check the torque converter assembly for damage
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position. or fading.
V1.0 216

Service Guide
“Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Hydraulic Torque
Converter”.
Module ()”.
Module (TCM)”.
V1.0 217
P0767 Reference Circuit Information

DTC Description
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC2)
P0767 00 BY242, BY244
MAX pressure
Subsystem Principle
Gear shift control solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1)
are fitted on the valve body, TCM controls solenoid valves Diagnostic Test Steps
(SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1), and gear shift control solenoid valves 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
linearly control the oil pressure to clutches (C1, C2 and C3) with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
to the combination of different states of gear shift control
in "ON" position.
solenoid valves, the transmission realizes the gear shift (from
1st gear to 4th gear or from 4th gear to 1st gear). As a failure b. Read the “Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (SLC2)
protection function, when any gear shift control solenoid valve Feedback” to check whether it is within the rational
is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to the solenoid value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
valve. range).
Conditions for Running DTCs • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission

control module;
• The current gear is 1st gear.
• The input shaft speed is not greater than 6,000rpm. a. Check harness connector BY244 of the transmission
• The maximum pressure of the gear shift control solenoid
valve (S1) is stuck (S1 maximum or SLC2 minimum).
Conditions for Setting DTCs contamination, deformation, etc.
It is detected for 5 accumulative times that |input shaft speed b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
－output shaft speed * 3rd gear transmission ratio|＜GErev1 found in visual check.
speed, which lasts for 1s (C2 maximum stuck).
Operations of ECU after Failure ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
• Engine MIL comes on. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Transmission MIL comes on. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• Limp Home Mode 2. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• It is detected for 5 accumulative times that |input shaft a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
speed－output shaft speed * expected gear transmission b. Disconnect harness connector BY244 of the
ratio|＜GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s. transmission solenoid valve and harness connector
• Flag_1stGOK=1. BY242 of the automatic transmission control module.
cycles. of harness connector BY242 of the automatic
Possible Causes transmission control module and terminals of harness
• Related circuits failure. connector BY244 of the transmission solenoid valve
is less than 5Ω.
V1.0 218
d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals • Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
of harness connector BY242 of the automatic “Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Transmission Control
transmission control module or terminals of harness Module ()”.
connector BY244 of the transmission solenoid valve • Replace, programme and set the control module.
and the ground is infinite. Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
• Terminal BY244-5 or Terminal BY242-21 “Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Transmission Control
Module (TCM)”.
or damage.
or fading.
Service Guide
“Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Hydraulic Torque
Converter”.
V1.0 219
P0973 and P0974 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
P0973 00 Shift Solenoid "S1" Control Circuit Low • Related circuits failure.
P0974 00 Shift Solenoid "S1" Control Circuit High • Connector failure or poor fit.
Subsystem Principle
the TCM controls the ON/OFF of the gear shift solenoid valve
S1. It switches the oil passages according to the ON/OFF state Reference Circuit Information
of the gear shift solenoid valve S1 to realize the fuel economy. 4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
As a failure protection function, when any gear shift solenoid
valve is abnormal, the TCM can cut off the current to the
solenoid valve. The gear shift solenoid valve S1 is normally BY242, BY244
closed. Reference Electrical Information
Conditions for Running DTCs Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P0973:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• The battery voltage is 10.2-15.5V. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• Not in the Maintenance Mode. a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
• Reading EEPROM is completed. in "ON" position.
• Not in Limp Home Mode. b. Read the “Gear Shift Solenoid Valve (S1) Feedback”
• The S1 driver outputs "OFF" signal. to check whether it is within the rational value range
• 10ms after solenoid output changes. (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
P0974: • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission

control module;
• The battery voltage is 10.2-15.5V. • No → Go to Step 2.
• Not in the Maintenance Mode. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:

• Reading EEPROM is completed. a. Check harness connector BY244 of the transmission
• Not in Limp Home Mode. solenoid valve and harness connector BY242 of
• The S1 driver outputs "ON" signal. the automatic transmission control module for
• 10ms after solenoid output changes.
P0973: S1 monitor detects “OFF” signal. found in visual check.
P0974: S1 monitor detects “ON” signal. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Operations of ECU after Failure ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
• Engine MIL comes on. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Transmission MIL comes on. • Yes → Go to Step 3;

• Limp Home Mode 4. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• When the S1 driver outputs "ON" signal for 1,000ms, the a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
"ON" signal of the S1 monitor is detected.
• When the S1 driver outputs "OFF" signal for 1,000ms,
the "OFF" signal of the S1 monitor is detected.
V1.0 220
c. Test if the resistance between the following harness
connector terminal BY242-16 of the automatic
transmission control module and harness connector
terminal BY244-10 of the transmission solenoid valve
is less than 5Ω.
d. Test if the resistance between the following harness
transmission control module or harness connector
e. Test if the resistance between the following harness
transmission control module or harness connector
or damage.
Service Guide
Module ()”.
Module (TCM)”.
V1.0 221
P0978, P0979 and P0980 P0980: The feedback current signal is not less than 1,358mA.
DTC Description Operations of ECU after Failure
DTC FTB Failure Description • Engine MIL comes on.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Electrical • Transmission MIL comes on.
P0978 00
error • Limp Home Mode 1.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Control Conditions for Clearing DTCs
P0979 00
Circuit Low
P0978:
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1” Control
P0980 00 • The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLC1) is short to
Circuit High
battery/ground, open-circuit.
Subsystem Principle • |feedback current－target current|＜5mA.
Gear shift control solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1) • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
are fitted on the valve body, TCM controls solenoid valves cycles.
P0979, P0980:
and brakes (B1 and B3) to realize smooth shift. According • The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLC1) feedback
to the combination of different states of gear shift control current is stuck.
solenoid valves, the transmission realizes the gear shift (from • The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLC1) feedback
1st gear to 4th gear or from 4th gear to 1st gear). As a failure current is between 79-1,124mA.
cycles.
valve.
Possible Causes
P0978:
• The battery voltage is greater than 10.5V.
• Not in Limp Home Mode.
• The feedback current is less than 1,358mA. Reference Connector End View Information
• The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLC1) short to BY242, BY244
battery/ground and open circuit are not detected. Reference Electrical Information
P0979, P0980: Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
in "ON" position.
b. Read the “Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (SLC1)
P0978: Feedback” to check whether it is within the rational
• “sum_ie” ≥ 60A. value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
range).
• |feedback current－target current|＞50mA, which lasts
for 3s. • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
control module;
P0979: The feedback current signal is less than 20mA.
V1.0 222
a. Check harness connector BY244 of the transmission
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs b. Check the valve body assembly for sticking, debris
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. or damage.
• Yes → Go to Step 3; If the valve is found stuck in the ON or OFF position,

Service Guide
c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals “Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Valve Body Assembly”.
Module”.
is less than 5Ω.
Module (TCM)”.
V1.0 223
P0981, P0982 and P0983 P0983: The feedback current signal is greater than 1,358mA.
DTC Description Operations of ECU after Failure
DTC FTB Failure Description • Engine MIL comes on.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Electrical • Transmission MIL comes on.
P0981 00
error • Limp Home Mode 1.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Control Conditions for Clearing DTCs
P0982 00
Circuit Low
P0981:
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Control
P0983 00 • The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLC2) is short to
Circuit High
battery/ground or open-circuit.
Subsystem Principle • |feedback current－target current|＜5mA.
P0982, P0983:
and brakes (B1 and B3) to realize smooth shift. According • The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLC2) feedback
to the combination of different states of gear shift control current is delayed.
solenoid valves, the transmission realizes the gear shift (from • The feedback current is between 79 and 1,124mA.
1st gear to 4th gear or from 4th gear to 1st gear). As a failure
cycles.
Possible Causes
valve.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Related circuits failure.
P0981:
• Reading EEPROM is completed. Reference Circuit Information
• The battery voltage is greater than 10.5V. 4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
• The feedback current is less than 1,358mA. Reference Connector End View Information
• Not in Limp Home Mode. BY242, BY244
• The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLC2) short to Reference Electrical Information
battery/ground and open circuit are not detected.
P0982, P0983:
in "ON" position.
b. Read the “Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (SLC2)
Feedback” to check whether it is within the rational
P0981: value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
range).
• “sum_ie” ≥ 60,000 mA.
• |feedback current－target current|＞50mA, which lasts • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
for 3s. control module;
P0982: The feedback current signal is less than 20mA. • No → Go to Step 2.

V1.0 224
a. Check harness connector BY244 of the transmission f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
solenoid valve and harness connector BY242 of ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
the automatic transmission control module for again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
found in visual check. 4. Test/replace the automatic transmission control module
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs a. Remove the transmission solenoid valve assembly.
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. b. Check the valve body assembly for sticking, debris
• Yes → Go to Step 3; or damage.
• No → Diagnosis is completed. If the valve is found stuck in the ON or OFF position,

Service Guide
transmission control module and terminals of harness • Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
connector BY244 of the transmission solenoid valve “Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Transmission Control
is less than 5Ω. Module ()”.
V1.0 225
P0997, P0998 and P0999 Operations of ECU after Failure

DTC Description • Engine MIL comes on.
DTC FTB Failure Description • Transmission MIL comes on.
Linear solenoid (SLB1) Feedback current • Limp Home Mode 1.
P0997 00
Stick Conditions for Clearing DTCs
P0998 00 Linear solenoid (SLB1) GND short P0997:
P0999 00 Linear solenoid (SLB1) B+ short
• The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLB1) is short to
Subsystem Principle battery/ground or open-circuit.
• |feedback current－target current|＜5mA.
are fitted on the valve body, TCM controls solenoid valves • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
(SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1), and gear shift control solenoid valves cycles.
linearly control the oil pressure to clutches (C1, C2 and C3) P0998, P0999:
to the combination of different states of gear shift control • The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLB1) feedback
solenoid valves, the transmission realizes the gear shift (from current is stuck.
1st gear to 4th gear or from 4th gear to 1st gear). As a failure • The feedback current of gear shift control solenoid valve
protection function, when any gear shift control solenoid valve (SLB1) is greater than 79mA and less than 1,124mA.
is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to the solenoid • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
valve. cycles.
Conditions for Running DTCs Possible Causes
P0997: • Related circuits failure.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Connector failure or poor fit.
• The battery voltage is 10.2-15.5V. • Transmission solenoid valve failure.
• Not in the Maintenance Mode. • Automatic transmission control module failure.
• Reading EEPROM is completed. Reference Information
• The battery voltage is greater than 10.5V. Reference Circuit Information
• The feedback current is less than 1,358mA. 4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
• The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLB1) short to
BY242, BY244
P0998, P0999:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• The battery voltage is 10.2-15.5V. Diagnostic Test Steps

• Not in the Maintenance Mode. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• Reading EEPROM is completed. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• Not in Limp Home Mode. a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
Conditions for Setting DTCs in "ON" position.
P0997: b. Read the “Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (SLB1)

• “sum_ie” ≥ 60,000mA, which lasts for 3s.
• |feedback current－target current|＞50mA, which lasts range).
for 3s.
P0998: The feedback current signal is less than 20mA. control module;
P0999: The feedback current signal is greater than 1,358mA. • No → Go to Step 2.
V1.0 226

Service Guide
V1.0 227
P1731 Reference Information

DTC FTB Failure Description 4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
No engine brake (SLC1 MIN or SLC2 MIN Reference Connector End View Information
P1731 00
or SLU MIN)
BY242, BY244
Subsystem Principle
are fitted on the valve body, TCM controls solenoid valves
(SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1), and gear shift control solenoid valves Diagnostic Test Steps
linearly control the oil pressure to clutches (C1, C2 and C3) 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
and brakes (B1 and B3) to realize smooth shift. According with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
to the combination of different states of gear shift control
solenoid valves, the transmission realizes the gear shift (from a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
1st gear to 4th gear or from 4th gear to 1st gear). As a failure in "ON" position.
protection function, when any gear shift control solenoid valve b. Read the “Lock-up Clutch Control Solenoid Valve
is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to the solenoid (SLU) Feedback”, “Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve
valve. (SLC2) Feedback” and “Gear Shift Control Solenoid
Conditions for Running DTCs Valve (SLC1) Feedback” to check whether they are
within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix
• The current gear is in 1st gear, and the engine brakes.
for rational value range).
• The torque is less than 15Nm. control module;
• No SLU circuit failure is detected.
• No gear ratio failure (1st gear) (engine braking 2nd gear)
is detected.
• No gear ratio failure (1st gear) (engine braking 3rd gear) a. Check harness connector BY244 of the transmission
is detected. solenoid valve and harness connector BY242 of
• |output shaft speed * expected gear transmission ratio－ contamination, deformation, etc.
input shaft speed|＞GErev2 speed, which lasts for 1s.
• The above failure is detected for 5 accumulative times. found in visual check.
Transmission MIL comes on. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
Conditions for Clearing DTCs again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• |input shaft speed－output shaft speed * expected gear • Yes → Go to Step 3;

transmission ratio|＜GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• It is detected for 5 accumulative times. 3. Test related circuits:
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Transmission solenoid valve (SLU) failure. transmission solenoid valve and harness connector
• Transmission solenoid (SLC1) failure. BY242 of the automatic transmission control module.
• Transmission solenoid (SLC2) failure. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Automatic transmission control module failure. of harness connector BY242 of the automatic
• Related circuits failure. transmission control module and terminals of harness
is less than 5Ω.
V1.0 228
• Terminal BY244-5 and Terminal BY242-3 b. Check the valve body assembly for sticking, debris
or damage.
• Terminal BY244-21 and Terminal BY242-5 test/replace the automatic transmission control module.
• Terminal BY244-19 and Terminal BY242-12 Service Guide
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit • Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
for open circuit/high resistance. “Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Valve Body Cover”.
d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals • Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
of harness connector BY242 of the automatic “Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Valve Body Assembly”.
transmission control module or terminals of harness • Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
and the ground is infinite. Module ()”.
• Terminal BY244-5 or Terminal BY242-3 • Replace, programme and set the control module.
• Terminal BY244-22 or Terminal BY242-6 Module (TCM)”.
V1.0 229
P1897 and P1899 • The communication is normal.

DTC Description • Lost communication with the ECM is not detected.
DTC FTB Failure Description • The supply voltage is between 10.5-15.5V.
11 EMOP B+ short Conditions for Setting DTCs
15 EMOP GND short P1897 15: The oil pump motor monitor detects "ON" signal.
P1897 16 Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Circuit P1897 11: The oil pump motor monitor detects "OFF" signal.
Voltage above Threshold
P1897 16: The battery voltage is less than 10.5V, which lasts
17 EMOP Low voltage supply for EMOP for 5s.
control
P1897 17: The battery voltage is greater than 16V, which lasts
P1899 09 EMOP Functional failure of EMOP for 5s.
Subsystem Principle P1899 09:
The function of the electronic oil pump is to receive the control • The engine knock is detected for 5 accumulative times
current of the TCM, so as to response to the work and to during the startup.
control the oil pressure in the transmission. The electronic oil • |engine speed - input shaft speed|＜1,000rpm is detected
pump only operates at the engine automatic start-stop state. after several failures of the electromagnetic oil pump.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Input shaft speed＞output shaft speed * 1st gear ratio +
P1897 11, P1897 15: EMOPfaildet speed.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Operations of ECU after Failure
• The battery voltage is 10.2-15.5V. P1897 11, P1897 15, P1899 09:
• Not in the Maintenance Mode. • Engine malfunction indicator lamp is off.
• Reading EEPROM is completed. • Transmission MIL comes on.
• The electronic oil pump drive outputs "OFF" signal.
P1897 16, P1897 17: None.
• 10ms after the solenoid coil output changes.
P1897 16, P1897 17:
P1897 11, P1897 15:
• When the oil pump motor drive outputs "ON" signal, the
• Under the start-stop control.
oil pump motor monitor detects "ON" signal, which lasts
• The engine speed is less than 400rpm. for 1s.
• No engine speed DTC is detected. • When the oil pump motor drive outputs "OFF" signal,
• No communication off failure is detected. the oil pump motor monitor detects "OFF" signal, which
• Lost communication with the ECM is not detected. lasts for 1s.
P1899 09: P1897 16: The battery voltage is not less than 11.5V, which
lasts for 20s.
• In D gear. P1897 17: The battery voltage is not greater than 15.0V, which
lasts for 20s.
• The current gear is less than 4th gear.
• Not in garage shifting. P1899 09: Input shaft speed＜output shaft speed * 1st gear
transmission ratio + 200rpm is detected for 5 accumulative
• Not in neutral gear.
times.
• Not in shifting state.
Possible Causes
• The output shaft speed is less than 200rpm.
• The engine speed is higher than 0rpm within 1,000ms.
• No input shaft speed sensor failure is detected.
• Electronic oil pump failure.
• No output shaft speed sensor failure is detected.
• The electromagnetic oil pump circuit is normal.
• The oil temperature sensor circuit is normal.
V1.0 230
4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1) d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
BY242, BY244 connector BY244 of the electromagnetic oil pump
in "ON" position.
b. Read the “Electromagnetic Oil Pump (EMOP) connector BY244 of the electromagnetic oil pump
Feedback” to check whether it is within the rational and the power supply is infinite.
value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value • Terminal BY244-2 or Terminal BY242-15
range).
a. Check harness connector BY244 of the again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
electromagnetic oil pump and harness connector • Yes → Go to Step 3;
BY242 of the automatic transmission control module
contamination, deformation, etc. 4. Test/replace the automatic transmission control module
or the electromagnetic oil pump:
found in visual check. a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs b. Disconnect harness connector BY244 of the
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. electromagnetic oil pump.
• Yes → Go to Step 2. c. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 and 8 of

harness connector BY244 of the electromagnetic oil
pump is between 3-5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the valve
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position. body assembly.
b. Disconnect harness connector BY244 of the If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
electromagnetic oil pump and harness connector test/replace the automatic transmission control module.
BY242 of the automatic transmission control module. Service Guide
c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals • Refer to Service Manual, “Transmission/Transaxle” -
of harness connector BY242 of the automatic “Transmission/Transaxle - AT” - “Valve Body Cover”.
connector BY244 of the electromagnetic oil pump is
less than 5Ω.
• Terminal BY244-8 and Terminal BY242-10 Module ()”.
V1.0 231

Module (TCM)”.
V1.0 232
P2707 and P2708 • |input shaft speed－output shaft speed * expected gear
DTC Description transmission ratio|＜GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s,
Flag_1stGOK = 1, and totals 5 times.
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLB1) MIN
P2707 00 cycles.
pressure
P2707:
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLB1)
P2708 00
MAX pressure • |input shaft speed－output shaft speed * expected gear
transmission ratio|＜GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s,
Subsystem Principle
Flag_2ndGOK = 1, and totals 5 times.
Possible Causes
and brakes (B1 and B3) to realize smooth shift. According • Related circuits failure.
to the combination of different states of gear shift control • Connector failure or poor fit.
solenoid valves, the transmission realizes the gear shift (from • Transmission Solenoid Valve (SLB1) Failure.
1st gear to 4th gear or from 4th gear to 1st gear). As a failure
is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to the solenoid Reference Information
valve. Reference Circuit Information
Conditions for Running DTCs 4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
P2707: Reference Connector End View Information
• The current gear is 2nd gear. BY242, BY244
• The output shaft speed is not less than 500rpm. Reference Electrical Information
• The gear stuck in 2nd gear is not detected.
• The maximum pressure of the gear shift solenoid valve
(S1) is stuck or SLC2 is at the minimum. Diagnostic Test Steps
P2708: 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output

• The current gear is 1st gear.
• The output shaft speed is not less than 250rpm. a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
• The input shaft speed is not greater than 6,000rpm. b. Read the “Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (SLB1)
P2707: |input shaft speed － output shaft speed * expected range).
gear transmission ratio|＞GErev2 speed, which lasts for 1s and
totals 5 times.
control module;
P2708: |input shaft speed － output shaft speed * 2nd gear
transmission ratio|＜GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s ( B1
maximum stuck) and totals 5 times. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Operations of ECU after Failure a. Check harness connector BY244 of the transmission
• Engine MIL comes on. solenoid valve and harness connector BY242 of
• Limp Home Mode 2. contamination, deformation, etc.
P2708: found in visual check.
V1.0 233
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the a. Remove the transmission solenoid valve assembly.
or damage.
• No → Diagnosis is completed. replace the valve body assembly.
3. Test related circuits: If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
Service Guide
V1.0 234
P2762, P2763 and P2764 Operations of ECU after Failure
DTC Description P2762:
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLU" Electrical • Transmission MIL comes on.
P2762 00
error
Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control
P2763 00 P2763, P2764:
Solenoid Control Circuit High
Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control
P2764 00
Solenoid Control Circuit Low • Transmission MIL comes on.
Subsystem Principle
P2762:
The lock-up clutch control solenoid valve SLU is fitted on the
valve body, and it linearly controls the operating pressure of • The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLU) is not short
clutch in the hydraulic torque converter based on the engine to battery/ground or does not have an open circuit.
speed, throttle opening, input speed sensor (NC2) signal • |feedback current－target current|＜5mA.
and output speed sensor (SP) signal so as to realize lock-up • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
control. As a failure protection function, when any lock-up cycles.
clutch control solenoid valve SLU is abnormal, TCM can cut
off the current to the solenoid valve. P2763, P2764:
Conditions for Running DTCs • The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLU) feedback
current is stuck.
P2762:
• The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLU) feedback
current is between 100 and 1,124mA.
cycles.
• Reading EEPROM is completed. Possible Causes
• The battery voltage is greater than 10.5V.
• The feedback current is less than 1,358mA.
• The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLU) short to
P2763, P2764:
• Reading EEPROM is completed. BY242, BY244

• Not in Limp Home Mode. Reference Electrical Information
Conditions for Setting DTCs Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P2762: Diagnostic Test Steps
• “sum_ie” ≥ 60A, which lasts for 3s. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• |feedback current－target current|＞50mA, which lasts with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
for 3s.
P2763: The feedback current signal is not less than 1,358mA. in "ON" position.
P2764: The feedback current signal is less than 20mA, which b. Read the “Lock-up Clutch Control Solenoid Valve
lasts for . (SLU) Feedback” to check whether it is within the
V1.0 235
rational value range (refer to the Appendix for connector BY244 of the transmission solenoid valve
rational value range). and the power supply is infinite.
control module;
2. Check the connectivity of connectors: for short to battery.

b. Disconnect harness connector BY244 of the Service Guide
is less than 5Ω.
Module ()”.
Module (TCM)”.



V1.0 236
U0001 b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
U0001 00 ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
CAN Bus Off
Subsystem Principle • Yes → Go to Step 3;
The module connected to the serial data circuit of the data • No → Diagnosis is completed.
bus monitors the serial data communication of the data
bus network during the normal operation of the vehicle. 2. Test related circuits:
Operation information and commands are exchanged between a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
modules. If other module tests are normal, continue the
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
harness connector BY242 of the automatic
TCM“Communication OFF” state is received from the CAN transmission control module and harness connector
controller for 5 consecutive times. BY238 of the GW.
Operations of ECU after Failure c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Engine MIL comes on. of harness connector BY242 of the automatic
connector BY238 of the GW is less than 5Ω.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
cycles. for open circuit/high resistance.

• Connector failure or poor fit. connector BY238 of the GW and the ground is
• Automatic transmission control module failure. infinite.
Reference Information • Terminal BY242-17 or Terminal BY238-20
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal BY242-7 or Terminal BY238-19
Bus System and DLC (2) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Connector End View Information for short to ground.
BY242, BY238 e. Connect the negative battery cable, and test if the
voltage between terminals of harness connector
BY238 of the GW or terminals of harness connector
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection BY242 of the automatic transmission control module
and the ground is between 2-3V:
a. Check harness connector BY242 of the automatic If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
transmission control module and harness connector for short to battery.
BY238 of the GW for looseness, poor contact,
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
etc. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
V1.0 237

or the GW.

or the GW.
Service Guide
“Gateway” - “Gateway”.
Module ()”.
• Replace, programme and set the control module. “Safety
and Protection” - “Gateway” - “Gateway”.
Module (TCM)”.
V1.0 238
Lost Communication with Engine Control
U0100 00
Module (ECM) • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Transmission control module communicates with ECM via a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
CAN. If other module tests are normal, continue the
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
(ID$05E) frame sent from the ECM cannot be received. connector BY242 of the automatic TCM.
• Engine MIL comes on. of harness connector EM054 of the ECM and
terminals of harness connector BY242 of the
5Ω.
• The corresponding data frame is received for 1s.
cycles. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Possible Causes
• Automatic transmission control module failure. transmission control module and the ground is
• Engine control module failure. infinite.
Reference Information • Terminal EM054-1 or Terminal BY242-17
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal EM054-17 or Terminal BY242-7
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3)
EM054, GB006 e. Connect the negative battery cable, and test if the
Reference Electrical Information voltage between terminals of harness connector
or terminals of harness connector EM054 of the
Diagnostic Test Steps ECM and the ground is between 2-3V:
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • Terminal EM054-1 or Terminal BY242-17
a. Check harness connector EM054 of the ECM • Terminal EM054-17 or Terminal BY242-7
and harness connector BY242 of the automatic If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
transmission control module for looseness, poor for short to battery.
deformation, etc.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
V1.0 239
3. Test/replace the ECM or the automatic transmission

control module:

test/replace the ECM or the automatic transmission
control module.
Service Guide
Control System” - “Engine Control Module ()”.
Module ()”.
Module (TCM)”.
“Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control System” - “Engine
Control Module ()”.
V1.0 240
U0121 • No → Diagnosis is completed.
DTC Description 2. Test related circuits:
DTC FTB Failure Description a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
Lost Communication with Stability Control If other module tests are normal, continue the
U0121 00
System (SCS) following inspection procedures.
Subsystem Principle b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,

The transmission control module communicates with the harness connector BY002 of the SCS and harness
dynamic stability control system via CAN. connector BY242 of the automatic transmission
Conditions for Running DTCs control module.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Conditions for Setting DTCs of harness connector BY002 of the SCS and terminals
(ID 0x4CC) frame sent from the SCS cannot be received.
transmission control module is less than 5Ω.
Transmission MIL comes on.
• The corresponding data frame is received for 1s. for open circuit/high resistance.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
cycles. of harness connector BY002 of the SCS or terminals
• Related circuits failure. transmission control module and the ground is
infinite.
• Automatic transmission control module failure. • Terminal BY002-26 and Terminal BY242-17
• ABS failure. • Terminal BY002-14 and Terminal BY242-1

Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) e. Connect the negative battery cable, and test if the
voltage between terminals of harness connector
BY002, BY242 or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the SCS
Reference Electrical Information and the ground is between 2-3V:
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal BY002-26 and Terminal BY242-17

a. Check harness connector BY002 of the SCS
transmission control module for looseness, poor
deformation, etc. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts • No → Diagnosis is completed.

found in visual check. 3. Test/replace the SCS or the automatic transmission
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the control module:
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. test/replace the ABS or the automatic transmission
• Yes → Go to Step 2. control module.
V1.0 241
Service Guide
Module ()”.
Module (TCM)”.
V1.0 242
DTC FTB Failure Description 2. Test related circuits:
Lost Communication with Body Control a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
U0140 00
Module (BCM) If other module tests are normal, continue the
The TCM communicates with the BCM via the CAN. b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. connector BY242 of the automatic transmission
• The communication is normal. control module.
The DTC will be set if ID 0x$600 frame sent from the BCM of harness connector BY026 of the BCM and
cannot be received within 1,000ms. terminals of harness connector BY242 of the
5Ω.
None.
• The corresponding data frame is received for 10s.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby for open circuit/high resistance.
cycles.
Possible Causes
of harness connector BY026 of the BCM or terminals
• Related circuits failure. of harness connector BY242 of the automatic
• Connector failure or poor fit. transmission control module and the ground is
infinite.
• Body control module failure. • Terminal BY026-39 and Terminal BY242-17
Reference Information • Terminal BY026-38 and Terminal BY242-7
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) for short to ground.
Reference Connector End View Information e. Connect the negative battery cable, test if the voltage
between terminals of harness connector BY242
BY026, BY242 of the automatic transmission control module or
Reference Electrical Information terminals of harness connector BY026 of the BCM
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
a. Check harness connector BY026 of the BCM
transmission control module for looseness, poor 3. Test/replace the BCM or the automatic transmission
contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, control module:
deformation, etc. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts test/replace the BCM or the automatic transmission
found in visual check. control module.

Service Guide
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs • Refer to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body Control
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. Module” - “Body Control Module ()”.
V1.0 243

Module ()”.
Module (TCM)”.
Module” - “Body Control Module ()”.
V1.0 244
Lost Communication with Instrument Pack a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
U0155 00
(IPK) If other module tests are normal, continue the
The TCM communicates with the instrument pack via the b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
CAN. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
harness connector FC006 of the IPK and harness
connector BY242 of the automatic transmission
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. control module.
(ID 0x$29D) frame sent from the IPK cannot be received. of harness connector FC006 of the IPK and terminals
transmission control module is less than 5Ω.
Transmission MIL comes on.
• Terminal FC006-26 and Terminal BY242-17
consecutive times.
cycles. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector FC006 of the IPK or terminals
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. transmission control module and the ground is
• Connector failure or poor fit. infinite.
• Automatic transmission control module failure. • Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal BY242-17
• Instrument pack failure. • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY242-7
Reference Circuit Information for short to ground.
Bus System and DLC (2) e. Connect the negative battery cable, and test if the
Reference Connector End View Information voltage between terminals of harness connector
FC006, BY242
or terminals of harness connector FC006 of the IPK
Reference Electrical Information and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal BY242-17
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY242-7
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
a. Check harness connector FC006 of the IPK
and harness connector BY242 of the automatic 3. Test/replace the IPK or the automatic transmission
transmission control module for looseness, poor control module:
contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
deformation, etc. test/replace the IPK or the automatic transmission
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts control module.
found in visual check. Service Guide
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the • Refer to Service Manual, “Driver Information and
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs Entertainment” - “Display and Instrument” - “Instrument
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. Pack”.
V1.0 245

Module ()”.
Module (TCM)”.
Pack”.
V1.0 246
DTC List SCS
DTC List
List
VDC Failure
DTC FTB Description EBD MIL ABS MIL TCS MIL
MIL Level
C0001 13 Valve Fault, USV1 (SCS Only) ON ON ON ON I
C0002 13 Valve Fault, USV2 (SCS Only) ON ON ON ON I
C0003 13 Valve Fault, HSV1 (SCS Only) ON ON ON ON I
C0004 13 Valve Fault, HSV2 (SCS Only) ON ON ON ON I
C0010 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve FL ON ON ON ON I
C0011 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve FL ON ON ON ON I
C0014 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve FR ON ON ON ON I
C0015 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve FR ON ON ON ON I
C0018 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve RL ON ON ON ON I
C0019 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve RL ON ON ON ON I
C001c 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve RR ON ON ON ON I
C001d 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve RR ON ON ON ON I
C0020 71 ABS Pump Motor Control ON ON ON ON I
C0031 02 LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures OFF ON ON ON I
C0031 11 LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground OFF ON ON ON I
C0032 12 LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ubatt OFF ON ON ON I
LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground or
C0032 13 OFF ON ON ON I
Open Circuit
C0034 02 RHF Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures OFF ON ON ON I
C0034 11 RHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground OFF ON ON ON I
C0035 12 RHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ubatt OFF ON ON ON I
C0035 13 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Open OFF ON ON ON I
C0037 02 LHR Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures OFF ON ON ON I
C0037 11 LHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground OFF ON ON ON I
C0038 12 LHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ubatt OFF ON ON ON I
C0038 13 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Open OFF ON ON ON I
C003a 02 RHR Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures OFF ON ON ON I
C003A 11 RHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground OFF ON ON ON I
C003B 12 RHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ubatt OFF ON ON ON I
C003B 13 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Open OFF ON ON ON I
C0040 64 Brake Light Switch Fault OFF ON ON ON I
C0044 09 Brake Pressure Sensor Fault OFF ON ON ON I
C0051 54 Steering Angle Sensor Calibration Fault OFF ON ON ON I
C0051 28 Steering Angle Sensor Fault OFF ON ON ON I
C0061 29 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Signal Fault OFF ON ON ON I
C0062 29 Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor Signal Fault OFF ON ON ON I
V1.0 247
SCS DTC List
VDC Failure
MIL Level
C0063 29 Yaw Rate Sensor Signal Fault OFF ON ON ON I
Antilock Brake System (ABS)/Stability Control System
C006b 06 ON ON ON ON II
(SCS) Implausible Control
C0089 09 Stability Control System (SCS) Switch Failure OFF OFF OFF OFF I
C1104 04 Wheel Speed Sensor General Failure ON ON ON ON I
C1105 04 Valve Relay Failure ON ON ON ON I
C1106 04 Valve General Failure ON ON ON ON I
C1107 54 Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Missing Calibration OFF OFF ON ON I
C1107 04 Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Failure OFF OFF ON ON I
C1109 08 Reverse Gear Signal Implausible OFF OFF ON ON I
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off OFF OFF ON ON II
Lost Communication with Engine Control Module
U0100 87 OFF OFF ON ON II
(ECM)
Lost Communication with transmission Control
Module (TCM)
U0126 87 Lost Steering Wheel Angle Signal OFF OFF ON ON II
Lost Communication with Body Control Module
U0140 87 OFF OFF OFF OFF II
(BCM)
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) OFF OFF OFF OFF II
Invalid Data Received from Engine Control Module
(ECM)
Invalid Data Received from Transmission Control
Module (TCM)
U0428 81 Invalid Steering Wheel Angle Data Received OFF OFF ON ON II
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High OFF ON ON ON I
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low ON ON ON ON I
U2000 04 ECU Error-Hardware Error ON ON ON ON I
U2003 04 ECU Error-Software Error ON ON ON ON II
*Remarks:

ABS
• The ABS malfunction indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in
the confirmation state during the running.
• The brake system malfunction indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current
or in the confirmation state during the running.
V1.0 248
DTC List SCS
VDC Failure
MIL Level
• The SCS malfunction indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in
the confirmation state during the running.
V1.0 249
SCS Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
V1.0 250
Circuit Diagram SCS
V1.0 251
SCS Circuit Diagram
SCS Control Unit
V1.0 252
Connector Information SCS
Connector Information 35 Ignition Switch
Engine Control Module 1 EM054
36
Power Supply
37
Power Supply
41 Fuel Pump Relay
47 Sensor Ground
54. Electronic Vacuum Pump
54
Relay (only AT)
56 Fan Control 1
1 CAN H
2 LIN Bus Interface 58
side)
5 Main Relay
63 ECM Ground 2
64 ECM Ground 1
9 Cruise Control
69
14 Engine Running Request (Exhaust)
Non-continuous Power Variable Camshaft Timing
15 71
Supply (Intake)
Non-continuous Power 72 Fuel Injector 2 (Cylinder 4)
16
Supply
73
17 CAN L Heater
19 Brake Vacuum Sensor 74 Fuel Injector 3 (Cylinder 2)
20 Continuity Power Supply 75 Throttle Actuator
22 P/N Signal 76 Ignition Coil 3 Cylinder 2
23 Brake Switch Throttle Position Sensor 1
77
25 Brake Lamp Signal
A/C Medium Pressure Throttle Position Sensor 2

27 78
Switch Signal
28 A/C Switch Downstream Oxygen

79
Sensor
30 Accelerator Pedal Sensor 2 80
Ground
31 Fan Control 2 Speed/Exhaust Phase Sensor
84
32 IMMO Input Ground
V1.0 253
SCS Connector Information
Pin No. Pin Information Dynamic Stability System Control Unit BY002
85
Sensor Ground
86 Throttle Ground
89 Knock Sensor B
90 Knock Sensor A
91 Main Load Sensor
Phase Position Sensor
93
(Intake)
94 Canister Valve
1 KL.30
95 Phase Position Sensor
Ground 4 Right Front Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal -
96 Engine Speed Sensor Input
Phase Position 5V Power
98 Sensor Signal -
Supply
12 ESP Off Switch
13 Ground
14 CAN L
101
Sensor Signal 16 Right Front Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal +
Intake Air Temperature
102
Sensor 17 Right Rear Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal +
103
Signal 18 Left Rear Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal -
104
Signal 19 Left Front Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal +
105
(Exhaust) 25 KL.30
Alternator Feedback Signal 26 CAN H

106
(for non stop/start) 28 KL.15
107 Throttle 5V Power Supply 29 Right Rear Wheel Speed
Speed/Exhaust Phase Sensor Signal -
108
Position 5V Power Supply 31 Left Rear Wheel Speed
Intake Air Sensor Signal +
109 Pressure/Temperature 5V 38 Ground
Power Supply
Downstream Oxygen
110
Sensor Heater
111 ECM Ground 4
112 ECM Ground 3
V1.0 254
Instrument Pack FC006 Transmission Control Unit A BY242

1 KL.30 1 Ground
3 IMMO Transmission Line_2 Oil Temperature Sensor
2
4 IMMO Transmission Line_1 (OT) (+)
5 IMMO Clock Line Pressure Control Solenoid

3
Valve (SLC) (-)
6 IMMO Data Line
8 Ground 4
Valve (SLU) (+)
10 BCM Acoustic Request Lock-up Clutch Control
5
12 Brake Fluid Level Solenoid Valve (SLU) (-)
13 Seat Belt (Driver) 6 KL.30
15 Hand Brake 7 CAN L
16 Fuel Sensor Signal - 11 Ground
17 KL.15 12 CAN L
18 KL.R Pressure Control Solenoid
15
Valve (SLU) (-)
20 Left Direction Indicator 16
(EMOP) (-)
Lamp Signal
17 CAN H
22 Engine Oil Pressure 19
(OT) (-)
23 Driver Door Open
24 Trip Computer Switch 21
25 Right Direction Indicator 22 Supply Voltage (+)
Lamp Signal
23 Ground
26 HS CAN H
27 HS CAN L
29 High Beam
V1.0 255
SCS Connector Information
GW 1 BY238 Pin No. Pin Information

Switch
7 Driver Side One-button
Down Switch
9 Rear Wiper Switch
Switch 1
Lamp Switch
Pin No. Pin Information 13 Driver Window Up Switch
5 KL30 14 Tail Gate Unlock Switch
11 CAN H 15 Driver Door Ajar Warning
12 Pin No.Description Switch
13 CAN L 16 Driver Door Locked with

Key Signal
19 CAN L
17 High Beam Blink Switch
20 CAN H
18 IMMO SPI Bus Data Line
22 Ignition Switch On/ BCM
19 IMMO SPI Bus Clock Line
Start
20 N Gear/Clutch Switch
23 Ground
21 KL.R (ACC switch)
Status 22 KL.15 (ignition switch)
Body Control Module BY026 23 Reverse Gear Switch

24 Low Beam Switch
Switch 2
Switch
Lamp Switch
Ajar Warning Switch
34 Passenger Door Ajar
Warning Switch
1 Solar Sensor Signal Line 35 Driver Door Unlocked with
2 KL.50 Key Signal
3 Rear Wiper/Washer Switch 36 High Beam Switch
4 Front Wiper/Washer Switch 37 Rear Fog Lamp Switch
V1.0 256
Pin No. Pin Information Hazard Warning Lamp Switch BY195
38 CAN L
39 CAN H

2 ESP Off Switch
5 KL.58
Pin No. Pin Information 6 Ground
1 KL.30 7 Ground
2 KL.30 9 Lower Centre Console

Switch Master Switch
10 Lower Centre Console
Switch Lamp
11 KL.30
Steering Angle Sensor BY199

1 KL.30
2 KL.30
4 KL.30 2 KL.15 (ignition switch)
5 CAN H
6 CAN L
V1.0 257
SCS Diagnostic Information and Procedure
Diagnostic Information and Procedure • HSV1 valve test cannot be performed.

C0001, C0002, C0003 and C0004 • HSV1 valve is short to other valves or coil failure.
DTC Description • The resistance of HSV1 valve exceeds the range
DTC FTB Failure Description (excessively large or small).
• HSV1 failure is confirmed according to the feedback.
C0001 13 Valve Fault, USV1 (SCS Only)
• The software and hardware for PWM execution are not
C0002 13 Valve Fault, USV2 (SCS Only)
matched.
C0003 13 Valve Fault, HSV1 (SCS Only) • Electric leakage is detected on the low-resistance
C0004 13 Valve Fault, HSV2 (SCS Only) terminal, leading to the failure of HSV1 valve.
• Idling components of HSV1 valve cannot be detected.
Subsystem Principle
The module realizes body dynamic stability control functions C0004:
including the anti-lock braking, the braking force distribution • HSV2 valve test cannot be performed.
and the acceleration slip regulation by controlling the opening • HSV2 valve is short to other valves or coil failure.
and closing of valves.
• The resistance of HSV2 valve exceeds the range
Conditions for Running DTCs (excessively large or small).
The ignition switch is in “ON” position. • HSV2 failure is confirmed according to the feedback.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • The software and hardware are not matched.
C0001: Operations of ECU after Failure
• USV1 valve test cannot be performed. • EBD MIL is on and the system stops working.
• USV1 valve is short to other valves or coil failure. • ABS MIL is on and the system stops working.
• The resistance of USV1 valve exceeds the range • TCS MIL is on and the system stops working.
(excessively large or small). • VDC MIL is on and the system stops working.
• USV1 valve driver integrated circuit failure is confirmed Conditions for Clearing DTCs
according to the feedback.
• The DTC is not reset and the MIL goes out after the next
• The measured current is inconsistent with the specified ignition cycle.
current.
• The deviation of USV1 pulse signal exceeds the specified cycles.
value.
Possible Causes
• Electric leakage is detected on the low-resistance
SCS control unit failure.
terminal, leading to the failure of USV1 valve.
• Idling components of USV1 valve cannot be detected.
C0002:
• USV2 valve test cannot be performed.
• USV2 valve is short to other valves or coil failure. Diagnostic Test Steps
• The resistance of USV2 valve exceeds the range 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
(excessively large or small). 2. Check if the brake fluid is too dirty or if the fluid contains
• USV2 valve driver integrated circuit failure is confirmed bubbles or moisture. If any of above situations occur,
according to the feedback. replace the brake system fluid and bleed air in the system.
• The measured current is inconsistent with the specified 3. Use the scan tool to clear DTCs C0001, C0002, C0003
current. and C0004.
• The software and hardware for PWM execution are not 4. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
matched. DTCs C0001, C0002, C0003 and C0004 are not set.
• Electric leakage is detected on the low-resistance 5. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
terminal, leading to the failure of USV2 valve. test/replace the SCS control unit.
C0003:
V1.0 258
Diagnostic Information and Procedure SCS
Service Guide
V1.0 259
C0010 and C0011 Conditions for Clearing DTCs

DTC Description • The DTC is not reset and the MIL goes out after the next
DTC FTB Failure Description ignition cycle.
C0010 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve FL • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
cycles.
C0011 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve FL
Possible Causes
Subsystem Principle
The inlet valve and the outlet valve are inside the SCS. The
module realizes body dynamic stability control functions
including the anti-lock braking, the braking force distribution Reference Electrical Information
and the acceleration slip regulation by controlling the opening Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
and closing of the valves.
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
The ignition switch is in “ON” position.
2. Check if the brake fluid is too dirty or if the fluid contains
Conditions for Setting DTCs bubbles or moisture. If any of above situations occur,
C0010: replace the brake system fluid and bleed air in the system.
• EvFl valve test cannot be performed. 3. Use the scan tool to clear DTCs C0010 and C0011.
• EvFl valve is short to other valves or coil failure. 4. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
• EvFl valve resistance exceeds the threshold. DTCs C0010 and C0011 are not set.
• EvFl valve failure is confirmed according to the feedback. 5. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
test/replace the SCS.
• Software and hardware are mismatched for the gating
value of EvFl valve driver integrated circuit. Service Guide
• Software and hardware are mismatched for the PWM • Refer to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake
driver. Module” - “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
• Electric leakage at the low-resistance terminal causes the • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
failure of EvFl valve. to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake Module” -
C0011:
• AvFl valve test cannot be performed.
• AvFl valve is short to other valves or coil failure.
• AvFl valve resistance exceeds the threshold.
• AvFl valve circuit failure is confirmed according to the
feedback.
value of AvFl valve driver integrated circuit.
• Software and hardware are mismatched for the PWM
driver.
• Electric leakage at the low-resistance terminal causes the
failure of AvFl valve.
• EBD MIL is on and the system stops working.
• ABS MIL is on and the system stops working.
• TCS MIL is on and the system stops working.
• VDC MIL is on and the system stops working.
V1.0 260
C0014 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve FR • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
cycles.
C0015 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve FR
Possible Causes
Subsystem Principle
• EvFr valve test cannot be performed. 3. Use the scan tool to clear DTCs C0014 and C0015.
• EvFr valve is short to other valves or coil failure. 4. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
• EvFr valve resistance exceeds the threshold. DTCs C0014 and C0015 are not set.
• EvFr valve driver circuit failure is confirmed according to 5. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
the feedback. test/replace the SCS.
• Software and hardware are mismatched for the gating Service Guide
value of EvFr valve driver integrated circuit. • Refer to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake
• Software and hardware are mismatched for the PWM Module” - “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
driver. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Leakage current is detected on the low-resistance to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake Module” -
terminal, leading to the failure of EvFr valve. “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
• Idling components of EvFr valve cannot be detected.
C0015:
• AvFr valve test cannot be performed.
• AvFr valve is short to other valves or coil failure.
• AvFr valve resistance exceeds the threshold.
• AvFr valve driver circuit failure is confirmed according to
the feedback.
value of AvFr valve driver integrated circuit.
driver.
• Leakage current is detected on the low-resistance
terminal, leading to the failure of AvFr valve.
V1.0 261

C0018 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve RL • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
cycles.
C0019 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve RL
Possible Causes
Subsystem Principle
• EvRl valve test cannot be performed. 3. Use the scan tool to clear DTCs C0018 and C0019.
• EvRl valve is short to other valves or coil failure. 4. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
• EvRl valve resistance exceeds the threshold. DTCs C0018 and C0019 are not set.
• EvRl valve driver integrated circuit failure is confirmed 5. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
according to the feedback. test/replace the SCS control unit.
value of EvRl valve driver integrated circuit. • Refer to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake
terminal, leading to the failure of EvRl valve. “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
• Idling components cannot be detected.
C0019:
• AvRl valve test cannot be performed.
• AvRl valve is short to other valves or coil failure.
• AvRl valve resistance exceeds the threshold.
• AvRl valve driver integrated circuit failure is confirmed
value of AvRl valve driver integrated circuit.
driver.
terminal, leading to the failure of AvRl valve.
V1.0 262
C001C and C001D Conditions for Clearing DTCs
C001C 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve RR • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
cycles.
C001D 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve RR
Possible Causes
Subsystem Principle
C001C: replace the brake system fluid and bleed air in the system.
• EvRr valve test cannot be performed. 3. Use the scan tool to clear DTCs C001C and C001D.
• EvRr valve is short to other valves or coil failure. 4. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
• EvRr valve resistance exceeds the threshold. DTCs C001C and C001D are not set.
• EvRr valve driver integrated circuit failure is confirmed 5. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
according to the feedback. test/replace the SCS.
value of EvRr valve driver integrated circuit. • Refer to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake
terminal, leading to the failure of EvRr valve. “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
• Idling components cannot be detected.
C001D:
• AvRr valve test cannot be performed.
• AvRr valve is short to other valves or coil failure.
• AvRr valve resistance exceeds the threshold.
• AvRr valve driver integrated circuit failure is confirmed
• Software and hardware are mismatched for AvRr valve
driver integrated circuit.
driver.
terminal, leading to the failure of AvRr valve.
V1.0 263
C0020 Possible Causes

DTC Description • SCS control unit failure.
DTC FTB Failure Description • Related mechanical failure.
C0020 71 ABS Pump Motor Control Reference Information
Subsystem Principle Reference Electrical Information
The ABS pump motor is a component of the brake pressure Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
regulating valve assembly, meanwhile the ABS pump motor Diagnostic Test Steps
relay and the SCS are integrated as a whole. When the system
is in its normal condition, the ABS pump motor relay will not 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
engage. When the ABS, TCS or SCS is required to run, the 2. Check if the brake fluid is too dirty or if the fluid contains
SCS will activate the ABS pump motor relay and turn on the bubbles or moisture. If any of above situations occur,
ABS pump motor. replace the brake system fluid and bleed air in the system.
Conditions for Running DTCs 3. Use the scan tool to clear DTC C0020.
The ignition switch is in “ON” position. 4. Place the ignition switch in “ON” position, and confirm
DTC C0020 is not set.
5. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
• Motor relay failure. test/replace the SCS.
• ASIC programme does not detect the motor short Service Guide
circuit request.
• Motor relay overloads.
• The motor voltage is excessively high.
• The test driver for motor relay door is unavailable. to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake Module” -
• It is detected that the motor is activated but no voltage “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
is generated.
• The smart idling switch should be checked when the
motor is short-circuited.
• The pull-up resistor is unavailable.
• The UBMR voltage is lower than 40%VZP.
• The measured alternator voltage is larger than the motor
voltage + 1V safe threshold value.
• The engine voltage calculated by the motor is larger than
0.4V, while the voltage is less than 0.4V.
• The power supply feedback of ASIC motor is detected.
• Overheat protection is provided during RFP diagnosis.
ignition cycle.
cycles.
V1.0 264
C0031 and C0032 • The DTC is not reset and the MIL goes out after the next
DTC Description ignition cycle.
DTC FTB Failure Description • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
cycles.
C0031 02 LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures
C0032 13
LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
C0031 11
Ground • The DTC is not reset and the MIL goes out after the next
ignition cycle.
C0032 12 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
Ubatt
cycles.
C0032 13 Possible Causes
Ground or Open Circuit
Subsystem Principle
The wheel speed sensors are active sensors (i.e. they receive
• Left front wheel speed sensor failure.
the power supply from the ABS regulator), and they transmit
the wheel speed signal to the ABS regulator. The sensors are • SCS control unit failure.
fitted in each front wheel hub and each rear suspension trailing Reference Information
arm, and are extremely close to the inner sealing device of each Reference Circuit Information
relevant wheel bearing.
SCS Control Unit
BY002, BY003
C0031 02:
• The wheel speed sensor is not fitted in place.
• Wheel speed sensor circuit failure. Diagnostic Test Steps
• Input amplification signal error. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• Gear ring signal loss. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• The wheel speed sensor is not fitted. a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
• The gap is too large. in "ON" position.
• The number of gear teeth is incorrect. b. Read the "Left Front Wheel Speed" to check whether
it is within the rational value range (refer to the
• Accelerator signal distortion.
• Square-wave pulse low-speed signal distortion.
• Yes → Test/replace the SCS;
• Wheel speed sensor hard ware failure.
C0031 11: Wheel speed sensor short to ground.
C0032 12: Wheel speed sensor short to battery.
a. Check harness connector BY002 of the SCS and
C0032 13: Wheel speed sensor short to ground or open harness connector BY003 of the left front wheel
circuit. speed sensor for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
Operations of ECU after Failure corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
• ABS MIL is on and the system stops working. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• EBD: It functions normally.
C0031, C0032 12
V1.0 265
a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect disconnect the negative battery cable, and
harness connector BY003 of the left front wheel disconnect harness connector BY003 of the left
speed sensor. front wheel speed sensor.
b. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition b. Fit a jumper wire with 3A fuse between signal circuit
switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage terminal 1 and 12V voltage.
between terminal 2 of harness connector BY003 of
c. Connect a multimeter between terminal 2 of the
the left front wheel speed sensor and the ground is
low level reference voltage circuit and the ground,
the battery voltage.
so as to read the DC amperage.
c. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground. d. Connect the negative battery cable, raise the
vehicle, rotate the wheels slowly, and test if the DC
d. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
amperage varies between 7 and 14mA.
harness connector BY002 of the SCS. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
test/replace the SCS or the left front wheel speed sensor.
of harness connector BY003 of the left front wheel Service Guide
speed sensor and terminals of harness connector • Refer to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake
BY002 of the SCS is less than 5Ω: Module” - “Front Wheel Speed Sensor”.
• Terminal BY002-19 and Terminal BY003-2 • Refer to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake
• Terminal BY002-8 and Terminal BY003-1 Module” - “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
for open circuit/high resistance. to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake Module” -
of harness connector BY003 of the left front wheel
speed sensor or terminals of harness connector
BY002 of the SCS and the power supply is infinite:
of harness connector BY003 of the left front wheel
BY002 of the SCS and the ground is infinite:
4. Test/replace the left front wheel speed sensor or the SCS.
Test of each wheel speed sensor is sensitive to polarity. If
polarities are reversed in test, it may permanently damage
wheel speed sensor.
V1.0 266
C0034 and C0035 • The DTC is not reset and the MIL goes out after the next
cycles.
02 RHF Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures
C0034 C0035 13
RHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
11
ignition cycle.
RHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
12 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
Ubatt
C0035 cycles.
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
13 Possible Causes
Open
Subsystem Principle
• SCS control unit failure.
the wheel speed signal to the ABS regulator. The sensors are • Right front wheel speed sensor failure.
Dynamic Stability Control System
BY002, BY014
C0034 02:
• The wheel speed sensor is not fitted in place.
• Input amplification signal error. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• The wheel speed sensor is not fitted. a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
• The number of gear teeth is incorrect. b. Read the "Right Front Wheel Speed" to check
• Accelerator signal distortion.
• Square-wave pulse low-speed signal distortion.
• Yes → Test/replace the SCS.
• Wheel speed sensor hard ware failure.
C0034 11: Wheel speed sensor short to ground.
C0035 12: Wheel speed sensor short to battery.
C0035 13: Wheel speed sensor short to ground or open harness connector BY014 of the right front wheel
Operations of ECU after Failure corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
• EBD system works.
C0034, C0035 12
V1.0 267
a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, Test of each wheel speed sensor is sensitive to polarity. If
disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect polarities are reversed in test, it may permanently damage
harness connector BY014 of the right front wheel wheel speed sensor.
speed sensor.
b. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition disconnect the negative battery cable, and
switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage disconnect harness connector BY014 of the right
between terminal 2 of harness connector BY014 of front wheel speed sensor.
the right front wheel speed sensor and the ground
b. Fit a jumper wire with 3A fuse between signal circuit
is battery voltage.
terminal 1 and 12V voltage.
c. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, so as to read the DC amperage.
d. Connect the negative battery cable, raise the
harness connector BY002 of the SCS.
d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals amperage varies between 7 and 14mA.
of harness connector BY014 of the right front wheel
speed sensor and terminals of harness connector
test/replace the SCS or the right front wheel speed
BY002 of the SCS is less than 5Ω:
sensor.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit Module” - “Front Wheel Speed Sensor”.
for open circuit/high resistance. • Refer to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake
e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Module” - “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
of harness connector BY014 of the right front wheel • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
speed sensor or terminals of harness connector to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake Module” -
BY002 of the SCS and the power supply is infinite: “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.

of harness connector BY014 of the right front wheel
After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
4. Test/replace the right front wheel speed sensor or the
SCS.
V1.0 268
C0037 and C0038 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
DTC FTB Failure Description C0038 13
C0037 02 LHR Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures • The DTC is not reset and the MIL goes out after the next
LHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to ignition cycle.
C0037 11
Ground • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
cycles.
LHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
C0038 12 Possible Causes
Ubatt
C0038 13 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Open • Related circuits failure.
Subsystem Principle
• Left rear wheel speed sensor failure.
the wheel speed signal to the ABS regulator. The sensors are Reference Information
fitted in each front wheel hub and each rear suspension trailing Reference Circuit Information
arm, and are extremely close to the inner sealing device of each
SCS Control Unit
BY002, BY052
C0037 02:
• The wheel speed sensor is not fitted in place. Diagnostic Test Steps
• Wheel speed sensor circuit failure. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• Input amplification signal error. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• Gear ring signal loss. a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
• The wheel speed sensor is not fitted. in "ON" position.
• The gap is too large. b. Read the "Left Rear Wheel Speed" to check whether
• The number of gear teeth is incorrect. it is within the rational value range (refer to the
• Accelerator signal distortion. Appendix for rational value range).
• Square-wave pulse low-speed signal distortion. • Yes → Test/replace the SCS.

• Wheel speed sensor hard ware failure. • No → Go to Step 2.
C0037 11: Wheel speed sensor short to ground. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
C0038 12: Wheel speed sensor short to battery. a. Check harness connector BY002 of the SCS and
C0038 13: Wheel speed sensor short to ground or open harness connector BY052 of the left rear wheel
• ABS: The MIL is on and the system stops working.
• TCS: The MIL is on and the system stops working.
• VDC: The MIL is on and the system stops working.
• EBD: The system works. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
C0037, C0038 12
ignition cycle.
V1.0 269
a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect disconnect the negative battery cable, and
harness connector BY052 of the left rear wheel disconnect harness connector BY052 of the left rear
speed sensor. wheel speed sensor.
b. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition b. Fit a jumper wire with 3A fuse between signal circuit
switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage terminal 1 and 12V voltage.
between terminal 2 of harness connector BY052 of
the left rear wheel speed sensor and the ground is
battery voltage.
so as to read the DC amperage.
for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground. d. Connect the negative battery cable, raise the
c. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
amperage varies between 7 and 14mA.
harness connector BY002 of the SCS. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
test/replace the SCS or the left rear wheel speed sensor.
of harness connector BY052 of the left rear wheel Service Guide
speed sensor and terminals of harness connector • Refer to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake
BY002 of the SCS is less than 5Ω: Module” - “Rear Wheel Speed Sensor”.
• Terminal BY002-18 and Terminal BY052-1 Module” - “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
for open circuit/high resistance. to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake Module” -
of harness connector BY052 of the left rear wheel
of harness connector BY052 of the left rear wheel
4. Test/replace the left rear wheel speed sensor or the SCS.
Test of each wheel speed sensor is sensitive to polarity. If
polarities are reversed in test, it may permanently damage
wheel speed sensor.
V1.0 270
C003A and C003B • The DTC is not reset and the MIL goes out after the next
cycles.
02 RHR Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures
C003A C003B 13
RHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
11
ignition cycle.
RHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
12 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
Ubatt
C003B cycles.
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
13 Possible Causes
Open
Subsystem Principle
• Right rear wheel speed sensor failure.
the wheel speed signal to the ABS regulator. The sensors are • SCS control unit failure.
SCS Control Unit
Conditions for Setting DTCs BY002, BY044
C003A 02: Reference Electrical Information

• The wheel speed sensor is not fitted in place. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Input amplification signal error.
• The wheel speed sensor is not fitted.
• The number of gear teeth is incorrect.
b. Read the "Right Rear Wheel Speed" to check
• Accelerator signal distortion. whether it is within the rational value range (refer to
• Square-wave pulse low-speed signal distortion. the Appendix for rational value range).
• Wheel speed sensor hard ware failure. • Yes → Test/replace the SCS.
C003A 11: The wheel speed sensor is short to ground. • No → Go to Step 2.
C003B 12: The wheel speed sensor is short to battery. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
C003B 13: The wheel speed sensor is short to ground or a. Check harness connector BY002 of the SCS and
open-circuit. harness connector BY044 of the right rear wheel
Operations of ECU after Failure speed sensor for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
• EBD system works.
C003A, C003B 12 • Yes → Go to Step 3;
V1.0 271
3. Test related circuits: Test of each wheel speed sensor is sensitive to polarity. If
a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, polarities are reversed in test, it may permanently damage
disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect wheel speed sensor.
harness connector BY044 of the right rear wheel a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
speed sensor. disconnect the negative battery cable, and
b. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition disconnect harness connector BY044 of the right
switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage rear wheel speed sensor.
between terminal 2 of harness connector BY044 of b. Fit a jumper wire with 3A fuse between signal circuit
the right rear wheel speed sensor and the ground is terminal 1 and 12V voltage.
battery voltage.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit low level reference voltage circuit and the ground,
for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground. so as to read the DC amperage.
c. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, d. Connect the negative battery cable, raise the
disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect vehicle, rotate the wheels slowly, and test if the DC
harness connector BY002 of the SCS. amperage varies between 7 and 14mA.
of harness connector BY044 of the right rear wheel
test/replace the SCS or the right rear wheel speed sensor.
speed sensor and terminals of harness connector
BY002 of the SCS is less than 5Ω: Service Guide
Module” - “Rear Wheel Speed Sensor”.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit Module” - “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake Module” -
of harness connector BY044 of the right rear wheel “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
of harness connector BY044 of the right rear wheel
4. Test/replace the right rear wheel speed sensor or the
SCS.
V1.0 272
C0040 b. Read the “Brake Lamp Switch State” to check
DTC Description whether it is within the rational value range (refer to
C0040 64 Brake Light Switch Fault
Subsystem Principle
The brake switch is located on the pedal box in the cab. ECM
monitors the switch status and transfers the data to TCM a. Check harness connector BY042 of the brake pedal
via the CAN bus, and TCM controls the transmission clutch switch and harness connector EM054 of the ECM
open. When the brake pedal is operated, the brake switch is for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
activated. contamination, deformation, etc.
Brake lamp switch signal is invalid. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Yes → Go to Step 3/4;
• TCS: The MIL is on and the system stops working. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• VDC: The MIL is on and the system stops working. 3. Test related circuits:
• ABS: The system works.
a. Connect the negative battery cable, and test if
• EBD: The system works. the voltage between harness connector terminal
Conditions for Clearing DTCs BY042-1 of the brake pedal switch and the ground is
• The DTC is not reset and the MIL goes out after the next the battery voltage.
ignition cycle. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
cycles. b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
Possible Causes disconnect negative battery cable, and disconnect
harness connector BY042 of the brake pedal switch.
• Connector failure or poor fit. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY042-3 of the brake pedal switch and the
• Brake pedal switch failure.
ground is less than 5Ω.
d. Disconnect harness connector EM054 of the ECM,
Brake Lamp and test if the resistance between the following
Reference Connector End View Information terminals of harness connector EM054 of the ECM
and terminals of harness connector BY042 of the
BY042, EM054
brake switch is less than 5Ω:
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output for open circuit/high resistance.
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch of harness connector EM054 of the ECM or terminals
in "ON" position. of harness connector BY042 of the brake switch and
the ground is infinite:
V1.0 273


of harness connector BY042 of the brake switch and
the power supply is infinite:


4. Test/replace the brake pedal switch or the ECM:

disconnect negative battery cable, and disconnect
harness connector BY042 of the brake pedal switch.
b. Depress the brake pedal to test if the resistance

between terminals BY042-1 and BY042-2 of the
brake pedal switch is less than 5Ω, and if the
resistance between terminals BY042-3 and BY042-4
of the brake pedal switch is infinite.

brake pedal switch.
c. Release the brake pedal to test if the resistance

brake pedal switch is infinite, and if the resistance
brake pedal switch is less than 5Ω.

brake pedal switch.
d. If the DTCs still exist after above tests and repairs,
test/replace the brake pedal switch or the ECM.
Service Guide
Brake” - “Brake Lamp Switch Assembly”.
V1.0 274
C0044 b. Read the "Master Cylinder Pressure" to check
DTC Description whether it is within the rational value range (refer to
C0044 09 Brake Pressure Sensor Fault • Yes → Test/replace the SCS.
Subsystem Principle
2. Check and visually observe the brake system for leakage,
The pressure sensor, which is in the dynamic stability control
damage, etc.
system, monitors the brake pressure of ABS regulator. If the
brake pressure exceeds the upper safety pressure limit of the 3. If any of the above situations occurs, repair/replace
system during pressurization, the overflow valve, which plays related faulty parts of brake system.
the role of safety protection, will be switched on to allow the 4. Check if the brake fluid is too dirty or if the fluid contains
brake fluid to flow back to the brake master cylinder. bubbles or moisture.
Conditions for Running DTCs If any of above situations occur, replace the brake system
The ignition switch is in "ON" position. fluid and bleed air in the system.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 5. Confirm no DTC other than DTC C0044 of the SCS
is set.
• The offset value of the master cylinder pressure sensor
is out of the standard parameter range. If other DTCs of dynamic stability control system have
• The sensitivity of the pressure sensor is out of the been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
standard range. 6. Clear DTC C0044 with the scan tool.
• The brake pressure sensor voltage signal is out of the 7. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
range, and the voltage is more than 3.29V or less than C0044 is not set.
0.13V.
If the DTC is set, test/replace the SCS.
• The hard wire failure.
Service Guide
• TCS: The MIL is on.
• VDC: The MIL is on.
• EBD: It functions normally. to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake Module” -
• ABS: It functions normally. “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
ignition cycle.
cycles.
Possible Causes


in "ON" position.
V1.0 275
C0051, U0126 and U0428 Possible Causes

54 Steering Angle Sensor Calibration Fault • Steering angle sensor failure.
C0051
28 Steering Angle Sensor Fault • SCS control unit failure.
U0126 87 Lost Steering Wheel Angle Signal Reference Information
U0428 81 Invalid Steering Wheel Angle Data Received Reference Circuit Information
Subsystem Principle
The SCS monitors the traction control switch. Once the
traction control switch is pressed, the SCS will disable the BY002, BY199
traction control system (TCS). The SCS requests the IPK to Reference Electrical Information
illuminate the SCS OFF indicator via the serial data.
C0051: Normal communication of the SAS is detected by the
ECU with the ignition switch in “ON” position. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
U0126, U0428: 0089
• The ignition switch is in “ON” position. a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
• The battery voltage is in its normal condition.
b. Read the “Steering Wheel Steering Angle” to check
C0051 28: The SAS receives the wrong signal or the signal is the Appendix for rational value range).
beyond the set procedure.
C0051 54:
• Failure level 1: Fail to find the central position, or exceed
the speed threshold or the time limit. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
• Failure level 3: The sensor is not initialized or not a. Check harness connector BY002 of the SCS and
calibrated. harness connector BY199 of the SAS for looseness,
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination
U0126: Communication timeout.
and deformation, etc.
U0428: Communication data damaged.
Operations of ECU after Failure found in visual check.
C0051: c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• TCS: The MIL is on and the system stops working. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
• VDC: The MIL is on and the system stops working. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
U0126 and U0428: • Yes → Go to Step 3;

• EBD: The warning lamp does not illuminate. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• ABS: The warning lamp does not illuminate. 3. Test related circuits:
• TCS: The system stops working.
• VDC: The system stops working. If other module tests are normal, continue the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs following inspection procedures.
• When the diagnosis runs and passes, clear the current b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
DTC. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby harness connector BY199 of the SAS and harness
cycles. connector BY002 of the SCS.
V1.0 276
c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY199 of the SAS and terminals of harness
connector BY002 of the SCS is less than 5Ω:

d. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness

connector BY199 of the SAS or terminals of harness
connector BY002 of the SCS and the ground is
infinite:


the SAS or terminals of harness connector BY002 of
the SCS and the ground is between 2-3V:

4. Test/replace the SCS or the SAS:

test/replace the SCS or the SAS.
Service Guide
to Service Manual, “Steering System” - “Steering Wheel
and Steering Column” - “Combination Switch”.
V1.0 277
C0061, C0062, C0063 and C1107 Operations of ECU after Failure

DTC Description • TCS: The MIL is on and the system stops working.
DTC FTB Failure Description • VDC: The MIL is on and the system stops working.
C0061 29 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Signal Fault • EBD: The system works.
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor Signal • ABS: The system works.
C0062 29
Fault Conditions for Clearing DTCs
C0063 29 Yaw Rate Sensor Signal Fault • When the diagnosis runs and passes, clear the current
Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Missing DTC.
54
C1107 Calibration • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby
04 Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Failure cycles.
Possible Causes
Subsystem Principle
The yaw rate sensor measures the vehicle rotary motion
around the longitudinal axis and the slippage of vehicle and
sends the corresponding data to the SCS and the ECU. Reference Electrical Information
The ECU compares the signals received from the yaw rate Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
sensor and the steering angle sensor, judges the forthcoming
situations and takes corresponding controls. Diagnostic Test Steps
Conditions for Running DTCs 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
C0061, C0063, C1107:
• The ignition switch is in “ON” position.
in "ON" position.
• The module (in wake-up state) communication is normal.
b. Read the “Yaw Rate”, “Lateral Acceleration” and
C0062:
“Longitudinal Acceleration” to check whether they
• During the brake or after the brake. are within the rational value range (refer to the
• The communication is normal. Appendix for rational value range).
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Yes → Test/replace the SCS.
C0061: Sensor signal error. • No → Go to Step 2.
C0062: The absolute value of longitudinal acceleration sensor 2. Clear DTCs C0061, C0062, C0063 and C1107 with the
signal is greater than the threshold value. scan tool.
C0063: The yaw sensor signal is irrational. 3. Replace, programme and set the body dynamic stability
control system.
C1107 04:
4. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
• The sensor cannot complete internal self-check.
DTCs C0061, C0062, C0063 and C1107 are not set.
• Software and hardware cannot be matched.
If these DTCs are set, test/replace the SCS.
• SPI communication failure is detected inside the sensor.
Service Guide
• The initial temperature cannot be read from the sensor
due to SPI failure. • Refer to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake
C1107 54:
• The internal configuration data of the sensor is invalid. to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake Module” -
• The calibration error happens to the acceleration sensor. “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
• The vehicle is not parked on the flat road.
• The sensor is mismatched with the module data.
• Sensor ID error.
V1.0 278
C006B
DTC Description
Antilock Brake System (ABS)/Stability
C006B 06
Control System (SCS) Implausible Control
Subsystem Principle
While positioning the ignition switch to "ON" and powering on
command, microprocessor shall run a diagnostic programme
to detect internal fault. If an internal fault is detected, the
control module will set a DTC.
• The ABS/EBD controls a single wheel or multiple wheels
improperly for a long time.
• The VDS controls only the front axle for no less than 10s.
• The ABS emergency brake fails.
• The EBD MIL comes on and the system stops working.
• The ABS MIL comes on and the system stops working.
• The TCS MIL comes on and the system stops working.
• The VDC MIL comes on and the system stops working.
• When the diagnosis runs and passes, clear the current
DTC.
• The electronic brake control module will turn off the
indicator in 40 ignition cycles.
Possible Causes

1. Clear DTC C006B with the scan tool.
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
C006B is not set.
If the DTC is set, test/replace the SCS.

Service Guide
V1.0 279
C0089 b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts

Stability Control System (SCS) Switch ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
C0089 09 again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Failure
Subsystem Principle
The SCS disable switch controls the enabling and disabling of
the SCS function. 2. Test related circuits:
Conditions for Running DTCs a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
The ignition switch is in "ON" position. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
harness connector BY195 of the lower centre
console switch.
The state is not switched in 10s of switch pressing after system
b. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
initialization.
Operations of ECU after Failure between terminal 7 of harness connector BY195 of
• The EBD MIL comes on and the system stops working. the lower centre console switch and the battery is
• The ABS MIL comes on and the system stops working. the battery voltage.
• The TCS MIL comes on and the system stops working. c. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• The VDC MIL comes on and the system stops working. for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs d. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
harness connector BY002 of the SCS.
ignition cycle.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby e. Test if the resistance between the following harness
cycles. connector terminal BY195-2 of the lower centre
console switch and harness connector terminal
Possible Causes
BY002-12 of the SCS is less than 5Ω:
• Lower centre console switch failure.
connector terminal BY195-2 of the lower centre
Reference Information console switch or harness connector terminal
Reference Circuit Information BY002-12 of the SCS and the power supply is infinite:
SCS Control Unit If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Connector End View Information for short to battery.

BY002, BY195
connector terminal BY195-2 of the lower centre
Reference Electrical Information console switch or harness connector terminal
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection BY002-12 of the SCS and the ground is infinite:

a. Check harness connector BY002 of the SCS and ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
harness connector BY195 of the lower centre again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
console switch for looseness, poor contact,
etc. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
V1.0 280
3. Test/replace the SCS or the lower centre console switch:

test/replace the SCS or the lower centre console switch.
Service Guide
• Refer to Service Manual, “Interior Fitting” - “Instrument
Panel and Centre Console” - “Centre Console Upper
Trim Panel Assembly and Switch Assembly”.
V1.0 281
C1104 Diagnostic Test Steps

C1104 04 Wheel Speed Sensor General Failure a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
Subsystem Principle
b. Read the "Left Front Wheel Speed, Right Front
Wheel Speed, Left Rear Wheel Speed And Right
the power supply from the ABS modulator), and they transmit
Rear Wheel Speed" to check whether they are within
the wheel speed signal to the SCS control module. The sensors
are fitted in each front wheel hub and each rear suspension
trailing arm, and are extremely close to the inner sealing device
of each relevant wheel bearing. • Yes → Test/replace the SCS.
The ignition switch is in "ON" position. 2. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
Conditions for Setting DTCs "ON" position.
• The wheel speed sensor software and hardware cannot 3. Read to confirm whether DTC C1104 is the current
be matched. DTC. If not, clear other DTCs first.
• The wheel speed sensor voltage is lower than the normal 4. Clear DTC C1104.
value. 5. Confirm that the DTC is not reset.
• Channel error. 6. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the SCS.
• The supply voltage is lower than the starting voltage. Service Guide
• The highest and lowest wheel speeds exceed 5% of the • Refer to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake
reference values. Module” - “Front Wheel Speed Sensor”.
• It is improperly fitted. • Refer to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake
• Multiple wheel speed sensors fail temporarily. Module” - “Rear Wheel Speed Sensor”.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Refer to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake
• The EBD MIL comes on and the system stops working.
• The ABS MIL comes on and the system stops working.
• The TCS MIL comes on and the system stops working. “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
• The VDC MIL comes on and the system stops working.
ignition cycle.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• The wheel speed sensor has failure.
V1.0 282
C1105 and C1106 4. Confirm that the DTCs are not reset.
DTC Description 5. If the DTCs are reset, test/replace the SCS.
DTC FTB Failure Description Service Guide
C1105 04 Valve Relay Failure • Refer to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake
C1106 04 Valve General Failure Module” - “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
Subsystem Principle to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake Module” -
The valve relay controls the valve inside the SCS module to “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
open or close.
C1105: The voltage is lower than 5V.
C1106:
• Supply voltage failure.
• The valve coil temperature is high.
• Internal failure.
• The solenoid valve is overloaded or undervoltage.
• The EEPROM cannot load the reference resistance value.
• EBD: The MIL is on and the system stops working.
ignition cycle.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Valve relay failure.

1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
2. Read to confirm whether DTC C1105 and C1106 are
the current DTCs. If not, clear other DTCs first.
3. Clear DTCs C1105 and C1106.
V1.0 283
C1109 transmission control module for looseness, poor

DTC Description contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
deformation, etc.
b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in
C1109 08 Reverse Gear Signal Implausible
visual check.
Subsystem Principle c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
The automatic transmission gear shift lever transmits the ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
in-gear signal to the automatic transmission control module again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
via the CAN data bus, and commands the transmission to • Yes → Go to Step 2.
shift gears.
The communication is normal.
a. Refer to “Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network”.
• The reverse gear signal displays “Engaged” when the following detection procedures.
speed is higher than 40km/h for more than 20s, and all
b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
parameter changes are normal.
• When the vehicle is parked on the road surface with a
c. Disconnect harness connector BY242 of the
gradient less than -2%, the reverse switch signal displays
automatic transmission control module and harness
“Not Engaged”.
connector BY002 of the SCS.
• The reverse switch signal is invalid (only the hill start
function is available via the CAN network). d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• EBD: The MIL is on and the system stops working. connector BY002 of the SCS is less than 5Ω.
• ABS: The MIL is on and the system stops working. • Terminal BY242-7 and Terminal BY002-14
Conditions for Clearing DTCs for open circuit/high resistance.
• The DTC is not reset and the MIL goes out after the next e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
ignition cycle. of harness connector BY242 of the automatic
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby transmission control module or terminals of harness
cycles. connector BY002 of the SCS and the ground is
Possible Causes infinite.
SCS control unit failure. • Terminal BY242-7 or Terminal BY002-14

f. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
BY002, BY242 between terminals of harness connector BY002 of
the SCS or terminals of harness connector BY242 of
the automatic transmission control module and the
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection ground is between 2-3V.
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal BY242-7 or Terminal BY002-14
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • Terminal BY242-17 or Terminal BY002-26
a. Check harness connector BY002 of the SCS If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
and harness connectors BY242 of the automatic for short to battery.
V1.0 284

or the SCS:
• Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in

"ON" position.
• Read to confirm whether DTC C1109 is the current DTC.

If not, clear other DTCs first.
• Clear DTC C1109, wait for 10s after system initialization,

and drive the vehicle at a speed of 60km/h for more than
6min, then slowly stop the vehicle.
• Confirm that the DTC is not reset.
• If the DTC is reset, test/replace the SCS.
If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic

transmission control module or the SCS.
Service Guide
Module (TCM)”.
Module (TCM)”.
V1.0 285

U0073 88 CAN Bus Off
Subsystem Principle
The body stability control system communicates with other
modules via HS CAN bus. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
• The voltage is normal. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector BY238 of the GW and harness
When the controller has the transmission error for certain connector BY002 of the SCS.
times, the "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
the "Bus Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. connector BY238 of the GW and terminals of
Operations of ECU after Failure harness connector BY002 of the SCS is less than 5Ω:
• TCS: The MIL is on and the system stops working. • Terminal BY238-19 and Terminal BY002-14
• VDC: The MIL is on and the system stops working. • Terminal BY238-20 and Terminal BY002-26
Conditions for Clearing DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• "Bus Off" state does not appear within 5s. for open circuit/high resistance.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition d. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
cycles. connector BY238 of the GW or terminals of harness
Possible Causes connector BY002 of the SCS and the ground is
infinite.
Reference Connector End View Information between terminals of harness connector BY238 of
the GW or terminals of harness connector BY002
BY002, BY238
of the SCS and the ground is between 2-3V.
a. Check the harness connector of the GW and f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
the harness connector of the SCS for looseness, ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in • No → Diagnosis is completed.
visual check.
3. Test/replace the SCS or the GW:
test/replace the SCS or the GW.
V1.0 286
Service Guide
to Service Manual, “Safety and Protection” - “Gateway”
- “Gateway Module”.
V1.0 287
U0100 and U0401 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• Yes → Go to Step 2/3;
U0100 87
Invalid Data Received from Engine Control 2. Test related circuits:

U0401 81
Module (ECM) a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
Subsystem Principle
The SCS communicates with the ECM via the HS CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs disconnect the negative battery cable. Disconnect
The ignition switch is in "ON" position. harness connector BY002 of the SCS and harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector EM054 of the ECM.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from the ECM
cannot be received within 2s.
of harness connector EM054 of the ECM is less than
Operations of ECU after Failure 5Ω.
• TCS: The MIL is on and the system stops working. • Terminal BY002-14 and Terminal EM054-17
consecutive times.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby of harness connector BY002 of the SCS or terminals
cycles. of harness connector EM054 of the ECM and the
• Related circuits failure. • Terminal BY002-14 or Terminal EM054-17
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal BY002-26 or Terminal EM054-1
• SCS control unit failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Circuit Information switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage
Bus System and DLC (3) the SCS or terminals of harness connector EM054
Reference Connector End View Information of the ECM and the ground is between 2-3V.
BY002, EM054 • Terminal BY002-14 or Terminal EM054-17
a. Check harness connector BY002 of the SCS and again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
harness connector EM054 of the ECM for looseness, • Yes → Go to Step 4;
deformation, etc.
3. Test/replace the ECM or the SCS.
test/replace the SCS or the ECM.
V1.0 288
Service Guide
V1.0 289
U0101 and U0402 b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in
DTC Description visual check.
Control Module (TCM)
Invalid Data Received from Transmission
U0402 81
The SCS communicates with the automatic transmission a. Refer to “Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network”.
control module via the HS CAN bus. If other module tests are normal, continue the
following detection procedures.
• The voltage is normal.
Conditions for Setting DTCs automatic transmission control module and harness
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from the TCM connector BY002 of the SCS.
cannot be received within 2s. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Operations of ECU after Failure of harness connector BY242 of the automatic
• TCS: The MIL is on and the system stops working. transmission control module and terminals of harness
connector BY002 of the SCS is less than 5Ω.
cycles. e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Connector failure or poor fit. infinite.
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) f. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
Reference Connector End View Information switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage
BY002, BY242
the SCS or terminals of harness connector BY242 of
Reference Electrical Information the automatic transmission control module and the
a. Check harness connector BY002 of the SCS If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
and harness connectors BY242 of the automatic for short to battery.
transmission control module for looseness, poor g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
deformation, etc. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
V1.0 290

or the SCS:
If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic

transmission control module or the SCS.
Service Guide
Module (TCM)”.
Module (TCM)”.
V1.0 291

U0140 87
Module (BCM) • No → Diagnosis is completed.
The BCM communicates with the SCS via the CAN bus. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
Module communication is normal.
Conditions for Setting DTCs disconnect the negative battery cable. Disconnect
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from the harness connector BY026 of the BCM and harness
BCM cannot be received within 2s. connector BY002 of the SCS.
• EBD: The MIL is on and the system stops working. of harness connector BY026 of the BCM and
terminals of harness connector BY002 of the SCS is
less than 5Ω.
consecutive times.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
cycles. of harness connector BY026 of the BCM or terminals
of harness connector BY002 of the SCS and the
Possible Causes
ground is infinite.
• Body control module failure.
e. Connect the negative battery cable, place the
ignition switch in “ON” position, and test if the
Bus System and DLC (3) voltage between the following terminals of harness
Reference Connector End View Information connector BY026 of the BCM or terminals of harness
BY026, BY002 between 2-3V.
b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in • No → Diagnosis is completed.

visual check. 3. Test/replace the BCM or the SCS
V1.0 292
If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the BCM or
the SCS.
Service Guide
• Refer to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body
Control” - “Body Control Module (BCM)”.
to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body Control” -
“Body Control Module (BCM)”.
V1.0 293

U0155 87
Subsystem Principle
The SCS communicates with the IPK via the CAN bus.
The ignition switch is in "ON" position. b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
Conditions for Setting DTCs disconnect the negative battery cable. Disconnect
harness connector BY002 of the SCS and harness
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from the
IPK cannot be received within 2s.
• EBD: The MIL is on and the system stops working. of harness connector FC006 of the IPK is less than
• ABS: The MIL is on and the system stops working. 5Ω.
• TCS: The MIL is on and the system stops working. • Terminal FC006-27 and Terminal BY002-14
• VDC: The MIL is on and the system stops working. • Terminal FC006-26 and Terminal BY002-26
consecutive times. d. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby connector BY002 of the SCS or terminals of harness
cycles. connector FC006 of the IPK and the ground is
Possible Causes infinite.
• Related circuits failure. • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY002-14

• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal BY002-26
Bus System and DLC (3) & Bus System and DLC (2) the SCS or terminals of harness connector FC006 of
Reference Connector End View Information the IPK and the ground is 2-3V.
FC006, BY002 • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY002-14
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal BY002-26
a. Check harness connector BY002 of the SCS and again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
harness connector FC006 of the IPK for looseness, • Yes → Go to Step 3;
deformation, etc.
3. Test/replace the IPK or the SCS:
b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in
If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the IPK or the
visual check.
SCS.
V1.0 294
Service Guide
Pack”.
Pack”.
V1.0 295
U1562 and U1563 Reference Electrical Information

DTC Description
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low
The SCS monitors the system voltage to check whether the in "ON" position.
module supply voltage is within the normal range. b. Read the “Battery Voltage” to check whether it
Conditions for Running DTCs is within the rational value range (refer to the
• The battery voltage is abnormal. • Yes → Test/replace the SCS;
• Not in the Start/Stop Mode. • No → Go to Step 2.
• The communication is normal. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Conditions for Setting DTCs a. Check harness connector BY002 of the SCS,
U1562: It is detected that the system voltage is too high. harness connectors BY142 and BY144 of the engine
U1563: It is detected that the system voltage is too low.
BY040 of the passenger compartment fuse box
Operations of ECU after Failure for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
U1562: contamination, deformation, etc.
• TCS MIL is on and the system stops working. found in visual check.
• VDC MIL is on and the system stops working. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
U1563:
• VDC MIL is on and the system stops working. 3. Test related circuits:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs a. Connect the negative battery cable, and test if
the voltage between harness connector terminal
• The battery voltage is in its normal condition.
BY002-1 of the SCS and the ground is the battery
• The electronic brake control module will turn off the voltage.
indicator in 40 ignition cycles.
Possible Causes
• Connector failure or poor fit. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
• SCS control unit failure. harness connector BY002 of the SCS.
• Battery failure. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Engine failure. terminal BY002-13 of the SCS and the ground is less
Reference Information than 5Ω.
SCS Control Unit
d. Disconnect harness connector BY040 of the
passenger compartment fuse box, and test if the
BY002, BY142, BY144, BY040 resistance between the following terminals of
harness connectors BY142 and BY144 of the engine
V1.0 296
compartment fuse box and terminals of harness • Refer to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake
connector BY002 of the SCS is less than 5Ω: Module” - “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
• Terminal BY142-1 and Terminal BY002-1 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
of harness connector BY040 of the passenger
compartment fuse box or terminals of harness
connectors BY142 and BY144 of the engine
infinite:
connectors BY142 and BY144 of the engine
connector BY002 of the SCS and the power supply
is infinite:
4. Test/replace the SCS:
test/replace the SCS.
Service Guide
V1.0 297
U2000 and U2003

DTC Description
U2000 04 ECU Error-Hardware Error
U2003 04 ECU Error-Software Error
Subsystem Principle
Module internal failure, not involving external circuit.
U2000: Internal flash memory failure, overtime
communication and self-check error.
U2003: Manager and controller are mismatched,

communication is overtime and Stop request is made.
• Failures are cleared.
cycles.
Possible Causes

position.
2. Clear the DTCs U2000 and U2003 with a scan tool.
3. Confirm that no identical DTC is set.
4. If the DTC still exists, check/replace the SCS.
Service Guide
V1.0 298
DTC List SDM
DTC List
List
Airbag Warning
DTC FTB Description
Lamp*
B1900 11 Driver Airbag Short to Ground ON
B1901 12 Driver Airbag Short to Battery ON
B1902 1A Driver Airbag Resistance too Low ON
B1903 1B Driver Airbag Resistance too High ON
B1910 11 Passenger Airbag Short to Ground ON
B1911 12 Passenger Airbag Short to Battery ON
B1912 1A Passenger Airbag Resistance too Low ON
B1913 1B Passenger Airbag Resistance too High ON
B1916 11 Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short to Ground ON
B1917 12 Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short to Battery ON
B1918 1A Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Resistance too Low ON
B1919 1B Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Resistance too High ON
B1923 11 Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short to Ground ON
B1924 12 Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short to Battery ON
B1925 1A Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Resistance too Low ON
B1926 1B Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Resistance too High ON
B1934 11 Left Side Airbag Short to Ground ON
B1935 12 Left Side Airbag Short to Battery ON
B1936 1A Left Side Airbag Resistance too Low ON
B1937 1B Left Side Airbag Resistance too High ON
B1945 11 Right Side Airbag Short to Ground ON
B1946 12 Right Side Airbag Short to Battery ON
B1947 1A Right Side Airbag Resistance too Low ON
B1948 1B Right Side Airbag Resistance too High ON
B195C 11 Left Curtain Airbag Short to Ground ON
B195D 12 Left Curtain Airbag Short to Battery ON
B195E 1A Left Curtain Airbag Resistance too Low ON
B195F 1B Left Curtain Airbag Resistance too High ON
B1971 11 Right Curtain Airbag Short to Ground ON
B1972 12 Right Curtain Airbag Short to Battery ON
B1973 1A Right Curtain Airbag Resistance too Low ON
B1974 1B Right Curtain Airbag Resistance too High ON
B1977 96 Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Internal Fault ON
B1978 00 Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Lost Communication ON
B1984 96 Right B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Internal Fault ON
V1.0 299
SDM DTC List
Airbag Warning
DTC FTB Description
Lamp*
B1985 00 Right B-Pillar Side Impact Sensor Lost Communication ON
B1996 00 Deployment Data Record Full: No over-write-able records exist ON
B1997 00 Airbag Squib Configuration Mismatch ON
B1999 96 SDM Internal Faults-Control Function Block ON
U0001 88 HSCAN BUS Off Fault OFF
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) OFF
U0121 87 Lost Communication with Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) OFF
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) OFF
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) OFF
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High ON
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low ON
*Remarks:
Airbag Warning Lamp: It receives the signal from the SDM to inform the SRS failure.
V1.0 300
Circuit Diagram SDM
Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
V1.0 301
SDM Circuit Diagram
V1.0 302
Circuit Diagram SDM
Airbag (1)
V1.0 303
SDM Circuit Diagram
Airbag (2)
V1.0 304
Connector Information SDM
Connector Information Body Control Module BY026
Connector Information
ABS Control Unit BY002

1 Solar Sensor Signal Line
2 KL.50
1 KL.30
Sensor Signal -
Switch
Sensor Signal -
13 Ground
Down Switch
14 CAN L
9 Rear Wiper Switch
Sensor Signal +
Switch 1
Sensor Signal +
Lamp Switch
Sensor Signal -
Sensor Signal + 13 Driver Window Up Switch
25 KL.30 14 Tail Gate Unlock Switch
26 CAN H 15 Driver Door Ajar Warning

Switch
28 KL.15
16 Driver Door Locked with
Key Signal
Sensor Signal -
Sensor Signal + 18 IMMO SPI Bus Data Line
38 Ground 19 IMMO SPI Bus Clock Line

23 Reverse Gear Switch
V1.0 305
SDM Connector Information

24 Low Beam Switch 23 Ground
27 Heated Rear Window 36 Ignition Switch Operation
28 Front Wiper Homing Signal Status
29 Front Wiper Mode Selection Engine Control Module 1 EM054

Switch 2
Switch
Lamp Switch
Ajar Warning Switch
Warning Switch
35 Driver Door Unlocked with
Key Signal
36 High Beam Switch
1 CAN H
38 CAN L
2 LIN Bus Interface
39 CAN H
5 Main Relay
GW 1 BY238
9 Cruise Control
15
Supply
16
Supply
17 CAN L
Pin No. Pin Information 19 Brake Vacuum Sensor
5 KL30 20 Continuity Power Supply
11 CAN H 22 P/N Signal
12 Pin No.Description 23 Brake Switch
13 CAN L 25 Brake Lamp
19 CAN L A/C Medium Pressure

27
Switch
20 CAN H
28 A/C Switch
Start 29 Stop/Start Master Switch
V1.0 306
31 Fan Control 2 Speed/Exhaust Phase Sensor
84
32 IMMO Input Ground
35 Ignition Switch Coolant/Oil Temperature

85
Sensor Ground
36 86 Throttle Ground
Power Supply
Accelerator Pedal 1 5V 87 Throttle Actuator
37
Power Supply 88 Ignition Coil 4 Cylinder 1
40 Auto Stop Status Output 89 Knock Sensor B
41 Fuel Pump Relay 90 Knock Sensor A
42 A/C Compressor Relay 91 Main Load Sensor
45 Accelerator Pedal Sensor 1 Phase Position Sensor
93
47 Sensor Ground (Intake)
49 Stop/Start Status Indicator 94 Canister Valve
Electronic Vacuum Pump Downstream Oxygen/Intake

54 95 Phase Position Sensor
Relay (only AT)
Ground
56 Fan Control 1
58 Phase Position 5V Power
side) 98
Supply
63 ECM Ground 2
64 ECM Ground 1
67 Fuel Injector 4 (Cylinder 1) 101
Sensor Signal
68 Fuel Injector 1 (Cylinder 3) Intake Air Temperature
102
Variable Camshaft Timing Sensor
69
(Exhaust) Oil Temperature Sensor
103
Variable Camshaft Timing Signal
71
(Intake) Upstream Oxygen Sensor
104
72 Fuel Injector 2 (Cylinder 4) Signal
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Phase Position Sensor
73 105
Heater (Exhaust)
74 Fuel Injector 3 (Cylinder 2) Alternator Feedback Signal
106
(for non stop/start)
107 Throttle 5V Power Supply
Speed/Exhaust Phase
Throttle Position Sensor 1 108
77 Position 5V Power Supply
Signal
Intake Air
78 109 Pressure/Temperature 5V
Signal
Power Supply
Downstream Oxygen
79 Downstream Oxygen
Sensor 110
Sensor Heater
80
Ground
V1.0 307

111 ECM Ground 4 29 High Beam
112 ECM Ground 3 30 PDC Acoustic Alarm Input
Instrument Pack FC006 31 Fuel Sensor Signal +
Dynamic Stability System Control Unit BY200

3 IMMO Transmission Line_2 1 KL.30
4 IMMO Transmission Line_1 4 Right Front Wheel Speed
5 IMMO Clock Line Sensor Signal -
6 IMMO Data Line 8 Left Front Wheel Speed

Sensor Signal -
8 Ground
12 ESP Off Switch
13 Ground
14 CAN L
15 Hand Brake
Sensor Signal +
17 KL.15 Sensor Signal +
18 KL.R 18 Left Rear Wheel Speed
19 Seat Belt (Passenger) Sensor Signal -
20 Left Direction Indicator 19 Left Front Wheel Speed

Lamp Signal Sensor Signal +
21 Alternator Charging 25 KL.30
22 Engine Oil Pressure 26 CAN H
23 Driver Door Open 28 KL.15
24 Trip Computer Switch 29 Right Rear Wheel Speed

Sensor Signal -
Lamp Signal 31 Left Rear Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal +
26 HS CAN H
38 Ground
27 HS CAN L
V1.0 308
Airbag Control Module 2 BY174 Airbag Control Module 1 BY036

1 CAN H 1 CAN H
2 CAN L 2 CAN L
3 Ground 3 Ground
12 KL.15 12 KL.15
13 Driver Airbag Signal - 13 Driver Airbag Signal -
14 Driver Airbag Signal + 14 Driver Airbag Signal +
Front Passenger Airbag Front Passenger Airbag
15 15
Signal + Signal +
Front Passenger Airbag Front Passenger Airbag
16 16
Signal - Signal -
17 Left Side Airbag Signal + 17 Left Side Airbag Signal +
18 Left Side Airbag Signal - 18 Left Side Airbag Signal -
19 Right Side Airbag Signal + 19 Right Side Airbag Signal +
20 Right Side Airbag Signal - 20 Right Side Airbag Signal -
Front Passenger Seat Belt Front Passenger Seat Belt
21 21
Pre-tensioner Signal - Pre-tensioner Signal -
Front Passenger Seat Belt Front Passenger Seat Belt
22 22
Pre-tensioner Signal + Pre-tensioner Signal +
Driver Seat Belt Driver Seat Belt
23 23
Pre-tensioner Signal + Pre-tensioner Signal +
Driver Seat Belt Driver Seat Belt
24 24
Pre-tensioner Signal - Pre-tensioner Signal -
V1.0 309
Driver Seat Belt Pre-tensioner BY090 Rotary Coupler 2 BY164

Driver Seat Belt 3 Driver Airbag Signal +
1
Driver Seat Belt
2 Airbag Control Module 3 BY175
Passenger Seat Belt Pre-tensioner BY091

9 Right Impact Signal +
10 Right Impact Signal -
1 11 Left Impact Signal +
Front Passenger Seat Belt 12 Left Impact Signal -
2
Pre-tensioner Signal - 21 Right Side Curtain Airbag
Signal -
22 Right Side Curtain Airbag
Signal +
23 Left Side Curtain Airbag
Signal +
24 Left Side Curtain Airbag
Signal -
V1.0 310
Left Side Airbag BY176 Pin No. Pin Information
1 Left Impact Signal +
2 Left Impact Signal -
Right Impact Sensor BY181

Right Side Airbag BY177 Pin No. Pin Information

1 Right Impact Signal +
2 Right Impact Signal -
Front Passenger Side Airbag FC003

Left Impact Sensor BY180 Pin No. Pin Information

1 Front Passenger Airbag
Signal +
2 Front Passenger Airbag
Signal -
V1.0 311
Engine Control Module EM34 Pin No. Pin Information

A/C Medium Pressure
27
Switch
28 A/C Switch
31 Fan Control 2
32 IMMO Input
35 Ignition Switch
36
Power Supply
37
Power Supply
Auto Stop Status Output
40
Clutch High-position Switch Rear Oxygen / A/C
6 43
(NoSS only) Temperature Ground
7 Accelerator Pedal 1 Ground 45 Accelerator Pedal Sensor 1
Stop/Start Master Switch (SS 46 Main Load Sensor
8
only)
Downstream Oxygen
48
Master Cylinder Stroke Sensor Heater
10
Sensor
Stop/Start Status Indicator
49
11 Clutch High-position Switch (SS)
12 Brake Vacuum Sensor KL50 Status Feedback Signal
53
Starter Status Feedback (SS (SS only)
13
only) 56 Fan Control 1
14 Engine Running Request (SS) Starter Motor Relay (SS
58
Non-continuous Power only)
15
Supply 59 Accelerator Pedal 2 Ground
Non-continuous Power Intake Air Temperature
16 61
Supply Sensor
17 CAN L 63 ECM Ground 2
Main Load Sensor Power 64 ECM Ground 1
19
Supply
20 Continuity Power Supply
Downstream Oxygen
21 72 Fuel Injector 2 (Cylinder 4)
Sensor
Redundant Neutral Switch 73
22 Heater
(SS only)
23 Brake Switch
25 Brake Lamp
V1.0 312
Throttle Position Sensor 1 1Q KL.30
77
Signal 2M A/C Switch
Throttle Position Sensor 2 2L A/C Pressure Switch
78
Signal
3C KL.15
Front Oxygen Sensor
80 3K A/C Clutch Relay Signal
Ground

85
Sensor Ground 2P High-speed Fan
86 Throttle Ground AH Low-speed Fan
87 Throttle Actuator 1O Clutch Rotation Request
89 Knock Sensor B 3H A/C OFF Signal
90 Knock Sensor A 2F Gear Selection Switch Signal
Accelerator Pedal Position 2G Brake Pedal Signal
3E
2J KL.15 (ignition switch)
1G 2C 5V Power Supply
Sensor 1 Ground
1B LIN Signal
3N 1A CAN H
Sensor 1 Signal
Accelerator Pedal Position 2A CAN L
2O
Sensor 2 Signal 4Q Ground 1
Accelerator Pedal Position 4P Ground 2
4L
Sensor 2 Ground
3D
1J Cruise Signal
3P Ground
4A
Lamp
Lower Master Centre
2N
Console Switch
2D Main Relay
1E KL.30
4K
side)
1N Starter Status Feedback
Electronic Vacuum Pump
4F
Relay Coil
1P KL.30
V1.0 313
SDM Diagnostic Information and Procedure
Diagnostic Information and Procedure • The driver seat belt pre-tensioner connected to the
B1916, B1917, B1918 and B1919 power supply is normal.
DTC Description • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
cycles.
B1918, B1919:
Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short
B1916 11
to Ground • The airbag trigger resistance loop is normal.
Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
B1917 12
to Battery cycles.
Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Possible Causes

B1918 1A
Resistance too Low • Related circuits failure.
Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor • Driver seat belt pre-tensioner failure.
B1919 1B
Resistance too High • Connector failure or poor fit.
Subsystem Principle • Supplemental restraint system sensing and diagnostic
module failure.
When the ignition switch is turned on, the SDM will perform a
switch-on test to diagnose critical faults inside the SDM and Reference Information
the impact sensor. After the test, measure the voltages of Reference Circuit Information
ignition switch and deployment loop to make sure that they Airbag (1)
are within the normal voltage range. The SDM monitors the
driver airbag voltage to check whether the deployment loop Reference Connector End View Information
is short-circuited. The SDM allows micro-current to flow BY090, BY174
through internal circuit, driver seat belt pre-tensioner wire
connection and resistance.
The airbag trigger is configured successfully. Diagnostic Test Steps
Conditions for Setting DTCs 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
B1916: The driver seat belt pre-tensioner is short to ground.
a. When the ignition switch is placed in “ON” position,
B1917: The driver seat belt pre-tensioner is short to battery.
the airbag warning lamp shall be on, so that the lamp
B1918: The resistance range of driver seat belt pre-tensioner check can be performed. If the airbag has no failure,
deployment loop (less than): gray area, 1.0＜R＜1.9; guarantee the warning lamp shall go out about 4s later.
area, R＜1.0.
b. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
B1919: The resistance range of driver seat belt pre-tensioner in "ON" position.
deployment loop (greater than): gray area, 2.4 ＜ R ＜ 5.8;
c. Read the "Driver Pretensioner Seat Belt Ignition
guarantee area, 5.8＜R.
Circuit Resistance" to check whether it is within
Operations of ECU after Failure the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
• The airbag warning lamp illuminates. rational value range).
• The control module is normal. • Yes → Test/replace the SDM;

Conditions for Clearing DTCs • No → Go to Step 2.
B1916: 2. Programme or match the control module:
• The driver seat belt pre-tensioner connected to the a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
ground is normal. disconnect the negative battery cable.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
b. Disconnect harness connector BY090 of the driver
cycles.
seat belt pre-tensioner and harness connector
B1917: BY174 of the SDM.
V1.0 314
Diagnostic Information and Procedure SDM
Warning: It is imperative that before any work is • Replace, programme and set the control module.
undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate Refer to Service Manual, “Safety And Protection”
information is read thoroughly. - “Supplementary Restraint System” - “Sensing and
of harness connector BY090 of the driver seat belt
pre-tensioner and terminals of harness connector
BY174 of the SDM is less than 5Ω.
pre-tensioner or terminals of harness connector
BY174 of the SDM and the ground is infinite.
pre-tensioner or terminals of harness connector
BY174 of the SDM and the power supply is infinite.
3. Test/replace the driver seat belt pre-tensioner or the
SDM:
test/replace the driver seat belt pre-tensioner or the
SDM.
Service Guide
• Refer to Service Manual, “Safety and Protection” - “Seat
Belt” - “Front Seat Belt Assembly”.
Belt” - “Front Seat Belt Buckle”.
V1.0 315
B1923, B1924, B1925 and B1926 • The passenger seat belt pre-tensioner connected to the
DTC Description power supply is normal.
DTC FTB Failure Description • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
cycles.
11 Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor
B1923
Short to Ground B1925, B1926:
Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor • The airbag trigger loop is back to normal.
B1924 12
Short to Battery • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor cycles.
B1925 1A
Resistance too Low Possible Causes
Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor • Related circuits failure.
B1926 1B
Resistance too High • Passenger seat belt pre-tensioner failure.
Subsystem Principle • Connector failure or poor fit.
When the ignition switch is turned on, the SDM will perform a • Supplemental restraint system sensing and diagnostic
switch-on test to diagnose critical faults inside the SDM and module failure.
the impact sensor. After the test, measure the voltages of Reference Information
ignition switch and deployment loop to make sure that they Reference Circuit Information
are within the normal voltage range. The SDM monitors the
driver airbag voltage to check whether the deployment loop Airbag (1)
is short-circuited. The SDM allows micro-current to flow Reference Connector End View Information
through internal circuit, front passenger seat belt pre-tensioner
BY091, BY174
wire connection and resistance.
The airbag trigger is configured successfully.
Conditions for Setting DTCs Diagnostic Test Steps
B1923: The passenger seat belt pre-tensioner is short to 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
ground. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
B1924: The passenger seat belt pre-tensioner is short to a. When the ignition switch is placed in “ON” position,
battery. the airbag warning lamp shall be on, so that the lamp
check can be performed. If the airbag has no failure,
B1925: The resistance range of passenger seat belt the warning lamp shall go out about 4s later.
pre-tensioner deployment loop (less than): gray area, 1.0＜R
＜1.9; guarantee area, R＜1.0. b. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
B1926: The resistance range of passenger seat belt
pre-tensioner deployment loop (greater than): gray area, 2.4 c. Read the “Front Passenger Seat Belt Pre-tensioner
＜R＜5.8; guarantee area, 5.8＜R. Ignition Circuit Resistance” to check whether it
is within the rational value range (refer to the
• The airbag warning lamp illuminates.
• Yes → Test/replace the SDM;
• The control module is normal.
2. Programme or match the control module:
B1923:
• The passenger seat belt pre-tensioner connected to the
ground is normal.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition b. Disconnect harness connector BY091 of the
cycles. passenger seat belt pre-tensioner and harness
B1924:
V1.0 316
Warning: It is imperative that before any work is • Replace, programme and set the control module.
undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate Refer to Service Manual, “Safety And Protection”
information is read thoroughly. - “Supplementary Restraint System” - “Sensing and
seat belt pre-tensioner and terminals of harness
connector BY174 of the SDM is less than 5Ω.
of harness connector BY091 of the passenger seat
belt pre-tensioner or terminals of harness connector
BY174 of the SDM and the ground is infinite.
of harness connector BY091 of the passenger seat
belt pre-tensioner or terminals of harness connector
3. Test/replace the passenger seat belt pre-tensioner or the
SDM:
test/replace the passenger seat belt pre-tensioner or the
SDM.
Service Guide
Belt” - “Front Seat Belt Assembly”.
Belt” - “Front Seat Belt Buckle”.
V1.0 317
B1900, B1901, B1902 and B1903 B1902, B1903:

DTC Description • The airbag trigger loop is normal.
DTC FTB Failure Description • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
B1900 11 Driver Airbag Short to Ground cycles.
B1901 12 Driver Airbag Short to Battery Possible Causes
B1902 1A Driver Airbag Resistance too Low • Related circuits failure.
B1903 1B • Driver airbag failure.

Driver Airbag Resistance too High
Subsystem Principle
• Supplemental restraint system sensing and diagnostic
When the ignition switch is turned on, the SDM will perform a module failure.
switch-on test to diagnose critical faults inside the SDM and Reference Information
the impact sensor. After the test, measure the voltages of
ignition switch and deployment loop to make sure that they Reference Circuit Information
are within the normal voltage range. The SDM monitors the Airbag (1)
driver airbag voltage to check whether the deployment loop
is short-circuited. The SDM allows micro-current to flow
through the internal circuit, driver airbag wire connection and BY164, BY174
resistance. Reference Electrical Information
The airbag trigger is configured successfully. Diagnostic Test Steps
B1900: The driver airbag is short to ground. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
B1901: The driver airbag is short to battery. a. When the ignition switch is placed in “ON” position,
B1902: The deployment circuit resistance is lower than the the airbag warning lamp shall be on, so that the lamp
threshold. The detected resistance of driver airbag is within check can be performed. If the airbag has no failure,
any of the following ranges: (gray area) 1.2<R<2.0; (guaranteed the warning lamp shall go out about 4s later.
area) R<1.2. b. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
B1903: The deployment circuit resistance is higher than the in "ON" position.
threshold. The detected resistance of driver airbag is within c. Read the “Ignition Circuit Resistance Value of Driver
any of the following ranges: (gray area) 3.1<R<6.5; (guaranteed Airbag (DAB)”, “SDM Working State”, “Activated
area) 6.5<R. State of SDM ”, “Use Time of SDM ” and “Operating
Operations of ECU after Failure Time of SDM e after Ignition Key ON” to check
B1900:
• The driver airbag connected to the ground is normal.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
cycles. disconnect the negative battery cable.
B1901: b. Disconnect harness connector BY164 of the driver

airbag and harness connector BY174 of the SDM.
• The driver airbag connected to the power supply is
normal. Warning: It is imperative that before any work is
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
cycles. information is read thoroughly.
V1.0 318
of harness connector BY164 of the driver airbag and
terminals of harness connector BY174 of the SDM
is less than 5Ω.


of harness connector BY164 of the driver airbag or


of harness connector BY164 of the driver airbag or


3. Test/replace the driver airbag or the SDM:

test/replace the driver airbag or the SDM.
Service Guide
“Supplementary Restraint System” - “Steering Wheel
Airbag”.
Refer to Service Manual, “Safety And Protection”
- “Supplementary Restraint System” - “Sensing and
V1.0 319
B1910, B1911, B1912 and B1913 • The airbag trigger loop is normal.
DTC Description • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
DTC FTB Failure Description cycles.
B1910 11 Passenger Airbag Short to Ground Possible Causes
B1911 12 Passenger Airbag Short to Battery • Related circuits failure.

• Passenger airbag failure.
B1912 1A Passenger Airbag Resistance too Low
B1913 1B Passenger Airbag Resistance too High
Subsystem Principle module failure.
When the ignition switch is turned on, the SDM will perform a Reference Information
switch-on test to diagnose critical faults inside the SDM and Reference Circuit Information
the impact sensor. After the test, measure the voltages of
Airbag (1)
ignition switch and deployment loop to make sure that they are
within the normal voltage range. The SDM monitors the front Reference Connector End View Information
passenger airbag voltage to check whether the deployment FC003, BY174
loop is short-circuited. The SDM allows micro-current to
flow through the internal circuit, front passenger airbag wire
connection and resistance. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Conditions for Running DTCs Diagnostic Test Steps
The airbag trigger is configured successfully. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Conditions for Setting DTCs with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
B1910: The passenger airbag is short to ground. a. When the ignition switch is placed in “ON” position,
B1911: The passenger airbag is short to battery. the airbag warning lamp shall be on, so that the lamp
check can be performed. If the airbag has no failure,
B1912: The deployment loop resistance is lower than the the warning lamp shall go out about 4s later.
threshold. The detected resistance of front passenger airbag
is within any of the following ranges: (gray area) 0.9<R<1.8, b. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
(guarantee area) R<0.9. in "ON" position.
B1913: The deployment loop resistance is higher than the c. Read the “Passenger Airbag (PAB) Ignition Circuit
threshold. The detected resistance of front passenger airbag Resistance Value” to check whether it is within
is within any of the following ranges: (gray area) 2.4<R<5.8, the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
(guarantee area) 5.8<R. rational value range).
Operations of ECU after Failure • Yes → Test/replace the SDM;
• The airbag warning lamp illuminates. • No → Go to Step 2.

• The control module is normal. 2. Programme or match the control module:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
B1910: disconnect the negative battery cable.
• The passenger airbag connected to the ground is normal. b. Disconnect harness connector FC003 of the
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition passenger airbag and harness connector BY174 of
cycles. the SDM.
B1911: Warning: It is imperative that before any work is

• The passenger airbag connected to the power supply is undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
normal. information is read thoroughly.
of harness connector FC003 of the passenger airbag
B1912, B1913:
V1.0 320
and terminals of harness connector BY174 of the
SDM is less than 5Ω.


or terminals of harness connector BY174 of the
SDM and the ground is infinite.
• Terminal FC003-1 or Terminal BY174-15


SDM and the power supply is infinite.


3. Test/replace the passenger airbag or the SDM:

test/replace the passenger airbag or the SDM.
Service Guide
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Supplementary Restraint System" - "Instrument Panel
Airbag" .
V1.0 321
B1977 and B1978 Reference Electrical Information

DTC Description
Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Internal
B1977 96 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Fault
Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Lost
B1978 00
Communication a. When the ignition switch is placed in “ON” position,
Subsystem Principle check can be performed. If the airbag has no failure,
When the ignition switch is turned on, the SDM will perform the warning lamp shall go out about 4s later.
a switch-on test to diagnose critical faults inside the SDM and b. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
the impact sensor, and also detects whether the driver side in "ON" position.
impact sensor signal is received.
c. Read the “Whether the Impact Occurred” to check
RAS initialization is completed. to the Appendix for rational value range).
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Yes → Test/replace the SDM;
B1977: Left B pillar impact sensor internal failure: sensor type • No → Go to Step 2.
error, state error, channel configuration error, offset error,
A/D conversion error.
B1978: When the airbag controller communicates with the
left B pillar impact sensor, the DSI bus communication error
occurs. b. Disconnect harness connector BY180 of the driver
Operations of ECU after Failure side impact sensor and harness connector BY175
of the SDM.
• The driver airbag function is disabled. Warning: It is imperative that before any work is
Conditions for Clearing DTCs undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
information is read thoroughly.
B1977: History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free
ignition cycles.
B1978: of harness connector BY180 of the driver side
• The communication is normal. impact sensor and terminals of harness connector
cycles. • Terminal BY180-1 and Terminal BY175-11
Possible Causes • Terminal BY180-2 and Terminal BY175-12
• Driver side impact sensor failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
• Connector failure or poor fit. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Supplemental restraint system sensing and diagnostic of harness connector BY180 of the driver side
module failure. impact sensor or terminals of harness connector
Reference Information BY175 of the SDM and the ground is infinite.
Airbag (2) • Terminal BY180-2 or Terminal BY175-12
BY175, BY180
of harness connector BY180 of the driver side
V1.0 322
impact sensor or terminals of harness connector


3. Test/replace the driver side impact sensor or the SDM:

test/replace the driver side impact sensor or the SDM.
Service Guide
“Supplementary Restraint System” - “Side Impact
Sensor”.
V1.0 323
B1984 and B1985 Reference Electrical Information

DTC Description
Right B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Internal
B1984 96 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Fault
Right B-Pillar Side Impact Sensor Lost
B1985 00
Communication a. When the ignition switch is placed in “ON” position,
Subsystem Principle check can be performed. If the airbag has no failure,
When the ignition switch is turned on, the SDM will perform the warning lamp shall go out about 4s later.
a switch-on test to diagnose critical faults inside the SDM and b. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
the impact sensor. No signal from front passenger side impact in "ON" position.
sensor is received.
c. Read the “Whether the Impact Occurred” to check
RAS initialization is completed. to the Appendix for rational value range).
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Yes → Test/replace the SDM;
B1984: Right B pillar impact sensor internal failure: sensor type • No → Go to Step 2.
error, state error, channel configuration error, offset error,
A/D conversion error.
B1985: When the airbag controller communicates with the
right B pillar impact sensor, the DSI bus communication error
occurs. b. Disconnect harness connector BY181 of the
Operations of ECU after Failure passenger side impact sensor and harness connector
BY175 of the SDM.
• The passenger airbag function is disabled. Warning: It is imperative that before any work is
Conditions for Clearing DTCs undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
information is read thoroughly.
B1984: History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free
ignition cycles.
B1985: of harness connector BY181 of the passenger side
• The communication is successful. impact sensor and terminals of harness connector
• Front passenger side impact sensor failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
• Connector failure or poor fit. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Supplemental restraint system sensing and diagnostic of harness connector BY181 of the passenger side
module failure. impact sensor or terminals of harness connector
Reference Information BY175 of the SDM and the ground is infinite.
Airbag (2) • Terminal BY181-2 or Terminal BY175-9
BY175, BY181
of harness connector BY181 of the passenger side
V1.0 324
impact sensor or terminals of harness connector


3. Test/replace the passenger side impact sensor or the

SDM:

test/replace the passenger side impact sensor or the
SDM.
Service Guide
“Supplementary Restraint System” - “Side Impact
Sensor”.
V1.0 325
B1996 and B1999 Service Guide

DTC Description • Refer to Service Manual, “Safety and Protection” -
DTC FTB Failure Description “Supplementary Restraint System” - “Sensing and
Deployment Data Record Full: No
B1996 00
over-write-able records exist • Replace, programme and set the control module.
B1999 96 SDM Internal Faults-Control Function Block
Subsystem Principle Diagnostic Module (SDM)”.
When the ignition switch is turned on, the SDM will perform
a switch-on test to diagnose critical faults inside the SDM and
the impact sensor.
The ignition voltage is between 9 and 16V.
B1996: There is no writable record after the airbag explosion
data have been completely written into the EEPROM and lasts
for 100ms.
B1999: SDM Internal Error

B1996:

B1999:

• The SDM internal error function is disabled.
None.
Possible Causes
module failure.

2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTCs B1996 and
B1999 is set with a scan tool.
3. After the DTCs are cleared, confirm that DTCs B1996

and B1999 are not set.
4. If the DTCs are reset, replace the SDM.
V1.0 326
B1997 If the numbers of airbags and impact sensors are
DTC Description inconsistent, revise vehicle settings to make it match the
scan tool data list for the SDM calibration.
B1997 00 Airbag Squib Configuration Mismatch 4. If the numbers of airbag and impact sensors are
consistent, use a scan tool to check the scan tool data list
Subsystem Principle configured for “Enable Deployment Loop” of the SDM.
When the ignition switch is turned on, the SDM will perform Confirm that the “Enable Deployment Loop” displayed in
a switch-on test to diagnose critical faults inside the SDM and the scan tool data list matches that actually configured in
the impact sensor. the vehicle.
Conditions for Running DTCs If the quantity of the “Enable Deployment Loop” does
not match the actual quantity, revise vehicle settings to
The trigger is configured successfully within 6s after power-on.
make it match the scan tool data list for the calibration of
Conditions for Setting DTCs “Enable Deployment Loop” of the SDM.
Deployment circuit is not configured, and it is in normal 5. If the quantity of the “Enable Deployment Loop” matches
condition within 6s after power-on, or the deployment circuit the actual quantity, replace the SDM.
is short to battery, short to ground or output short circuit.
Service Guide
• The airbag warning lamp illuminates. “Supplementary Restraint System” - “Side Impact
• The trigger without configuration initialization will not Sensor”.
work. • Refer to Service Manual, “Safety and Protection” -
Conditions for Clearing DTCs “Supplementary Restraint System” - “Sensing and
• After the failure is excluded, clear the DTC with a scan Diagnostic Module (SDM)”.
tool. • Replace, programme and set the control module.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition Refer to Service Manual, “Safety And Protection”
cycles. - “Supplementary Restraint System” - “Sensing and
Possible Causes
module failure.
• Impact sensor failure.

2. Confirm no DTC other than DTC B1997 of the SDM
is set.
If other SDM DTCs are set, diagnose these DTCs first.
3. If no other SDM DTCs are set, check the SDM

configuration data list via a scan tool. Confirm that the
numbers of airbags and impact sensors in the scan tool
data list are in conformity with those actually configured
in the vehicle.
V1.0 327

U0001 88 HSCAN BUS Off Fault
Subsystem Principle If other module tests are normal, continue the
The SDM communicates with other control modules via the
CAN bus. b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
Conditions for Running DTCs disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
harness connector BY174 of the SDM and harness
The ignition voltage is between 9 and 16V.
connector BY238 of the GW.
When the controller has the transmission error for certain of harness connector BY174 of the SDM and
times, the "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if terminals of harness connector BY238 of the GW is
the "Bus Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. less than 5Ω.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Terminal BY174-1 and Terminal BY238-20
• The airbag warning lamp is off.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition of harness connector BY174 of the SDM or terminals
cycles. of harness connector BY238 of the GW and the
• Related circuits failure. • Terminal BY174-1 or Terminal BY238-20
• Airbag diagnosis control unit failure. • Terminal BY174-2 or Terminal BY238-19
• Gateway failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit. for short to ground.
of the SDM and the ground is between 2-3V:
BY238, BY174
a. Check harness connector BY174 of the SDM and ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
harness connector BY238 of the GW for looseness, again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
deformation, etc.
found in visual check. 3. Test/replace the SDM or the GW:
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs test/replace the SDM or the GW.
V1.0 328
Service Guide
V1.0 329

U0100 87
Subsystem Principle
The SDM communicates with the ECM via the CAN bus.
The ignition voltage is between 9 and 16V. b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
Conditions for Setting DTCs disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
No EMS information is received.
• The airbag warning lamp is off. of harness connector EM054 of the ECM and
• The current state is recorded and the control module is terminals of harness connector BY174 of the SDM is
normal. less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal EM054-1 and Terminal BY174-2
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 • Terminal EM054-17 and Terminal BY174-1
consecutive times.
cycles.
Possible Causes of harness connector EM054 of the ECM or terminals
• Supplemental restraint system sensing and diagnostic ground is infinite.
module failure. • Terminal EM054-1 or Terminal BY174-2
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal EM054-17 or Terminal BY174-1
Reference Information for short to ground.
Reference Circuit Information e. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
Bus System and DLC (3) & Bus System and DLC (2) switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage
the SDM or terminals of harness connector EM054
BY174, EM054 of the ECM and the ground is between 2-3V:
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal EM054-1 or Terminal BY174-2
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal EM054-17 or Terminal BY174-1
a. Check harness connector EM054/EM34 of the
ECM and harness connector BY174 of the SDM
contamination, deformation, etc. • Yes → Go to Step 4;
found in visual check. 3. Test/replace the ECM or the SDM:
test/replace the ECM or the SDM.
V1.0 330
Service Guide
V1.0 331

Lost Communication with Anti-Lock Brake
U0121 87
System (ABS) • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Subsystem Principle
The SDM communicates with the ABS via the CAN bus.
harness connector BY002 of the ABS and harness
No ABS information is received.
• The airbag warning lamp is off. of harness connector BY002 of the ABS and terminals
• The current state is recorded and the control module is of harness connector BY174 of the SDM is less than
normal. 5Ω.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal BY002-26 and Terminal BY174-2
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 • Terminal BY002-14 and Terminal BY174-1
consecutive times.
cycles.
Possible Causes of harness connector BY002 of the ABS or terminals
module failure. • Terminal BY002-26 or Terminal BY174-2
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal BY002-14 or Terminal BY174-1
• Anti-lock brake system failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Dynamic stability control module failure. for short to ground.
the SDM or terminals of harness connector BY002
Reference Connector End View Information of the ABS and the ground is between 2-3V:
BY174, BY036, BY002 • Terminal BY002-26 or Terminal BY174-2
a. Check harness connector BY002 of the ABS and again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
deformation, etc. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts 3. Test/replace the ABS or the SDM:
test/replace the ABS or the SDM.
V1.0 332
Service Guide
and Protection” - “Supplementary Restraint System” -
“Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)”.
• Replace, programme and set the control module. “Brake
System” - “Brake Module” - “Brake Modulator (ABS)”.
System” - “Brake Module” - “Brake Modulator (SCS)”.
V1.0 333

U0140 87
Subsystem Principle
The SDM communicates with the BCM via the CAN bus.
No BCM information is received for over 1s.
• The airbag warning lamp is off. of harness connector BY026 of the BCM and
• The current state is recorded and the control module is terminals of harness connector BY174 of the SDM is
normal. less than 5Ω.
consecutive times.
cycles.
Possible Causes of harness connector BY026 of the BCM or terminals
module failure. • Terminal BY026-39 or Terminal BY174-2
BY174, BY026 of the BCM and the ground is between 2-3V:
a. Check harness connector BY026 of the BCM and
found in visual check. 3. Test/replace the BCM or the SDM:
test/replace the BCM or the SDM.
V1.0 334
Service Guide
V1.0 335

U0155 87 (IPK) • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Instrument Controller Lost 2. Test related circuits:
Subsystem Principle a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".

The SDM communicates with the IPK via the CAN bus. following inspection procedures.
The ignition voltage is between 9 and 16V. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector FC006 of the IPK and harness
No IPK information is received.
of harness connector FC006 of the IPK and terminals
• The airbag warning lamp is off. of harness connector BY174 of the SDM is less than
• The current state is recorded and the control module is 5Ω.
normal. • Terminal FC006-26 and Terminal BY174-2
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal FC006-27 and Terminal BY174-1
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
consecutive times. for open circuit/high resistance.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
cycles. of harness connector FC006 of the IPK or terminals
Possible Causes of harness connector BY174 of the SDM and the
• Related circuits failure. ground is infinite.
• Supplemental restraint system sensing and diagnostic • Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal BY174-2
module failure. • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY174-1
the SDM or terminals of harness connector FC006
Reference Connector End View Information of the IPK and the ground is 2-3V:
FC006, BY174 • Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal BY174-2
a. Check harness connector FC006 of the IPK and again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts 3. Test/replace the IPK or the SDM:
test/replace the IPK or the SDM.
V1.0 336
Service Guide
Pack”.
Pack”.
V1.0 337
U1562 and U1563 Diagnostic Test Steps

a. Check if Fuse F8 in the passenger compartment fuse
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High box is blown.
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low b. Check harness connector BY040 of the ECM and
harness connector BY174/BY036 of the SDM for
Subsystem Principle
The SDM monitors the system voltage to check whether the contamination, deformation, etc.
supply voltage of the battery or the alternator is within the
c. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
normal operating range.
d. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
U1562: The power feedback voltage is below the voltage under • Yes → Go to Step 2.
full-function operation, the power feedback is below 9+/-0.5V.
U1563: The power feedback voltage is above the voltage under
full-function operation, the power feedback is above 16+/-0.5V. 2. Test related circuits:
Operations of ECU after Failure a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".

U1562: harness connector BY040 of the passenger
• The battery voltage is below 15±0.5V. compartment fuse box and harness connector
BY174/BY036 of the SDM.
cycles. c. Test if the resistance between the following harness
connector terminal BY040-43 of the passenger
U1563:
• The battery voltage is above 10±0.5V. terminal BY174-12 of the SDM is less than 5Ω.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. connector terminal BY040-43 of the passenger
• Connector failure or poor fit. compartment fuse box or harness connector
• Battery failure. terminal BY174-12 of the SDM and the ground is
infinite.
• Alternator failure.
• Supplemental restraint system sensing and diagnostic If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
module failure. for short to ground.
between harness connector terminal BY174-12 of
Airbag (1) the SDM or harness connector terminal BY040-43 of
Reference Connector End View Information the passenger compartment fuse box and the ground
is between 2-3V:
BY174, BY036, BY040
V1.0 338
3. Test/replace the SDM:

test/replace the SDM.
Service Guide
V1.0 339
V1.0 340
DTC List HVAC
DTC List
List
DTC FTB Description Failure Level

B1419 11 Evaporator Temperature Sensor Short to Ground Ⅱ
B1419 15 Evaporator Temperature Sensor Short to Battery/Open Circuit Ⅱ
B1431 12 Fresh/Recirculation Actuator Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅱ
B1431 11 Fresh/Recirculation Actuator Control Circuit Short to Ground Ⅱ
B1433 12 Left Distribution Actuator Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅱ
B1433 11 Left Distribution Actuator Control Circuit Short to Ground Ⅱ
B1434 15 Left Distribution Actuator Feedback Circuit Short to Battery/Open Circuit Ⅱ
B1434 11 Left Distribution Actuator Feedback Circuit Short to Ground Ⅱ
B143B 05 Right Temperature Actuator Calibration Error Ⅱ
B143C 01 Right Temperature Actuator Blockage Error Ⅱ
B1441 05 Left Distribution Actuator Calibration Error Ⅱ
B1442 01 Left Distribution Actuator Blockage Error Ⅱ
B144B 54 Actuator Calibration Not Learned Ⅱ
B1472 01 Front Blower Analog Control Error Ⅱ
B1481 88 No LIN Communication Ⅱ
B14B0 87 LIN Slave Node Missing - Front Panel Ⅰ
B14B3 00 Front Blower Speed Decrease Switch Error Ⅱ
B14B4 00 Front Blower Speed Increase Switch Error Ⅱ
B14B5 00 Front Panel ON OFF Switch Error Ⅱ
B14B6 00 Front Blower Speed Logic Error Ⅱ
B14B7 00 Front Panel Recirculation Switch Error Ⅱ
B14B8 00 Compressor ON/OFF Switch Error Ⅱ
B14B9 00 Driver Air Mode Face Switch Error Ⅱ
B14BA 00 Driver Air Mode Logic Error Ⅱ
B14BB 00 Diver Air Mode Foot Defrost Switch Error Ⅱ
B14BC 00 Heated Rear Window Switch Error Ⅱ
B14BD 00 Defrost Switch Error Ⅱ
B14BE 00 Driver Air Mode Face Foot Switch Error Ⅱ
B14BF 00 Driver Air Mode Foot Switch Error Ⅱ
B14E7 11 External 5V Supply Circuit Short to Ground Ⅱ
B14E7 12 External 5V Supply Circuit Short to Battery Ⅱ
B14F1 88 Configuration Error Ⅱ
B14F2 00 Initialisation Error Ⅱ
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off Ⅰ
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) Ⅰ
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) Ⅰ
V1.0 341
HVAC DTC List

U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) Ⅰ
U0245 87 Lost Communication with Front Infotainment Control Module (FICM) Ⅱ
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High Ⅰ
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low Ⅰ
U2001 41 ECU Error-EEPROM Checksum Error Ⅱ
U2002 42 ECU Error - RAM Error Ⅱ
*Remarks:
Failure level description:

• Ⅰ: Stop the vehicle immediately for repair
• Ⅱ: Carefully drive to 4S store for repair
• Ⅲ: Repair as soon as possible
• Ⅳ: No need to repair or repair during maintenance
V1.0 342
Circuit Diagram HVAC
Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
V1.0 343
HVAC Circuit Diagram
V1.0 344
Rearview Mirrors
V1.0 345
Manual Temperature Control - MTC (1)
V1.0 346
V1.0 347
Electronic Temperature Control - ETC (1)
V1.0 348
V1.0 349
HVAC Connector Information

Connector Information 23 Reverse Gear Switch
Body Control Module BY026
24 Low Beam Switch
Switch 2
Switch
Lamp Switch
Ajar Warning Switch
Pin No. Pin Information Warning Switch
2 KL.50 Key Signal
5 Driver Window Down 38 CAN L

Switch 39 CAN H
7 Driver Side One-button GW 1 BY238
Down Switch
9 Rear Wiper Switch
Switch 1
Lamp Switch
Switch Pin No. Pin Information
16 Driver Door Locked with 5 KL30
Key Signal
11 CAN H
12 Pin No.Description
13 CAN L
19 CAN L
20 CAN H
22 KL.15 (ignition switch) Start
V1.0 350
Connector Information HVAC
23 Ground 31 Fan Control 2
36 Ignition Switch Operation 32 IMMO Input
Status 35 Ignition Switch
Engine Control Module 1 EM054 Accelerator Pedal 2 5V
36
Power Supply
37
Power Supply
41 Fuel Pump Relay
47 Sensor Ground
54
Relay (only AT)
56 Fan Control 1
1 CAN H
58
2 LIN Bus Interface side)
5 Main Relay 59 Accelerator Pedal 2 Ground
7 Accelerator Pedal 1 Ground 63 ECM Ground 2
8 KL50 Status Feedback Signal 64 ECM Ground 1
9 Cruise Control 67 Fuel Injector 4 (Cylinder 1)
13 Starter Status Feedback Variable Camshaft Timing
69
14 Engine Running Request (Exhaust)
Non-continuous Power Variable Camshaft Timing

15 71
Supply (Intake)
Non-continuous Power 72 Fuel Injector 2 (Cylinder 4)

16
Supply Upstream Oxygen Sensor
73
17 CAN L Heater
20 Continuity Power Supply 75 Throttle Actuator
22 P/N Signal 76 Ignition Coil 3 Cylinder 2
23 Brake Switch Throttle Position Sensor 1

77
Signal
25 Brake Lamp
A/C Medium Pressure 78
27 Signal
Switch
Downstream Oxygen
28 A/C Switch 79
Sensor
80
30 Accelerator Pedal Sensor 2 Ground
V1.0 351

Speed/Exhaust Phase Sensor 111 ECM Ground 4
84
Ground 112 ECM Ground 3
85 Instrument Pack FC006
Sensor Ground
86 Throttle Ground
89 Knock Sensor B
90 Knock Sensor A
91 Main Load Sensor
93
(Intake)
94 Canister Valve
95 Phase Position Sensor Pin No. Pin Information
Ground
1 KL.30
Phase Position 5V Power
98 4 IMMO Transmission Line_1
Supply
5 IMMO Clock Line
6 IMMO Data Line
8 Ground
101 10 BCM Acoustic Request
Sensor Signal
Intake Air Temperature 12 Brake Fluid Level
102
Sensor 13 Seat Belt (Driver)
Oil Temperature Sensor 15 Hand Brake
103
Signal
104 17 KL.15
Signal
18 KL.R
105 19 Seat Belt (Passenger)
(Exhaust)
Alternator Feedback Signal 20 Left Direction Indicator
106 Lamp Signal
107 Throttle 5V Power Supply 21 Alternator Charging
Speed/Exhaust Phase 22 Engine Oil Pressure

108
Position 5V Power Supply 23 Driver Door Open
Intake Air 24 Trip Computer Switch
109 Pressure/Temperature 5V
Power Supply
Lamp Signal
Downstream Oxygen
110 26 HS CAN H
Sensor Heater
27 HS CAN L
V1.0 352
Pin No. Pin Information Electronic A/C Control Unit 1 BY156
29 High Beam
A/C Control Panel BY219

1 KL.30
2 Ground
5 CAN H
Pin No. Pin Information 6 CAN L
2 Ground 7 Electronic A/C Control

Panel Signal
3 KL.30
Blower Controller BY158
4 LIN Transmission
8 KL.30
10 KL.58
Evaporator Temperature Sensor BY128

1 Blower Control Signal
3 Blower Drive
6 Ground
1 Evaporator Signal
3 Ground
V1.0 353
Distribution Damper Actuator BY160 Manual A/C Controller BY162
1 Actuator Ground 1 KL.15
2 Compressor Feedback Signal 2 Ground
3 5V Power Supply 3 KL.30
5 Compressor Signal - 4 Blower Control Signal
6 Compressor Signal + 5 Blower Feedback Switch

6 Blower Feedback Signal
Fresh/Recirculated Air Damper Motor BY161
7 Backlight
8 A/C Switch Request
9 KL.30
12 Compressor Stop Signal
13 Evaporator Temperature
Sensor Signal
14 Compressor Rotation
Request Signal
15 Fresh Air Signal
Signal
Pin No. Pin Information 20 Ground

Signal
6 Fresh Air Signal
V1.0 354
Electronic A/C Control Unit 3 BY197 Pin No. Pin Information
A1 Right Rear Audio Signal +
A2 Right Front Audio Signal +
A3 Left Front Audio Signal +
A4 Left Rear Audio Signal +
A5 Right Rear Audio Signal -
A6 Right Front Audio Signal -
A7 Left Front Audio Signal -
A8 Left Rear Audio Signal -
B10 Wake-up
B11 Confirm Button
Pin No. Pin Information Battery Power (when the
1 Blower Feedback Signal + B14 lamp switch is in position
1/2)
2 Blower Feedback Signal -
B15 Battery Power
3 Compressor Signal +
B16 Ground
4 Compressor Signal -
C2 5V
5 Compressor Feedback Signal
Steering Wheel Button
7 Compressor Signal + C3
Signal Ground
8 Compressor Signal -
9 Compressor Feedback Signal C4
Signal 1 +
12 Evaporator Temperature C5 Microphone -
Sensor Signal
16 5V Power Supply C10
Signal 2 +
17 Fresh Air Signal C11 Microphone +
18 A/C Internal Circulation D2 Microphone 2 +
Signal
D4 Ground
20 Actuator Ground
D5 Rear Camera Signal
CD/Navigation BY218 D6 TBOX Audio +
D7 Enable Signal
D8 Microphone 2 -
D11 Rearview Camera Ground
D12 TBOX Audio -
V1.0 355
Engine Control Module EM34 Pin No. Pin Information

A/C Medium Pressure
27
Switch
28 A/C Switch
31 Fan Control 2
32 IMMO Input
35 Ignition Switch
36
Power Supply
37
Power Supply
Auto Stop Status Output
40

5 Main Relay
Rear Oxygen / A/C
Clutch High-position Switch 43
6 Temperature Ground
(NoSS only)
46 Main Load Sensor
Stop/Start Master Switch (SS
8
only) Downstream Oxygen
48
Sensor Heater
Master Cylinder Stroke
10
Sensor Stop/Start Status Indicator
49
(SS)
11 Clutch High-position Switch
KL50 Status Feedback Signal
12 Brake Vacuum Sensor 53
(SS only)
Starter Status Feedback (SS
13 56 Fan Control 1
only)
Starter Motor Relay (SS
14 Engine Running Request (SS) 58
only)
15 59 Accelerator Pedal 2 Ground
Supply
Non-continuous Power 61
16 Sensor
Supply
63 ECM Ground 2
17 CAN L
64 ECM Ground 1
Main Load Sensor Power
19
Supply 67 Fuel Injector 4 (Cylinder 1)
20 Continuity Power Supply 68 Fuel Injector 1 (Cylinder 3)
Downstream Oxygen 72 Fuel Injector 2 (Cylinder 4)

21
Sensor Upstream Oxygen Sensor
73
Redundant Neutral Switch Heater
22
(SS only) 74 Fuel Injector 3 (Cylinder 2)
23 Brake Switch 75 Throttle Actuator
25 Brake Lamp
V1.0 356
Throttle Position Sensor 1 1Q KL.30
77
Signal 2M A/C Switch
Throttle Position Sensor 2 2L A/C Pressure Switch
78
Signal
3C KL.15
Front Oxygen Sensor
80 3K A/C Clutch Relay Signal
Ground

85
Sensor Ground 2P High-speed Fan
86 Throttle Ground AH Low-speed Fan
87 Throttle Actuator 1O Clutch Rotation Request
89 Knock Sensor B 3H A/C OFF Signal
90 Knock Sensor A 2F Gear Selection Switch Signal
Accelerator Pedal Position 2G Brake Pedal Signal
3E
1G 2C 5V Power Supply
Sensor 1 Ground
1B LIN Signal
3N 1A CAN H
Sensor 1 Signal
Accelerator Pedal Position 2A CAN L
2O
Sensor 2 Signal 4Q Ground 1
Accelerator Pedal Position 4P Ground 2
4L
Sensor 2 Ground
3D
1J Cruise Signal
3P Ground
4A
Lamp
Lower Master Centre
2N
Console Switch
2D Main Relay
1E KL.30
4K
side)
1N Starter Status Feedback
4F
Relay Coil
1P KL.30
V1.0 357
HVAC Diagnostic Information and Procedure
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Reference Information

B1419 Reference Circuit Information
DTC Description Electronic Temperature Control -ETC (1), Manual
DTC FTB Failure Description Temperature Control - MTC (2)
Evaporator Temperature Sensor Short to Reference Connector End View Information
11
Ground BY197, BY162, BY128
B1419
Evaporator Temperature Sensor Short to Reference Electrical Information
15
Battery/Open Circuit
Subsystem Principle
The evaporator temperature sensor is an NTC type sensor,
providing input of the evaporator exhaust outlet temperature
for the A/C controller. The evaporator temperature sensor is
located at the outlet of the evaporator core in heater assembly. a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
Conditions for Running DTCs in "ON" position.
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. b. Read the "Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Temperature" to check whether it is within the
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set.
Conditions for Setting DTCs rational value range).
B1419 11: The evaporator temperature sensor voltage is less c. Perform the forced output of “Evaporator
than 0.1V. Temperature Sensor Temperature” and observe
B1419 15: The evaporator temperature sensor voltage is the evaporator temperature sensor for relevant
greater than 4.9V. response or action.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Yes → Test/replace the A/C control panel;
Air conditioning cannot refrigerate. • No → Go to Step 2.

Conditions for Clearing DTCs 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
B1419 11: a. Check harness connector BY197 of the electronic
A/C control unit, harness connector BY162 of the
• The evaporator temperature sensor voltage is greater
manual A/C control unit and harness connector
than 0.1V.
BY128 of the evaporator temperature sensor for
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
cycles. contamination, deformation, etc.
B1419 15: b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• The evaporator temperature sensor voltage is less than found in visual check.
4.9V. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
cycles. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Possible Causes • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• Related circuits failure. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• Connector failure or poor fit. 3. Test related circuits:
• Evaporator temperature sensor failure.
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
• Manual A/C control unit failure. harness connector BY128 of the evaporator
temperature sensor.
b. Perform the component test on the evaporator
temperature sensor, if it is not within the specified
range, replace the evaporator temperature sensor.
V1.0 358
Diagnostic Information and Procedure HVAC
c. Disconnect harness connector BY197 of the 4. Test/replace the evaporator temperature sensor or the
electronic A/C control unit and harness connector electronic A/C control unit or the manual A/C control
BY162 of the manual A/C control unit. unit:
d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
of harness connector BY197 of the electronic A/C disconnect harness connector BY128 of the
control unit or terminals of harness connector evaporator temperature sensor.
BY162 of the manual A/C control unit and terminals
b. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 3
of harness connector BY128 of the evaporator
of harness connector BY128 of the evaporator
temperature sensor is less than 5Ω.
temperature sensor is within the specified range
• Terminal BY197-12 and Terminal BY128-1 (about 1.1KΩ at 25℃).
• Terminal BY197-20 and Terminal BY128-3 If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
test/replace the electronic A/C control unit or the manual
A/C control unit or the evaporator temperature sensor.
Service Guide
• Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Conditioning - ETC” - “Evaporator Core Temperature
of harness connector BY197 of the electronic A/C Sensor”.
control unit or terminals of harness connector • Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
BY162 of the manual A/C control unit or terminals Air Conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
of harness connector BY128 of the evaporator Conditioning - ETC” - “Air Conditioning Controller
temperature sensor and the ground is infinite. Assembly - ETC”.
• Terminal BY197-12 or Terminal BY128-1 • Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
Conditioning System Control - MTC” - “Air Conditioning
• Terminal BY162-13 or Terminal BY128-1 Panel - MTC”.
Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
Conditioning - ETC” - “Air Conditioning Controller
f. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Assembly - ETC”.
of harness connector BY197 of the electronic A/C • Replace, programme and set the control module.
control unit or terminals of harness connector Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
BY162 of the manual A/C control unit or terminals Air Conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
of harness connector BY128 of the evaporator Conditioning System Control - MTC” - “Air Conditioning
temperature sensor and the power supply is infinite. Panel - MTC”.
V1.0 359
B1431 Reference Connector End View Information

DTC Description
BY197, BY161, BY162
Fresh/Recirculation Actuator Control
12 Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit Short to Battery
B1431
Fresh/Recirculation Actuator Control Diagnostic Test Steps
11
Circuit Short to Ground 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Subsystem Principle
The internal/external recirculated air damper actuator
in "ON" position.
controls the internal/external recirculated air damper by
opening and closing the inlet of fresh/recirculated air. b. Perform the forced output of “Internal/External
Recirculated Damper Actuator Control” and observe
the internal/external recirculated damper actuator
• The ignition switch is in “ON” position. for relevant response or action.
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. • Yes → Test/replace the A/C control panel;
B1431 11: The internal/external recirculated mode damper 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
actuator is activated and the voltage is less than 0.1V.
a. Check harness connector BY197 of the electronic
B1431 12: The internal/external recirculated mode damper A/C control unit, harness connector BY162 of the
actuator fails and the voltage is greater than 6V. manual A/C control unit and harness connector
Operations of ECU after Failure BY161 of the fresh/recirculated air damper servo
motor for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
• The internal/external recirculated mode damper
actuator stops.
• The control module records the DTC. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
B1431 11:
• The internal/external recirculated mode damper again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
actuator is activated and the voltage is greater than 0.1V. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
cycles.
B1431 12:
• The internal/external recirculated mode damper disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
actuator fails and the voltage is less than 6V. harness connector BY197 of the electronic A/C
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition control unit, harness connector BY162 of the manual
cycles. A/C control unit and harness connector BY161 of
Possible Causes the fresh/recirculated air damper servo motor.
• Related circuits failure. b. Perform the component test on the

fresh/recirculated air damper servo motor, if the
test is abnormal, replace the fresh/recirculated air
• Fresh/recirculation damper servo motor failure. damper servo motor.
• Electronic A/C control unit failure.
Reference Information electronic A/C control unit.
Electronic Temperature Control -ETC (1), Manual of harness connector BY197 of the electronic A/C
Temperature Control - MTC (1) control unit, harness connector BY162 of the manual
A/C control unit and harness connector BY161 of the
V1.0 360
fresh/recirculated air damper servo motor is less than If it is not within the specified range, replace the
5Ω. fresh/recirculated air damper servo motor.
• Terminal BY197-17 and Terminal BY161-6 If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
• Terminal BY197-18 and Terminal BY161-5 test/replace the electronic A/C control unit.
• Terminal BY162-15 and Terminal BY161-6 • Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
Air conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning System Control - ETC” - “Internal/external
Recirculated Damper Actuator”.
of harness connector BY197 of the electronic A/C
control unit or harness connector BY162 of the
Conditioning System Control - ETC” - “Air Conditioning
manual A/C control unit or harness connector
Controller Assembly - ETC”.
BY161 of the fresh/recirculated air damper servo
motor and the ground is infinite. • Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
• Terminal BY197-18 or Terminal BY161-5 Panel - MTC”.
• Terminal BY162-15 or Terminal BY161-6 Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
f. Test if the resistance between the following terminals • Replace, programme and set the control module.
of harness connector BY197 of the electronic A/C Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
control unit or harness connector BY162 of the Air Conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
manual A/C control unit or harness connector Conditioning System Control - MTC” - “Air Conditioning
BY161 of the fresh/recirculated air damper servo Panel - MTC”.
motor and the power supply is infinite.
4. Test/replace the fresh/recirculation damper servo motor
or electronic A/C control unit.
disconnect harness connector BY161 of the
fresh/recirculated air damper servo motor.
b. Test if the resistance between terminal 6 and 5 of
harness connector BY161 of fresh/recirculated air
damper servo motor is within 49.9±2Ω.
V1.0 361
B1433 BY197, BY160

DTC Description
Left Distribution Actuator Control Circuit
12 Diagnostic Test Steps
Short to Battery
B1433
Left Distribution Actuator Control Circuit 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
11 with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
Short to Ground
Subsystem Principle
in "ON" position.
To control the air distribution in the passenger compartment,
b. Perform the forced output of "Left Front Mode
the A/C controller sends a signal to the servo motor to make
Damper Control" and observe the left front mode
it control the distribution damper in the heater assembly, so
damper actuator for relevant response or action.
as to move it to the appropriate position.
• Yes → Test/replace the A/C control panel;
Conditions for Setting DTCs a. Check harness connector BY197 of the electronic
A/C control unit and harness connector BY160
B1433 11: The left mode damper servo motor is activated and of the mode damper servo motor for looseness,
the voltage is less than 0.1V. poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
B1433 12: The left mode damper servo motor fails and the deformation, etc.
voltage is greater than 6V. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Operations of ECU after Failure found in visual check.
• Left mode damper servo motor stops. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• The control module records the DTC. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
B1433 11:
• The left mode damper servo motor is activated and the
voltage is greater than 0.1V. 3. Test related circuits:
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
cycles. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
harness connector BY160 of the mode damper servo
B1433 12: motor.
• The left mode damper servo motor fails and the voltage b. Perform the component test on the mode damper
is less than 6V. actuator, if the test is abnormal, replace the mode
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition damper servo motor.
cycles. c. Disconnect harness connector BY197 of the
Possible Causes electronic A/C control unit.
• Related circuits failure. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Connector failure or poor fit. of harness connector BY197 of the electronic A/C
control unit and terminals of harness connector
• Mode damper servo motor failure.
BY160 of the mode damper servo motor is less than
5Ω.
V1.0 362
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit • Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
for open circuit/high resistance. Air Conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Conditioning Control System - ETC” - “Mode Damper
of harness connector BY197 of the electronic A/C Actuator”.
control unit or terminals of harness connector BY160 • Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
of the mode damper servo motor and the ground is Air Conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
infinite. Conditioning Control System - ETC” - “Air Conditioning
• Terminal BY197-7 or Terminal BY160-5 Air Conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
• Terminal BY197-16 or Terminal BY160-3 Conditioning System Control - ETC” - “Air Conditioning
control unit or terminals of harness connector BY160
of the mode damper servo motor and the power
supply is infinite.
4. Test/replace the mode damper servo motor or electronic
A/C control unit:
disconnect harness connector BY160 of the mode
damper servo motor.
harness connector BY160 of mode damper servo
motor is within 52.0±2Ω.
mode damper servo motor.
test/replace the electronic A/C control unit.
V1.0 363
B1434 Reference Connector End View Information

DTC Description
BY197, BY160
Left Distribution Actuator Feedback Circuit
15 Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Short to Battery/Open Circuit
B1434
Left Distribution Actuator Feedback Circuit Diagnostic Test Steps
11
Short to Ground 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Subsystem Principle
When the request of mode change is shown on the A/C
in "ON" position.
control panel, the A/C controller enables the mode actuator
to drive the damper angle. b. Perform the forced output of "Left Front Mode
damper actuator for relevant response or action.
• DTC B14E7 11 is not set.
B1434 11: The feedback voltage of left mode damper servo A/C control unit and harness connector BY160
motor is less than 0.1V. of the mode damper servo motor for looseness,
B1434 15: The feedback voltage of left mode damper servo poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
motor is greater than 4.9V. deformation, etc.
• Left mode damper servo motor stops.
• The control module records the DTC.
B1434 11: • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• The feedback voltage of mode damper servo motor is • No → Diagnosis is completed.
greater than 0.1V.
cycles.
B1434 15: harness connector BY197 of the electronic A/C
• The feedback voltage of mode damper servo motor is control unit and harness connector BY160 of the
less than 4.9V. mode damper servo motor.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition b. Perform the component test on the mode damper
cycles. actuator, if the test is abnormal, replace the mode
damper servo motor.
Possible Causes
terminal BY197-9 of the electronic A/C control unit
• Connector failure or poor fit. and harness connector terminal BY160-2 of the
• Mode damper servo motor failure. mode damper servo motor is less than 5Ω.
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Circuit Information d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
or harness connector terminal BY160-2 of the mode
damper servo motor and the ground is infinite.
V1.0 364

or harness connector terminal BY160-2 of the mode
damper servo motor and the power supply is infinite.


4. Test/replace the mode damper servo motor or electronic

A/C control unit:

disconnect harness connector BY160 of the mode
damper servo motor.
harness connector BY160 of mode damper servo
motor is within 52.0±2Ω.

mode damper servo motor.

test/replace the electronic A/C control unit.
Service Guide
Conditioning Control System - ETC” - “Mode Damper
Actuator”.
Conditioning Control System - ETC” - “Air Conditioning
V1.0 365
B143B and B143C Reference Information

Right Temperature Actuator Calibration
B143B 05 Diagnostic Test Steps
Error
B143C 01 Right Temperature Actuator Blockage Error
Subsystem Principle
The A/C controller uses the sensor input and selected in "ON" position.
temperature on the control panel to calculate the target
b. Perform the forced output of “Right Front
temperature at the air outlets of the heater assembly on the
Temperature Damper Actuator Control” and
driver side and front passenger side. Then, the A/C controller
observe the right front temperature damper actuator
sends a signal to the servo motors to make them control the
for relevant response or action.
blend damper on the heater assembly, so as to move it to the
appropriate position. • Yes → Test/replace the A/C control panel;
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• DTC B14E7 is not set. 3. Confirm that no DTC other than DTCs B143B and
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. B143C is set with a scan tool.
Conditions for Setting DTCs If related DTCs are set, diagnose these DTCs first.
B143B: After the calibration of the right temperature damper 4. After the DTCs are cleared, confirm that DTCs B143B
actuator motor, the terminal voltage is within the range of and B143C are not set.
0.8-1.2V after starting and within 3.8-4.2V after shutdown.
5. If the DTCs are reset, replace the temperature damper
B143C: During motor self-check, the feedback voltage is fixed actuator.
when attempting to operate the motor. Service Guide
Operations of ECU after Failure • Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
• The right front temperature damper motor stops Air Conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
working. Conditioning Control System - ETC” - “Temperature
• Record the DTC. Damper Actuator”.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
B143B: Conditioning Control System - ETC” - “Air Conditioning
• Conduct system self-check again, and the start and end Controller Assembly - ETC”.
positions are within the reasonable range. • Replace, programme and set the control module.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
cycles. Air Conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
B143C:
• During motor self-check, the feedback voltage changes
depending on the conditions.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Temperature damper actuator failure.
V1.0 366
B1441 and B1442 Diagnostic Test Steps
B1441 05 Left Distribution Actuator Calibration Error a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
B1442 01 Left Distribution Actuator Blockage Error in "ON" position.
b. Perform the forced output of "Left Front Mode

Subsystem Principle
The A/C controller sends a signal to the servo motor to make damper actuator for relevant response or action.
it control the distribution damper in the heater assembly, so
as to move it to the appropriate position.
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• DTC B14E7 is not set. 3. Confirm that no DTC other than DTCs B1441 and
B1442 is set with a scan tool.
Conditions for Setting DTCs If related DTCs are set, diagnose these DTCs first.
B1441: After the self-learning calibration of the left mode 4. After the DTCs are cleared, confirm that DTCs B1441
damper servo motor, the terminal voltage is within the range and B1442 are not set.
of 0.8-1.2V after starting and within 3.8-4.2V after shutdown. 5. If the DTCs are reset, replace the mode damper servo
B1442: During motor self-check, the feedback voltage is fixed motor.
when attempting to operate the motor. Service Guide
Operations of ECU after Failure • Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
• Left mode damper servo motor stops. Air Conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
Actuator”.
B1441: Air Conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
• After the recalibration, the start and end voltage values Conditioning Control System - ETC” - “Air Conditioning
are within the reasonable range. Controller Assembly - ETC”.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition • Replace, programme and set the control module.
cycles. Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
B1442: Conditioning System Control - ETC” - “Air Conditioning
• During motor self-check, the feedback voltage changes Controller Assembly - ETC”.
depending on the conditions.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Connector failure.
• Mode damper servo motor failure.
V1.0 367
B144B 3. Confirm that no DTC other than DTC B144B is set with
DTC Description a scan tool.
DTC FTB Failure Description If related DTCs are set, diagnose these DTCs first.
B144B 54 Actuator Calibration Not Learned 4. After the DTCs are cleared, confirm that DTC B144B
is not set.
Subsystem Principle
5. If the DTC is reset, replace the HVAC control module.
The electronic A/C control unit controls the operation of the
Service Guide
temperature damper motor and mode damper motor on the
A/C box assembly. • Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
Conditions for Running DTCs Air Conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning Control System - ETC” - “Temperature
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. Damper Actuator”.
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. • Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
Conditions for Setting DTCs Air Conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
Relevant EEPROM marks are not set. Conditioning Control System - ETC” - “Mode Damper
Actuator”.
• DC motor has stopped. Air Conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
• The control module records the DTC. Conditioning Control System - ETC” - “Internal/External
Conditions for Clearing DTCs Recirculated Damper Actuator”.
• The DC motor learning is successful, and the relevant • Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
EEPROM marks have been set. Air Conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. Air Conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
• Blend damper servo motor failure. Conditioning System Control - ETC” - “Air Conditioning
• Mode damper servo motor failure. Controller Assembly - ETC”.

in "ON" position.
b. Perform the forced outputs of “Left Front Mode

Damper Control”, “Internal/External Recirculated
Damper Actuator Control” and “Right Front
Temperature Damper Actuator Control”, and
observe the left front mode damper actuator for
relevant response or action.
V1.0 368
B1472 a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Read the "Front Blower Feedback Voltage" to check
B1472 01 Front Blower Analog Control Error
Subsystem Principle c. Perform the forced output of “Front Blower Air
The front blower motor is controlled by the blower controller Distribution Percentage” and observe the front
via the A/C control module. blower air distribution for relevant response or
Conditions for Running DTCs action.
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. • Yes → Test/replace the blower relay;
• Blower is turned on. • No → Go to Step 2.
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Conditions for Setting DTCs a. Check harness connector BY156 of the electronic
When driving the front blower, the target voltage of blower A/C control unit, harness connector BY162 of the
exceeds 2V, the supply voltage is 3V higher than target voltage manual A/C control unit and harness connector
and differs from the target voltage and actual voltage by more BY158 of the blower controller for looseness,
than 1V, which lasts for 1s. poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
deformation, etc.
• Blower stops. found in visual check.
• Try to drive again after the repair.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
• When driving the front blower, the target voltage of again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
blower exceeds 2V, the supply voltage is 3V higher than • Yes → Go to Step 3;
the target voltage and differs from the target voltage and
actual voltage by less than 1V, which lasts for 1s.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition 3. Test related circuits:
cycles. a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
Possible Causes disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
harness connector BY162 of the manual A/C control
unit, harness connector BY156 of the electronic A/C
• Connector failure or poor fit. control unit and harness connector BY158 of the
• Blower Controller failure. blower controller.
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Manual A/C control unit failure. terminal BY158-6 of the blower controller and the
Reference Information ground is less than 5Ω.
Electronic Temperature Control -ETC (1), Manual
Temperature Control - MTC (1)
connector BY156 of the electronic A/C control unit
Reference Connector End View Information or terminals of harness connector BY162 of the
BY158, BY156, BY162 manual A/C control unit and terminals of harness
connector BY158 of the blower controller is less
than 5Ω.
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal BY162-4 and Terminal BY158-1
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: for open circuit/high resistance.
V1.0 369

manual A/C control unit or terminals of harness
connector BY158 of the blower controller and the
ground is infinite.

e. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness

connector BY158 of the blower controller and the


4. Test/replace the blower controller or electronic A/C

control unit:

test/replace the blower controller or electronic A/C
control unit.
Service Guide
Conditioning Control System” - “Blower Motor
Assembly”.
V1.0 370
B1481 and B14B0 Reference Connector End View Information
DTC Description
BY156, BY219
B1481 88 No LIN Communication
B14B0 87 LIN Slave Node Missing - Front Panel
Subsystem Principle
The A/C controller communicates with the A/C control panel
via the LIN bus. a. Check harness connector BY156 of the electronic
Conditions for Running DTCs A/C control unit and harness connector BY219
of the electronic A/C control panel for looseness,
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
• 1 s after the communication comes to the normal state. deformation, etc.
• DTC U0073 88 is not set. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. found in visual check.
Conditions for Setting DTCs c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
B1481: When the controller has the transmission error for ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
certain times, “Bus Off” state will appear. The DTC will be set again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
if “Bus Off” state appears for 5 consecutive times.
B14B0: The DTC will be set if (IFP_LIN6_FrP00) frame sent
from the HVAC module cannot be received within 2s.
B1481: LIN bus communicate failure, the control module a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
records the DTCs. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
harness connector BY156 of the electronic A/C
B14B0: Entertainment A/C control panel cannot work control unit and harness connector BY219 of the
properly and the control module records the DTCs. electronic A/C control panel.
B1481: terminal BY156-7 of the electronic A/C control unit
and harness connector terminal BY219-4 of the
electronic A/C control panel is less than 5Ω.
B14B0:
• (IFP_LIN6_FrP00) data frame is received for 100
terminal BY156-7 of the electronic A/C control
consecutive times.
unit or harness connector terminal BY219-4 of
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition the electronic A/C control panel and the ground is
cycles. infinite.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. for short to ground.
• Connector failure or poor fit. d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. terminal BY156-7 of the electronic A/C control
• Electronic A/C control panel failure. unit or harness connector terminal BY219-4 of the
electronic A/C control panel and the power supply
is infinite.
V1.0 371

3. Test/replace the electronic A/C control panel or

electronic A/C control unit:
If the DTC still exists after the above tests and repairs,
test/replace the electronic A/C control panel or
electronic A/C control unit.
Service Guide
Control Panel - ETC”.
V1.0 372
B14B3, B14B4 and B14B6 Conditions for Clearing DTCs
DTC Description B14B3:
• It is detected that the decrease signal of the front blower
B14B3 00 Front Blower Speed Decrease Switch Error speed switch is 0.
B14B4 00 Front Blower Speed Increase Switch Error • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
cycles.
B14B6 00 Front Blower Speed Logic Error
B14B4:
Subsystem Principle
• It is detected that the increase signal of the front blower
Activate only when the system is on. Provide manual control
speed switch is 0.
of the blower speed. Once the blower speed increase or
decrease switch is pressed, the blower speed will change • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
accordingly by 1 level. If the switch is pressed and held, after cycles.
1 second, the speed will change every 0.5 second till full scale B14B6:
or it decreases to 1.
• Front blower speed logic signal is 0.
B14B3: cycles.
• 1 s after the communication comes to the normal state. Possible Causes
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. • Related circuits failure.
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. • Connector failure or poor fit.
• DTC U0073 88, B1481 and B14B0 are not set. • Electronic A/C control unit failure.
B14B4, B14B6： • Blower Controller failure.
• 1 s after the communication comes to the normal state. • Manual A/C control unit failure.

• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. Reference Circuit Information
• DTC U0073 88, B1481 and B14B0 are not set. Manual Temperature Control -MTC (1), Electronic
Conditions for Setting DTCs Temperature Control - ETC (1)
B14B3: It is detected that the front blower speed decrease Reference Connector End View Information
switch signal is 1. BY158, BY162, BY156
B14B4: It is detected that the front blower speed increase Reference Electrical Information
switch signal is 1.
B14B6: It is detected that the front blower speed logic signal
is 1. Diagnostic Test Steps
Operations of ECU after Failure 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
B14B3:
• Stop blower speed decrease operation.
in "ON" position.
b. Read the "Front Blower Feedback Voltage" to check
B14B4: whether it is within the rational value range (refer to
• Stop blower speed increase operation.
• The control module records the DTC. c. Perform the forced output of “Front Blower Air
Distribution Percentage” and observe the blower for
B14B6: relevant response or action.
• Blower speed shift request. • Yes → Test/replace the blower relay;
• The control module records the DTC. • No → Go to Step 2.
V1.0 373
a. Check harness connector BY156 of the electronic • Terminal BY158-1 or Terminal BY162-4
A/C control unit, harness connector BY162 of the
manual A/C control unit and harness connector
BY158 of the blower for looseness, poor contact,
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
found in visual check. • Yes → Go to Step 4;
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the • No → Diagnosis is completed.
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs 4. Test/replace the blower controller or the electronic A/C
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. control unit or the manual A/C control unit:
• No → Diagnosis is completed. replace the blower controller or the electronic A/C
control unit or the manual A/C control unit.
Service Guide
control unit, harness connector BY162 of the manual
A/C control unit and harness connector BY158 of
the blower. • Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY156 of the electronic A/C control unit,
terminals of harness connector BY162 of the manual
A/C control unit and terminals of harness connector
BY158 of the blower is less than 5Ω.
• Terminal BY156-16 and Terminal BY158-1 Conditioning System Control - ETC” - “Air Conditioning
• Terminal BY158-1 and Terminal BY162-4 Controller Assembly - ETC”.


connector BY158 of the blower and the ground is
infinite.

connector BY158 of the blower and the power
supply is infinite.
V1.0 374
B14B8 • No → Go to Step 2.
DTC FTB Failure Description a. Check harness connector BY162 of the manual A/C
B14B8 00 Compressor ON/OFF Switch Error control unit and harness connector BY077 of the A/C
medium pressure switch for looseness, poor contact,
Subsystem Principle
Control the compressor ON/OFF with the ON/OFF switch etc.
on the A/C control panel.
Conditions for Running DTCs found in visual check.
• 1 s after the communication comes to the normal state. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• The engine is running. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
• DTC U0073 88, B1481 and B14B0 are not set. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. • Yes → Go to Step 3;

Compressor ON/OFF switch signal is 1. 3. Test related circuits:
• A/C request is invalid. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
• The control module records the DTC. harness connector BY162 of the manual A/C control
unit and harness connector BY077 of the A/C
medium pressure switch.
• Compressor ON/OFF switch signal is 0.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition terminal BY162-8 of the manual A/C control unit
cycles. and harness connector terminal BY077-4 of the A/C
Possible Causes medium pressure switch is less than 5Ω.
• Manual A/C control unit failure. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Reference Information terminal BY162-8 of the manual A/C control unit
or harness connector terminal BY077-4 of the A/C
medium pressure switch and the ground is infinite.
BY162, BY077 d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Reference Electrical Information terminal BY162-8 of the manual A/C control unit
or harness connector terminal BY077-4 of the A/C
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection medium pressure switch and the power supply is
Diagnostic Test Steps infinite.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: for short to battery.
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
in "ON" position. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
b. Perform the forced outputs of “A/C Indicator
Request” and “System Switch Indicator Request”, • Yes → Go to Step 4;
and observe the A/C button for relevant response • No → Diagnosis is completed.
or action.
4. Test/replace the A/C medium pressure switch or the
• Yes → Test/replace the A/C control panel; manual A/C control unit:
V1.0 375

test/replace the A/C medium pressure switch or the
Service Guide
Controller Assembly - MTC”.
V1.0 376
B14B9 c. Perform the forced output of “Mode Display” and
DTC Description observe the A/C (driver side) for relevant response
or action.
B14B9 • Yes → Test/replace the A/C control panel;
00 Driver Air Mode Face Switch Error
Subsystem Principle
Face distribution mode switch on driver side outputs switch
request signal through LIN bus to the A/C controller to satisfy a. Check harness connector BY156 of the electronic
the driver's intent. A/C control unit and harness connector BY219
• The engine is running. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. found in visual check.
• DTC U0073 88, B1481 and B14B0 are not set. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Conditions for Setting DTCs ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
Face distribution mode switch signal at driver side is 1.
• Mode request at driver side is invalid.
• Record this DTC. 3. Test related circuits:
• Face distribution mode switch signal at driver side is 0.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition control unit and harness connector BY219 of the
cycles. electronic A/C control panel.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. terminal BY156-7 of the electronic A/C control unit
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. electronic A/C control panel is less than 5Ω.
• Electronic A/C control panel failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Electronic Temperature Control - ETC (2) unit or harness connector terminal BY219-4 of
Reference Connector End View Information the electronic A/C control panel and the ground is
infinite.
BY156, BY219
Diagnostic Test Steps terminal BY156-7 of the electronic A/C control
unit or harness connector terminal BY219-4 of the
is infinite.
in "ON" position.
b. Read the "Mode Display" to check whether it is within
V1.0 377

If the DTC still exists after the above tests and repairs,
test/replace the A/C control panel or electronic A/C
control unit.
Service Guide
V1.0 378
B14BA c. Perform the forced output of “Mode Display” and
DTC Description observe the A/C (driver side) for relevant response
or action.
B14BA • Yes → Test/replace the A/C control panel;
00 Driver Air Mode Logic Error
Subsystem Principle
Air distribution changes with pressing of different mode
switches, and the range is from only face, face and footwell, a. Check harness connector BY156 of the electronic
only footwell, footwell and defrost/defog to only defrost/defog. A/C control unit and harness connector BY219
• The engine is running. deformation, etc.
• 1s after the communication recovers to normal. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• DTC U0073 88, B1481 and B14B0 are not set. found in visual check.
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
The driver side mode logic error signal is 1.
• Driver mode request is invalid.
• The control module records the DTC. 3. Test related circuits:
• The driver side mode logic error signal is 0.
Possible Causes
infinite.
BY156, BY219
is infinite.
in "ON" position.
V1.0 379


Service Guide
V1.0 380
B14BB c. Perform the forced output of “Mode Display” and
DTC Description observe the A/C defrost mode button for relevant
response or action.
B14BB • Yes → Test/replace the A/C control panel;
00 Diver Air Mode Foot Defrost Switch Error
Subsystem Principle
Once the Defog button is pressed, the Defog mark will be
displayed on the screen, the front Defog button indicator lights a. Check harness connector BY156 of the electronic
up, and the system enters the front defog control state. A/C control unit and harness connector BY219
Footwell/Defog mode switch signal at driver side is 1.
• Defogging mode request at driver side is invalid.
• Footwell/Defrost mode switch signal at driver side is 0.
Possible Causes
infinite.
BY156, BY219
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output electronic A/C control panel and the power supply
b. Read the "Mode Display" to check whether it is within e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
rational value range). again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
V1.0 381


Service Guide
V1.0 382
B14BC 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
DTC Description a. Check harness connector BY012 of the electronic
DTC FTB Failure Description A/C control panel, harness connector BY162 of
the manual A/C control unit and harness connector
B14BC 00 Heated Rear Window Switch Error
Subsystem Principle for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
Control rear window heating through heated rear window
switch on the A/C control panel to prevent frost and ice. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• 1 s after the communication comes to the normal state.
• The engine is running. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• DTC U0073 88, B1481 and B14B0 are not set.
Heated rear window switch signal is 1.
Operations of ECU after Failure disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
Heated rear window function stops and records DTCs. harness connector BY162 of the manual A/C control
panel, harness connector BY012 of the electronic
A/C control panel and harness connector BY040 of
• Heated rear window switch signal is 0. the passenger compartment fuse box.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
cycles. connector BY012 of the electronic A/C control
Possible Causes panel, terminals of harness connector BY162 of the
• Related circuits failure. manual A/C control unit and terminals of harness
fuse box is less than 5Ω.
• Electronic A/C control panel failure.
• Electronic A/C control panel failure.
Rearview Mirrors
Reference Connector End View Information connector BY012 of the electronic A/C control
BY162, BY012, BY040 panel or terminals of harness connector BY162 of
the manual A/C control unit or terminals of harness
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection fuse box and the ground is infinite.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output • Terminal BY162-9 or Terminal BY040-57
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
in "ON" position. d. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY012 of the electronic A/C control
b. Perform the forced output of “Heated Rear Window
panel or terminals of harness connector BY162 of
Indicator Request” and observe the A/C heated rear
the manual A/C control unit or terminals of harness
window button for relevant response or action.
• Yes → Test/replace the A/C control panel; fuse box and the power supply is infinite.
• No → Go to Step 2. • Terminal BY012-8 or Terminal BY040-57
V1.0 383


4. Test/replace the electronic A/C control panel or the

manual A/C control unit:

test/replace the manual A/C control unit or the electronic
A/C control panel.
Service Guide
Conditioning Control System - MTC” - “Air Conditioning
V1.0 384
B14BD c. Perform the forced output of "Mode Display" and
DTC Description observe the mode display for relevant response or
action.
B14BD 00 Defrost Switch Error
Subsystem Principle
Once the Defog button is pressed, the Defog mark will be
displayed on the screen, the front Defog button indicator lights a. Check harness connector BY156 of the electronic
up, and the system enters the front defog control state. A/C control unit and harness connector BY219
Defogging mode ON switch error signal is 1.
• Defogging request is invalid.
• Defogging mode ON switch error signal is 0.
Possible Causes
infinite.
BY156, BY219
V1.0 385


Service Guide
V1.0 386
B14BE c. Perform the forced output of “Mode Display” and
DTC Description observe the A/C (driver side mode) for relevant
response or action.
B14BE • Yes → Test/replace the A/C control panel;
00 Driver Air Mode Face Foot Switch Error
Subsystem Principle
Driver face/footwell mode switch error signal is 1.
• Face/footwell mode request is invalid.
• Driver face/footwell mode switch error signal is 0.
Possible Causes
infinite.
BY156, BY219
V1.0 387


Service Guide
V1.0 388
B14BF c. Perform the forced output of “Mode Display” and
DTC Description observe the A/C (driver side mode) for relevant
response or action.
B14BF • Yes → Test/replace the A/C control panel;
00 Driver Air Mode Foot Switch Error
Subsystem Principle
The driver side footwell mode switch error signal is 1.
• The footwell mode request is invalid.
• The driver side footwell mode switch error signal is 0.
Possible Causes
infinite.
BY156, BY219
is infinite.
in "ON" position.
V1.0 389


Service Guide
V1.0 390
B14E7 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
11 External 5V Supply Circuit Short to Ground
B14E7 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
12 External 5V Supply Circuit Short to Battery
The automatic A/C control system controls the air in "ON" position.
temperature and air distribution inside the vehicle by b. Read the "5V Supply Voltage" to check whether it is
controlling the refrigeration system and the control damper within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix
in the heater assembly. The external 5V power supply circuit for rational value range).
provides working voltage for the regulators in each damper
• Yes → Test/replace the electronic A/C control unit;
actuator.
a. Check harness connector BY159 of the temperature
damper actuator, harness connector BY160 of the
Conditions for Setting DTCs mode damper actuator and harness connector
B14E7 11: The external 5V power supply voltage is less than BY197 of the electronic A/C control unit for
0.9V. looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
B14E7 12: The external 5V power supply voltage is greater
than 5.1V. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Automatic A/C function is invalid.
B14E7 11: • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• The external 5V power supply voltage is greater than • No → Diagnosis is completed.
0.9V. 3. Test related circuits:
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
cycles. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
B14E7 12: harness connector BY159 of the temperature
damper actuator, harness connector BY160 of the
• The external 5V power supply voltage is less than 5.1V.
mode damper actuator and harness connector
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition BY197 of the electronic A/C control unit.
cycles.
b. Test if the resistance between the following harness
Possible Causes connector BY159 of the temperature damper
• Related circuits failure. actuator, harness connector terminal BY160-3 of
• Connector failure or poor fit. the mode damper actuator and harness connector
unit is less than 5Ω.
• Mode damper actuator failure.
Reference Circuit Information c. Test if the resistance between the following harness
Electronic Temperature Control - ETC (1) connector BY159 of the temperature damper
actuator or harness connector terminal BY160-3 of
the mode damper actuator or harness connector
BY159, BY160, BY197 terminal BY197-16 of the electronic A/C control
unit and the ground is infinite.
V1.0 391


connector BY159 of the temperature damper
actuator or harness connector terminal BY160-3 of
the mode damper actuator or harness connector
unit and the power supply is infinite.


4. Test/replace the temperature damper actuator, mode

damper actuator or electronic A/C control unit:

test/replace the temperature damper actuator, mode
damper actuator or electronic A/C control unit.
Service Guide
Conditioning Control System - ETC” - “Temperature
Damper Actuator”.
Actuator”.
V1.0 392
B14F1 and B14F2 Service Guide
DTC Description • Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
DTC FTB Failure Description Air Conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
B14F1 88 Configuration Error
B14F2 00 Initialisation Error
Subsystem Principle Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
Every time the ignition switch is turned on, the electronic
A/C control unit will perform the diagnosis and check, save
the DTCs corresponding to the detected failures, and apply
the default value or the default strategy to the corresponding
detected failure.
B14F1: ID configuration of local signal is invalid.
B14F2: System initialization error.

Automatic A/C does not work.
B14F1:
• ID configuration of local signal is valid.

cycles.
B14F2:
• The system initialization is normal.

cycles.
Possible Causes
Electronic A/C control unit failure.

2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTCs B14F1 and
B14F2 is set with a scan tool.
3. After the DTCs are cleared, initialize the control module

programme, and confirm that DTCs B14F1 and B14F2
are not set.
4. If the DTCs are reset, replace the HVAC control module.
V1.0 393

Subsystem Principle
The A/C control module communicates with other control
modules via the CAN bus.
• 1s after the communication recovers to normal. b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. terminals of harness connector BY238 of the GW
Conditions for Setting DTCs and terminals of harness connector BY156 of the
times, the "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
the "Bus Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. of harness connector BY156 of the electronic A/C
BY238 of the GW is less than 5Ω.
Use the default value. • Terminal BY156-5 and Terminal BY238-20
cycles.
Possible Causes connector BY156 of the electronic A/C control unit
• Related circuits failure. or terminals of harness connector BY238 of the GW
• Connector failure or poor fit. and the ground is infinite.
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. • Terminal BY156-5 or Terminal BY238-20

• Gateway failure. • Terminal BY156-6 or Terminal BY238-19
Bus System and DLC (2) e. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
Reference Connector End View Information between terminals of harness connector BY156
BY156, BY238 of the electronic A/C control unit or terminals of
harness connector BY238 of the GW and the ground
Reference Electrical Information is between 2-3V.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
A/C control unit and harness connector BY238 of f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
the GW for looseness, poor contact, distortion, ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts • Yes → Go to Step 3;

found in visual check. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
3. Test/replace the GW or the electronic A/C control unit:
V1.0 394
test/replace the GW or the electronic A/C control unit.
Service Guide
V1.0 395

Module (ECM)
Subsystem Principle
The A/C control module communicates with the ECM via the
CAN bus. 2. Test related circuits:
Conditions for Running DTCs a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".

• 1s after the communication recovers to normal.
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
• DTC U0073 is not set. harness connector BY156 of the electronic A/C
Conditions for Setting DTCs control unit and harness connector EM054 of the
ECM.
The DTC will be set if (ECM_HSC1_FrP16) data frame sent
from the ECM cannot be received within 2s. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Use the default value. EM054 of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal BY156-5 and Terminal EM054-1
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 • Terminal BY156-6 and Terminal EM054-17
consecutive times.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. or terminals of harness connector EM054 of the ECM
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. • Terminal BY156-5 or Terminal EM054-1
• Engine control module failure. • Terminal BY156-6 or Terminal EM054-17
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) e. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
BY156, EM054, EM34 of the electronic A/C control unit or terminals
Reference Electrical Information of harness connector EM054 of the ECM and the
ground is between 2-3V.
a. Check harness connector BY156 of the electronic for short to battery.
A/C control unit and harness connector f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
EM054/EM34 of the ECM for looseness, poor ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
deformation, etc.
V1.0 396
3. Test/replace the A/C control unit or ECM:

test/replace the A/C control unit or ECM.
Service Guide
V1.0 397

Module (BCM)
Subsystem Principle
The electronic A/C control unit communicates with the BCM
via the CAN bus.
• 1 s after the communication comes to the normal state. following inspection procedures.
• DTC U0073 is not set. terminals of harness connector BY156 of the
Conditions for Setting DTCs electronic A/C control unit.
The DTC will be set if (BCM_HSC1_FrP04) data frame sent c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
from the BCM cannot be received within 2s. of harness connector BY156 of the electronic A/C
BY026 of the BCM is less than 5Ω.
Use the default value.
consecutive times.
cycles.
Possible Causes
control unit or terminals of harness connector BY026
• Related circuits failure. of the BCM and the ground is infinite.
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. • Terminal BY156-6 or Terminal BY026-38
of the electronic A/C control unit or terminals
BY156, BY026 of harness connector BY026 of the BCM and the
ground is between 2-3V.
a. Check harness connector BY156 of the electronic f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
A/C control unit and harness connector BY026 of ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
the BCM for looseness, poor contact, distortion, again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
V1.0 398
3. Test/replace the BCM or electronic A/C control unit:

test/replace the BCM or electronic A/C control unit.
Service Guide
V1.0 399

(IPK)
Subsystem Principle
A/C controller communicates with the instrument pack via

Conditions for Setting DTCs electronic A/C control unit and terminals of harness
The DTC will be set if (IPK_HSC1_FrP06) data frame sent
from the IPK cannot be received within 2s. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Apply the default value. FC006 of the IPK is less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal BY156-5 and Terminal FC006-26
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 • Terminal BY156-6 and Terminal FC006-27
consecutive times.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. control unit or terminals of harness connector FC006
• Connector failure or poor fit. of the IPK and the ground is infinite.
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. • Terminal BY156-5 or Terminal FC006-26
• Instrument pack failure. • Terminal BY156-6 or Terminal FC006-27
BY156, FC006
of the electronic A/C control unit or terminals of
Reference Electrical Information harness connector FC006 of the IPK and the ground
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection is between 2-3V.
• Terminal BY156-5 or Terminal FC006-26
a. Check harness connector FC006 of the IPK and
control unit for looseness, poor contact, distortion, f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
V1.0 400
3. Test/replace the A/C controller or instrument pack.

test/replace the A/C controller or instrument pack.
Service Guide
Conditioning System - ETC” - “Air Conditioning
Pack”.
Pack”.
V1.0 401

Lost Communication with Front
Infotainment Control Module (FICM)
Subsystem Principle
The A/C control module communicates with the FICM via the

Conditions for Setting DTCs electronic A/C control unit and terminals of harness
connector BY096 of the FICM.
The DTC will be set if (FICM_HSC1_FrP01) data frame sent
from the FICM cannot be received within 2s. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Use the default value. BY096 of the FICM is less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal BY156-5 and Terminal BY096-C6
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 • Terminal BY156-6 and Terminal BY096-C12
consecutive times.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. or terminals of harness connector BY096 of the FICM
• HVAC control module failure. • Terminal BY156-5 or Terminal BY096-C6
• Entertainment control module failure. • Terminal BY156-6 or Terminal BY096-C12
BY156, BY096
of the electronic A/C control unit or terminals
Reference Electrical Information of harness connector BY096 of the FICM and the
• Terminal BY156-5 or Terminal BY096-C6
a. Check harness connector BY096 of the FICM and
control unit for looseness, poor contact, distortion, f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
V1.0 402
3. Test/replace the entertainment control module or


test/replace the entertainment control module or
Service Guide
Air conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning Control System - ETC” - “Electronic Air
Conditioning Control Unit Assembly - ETC”.
Entertainment” - “Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
Navigation System” - “Player”.
V1.0 403
U1562 and U1563 BY040, BY162, BY219

DTC Description
Subsystem Principle with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
The electronic A/C control unit monitors the system voltage a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
to detect if the working voltage of this module is within normal in "ON" position.
range.
b. Read the “Battery Voltage” to check whether it is
Conditions for Running DTCs within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix
DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. for rational value range).
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Yes → Test/replace the electronic A/C control unit;
U1562: It is detected that the power supply voltage is greater • No → Go to Step 2.
than 16V, which lasts for 1s. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
U1563: It is detected that the power supply voltage is less than a. Check harness connector BY219 of the electronic
9V, which lasts for 1s. A/C control module or harness connector BY162
Operations of ECU after Failure of the manual A/C control module and harness
Electronic A/C control unit is not working.
fuse box for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
Conditions for Clearing DTCs corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
U1562: b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• The battery voltage is within the normal range. The found in visual check.
power supply voltage is less than 15.5V, which lasts for c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
1s. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
cycles. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
U1563: • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• The battery voltage is within the normal range. The 3. Test related circuits:
power supply voltage is higher than 9.5V, which lasts for
1s.
cycles.
electronic A/C control module.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. passenger compartment fuse box and harness
• Connector failure or poor fit. connector BY162 of the manual A/C control module.
• Battery failure. d. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. connector BY219 of the electronic A/C control
• Alternator failure. module or terminals of harness connector BY162
of the manual A/C control module and terminals
Reference Circuit Information compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
Electronic Temperature Control -ETC (2), Manual • Terminal BY219-3 and Terminal BY040-80
Temperature Control - MTC (2)
V1.0 404
e. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness • Replace, programme and set the control module.
connector BY219 of the electronic A/C control Refer to Service Manual, “Heating, Ventilation and
module or terminals of harness connector BY162 Air Conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
of the manual A/C control module or terminals Conditioning - MTC” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
of harness connector BY040 of the passenger Conditioning - MTC”.
compartment fuse box and the ground is infinite.
f. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY219 of the electronic A/C control
module or terminals of harness connector BY162
of the manual A/C control module or terminals
infinite.
4. Test/replace the electronic A/C control module:
test/replace the electronic A/C control module or the
manual A/C control module.
Service Guide
Conditioning - MTC” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - MTC”.
V1.0 405
U2001 and U2002

DTC Description
U2001 41 ECU Error-EEPROM Checksum Error
U2002 42 ECU Error - RAM Error
Subsystem Principle
Control module internal failure.
Electronic A/C control unit detects checksum error.
Electronic A/C control unit is not working.
• Electronic A/C control unit detects correct checksum.
cycles.
Possible Causes
Electronic A/C control unit failure.

2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTCs U2001 and
U2002 is set with a scan tool.
3. After the DTCs are cleared, confirm that DTCs U2001

and U2002 are not set.
4. If the DTCs are reset, replace the electronic A/C control
module.
Service Guide
Conditioning System - ETC” - “Air Conditioning
V1.0 406
DTC List T-BOX
DTC List
List
Failure
DTC FTB Description Level
B1521 11 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GPS Antenna Short to GND Fault Ⅲ
B1521 13 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GPS Antenna Open Fault Ⅲ
B1522 31 GPS Module Fault Ⅲ
B1525 11 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GSM Antenna Short to Ground. Ⅲ
B1529 31 Infotainment Control Module (FICM) Communication Fault Ⅲ
B1541 00 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Internal SIM Card Status - Not Present Ⅲ
B1542 00 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Internal SIM Card - Invalid Ⅲ
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off on Diagnostic High Speed CAN Ⅰ
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch with Body Control Module (BCM) or Instrument Pack (IPK) Ⅱ
*Remarks:
V1.0 407
T-BOX Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
V1.0 408
Circuit Diagram T-BOX
Entertainment System - Ali Navigation (2)
V1.0 409
T-BOX Connector Information

Connector Information D5 Rear Camera Signal
CD/Navigation BY096
D6 TBOX Audio +
D7 Enable Signal
D8 Microphone 2 -
D12 TBOX Audio -
Gateway BY238

A5 Right Rear Audio Signal -
A6 Right Front Audio Signal -
5 KL.30
A7 Left Front Audio Signal -
11 CAN H
A8 Left Rear Audio Signal -
B10 Wake-up
13 CAN L
B11 Confirm Button
19 CAN L
Battery Power (when the
20 CAN H
B14 lamp switch is in position
1/2) 22 Ignition Switch On/ BCM
Start
B15 Battery Power
23 Ground
B16 Ground
C2 5V
Status
C3
Signal Ground
C4
Signal 1 +
C5 Microphone -
C10
Signal 2 +
C11 Microphone +
D2 Microphone 2 +
D4 Ground
V1.0 410
Connector Information T-BOX
Microphone BY231 Communication Module Transmission Line FC014
1 Microphone Signal 1 VBUS Signal

Collection 2 USB Signal +
2 Microphone Signal Ground 3 Ground
Communication Module Transmission Line FC013 4 USB Signal -
shell Signal Shielding
Communication Module FC015

1 USB Signal -
2 Ground Pin No. Pin Information
3 USB Signal + 5 Microphone Output
4 VBUS Signal 6 Microphone Signal
shell Signal Shielding Collection
8 Audio Signal +
19 CAN H
20 KL.30
25 Microphone Input
26 Microphone Ground
28 Audio Signal -
V1.0 411
T-BOX Connector Information

39 CAN L
40 Ground
V1.0 412
Diagnostic Information and Procedure T-BOX
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Reference Connector End View Information
B1521 and B1522
C104 and C105
DTC Description
Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GPS
11
Antenna Short to GND Fault Diagnostic Test Steps
B1521
Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GPS 1. Check the connectivity of connectors:
13
Antenna Open Fault
a. Check harness connector C104 of communication
B1522 31 GPS Module Fault module and harness connector C010 of GPS antenna
Subsystem Principle
The GPS antenna is connected to the GPS receiver via a single
coaxial cable, which transmits the received signals from the
GPS satellites to the receiver for processing.
• Not in the starting state. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• 1s after the ignition switch is turned on.
B1521 11: When the GPS antenna short to ground for 4s is
detected, set the DTC.
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
B1521 13: GPS antenna open circuit for 4s is detected.
B1522 31: When the MCU cannot receive the GPS signal from harness connector C104 of communication module
the internal GPS module for 4s, set the DTC. and harness connector C105 of GPS antenna.
Operations of ECU after Failure b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
None. connector C104 of communication module and
corresponding terminals of harness connector C105
of GPS antenna is less than 5Ω.
B1521 11, B1521 13:
• Terminal C104-1 and Terminal C105-1
• GPS antenna is detected to be normal for 4s.
• Terminal C104-2 and Terminal C105-2
cycles.
B1522 31:
• MCU normally receives the GPS signal from the internal connector C104 of communication module or
GPS module for 4s. corresponding terminals of harness connector C105
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition of GPS antenna and the ground is infinite.
cycles. • Terminal C104-1 or Terminal C105-1
Possible Causes • Terminal C104-2 or Terminal C105-2
• GPS antenna failure. d. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• Communication module failure. connector C104 of communication module or
Reference Information corresponding terminals of harness connector C105
of GPS antenna and the power supply is infinite.
• Terminal C104-1 or Terminal C105-1
Entertainment System - Inkanet (2)
V1.0 413
T-BOX Diagnostic Information and Procedure


3. Test/replace the GPS antenna or the communication

module.

test/replace the GPS antenna or the communication
module.
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, “Driver
Information and Entertainment” - “On-board
Telephone, Entertainment and Navigation System” -
“Communication Module”.
“Communication Antenna”.
Refer to Module Self-learning and Programming Manual,
“Communication Module (TBOX)”.
V1.0 414
B1525 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GSM
B1525 11
Antenna Short to Ground. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
The communication module can provide wireless Internet a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
access, remote monitoring and other functions for vehicles. disconnect the negative battery cable, and
Conditions for Running DTCs disconnect harness connector C102 and C100 of
communication module and harness connector
• Not in the starting state. C103 and C101 of GSM antenna.
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector C102 and C100 of communication
B1525 11: When the GSM antenna short to ground for 4s is module and corresponding terminals of harness
detected, set the DTC. connector C103 and C101 of GSM antenna is less
Operations of ECU after Failure than 5Ω.
B1525 11: TBOX is switched to interior antenna. • Terminal C102-1 and Terminal C103-1
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal C102-2 and Terminal C103-2
B1525 11: GSM antenna keeps normal for 4s is detected. • Terminal C100-1 and Terminal C101-1
History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition • Terminal C100-2 and Terminal C101-2
Possible Causes for open circuit/high resistance.
• Related circuits failure. c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• Connector failure or poor fit. connector C102 and C100 of communication
module or corresponding terminals of harness
• GSM antenna failure.
connector C103 and C101 of GSM antenna and the
• Communication module failure.
ground is infinite.
C102, C100, C103 and C101
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection d. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector C102 and C100 of communication
module or corresponding terminals of harness
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: connector C103 and C101 of GSM antenna and the
a. Check harness connector C102 and C100 of power supply is infinite.
communication module and harness connector • Terminal C102-1 or Terminal C103-1
C103 and C101 of GSM antenna for looseness,
deformation, etc. • Terminal C100-1 or Terminal C101-1
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts • Terminal C100-2 or Terminal C101-2
V1.0 415

3. Test/replace the GSM antenna or the communication

module.

test/replace the GSM antenna or the communication
module.
Service Guide
“Communication Antenna”.
V1.0 416
B1529 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
B1529 31
Communication Fault • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Subsystem Principle
a. Refer to “Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
The communication module communicates with other control
modules via the HS CAN bus.
b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
• Not in the starting state. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
• 1s after the ignition switch is turned on. harness connector BY087 of DLC and harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector BY450 of communication module.
When the signal voltage from the FICM is detected to be less c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
than 2V for 4s, set the DTC. connector BY450 of DLC and corresponding
terminals of harness connector BY087 of
communication module is less than 5Ω.
None.
• The signal voltage from the FICM is detected to be
greater than 4V for 4s.
cycles.
connector BY450 of DLC or terminals of harness
Possible Causes connector BY087 of communication module and the
• Communication module failure. • Terminal BY450-9 or Terminal BY087-14
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
BY450 and BY087 DLC or terminals of harness connector BY087 of
communication module and the ground is 2 ~ 3V.
a. Check harness connector BY087 of DLC and f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
harness connector BY450 of communication module ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
3. Test/replace the communication module:
test/replace the communication module.
V1.0 417
Service Guide
V1.0 418
B1541 and B1542 • Replace, programme and set the control module.
DTC Description Refer to Module Self-learning and Programming Manual,
Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Internal
B1541 00
SIM Card Status - Not Present
Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Internal
B1542 00
SIM Card - Invalid
Subsystem Principle
The built-in SIM card in the TBOX provides communication
and Internet access for the vehicle.
• Not in the starting state.
B1541 00: Running command indicates UIM is lost or fails for
30s.
B1542 00: Running command indicates UIM keeps invalid for

30s.
TBOX cannot provide Internet access.
• SIM card initialization succeeds for 30s.
cycles.
Possible Causes
Communication module failure.

1. Place the ignition switch in “ON” position and connect
the scan tool.
2. After the DTC is cleared with the scan tool, confirm that
DTCs B1541 and B1542 are not set.
If the DTCs are reset, test/replace the communication

module.
Service Guide
V1.0 419

Control Module Communication Bus Off on
U0073 88
Diagnostic High Speed CAN • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Subsystem Principle
a. Refer to “Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
The communication module communicates with other control
modules via the HS CAN bus.
b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
• Not in the starting state. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
• 1s after the network is normal. harness connector BY087 of DLC and harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector BY450 of communication module.
When the controller has the transmission error for certain c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
times, the "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if connector BY450 of DLC and corresponding
the "Bus Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. terminals of harness connector BY087 of
communication module is less than 5Ω.
None.
cycles.
connector BY450 of DLC or terminals of harness
Possible Causes connector BY087 of communication module and the
• Communication module failure. • Terminal BY450-9 or Terminal BY087-14
Entertainment System - Ali Navigation (2) e. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
BY450 and BY087 DLC or terminals of harness connector BY087 of
communication module and the ground is 2 ~ 3V.
a. Check harness connector BY087 of DLC and f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
harness connector BY450 of communication module ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
3. Test/replace the communication module:
test/replace the communication module.
V1.0 420
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, “Driving
Information and Entertainment System” - “On-board
V1.0 421

87 Lost Communication with Gateway (GW)
Subsystem Principle
The gateway communicates with the gateway module via the
CAN bus. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
• 1s after the network is normal. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector FC015 of the communication
The DTC will be set if (0x1F1) frame sent from the GW cannot module and harness connector BY238 of the GW.
be received within 500ms. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Operations of ECU after Failure of harness connector FC015 of the communication
module and terminals of harness connector BY238
None.
of the GW is less than 5Ω.
consecutive times. • Terminal FC015-39 and Terminal BY238-12
of harness connector FC015 of the communication
module or terminals of harness connector BY238 of
the GW and the ground is infinite.
BY238, FC015 between terminals of harness connector BY238 of
the GW or terminals of harness connector FC015
of the communication module and the ground is
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection between 2-3V:
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal FC015-19 or Terminal BY238-11
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • Terminal FC015-39 or Terminal BY238-12
a. Check harness connector FC015 of the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
communication module and harness connector for short to battery.
BY238 of the GW for looseness, poor contact, f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
etc. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts • Yes → Go to Step 3;
3. Test/replace the communication module or the GW:
V1.0 422
test/replace the communication module or the GW.
Service Guide
Navigation” - “Communication Module”.
V1.0 423
U1500 3. The VIN information cannot be deleted from the

DTC Description communication module. If the VIN information remains
incorrect, test/replace the communication module.
Service Guide
VIN Mismatch with Body Control Module
U1500 00
(BCM) or Instrument Pack (IPK) • Refer to Service Manual, “Driver Information and
Subsystem Principle Navigation” - “Communication Module”.
The communication module assembly receives signals via the • Replace, programme and set the control module.
CAN bus. Compare the 17-byte VINs stored in both modules Refer to Service Manual, “Driver Information and
and determine if there are any failures. Entertainment” - “Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
Conditions for Running DTCs Navigation” - “Communication Module”.

The numerical values of EEPROM VIN and CAN VIN are
mismatched, which lasts for 4s.
None.
• The numerical values of EEPROM VIN and CAN VIN are
the same, which lasts for 4s.
cycles.
Possible Causes

in "ON" position.
b. Read the “Initial Key in Use or Not”, “Key

Interaction State”, “Key Interaction Successful or
Not” and “Key Learning Successful or Not” to check
• Yes → Test/replace the communication module;
2. Confirm the VINs of the communication module are

coincident with the scan tool.
V1.0 424
DTC Description
1. Test if the passenger compartment fuse box F30 of the
communication module is blown.
Subsystem Principle 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
The communication module monitors the system voltage to the negative battery cable and harness connector BY450
check whether the communication module supply voltage is of communication module.
within the normal operating range. 3. Test if the resistance between the following harness
Conditions for Running DTCs connector terminal BY450-12 of communication module
and the ground is less than 5Ω.
4. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
U1562: The power supply voltage is higher than 16V, which
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage of harness
lasts for 1s.
connector terminal BY450-12 of communication module
U1563: The power supply voltage is lower than 9V, which lasts is the battery voltage.
for 1s.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Operations of ECU after Failure open/short-circuit or high resistance.
None. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs communication module.
U1562: Service Guide
• The power supply voltage recovers to the normal • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, “Driver
working condition. The power supply voltage is lower Information and Entertainment” - “On-board
than 15.5V, which lasts for 1s. Telephone, Entertainment and Navigation System” -
cycles. • Replace, programme and set the control module.
U1563: “Communication Module (TBOX)”.
• The power supply voltage recovers to the normal
working condition. The power supply voltage is higher
than 9.5V, which lasts for 1s.
cycles.
Possible Causes
BY450
V1.0 425
U2001
DTC Description
U2001 42 ECU Error-EEPROM Checksum Error
Subsystem Principle
Perform internal failure detection in the communication
module, not involving external circuits.
• Data is written to EEPROM.
• Data writing and read-back are inconsistent for 5s.
None.
• Data is consistent for 5s.
cycles.
Possible Causes
Communication module failure.

position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis, and
confirm if there remains any DTC.
2. If the DTC still exists, test/replace the communication
module.
Service Guide
V1.0 426
DTC List TPMS
DTC List
List
TPMS Warning
DTC FTB Description Failure Level*
Lamp*
Yellow Lamp
C1A02 31 No RF Signal Received from Left Front Tyre Sensor Ⅲ
Blink
Yellow Lamp
C1A00 55 Standard Tyre Pressure Not Configured Ⅲ
Blink
Yellow Lamp
C1A01 55 Sensor ID Not Configured Ⅲ
Blink
C1A02 16 Front Left Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low None Ⅲ
C1A03 16 Front Right Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low None Ⅲ
Yellow Lamp
C1A03 31 No RF Signal Received from Right Front Tyre Sensor Ⅲ
Blink
C1A04 16 Rear Right Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low None Ⅲ
Yellow Lamp
C1A04 31 No RF Signal Received From Right Rear Tyre Sensor Ⅲ
Blink
C1A05 16 Rear Left Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low None Ⅲ
Yellow Lamp
C1A05 31 No RF Signal Received from Left Rear Tyre Sensor Ⅲ
Blink
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off None Ⅱ
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) None Ⅱ
U0122 87 Lost Communication with Stability Control System (SCS) None Ⅱ
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) None Ⅱ
U0146 87 Lost Communication with Gateway (GW) None Ⅱ
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) None Ⅲ
U0245 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) None Ⅱ
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High None Ⅱ
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low None Ⅱ
*Remarks:
• TPMS Warning Lamp: By receiving the TPMS state signal from the TPMS, the informs the driver of low
tyre pressure or TPMS failure.

V1.0 427
TPMS Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
V1.0 428
Circuit Diagram TPMS
V1.0 429
TPMS Circuit Diagram
Vehicle Security System (3)
V1.0 430
Connector Information TPMS
24 Low Beam Switch
Switch 2
Switch
Lamp Switch
Ajar Warning Switch
2 KL.50 Key Signal

Switch 39 CAN H
7 Driver Side One-button Dynamic Stability System Control Unit BY200
Down Switch
9 Rear Wiper Switch
Switch 1
Lamp Switch
16 Driver Door Locked with 1 KL.30
Key Signal
17 High Beam Blink Switch Sensor Signal -
18 IMMO SPI Bus Data Line 8 Left Front Wheel Speed
19 IMMO SPI Bus Clock Line Sensor Signal -
20 N Gear/Clutch Switch 12 ESP Off Switch
21 KL.R (ACC switch) 13 Ground
22 KL.15 (ignition switch) 14 CAN L
V1.0 431
TPMS Connector Information
Pin No. Pin Information Engine Control Module 1 EM054

Sensor Signal +
Sensor Signal +
Sensor Signal -
Sensor Signal +
25 KL.30
26 CAN H
28 KL.15
29 Right Rear Wheel Speed Pin No. Pin Information
Sensor Signal - 1 CAN H
31 Left Rear Wheel Speed 2 LIN Bus Interface
Sensor Signal +
5 Main Relay
38 Ground
Gateway 1 BY238
9 Cruise Control
15
Supply
16
Supply
17 CAN L
Pin No. Pin Information 20 Continuity Power Supply
5 KL30 22 P/N Signal
11 CAN H 23 Brake Switch
12 Pin No.Description 25 Brake Lamp
13 CAN L A/C Medium Pressure

27
Switch
19 CAN L
28 A/C Switch
20 CAN H
Start 30 Accelerator Pedal Sensor 2
23 Ground 31 Fan Control 2
36 Ignition Switch Operation 32 IMMO Input

Status 35 Ignition Switch
V1.0 432
Accelerator Pedal 2 5V Coolant/Oil Temperature
36 85
Power Supply Sensor Ground
Accelerator Pedal 1 5V 86 Throttle Ground
37
Power Supply 87 Throttle Actuator
40 Auto Stop Status Output 88 Ignition Coil 4 Cylinder 1
41 Fuel Pump Relay 89 Knock Sensor B
42 A/C Compressor Relay 90 Knock Sensor A
45 Accelerator Pedal Sensor 1 91 Main Load Sensor
47 Sensor Ground 93 Phase Sensor (Intake)
Electric Vacuum Pump Relay Downstream Oxygen/Intake
54 95
(only AT) Phase Sensor Ground
56 Fan Control 1 96 Engine Speed Sensor Input
Starter Motor Relay (low 98 Phase 5V Power Supply
58
side)
63 ECM Ground 2
64 ECM Ground 1 101
Sensor Signal
67 Fuel Injector 4 (Cylinder 1) Intake Air Temperature
102
68 Fuel Injector 1 (Cylinder 3) Sensor
Variable Camshaft Timing Oil Temperature Sensor
69 103
(Exhaust) Signal
Variable Camshaft Timing Upstream Oxygen Sensor
71 104
(Intake) Signal
72 Fuel Injector 2 (Cylinder 4) 105 Phase Sensor (Exhaust)
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Alternator Feedback Signal
73 106
Heater (for non stop/start)
74 Fuel Injector 3 (Cylinder 2) 107 Throttle 5V Power Supply
75 Throttle Actuator Speed/Exhaust Phase 5V
108
76 Ignition Coil 3 Cylinder 2 Power Supply
Throttle Position Sensor 1 Intake Air

77 109 Pressure/Temperature 5V
Signal
Power Supply
78 Downstream Oxygen
Signal 110
Sensor Heater
Downstream Oxygen
79 111 ECM Ground 4
Sensor
Upstream Oxygen Sensor 112 ECM Ground 3
80
Ground
84
Ground
V1.0 433
Instrument Pack FC006 Tyre Pressure Monitoring System BY243

1 KL.30 1 KL.30
3 IMMO Transmission Line_2 2 KL.15
4 IMMO Transmission Line_1 3 Ground
5 IMMO Clock Line 4 CAN H
6 IMMO Data Line 5 CAN L
8 Ground 6 CAN L
CD/Navigation BY218
15 Hand Brake
17 KL.15
18 KL.R
Lamp Signal
23 Driver Door Open
25 Right Direction Indicator A2 Right Front Audio Signal +
Lamp Signal A3 Left Front Audio Signal +
26 HS CAN H A4 Left Rear Audio Signal +
27 HS CAN L A5 Right Rear Audio Signal -
29 High Beam A6 Right Front Audio Signal -
30 PDC Acoustic Alarm Input A7 Left Front Audio Signal -
31 Fuel Sensor Signal + A8 Left Rear Audio Signal -
V1.0 434
B10 Wake-up Clutch High-position Switch
6
B11 Confirm Button (NoSS only)
Battery Power (when the 7 Accelerator Pedal 1 Ground

B14 lamp switch is in position Stop/Start Master Switch (SS
8
1/2) only)
B15 Battery Power Master Cylinder Stroke
10
B16 Ground Sensor
C2 5V 11 Clutch High-position Switch
Steering Wheel Button 12 Brake Vacuum Sensor

C3
Signal Ground Starter Status Feedback (SS
13
Steering Wheel Button only)
C4
Signal 1 + 14 Engine Running Request (SS)
C5 Microphone - Non-continuous Power
15
Steering Wheel Button Supply
C10
Signal 2 + Non-continuous Power
16
C11 Microphone + Supply
D2 Microphone 2 + 17 CAN L
D4 Ground Main Load Sensor Power

19
Supply
D5 Rearview Camera Signal
D6 TBOX Audio +
Downstream Oxygen
D7 Enable Signal 21
Sensor
D8 Microphone 2 - Redundant Neutral Switch
22
D11 Rearview Camera Ground (SS only)
D12 TBOX Audio - 23 Brake Switch
Engine Control Module EM34 25 Brake Lamp

A/C Medium Pressure
27
Switch
28 A/C Switch
31 Fan Control 2
32 IMMO Input
35 Ignition Switch
36
Power Supply
37
Power Supply
Pin No. Pin Information Auto Stop Status Output
40
V1.0 435

Rear Oxygen / A/C Accelerator Pedal Position
43 1G
Temperature Ground Sensor 1 Ground
45 Accelerator Pedal Sensor 1 Accelerator Pedal Position
3N
46 Main Load Sensor Sensor 1 Signal
Downstream Oxygen Accelerator Pedal Position

48 2O
Sensor Heater Sensor 2 Signal
Stop/Start Status Indicator Accelerator Pedal Position

49 4L
(SS) Sensor 2 Ground
KL50 Status Feedback Signal Accelerator Pedal Position

53 3D
(SS only) Sensor 2 5V Power Supply
56 Fan Control 1 2Q IMMO Signal Input
Starter Motor Relay (SS 1J Cruise Signal

58
only) 1M Brake Vacuum Sensor Signal
59 Accelerator Pedal 2 Ground 3P Ground
Intake Air Temperature Lower Centre Console
61 4A
Sensor Lamp
63 ECM Ground 2 Lower Master Centre
2N
64 ECM Ground 1 Console Switch
67 Fuel Injector 4 (Cylinder 1) 2D Main Relay
68 Fuel Injector 1 (Cylinder 3) 1E KL.30
72 Fuel Injector 2 (Cylinder 4) Starter Motor Relay (low

4K
side)
73 1N Starter Status Feedback
Heater
74 Fuel Injector 3 (Cylinder 2) Electric Vacuum Pump Relay
4F
Coil
1P KL.30
77 1Q KL.30
Signal
Throttle Position Sensor 2 2M A/C Switch
78
Signal 2L A/C Pressure Switch
Front Oxygen Sensor 3C KL.15
80
Ground 3K A/C Clutch Relay Signal
85
Sensor Ground
2P High-speed Fan
86 Throttle Ground
AH Low-speed Fan
1O Clutch Rotation Request
89 Knock Sensor B
3H A/C OFF Signal
90 Knock Sensor A
2F Gear Selection Switch Signal
3E 2G Brake Pedal Signal
V1.0 436
2C 5V Power Supply
1B LIN Signal
1A CAN H
2A CAN L
4Q Ground 1
4P Ground 2
V1.0 437
TPMS Diagnostic Information and Procedure
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Pressure Alarm Threshold” and “Low Right Rear
C1A00 Tyre Pressure Alarm Threshold” to check whether
DTC Description
Appedix for rational value range).
• Yes → Test/replace the tyre pressure monitoring
C1A00 55 Standard Tyre Pressure Not Configured module.
Subsystem Principle • No → Go to Step 2.
For vehicles with tyre pressure monitoring system, standard 2. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
tyre pressure needs to be initialised. "ON" position.
Conditions for Running DTCs 3. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if the
DTC still exists.
Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
4. If the DTC is reset, programme, test/replace the tyre
pressure monitoring module.
Standard tyre pressure value is not configured and the Service Guide
parameter DID C001 is shown as 0xFF.
• The tyre pressure monitoring system function is invalid. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• The tyre pressure monitoring system is unknown. to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake Module” -
• If the tyre pressure warning lamp keeps blinking for 90s, “Brake Modulator (ABS)”.
repair it.
• DID C001 standard tyre pressure value continues to be
valid.
cycles.
Possible Causes
Tyre pressure monitoring module failure.


in "ON" position.
b. Read the “Left Front Tyre Pressure Validity”, “Left

Front Tyre Pressure”, “Right Front Tyre Pressure
Validity”, “Right Front Tyre Pressure”, “Right Rear
Tyre Pressure Validity”, “Right Rear Tyre Pressure”,
“Left Rear Tyre Pressure Validity”, “Left Rear Tyre
Pressure”, “Standard Left Front Hot Tyre Pressure”,
“Standard Left Rear Hot Tyre Pressure”, “Standard
Right Front Hot Tyre Pressure”, “Standard Right
Rear Hot Tyre Pressure”, “Low Left Front Tyre
Pressure Alarm Threshold”, “Low Right Front Tyre
Pressure Alarm Threshold”, “Low Left Rear Tyre
V1.0 438
Diagnostic Information and Procedure TPMS
C1A01 Tyre Pressure Sensor”, “Left Front Tyre Pressure
DTC Description Sensor Signal Lost”, “Left Rear Tyre Pressure Sensor
Signal Lost”, “Right Front Tyre Pressure Sensor
Signal Lost”, “Right Rear Tyre Pressure Sensor Signal
C1A01 55 Sensor ID Not Configured Lost”, “Left Front Tyre Pressure Sensor ID”, “Left
Subsystem Principle Rear Tyre Pressure Sensor ID”, “Right Front Tyre
Pressure Sensor ID”, and “Right Rear Tyre Pressure
Vehicles with tyre pressure monitoring system have 4 tyre Sensor ID” to check whether they are within the
pressure monitoring sensors which monitor the tyre pressures rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
and feed them back to the tyre pressure monitoring module rational value range).
to alert the driver.
• Yes → Test/replace the tyre pressure monitoring
module.
Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
One or multiple ID values (0×FF) of the four tyre pressure "ON" position.
sensors or the ID values of the four tyre pressure sensors are
3. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if the
the same.
DTC still exists.
4. If the DTC is reset, programme/learn, test/replace the
• The tyre pressure monitoring system function is invalid. tyre pressure monitoring module.
• The tyre pressure monitoring system is unknown. Service Guide
• If the tyre pressure warning lamp keeps blinking for 90s, • Refer to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake
repair it. Module” - “Brake Modulator (ABS)”.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• ID learning succeeds or the ID is written successfully. to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake Module” -
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition “Brake Modulator (ABS)”.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Tyre pressure monitoring module failure.
• Tyre pressure sensor failure.


in "ON" position.
b. Read the “ID Learning State of Left Front Tyre

Pressure Sensor”, “ID Learning State of Right Front
Tyre Pressure Sensor”, “ID Learning State of Left
Rear Tyre Pressure Sensor”, “ID Learning State
of Right Rear Tyre Pressure Sensor”, “Operating
Mode of Left Front Tyre Pressure Sensor”,
“Operating Mode of Left Rear Tyre Pressure
Sensor”, “Operating Mode of Right Front Tyre
Pressure Sensor”, “Operating Mode of Right Rear
V1.0 439
C1A02 • Set the appropriate value for left front tyre pressure.
DTC Description • The left front tyre pressure value is valid.
DTC FTB Failure Description • The left front tyre pressure value is the most recently
16 Front Left Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low monitored value.
C1A02 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition

No RF Signal Received from Left Front Tyre
31 cycles.
Sensor
Possible Causes
Subsystem Principle
Vehicles with tyre pressure monitoring system have 4 tyre
pressure monitoring sensors which monitor the tyre pressures
and feed them back to the tyre pressure monitoring module Reference Information
to alert the driver. Reference Electrical Information
C1A02 16: Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position. Diagnostic Test Steps
C1A02 31: 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• The ignition switch is in “ON” position. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• The vehicle speed is in the tyre pressure initialisation a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
speed range. in "ON" position.
• The TPMS system is in normal range.
b. Read the “ID Learning State of Left Front Tyre
• DTC C1A01 is not set. Pressure Sensor”, “Operating Mode of Left Front
Conditions for Setting DTCs Tyre Pressure Sensor”, “Left Front Tyre Pressure
Sensor Signal Lost” and “Left Front Tyre Pressure
C1A02 16: The sensor data packet shows low battery voltage.
Sensor ID” to check whether they are within the
C1A02 31: rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
• The valid signal cannot be received from the left front rational value range).
wheel speed sensor and the transmission time is equal c. Perform the forced output of “Left Front Tyre
to the K_TPM diagnosis time threshold. Pressure” and observe the left front tyre pressure
• The tyre pressure monitoring system yellow warning for relevant response or action.
lamp keeps blinking for 90s.
• No → Test/replace the tyre pressure sensor.
C1A02 16: The tyre pressure monitoring system operates
abnormally. 2. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
C1A02 31:
• The left front tyre condition is unknown. DTC still exists.
• The left front tyre pressure value is invalid. 4. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the tyre pressure
• Set the most recently monitored tyre pressure value as monitoring module.
the failure weakening value. Service Guide
• Keep monitoring the failed sensor.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs Module” - “Brake Modulator (ABS)”.
C1A02 16: • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• The sensor data packet shows normal battery voltage.
cycles.
C1A02 31:
• Tyre pressure system failure is not set.
V1.0 440
C1A03 • Set the appropriate value for right front tyre pressure.
DTC Description • The right front tyre pressure value is valid.
DTC FTB Failure Description • The right front tyre pressure value is the most recently
Front Right Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage monitored value.
16
Low • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
C1A03 cycles.
No RF Signal Received from Right Front
31
Tyre Sensor Possible Causes
Subsystem Principle
pressure monitoring sensors which monitor the tyre pressures Reference Information
and feed them back to the tyre pressure monitoring module Reference Electrical Information
to alert the driver. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
C1A03 16: Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position.
C1A03 31: with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• The vehicle speed is in the tyre pressure initialisation in "ON" position.
speed range.
b. Read the “ID Learning State of Right Front Tyre
• The TPMS system is in normal range.
Pressure Sensor”, “Operating Mode of Right Front
• DTC C1A01 is not set. Tyre Pressure Sensor”, “Right Front Tyre Pressure
Conditions for Setting DTCs Sensor Signal Lost” and “Right Front Tyre Pressure
C1A03 31: rational value range).
• The valid signal cannot be received from the right front c. Perform the forced output of “Right Front Tyre
wheel speed sensor and the transmission time is equal to Pressure” and observe the right front tyre pressure
the K_TPM diagnosis time threshold. for relevant response or action.
• The tyre pressure monitoring system yellow warning
C1A03 16: The tyre pressure sensor monitoring is abnormal. 2. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
C1A03 31:
• The right front tyre condition is unknown. DTC still exists.
• The right front tyre pressure value is invalid. 4. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the tyre pressure
• Keep monitoring the failed sensor.
• The sensor data packet shows normal battery voltage.
cycles.
C1A03 31:
V1.0 441
C1A04 • The right rear tyre pressure value is valid.

DTC Description • The right rear tyre pressure value is the most recently
DTC FTB Failure Description monitored value.
16 Rear Right Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
cycles.
C1A04 No RF Signal Received From Right Rear Tyre
31 Possible Causes
Sensor
Subsystem Principle
speed range.
b. Read the “ID Learning State of Right Rear Tyre
• The TPMS system is in normal range. Pressure Sensor”, “Operating Mode of Right Rear
• DTC C1A01 is not set. Tyre Pressure Sensor”, “Right Rear Tyre Pressure
Conditions for Setting DTCs Sensor Signal Lost” and “Right Rear Tyre Pressure
• The valid signal cannot be received from the right rear c. Perform the forced output of “Right Rear Tyre
wheel speed sensor and the transmission time is equal Pressure” and observe the right rear tyre pressure
to the K_TPM diagnosis time threshold. for relevant response or action.
• The tyre pressure monitoring system yellow warning • Yes → Go to Step 2;
C1A04 16: The tyre pressure sensor monitoring is abnormal.
"ON" position.
C1A04 31: 3. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if the
• The right rear tyre condition is unknown. DTC still exists.
• The right rear tyre pressure value is invalid. 4. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the tyre pressure
• Keep monitoring the failed sensor. • Refer to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake
• The sensor data packet shows normal battery voltage. “Brake Modulator (ABS)”.
cycles.
C1A04 31:
• Set the appropriate value for right rear tyre pressure.
V1.0 442
C1A05 • The left rear tyre pressure value is valid.
DTC Description • The left rear tyre pressure value is the most recently
DTC FTB Failure Description monitored value.
16 Rear Left Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
cycles.
C1A05 No RF Signal Received from Left Rear Tyre
31 Possible Causes
Sensor
Subsystem Principle
speed range.
b. Read the “ID Learning State of Left Rear Tyre
• The TPMS system is in normal range. Pressure Sensor”, “Operating Mode of Left Rear
• DTC C1A01 is not set. Tyre Pressure Sensor”, “Left Rear Tyre Pressure
Conditions for Setting DTCs Sensor Signal Lost” and “Left Rear Tyre Pressure
• The valid signal cannot be received from the left rear c. Perform the forced output of “Left Rear Tyre
wheel speed sensor and the transmission time is equal Pressure” and observe the left rear tyre pressure for
to the K_TPM diagnosis time threshold. relevant response or action.
• The tyre pressure monitoring system yellow warning • Yes → Go to Step 2;
C1A05 16: The tyre pressure sensor monitoring is abnormal.
"ON" position.
C1A05 31: 3. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if the
• The left rear tyre condition is unknown. DTC still exists.
• The left rear tyre pressure value is invalid. 4. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the tyre pressure
• Keep monitoring the failed sensor. • Refer to Service Manual, “Brake System” - “Brake
• The sensor data packet shows normal battery voltage. “Brake Modulator (ABS)”.
cycles.
C1A05 31:
• Set the appropriate value for left rear tyre pressure.
V1.0 443

U0073 88 • Yes → Go to Step 2;
CAN Bus Off
Subsystem Principle
The tyre pressure monitoring module conducts tyre pressure
monitoring with other modules via the CAN bus. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
• 1s after successful tyre pressure monitoring.
• The ignition switch is in “ON” position. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector BY243 of the tyre pressure
monitoring module and harness connector BY238 of
the GW.
times, the "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if
the "Bus Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Operations of ECU after Failure of harness connector BY243 of the tyre pressure
monitoring module and terminals of harness
CAN tyre pressure monitoring is initialised. connector BY238 of the GW is less than 5Ω.
cycles.
Possible Causes
d. Test if the resistance between the following
• Related circuits failure. terminals of harness connector BY243 of the tyre
• Connector failure or poor fit. pressure monitoring module or terminals of harness
• Tyre pressure monitoring module failure. connector BY238 of the GW and the ground is
• Gateway failure. infinite.
BY238, BY243
Reference Electrical Information between terminals of harness connector BY238 of
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection the GW or terminals of harness connector BY243 of
the tyre pressure monitoring module and the ground
Diagnostic Test Steps is between 2-3V:
a. Check harness connector BY243 of the tyre • Terminal BY243-5 or Terminal BY238-19
pressure monitoring module and harness connector
etc. f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
V1.0 444
3. Test/replace the tyre pressure monitoring module or
the GW:

test/replace the tyre pressure monitoring module or the
GW.
Service Guide
V1.0 445

Lost Communication with Engine Control • Yes → Go to Step 2;
U0100 87
The tyre pressure monitoring module communicates with a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
other modules via the CAN bus. If other module tests are normal, continue the
• 1s after successful communication. b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,

disconnect harness connector BY243 of the tyre
• DTC U0073 88 is not set. pressure monitoring module and harness connector
Conditions for Setting DTCs EM054/EM34 of the ECM.
The DTC will be set if the data frame sent from the ECM c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
cannot be received within 2s. of harness connector BY243 of the tyre pressure
Operations of ECU after Failure monitoring module and terminals of harness
connector EM054/EM34 of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
Save the last valid signal received from the ECM.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal BY243-4 and Terminal EM054-1/EM34-1A
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 • Terminal BY243-5 and Terminal EM054-17/EM34-2A
cycles.
Possible Causes terminals of harness connector BY243 of the tyre
• Related circuits failure. pressure monitoring module or terminals of harness
connector EM054/EM34 of the ECM and the ground
is infinite.
• Terminal BY243-4 or Terminal EM054-1/EM34-1A
Reference Information • Terminal BY243-5 or Terminal EM054-17/EM34-2A
e. Connect the negative battery cable, place the
ignition switch in “ON” position, and test if the
EM34, EM054, BY243 voltage between terminals of harness connector
Reference Electrical Information EM054/EM34 of the ECM or terminals of harness
connector BY243 of the tyre pressure monitoring
module and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
a. Check harness connector BY243 of the tyre
EM054/EM34 of the ECM for looseness, poor
contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
deformation, etc. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
V1.0 446
3. Test/replace the tyre pressure monitoring module or the

ECM:

ECM.
Service Guide
V1.0 447

Lost Communication with Stability Control
U0122 87
System (SCS) • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Subsystem Principle
The SCS communicates with other modules via the CAN bus.
• 1s after successful communication. following inspection procedures.
• DTC U0073 88 is not set. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector BY200 of the SCS and harness
The DTC will be set if the specified data frame sent from the connector BY243 of the tyre pressure monitoring
SCS cannot be received within 2s. module.
Save the last valid signal received from the SCS . of harness connector BY243 of the tyre pressure
Conditions for Clearing DTCs monitoring module is less than 5Ω.
consecutive times.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. of harness connector BY200 of the SCS or terminals
• Connector failure or poor fit. of harness connector BY243 of the tyre pressure
• Dynamic stability control module failure. monitoring module and the ground is infinite.
• Tyre pressure monitoring module failure. • Terminal BY200-26 or Terminal BY243-4
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) for short to ground.
Reference Connector End View Information e. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
Reference Electrical Information the tyre pressure monitoring module or terminals of
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection harness connector BY200 of the SCS and the ground
is between 2-3V:
a. Check harness connector BY200 of the SCS and • Terminal BY200-14 or Terminal BY243-5
harness connector BY243 of the tyre pressure
monitoring module for looseness, poor contact,
V1.0 448
3. Test/replace the SCS or the tyre pressure monitoring
module:

test/replace the SCS or the tyre pressure monitoring
module.
Service Guide
V1.0 449

U0140 87
The tyre pressure monitoring module communicates with the a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
BCM via the CAN bus. If other module tests are normal, continue the
• DTC U0073 88 is not set. connector BY243 of the tyre pressure monitoring
Conditions for Setting DTCs module.
The DTC will be set if the specified data frame sent from the c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
BCM cannot be received within 2s. of harness connector BY026 of the BCM and
Operations of ECU after Failure terminals of harness connector BY243 of the tyre
pressure monitoring module is less than 5Ω.
Save the last valid signal received from the BCM.
Possible Causes of harness connector BY026 of the BCM or terminals
of harness connector BY243 of the tyre pressure
monitoring module and the ground is infinite.
BY026, BY243 the tyre pressure monitoring module or terminals
of harness connector BY026 of the BCM and the
ground is between 2-3V:
V1.0 450
3. Test/replace the BCM or the tyre pressure monitoring
module:

test/replace the BCM or the tyre pressure monitoring
module.
Service Guide
V1.0 451

U0146 87 • Yes → Go to Step 2;
Lost Communication with Gateway (GW)
Subsystem Principle
The tyre pressure monitoring system communicates with the
GW module via the CAN bus. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
• 1s after successful communication.
• The ignition switch is in “ON” position. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
• DTC U0073 88 is not set. harness connector BY243 of the tyre pressure
Conditions for Setting DTCs monitoring module and harness connector BY238 of
the GW.
The DTC will be set if the specified data frame sent from the
GW cannot be received within 2s. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
monitoring module and terminals of harness
Save the last valid signal received from the GW. connector BY238 of the GW is less than 5Ω.
consecutive times.
cycles.
Possible Causes
terminals of harness connector BY243 of the tyre
• Related circuits failure. pressure monitoring module or terminals of harness
• Connector failure or poor fit. connector BY238 of the GW and the ground is
• Gateway failure. infinite.

Reference Electrical Information the GW or terminals of harness connector BY243 of
the tyre pressure monitoring module and the ground
is between 2-3V:
a. Check harness connector BY243 of the tyre • Terminal BY243-5 or Terminal BY238-19
V1.0 452
3. Test/replace the tyre pressure monitoring module or
the GW:

GW.
Service Guide
V1.0 453

U0155 87
The tyre pressure monitoring module communicates with the a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
IPK via the CAN bus. If other module tests are normal, continue the
• DTC U0073 88 is not set. connector BY243 of the tyre pressure monitoring
Conditions for Setting DTCs module.
The DTC will be set if the specified data frame sent from the c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
IPK cannot be received within 2s. of harness connector FC006 of the IPK and terminals
Operations of ECU after Failure of harness connector BY243 of the tyre pressure
monitoring module is less than 5Ω.
Save the last valid signal received from the IPK.
Possible Causes of harness connector FC006 of the IPK or terminals
• Instrument pack failure.
• Tyre pressure monitoring module failure. • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY243-5
BY243, FC006 the tyre pressure monitoring module or terminals of
harness connector FC006 of the IPK and the ground
is between 2-3V.
a. Check harness connector FC006 of the IPK and
V1.0 454
3. Test/replace the IPK or the tyre pressure monitoring
module:

test/replace the IPK or the tyre pressure monitoring
module.
Service Guide
Pack”.
Pack”.
V1.0 455

Lost Communication with Instrument Pack • Yes → Go to Step 2;
U0245 87

The FICM communicates with other modules via the CAN bus. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
Conditions for Running DTCs If other module tests are normal, continue the
• 1s after successful communication.
harness connector BY218 of the FICM and harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector BY243 of the tyre pressure monitoring
The DTC will be set if the specified data frame sent from the module.
FICM cannot be received within 2s. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Operations of ECU after Failure of harness connector BY218 of the FICM and
terminals of harness connector BY243 of the tyre
Save the last valid signal received from the FICM.
pressure monitoring module is less than 5Ω.
• Terminal BY218-C6 and Terminal BY243-4
consecutive times. • Terminal BY218-C12 and Terminal BY243-5
• Related circuits failure. of harness connector BY218 of the FICM or terminals
• Connector failure or poor fit. of harness connector BY243 of the tyre pressure
• Entertainment system failure.
• Tyre pressure monitoring module failure. • Terminal BY218-C6 or Terminal BY243-4
Reference Information • Terminal BY218-C12 or Terminal BY243-5
Bus System and DLC (2) for short to ground.
BY243, BY218
Reference Electrical Information the tyre pressure monitoring module or terminals
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection of harness connector BY218 of the FICM and the
• Terminal BY218-C6 or Terminal BY243-4
V1.0 456
3. Test/replace the FICM or the tyre pressure monitoring

module:

test/replace the FICM or the tyre pressure monitoring
module.
Service Guide
Navigation” - “Player”.
V1.0 457
U1562 and U1563 of the tyre pressure monitoring control module

DTC Description for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
Subsystem Principle ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
The battery continuously supplies power to the tyre pressure
monitoring module. • Yes → Go to Step 2;
Conditions for Running DTCs • No → Diagnosis is completed.
The ignition switch is in “ON” position. 2. Test related circuits:
Conditions for Setting DTCs a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
U1562: The battery voltage higher than 16V is detected for 1s.
U1563: The battery voltage lower than 9V is detected for 1s. passenger compartment fuse box and harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector BY243 of the tyre pressure monitoring
control module.
The diagnosis function is disabled.
U1562: fuse box and terminals of harness connector BY243
• The battery voltage lower than 15.5V is detected for 1s. of the tyre pressure monitoring control module is
less than 5Ω.
U1563: • Terminal BY040-80 and Terminal BY243-2

• The battery voltage higher than 9.5V is detected for 1s.
cycles. c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Possible Causes
fuse box or terminals of harness connector BY243
• Alternator failure. of the tyre pressure monitoring control module and
• Related circuits failure. the ground is infinite.
• Battery failure. • Terminal BY040-80 or Terminal BY243-2
• Tyre pressure monitoring module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Circuit Information d. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Vehicle Security System (3) connector BY040 of the passenger compartment
fuse box or terminals of harness connector BY243
Reference Connector End View Information of the tyre pressure monitoring control module and
BY243, BY040 the power supply is infinite.
a. Check harness connector BY040 of the passenger ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
compartment fuse box and harness connector BY243 again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
V1.0 458
3. Test/replace the tyre pressure monitoring module.

test/replace the tyre pressure monitoring module.
Service Guide
V1.0 459
V1.0 460
DTC List FICM-H
DTC List
List
DTC FTB Description Failure Level*
B1A01 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Call/Reject" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A02 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Mute" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A05 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Up" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A06 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Down" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A07 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Source" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A08 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Voice" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A10 13 Tuner's Antenna Open Ⅲ
B1A10 11 Tuner's Antenna Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1A33 71 "Seek Up" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A34 71 "Seek Down" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A36 71 "Mute" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A37 71 "Home" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A3B 71 "Source" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A3E 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Seek Up" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A3F 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Seek Down" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A43 11 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1A43 12 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Battery or Open Ⅲ
B1A4B 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Custom" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off Ⅱ
U010F 87 Lost Communication with Air Conditioning Control Module (AC) Ⅱ
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) Ⅱ
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) Ⅱ
U1031 87 Lost Communication with Infotainment Faceplate Module(IFP) Ⅱ
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High Ⅱ
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low Ⅱ
*Remarks:

V1.0 461
FICM-H Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
V1.0 462
Circuit Diagram FICM-H
V1.0 463
Entertainment System - Speaker and Microphone
V1.0 464
Entertainment System - Colour Radio
V1.0 465
Parking Distance Control System & Camera-Rear
V1.0 466
V1.0 467
V1.0 468
V1.0 469
FICM-H Connector Information

24 Low Beam Switch
Switch 2
Switch
Lamp Switch
Ajar Warning Switch
2 KL.50 Key Signal

Switch 39 CAN H
7 Driver Side One-button Electronic A/C Control Unit BY156
Down Switch
9 Rear Wiper Switch
Switch 1
Lamp Switch
Key Signal
2 Ground
5 CAN H
6 CAN L
7 Electronic A/C Control
20 N Gear/Clutch Switch Panel Signal
V1.0 470
Connector Information FICM-H
CD/Navigation BY096 Pin No. Pin Information
D7 Enable Signal
D8 Microphone 2 -
D12 TBOX Audio -

A5 Right Rear Audio Signal - Pin No. Pin Information
A6 Right Front Audio Signal - 1 KL.30
A7 Left Front Audio Signal - 3 IMMO Transmission Line_2
A8 Left Rear Audio Signal - 4 IMMO Transmission Line_1
B10 Wake-up 5 IMMO Clock Line
B11 Confirm Button 6 IMMO Data Line
Battery Power (when the 8 Ground
1/2)
B15 Battery Power
B16 Ground
15 Hand Brake
C2 5V
C3
Signal Ground 17 KL.15
Steering Wheel Button 18 KL.R

C4
Signal 1 + 19 Seat Belt (Passenger)
C5 Microphone - 20 Left Direction Indicator
Steering Wheel Button Lamp Signal
C10
Signal 2 + 21 Alternator Charging
C11 Microphone + 22 Engine Oil Pressure
D2 Microphone 2 + 23 Driver Door Open
D4 Ground 24 Trip Computer Switch
D5 Rear Camera Signal 25 Right Direction Indicator
D6 TBOX Audio + Lamp Signal
V1.0 471

26 HS CAN H 1 AM/FM Signal
27 HS CAN L 2 Ground
29 High Beam Antenna BY217
Rotary Coupler BY163

1 AM/FM Signal
2 Ground
Pin No. Pin Information USB Port 1 BY220

2 Ground
5 Cruise Switch
7 Horn Relay Coil
8 Radio Signal -
9 Ground
10 KL.58
11 Radio Signal +
12 Radio Signal +
Radio Antenna BY216

1 USB Power Supply
2 USB Data -
3 USB Data +
5 USB Ground
V1.0 472
USB 1 BY221 Gateway BY238

1 USB Power Supply 5 KL30
2 USB Data - 11 CAN H
3 USB Data + 12 Pin No.Description
4 USB Ground 13 CAN L
Display 1 BY235 19 CAN L
20 CAN H
Start
23 Ground
Status
Communication Module Transmission Line FC013

1 KL30
2 KL58
4 Ground
8 KL58

1 USB Signal -
2 Ground
3 USB Signal +
4 VBUS Signal
V1.0 473
Communication Module Transmission Line FC014

Pin No. Pin Information Right Front Door Tweeter
1
1 VBUS Signal Signal +
2 USB Signal + Right Front Door Tweeter

2
Signal -
3 Ground
4 USB Signal - Rearview Camera BY205
Left Front Door Tweeter BY169

1 Signal Input
3 Signal Output
4 KL.15
1 Left Front Audio Signal +
2 Left Front Audio Signal - Radio BY213
Right Front Door Tweeter BY170
V1.0 474
USB 2 BY224

Battery Power (when the Pin No. Pin Information
2 lamp switch is in position 1 USB Power Supply
1/2)
2 USB Data -
6 Right Front Audio +
3 USB Data +
7 Left Front Audio +
4 USB Ground
10 Battery Power
Left Front Door Woofer PD005
11 ignition switch is in ACC
position)
12 Reverse Signal
16 Right Front Audio -
17 Left Front Audio -
20 Ground
USB Port 2 BY223

1 Left Front Audio Signal +
2 Left Front Audio Signal -

1 USB Power Supply
2 USB Data -
3 USB Data +
5 USB Ground
V1.0 475
LVDS Cable (Display End) FC016 Right Front Door Woofer DD007

1 Signal 1 Right Front Door Speaker
2 Signal Signal +
3 Data Output 2 Right Front Door Speaker

Signal -
4 Data Input
Left Rear Door Woofer RD005
LVDS Cable (Entertainment Mainframe End)

FC017

1 Left Rear Audio Signal +
Pin No. Pin Information 2 Left Rear Audio Signal -
A1 Data Input
A2 Data output
A3 Signal
A4 Signal
V1.0 476
Diagnostic Information and Procedure FICM-H
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Operations of ECU after Failure
B1A01, B1A02, B1A05, B1A06, B1A07, B1A08, Reject the switch input.
B1A3E, B1A3F and B1A4B
DTC Description
B1A01: Call/Reject button is not pressed for 120s.
B1A02: Mute button is not always being pressed for 120s.
Steering Wheel Controls "Call/Reject" Switch
B1A01 71
Stuck B1A05: Volume Up button is not pressed for 120s.
Steering Wheel Controls "Mute" Switch B1A06: Volume button is not pressed for 120s.
B1A02 71
Stuck
B1A07: Source button is not pressed for 120s.
Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Up" Switch
B1A05 71 B1A3E: Seek Up button is in the state where no pressing is
Stuck
needed for 120s.
Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Down"
B1A06 71 B1A3F: Seek Down button is in the state where no pressing is
Switch Stuck
needed for 120s.
Steering Wheel Controls "Source" Switch
B1A07 71 B1A08: Voice button is not pressed for 120s.
Stuck
Steering Wheel Controls "Voice" Switch B1A4B: Custom button is in the state where no pressing is
B1A08 71 needed for 120s.
Stuck
Steering Wheel Controls "Custom" Switch History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
B1A4B 71 cycles.
Stuck
Steering Wheel Controls "Seek Up" Switch Possible Causes
B1A3E 71
Stuck • Related circuits failure.
Steering Wheel Controls "Seek Down" • Connector failure or poor fit.
B1A3F 71
Switch Stuck • Steering wheel buttons fail or malfunction.
Subsystem Principle Reference Information
The audio device can be controlled by the remote buttons Reference Circuit Information
fitted on the steering wheel. These function buttons allow the Entertainment System - Colour Radio
most common functions of the radio/navigation system to be
used in a much more convenient manner.
Conditions for Running DTCs BY163, BY096
The FICM is in wake-up state. Reference Electrical Information

Conditions for Setting DTCs Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
B1A01: Call/Reject button is pressed for 120s. Diagnostic Test Steps
B1A02: Mute button is always being pressed for 120s. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
B1A05: Volume Up button is pressed for 120s. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• Read the "Steering Wheel Button" to check whether it is
B1A06: Volume Down button is pressed for 120s.
within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
B1A07: Source button is pressed for 120s. rational value range).
B1A3E: Seek Up button is pressed for 120s. • No → Test/replace the steering wheel button;
B1A3F: Seek Down button is pressed for 120s. • Yes → Go to Step 2.
B1A08: Voice button is pressed for 120s. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
a. Check the terminals of harness connector BY163
B1A4B: Custom button is in the state where no pressing is
of the steering wheel button and terminals of
needed for 120s.
harness connector BY096 of the FICM for looseness,
deformation, etc.
V1.0 477
FICM-H Diagnostic Information and Procedure

4. Test/replace the steering wheel button or the FICM.
test/replace the steering wheel button or the FICM.
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, “Steering System”
• No → Diagnosis is completed. - “Steering System” - “Multifunction Switch of Steering
3. Test related circuits: Wheel”.
a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, • Replace, programme and set the control module.
disconnect the negative battery cable, and Refer to Module Self-learning and Programming Manual,
disconnect harness connector BY163 of the steering “Entertainment System Control Module (FICM)”.
wheel button and harness connector BY096 of the
FICM.
connector BY163 of the steering wheel button and
terminals of harness connector BY096 of the FICM
is less than 5Ω.
• Terminal BY163-12 and Terminal BY096-C10
connector BY163 of the steering wheel button or
connector BY163 of the steering wheel button or
V1.0 478
B1A10 Diagnostic Test Steps
13 Tuner's Antenna Open • Read the "Radio Antenna Voltage" to check whether it is
B1A10 within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
11 Tuner's Antenna Short to Ground
Subsystem Principle • No → Test the radio antenna;
The radio antenna is used to receive the radio signal. • Yes → Go to Step 2.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. a. Check harness connector C008 of the radio antenna
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. and harness connector C007 of the radio/FICM
• 1s after ECU is powered on and activated. for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
Conditions for Setting DTCs contamination, deformation, etc.
B1A10 11: The feedback voltage of the antenna module is b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
detected to be higher than 0.15V for 1s. found in visual check.
B1A10 13: The feedback voltage of the antenna module is
detected to be lower than 0.08V for 1s.
Switch off the unstable signal of the radio antenna.
B1A10 11:
• The feedback voltage of the antenna module is detected disconnect the negative battery cable, and
to be within 0.15 - 1.18V for 1s. disconnect harness connector C008 of the radio
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition antenna and harness connector C007 of the
cycles. radio/FICM.
B1A10 13: b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness

connector C008 of the radio antenna and terminals
• MCU detects that the feedback voltage of the antenna
of harness connector C007 of the radio/FICM is less
module is within 0.08 - 1.54V for 1s.
than 5Ω.
• Terminal C008-OUTER and Terminal C007-OUTER
cycles.
Possible Causes • Terminal C008-INNER and Terminal C007-INNER
• Radio antenna failure.
connector C008 of the radio antenna or terminals
• Radio failure. of harness connector C007 of the radio/FICM and
Reference Information the ground is infinite.
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal C008-OUTER or Terminal C007-OUTER
Entertainment System - Speaker and Radio Antenna • Terminal C008-INNER or Terminal C007-INNER
C008, C007
Reference Electrical Information connector C008 of the radio antenna or terminals
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection of harness connector C007 of the radio/FICM and
V1.0 479
• Terminal C008-OUTER or Terminal C007-OUTER
• Terminal C008-INNER or Terminal C007-INNER


4. Test/replace the radio antenna or the radio/FICM:

test/replace the radio antenna or the radio/FICM.
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, “Driver Information
and Entertainment” - “On-board Telephone,
Entertainment and Navigation System” - “Roof
Antenna”.
Entertainment and Navigation System” - “On-board
Entertainment Mainframe”.
“Entertainment System Control Module (FICM)”.
V1.0 480
B1A33, B1A34, B1A36, B1A37 and B1A3B Diagnostic Test Steps
B1A33 71 "Seek Up" Switch Stuck • Read the "Entertainment Panel" to check whether it is
B1A34 71 within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
"Seek Down" Switch Stuck
B1A36 71 "Mute" Switch Stuck
• Perform the forced output of “Entertainment Panel
B1A37 71 "Home" Switch Stuck Switch” and observe it for response or action.
B1A3B 71 "Source" Switch Stuck • No → Test/replace the entertainment panel;
The entertainment control panel buttons are located on the 2. Check the connectivity of buttons:
entertainment mainframe control panel and also used to locate a. Check the "Seek Up" button, "Seek Down" button,
other options, press the control button to select the option. "Mute" button, "Home" button and "Source" button
Conditions for Running DTCs for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
The FICM is in wake-up state.
check.
B1A33: Seek Up button is pressed for 120s.
B1A34: Seek Down button is pressed for 120s. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
B1A36: Mute button is pressed for 120s. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
B1A37: Home button is pressed for 120s.
B1A3B: Source button is pressed for 120s.
Switch button does not respond.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs disconnect harness connector BY235 of the
B1A33: Seek Up button is not pressed for 120s. on-board entertainment control panel switch and
harness connector BY096 of the FICM.
B1A34: Seek Down button is not pressed for 120s.
B1A36: Mute button is not pressed for 120s. terminal BY235-6 of the on-board entertainment
B1A37: Home button is not pressed for 120s. control panel switch and harness connector terminal
BY096-D10 of the FICM is less than 5Ω.
B1A3B: Source button is not pressed for 120s.
Possible Causes
• Control button fails or malfunctions.
• Entertainment panel failure. terminal BY235-6 of the on-board entertainment
• Entertainment system control module failure. control panel switch or harness connector terminal
Reference Information BY096-D10 of the FICM and the ground is infinite.
Bus System - LIN
Reference Connector End View Information terminal BY235-6 of the on-board entertainment
BY235, BY096 control panel switch or harness connector terminal
BY096-D10 of the FICM and the power supply is
Reference Electrical Information infinite.
V1.0 481

4. Test/replace the entertainment panel or the FICM:

test/replace the entertainment panel or the FICM.
Service Guide
V1.0 482
B1A43 rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
DTC Description rational value range).
DTC FTB Failure Description • No → Test/replace the steering wheel control circuit;
Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to • Yes → Go to Step 2.
11
Ground 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
B1A43
Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to a. Check harness connector BY163 of the steering
12
Battery or Open wheel control circuit and harness connector BY096
Subsystem Principle of the FICM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
The audio device can be controlled by the remote switches
mounted on the steering wheel. These function buttons allow b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
the most common functions in the ICE system to be used in a found in visual check.
much more convenient manner. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Entertainment system is activated.
B1A43 11: The input voltage of left switch of steering wheel is
lower than 0.12V for 2s. 3. Test related circuits:
B1A43 12: The input voltage of left switch of steering wheel is a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
higher than 4.78V for 2s. disconnect the negative battery cable.
Operations of ECU after Failure b. Disconnect harness connector BY163 of the left
Reject all switch inputs. steering wheel control circuit.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs c. Connect the negative battery cable, place the
• The input voltage of control button on the left side of
steering wheel is between 0.12～4.78V for 2s. d. Test if the voltage between harness connector
terminal BY163-11 of the left steering wheel control
circuit and the ground meets the conditions for
cycles.
clearing DTCs.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
• Left steering wheel control circuit failure. disconnect the negative battery cable, and
Reference Information disconnect harness connector BY163 of the steering
Reference Circuit Information wheel control circuit and harness connector BY096
of the FICM.
BY163, BY096 circuit and harness connector terminal BY096-C4 of
the FICM is less than 5Ω.
Diagnostic Test Steps g. Test if the resistance between harness connector
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output terminal BY163-11 of the left steering wheel control
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: circuit or harness connector terminal BY096-C4 of
the FICM and the ground is infinite.
a. Read the "Current Left Steering Wheel Control
Circuit Voltage" to check whether it is within the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
V1.0 483

circuit or harness connector terminal BY096-C4 of
the FICM and the power supply is infinite.


4. Test/replace the multifunction switch of steering wheel

or the FICM:

test/replace the multifunction switch of steering wheel
or the FICM.
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, “Steering System”
- “Steering System” - “Multifunction Switch of Steering
Wheel”.
V1.0 484
Subsystem Principle
The FICM communicates with other control modules via the
CAN bus. a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. connector BY027 of the BCM.
• DTC U1562, U1566 and U0073 are not set. b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• 1s after ECU is powered on and activated. connector BY096 of the FICM and terminals of
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector BY027 of the BCM is less than
5Ω.
times, the "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if • Terminal BY027-52 and Terminal BY096-C12
the "Bus Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. • Terminal BY027-51 and Terminal BY096-C6
CAN bus is off. for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY096 of the FICM or terminals of
harness connector BY027 of the BCM and the
ground is infinite.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Entertainment system control module failure.
connector BY096 of the FICM or terminals of harness
Reference Information connector BY027 of the BCM and the power supply
Reference Circuit Information is infinite.
Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (2) • Terminal BY027-52 or Terminal BY096-C12
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal BY027-51 or Terminal BY096-C6
BY027, BY096 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
Diagnostic Test Steps again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • Yes → Go to Step 3;
a. Check harness connector BY096 of the FICM for • No → Diagnosis is completed.

looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, 3. Test/replace the FICM or the BCM:
b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual replace the FICM or the BCM.
check. Service Guide
V1.0 485

• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, “Body System”
- “Body Control Module” - “Body Control Module
(BCM)”.
to Module Self-learning and Programming Manual, “Body
Control Module (BCM)”.
V1.0 486
U010F c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Lost Communication with Air Conditioning
U010F 87 • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Control Module (AC)
Subsystem Principle
The FICM communicates with the HVAC control module via
the CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs connector BY004 of the HVAC control module.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• DTC U1562, U1566 and U0073 are not set. connector BY096 of the FICM and terminals of
• 1s after ECU is powered on and activated. harness connector BY004 of the HVAC control
module is less than 5Ω.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from the ETC
module cannot be received within 2s. • Terminal BY004-5 and Terminal BY096-C6
Turn off the air conditioner.
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 connector BY004 of the HVAC control module and
consecutive times. the ground is infinite.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition • Terminal BY004-6 or Terminal BY096-C12
cycles.
Possible Causes
d. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
• Entertainment system control module failure. switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage
• HVAC control module failure. between terminals of harness connector BY096 of
Reference Information the FICM or terminals of harness connector BY004
of the HVAC control module and the ground is 2-3V.
BY004, BY096 for short to battery.
Reference Electrical Information e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Diagnostic Test Steps • Yes → Go to Step 3;
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • No → Diagnosis is completed.
a. Check harness connector BY096 of the FICM and 3. Test/replace the FICM or the HVAC control module:
harness connector BY004 of the HVAC control
module for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
test/replace the FICM or the HVAC control module.
Service Guide
check.
V1.0 487

• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, “Heating, Ventilation
and Air Conditioning” - “Heating, Ventilation and Air
“Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Control
Module (HVAC)”.
V1.0 488
U0140 87 • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Module (BCM)
Subsystem Principle
The FICM communicates with the BCM via the CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs harness connector BY096 of the FICM and harness
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. connector BY027 of the BCM.
• DTC U1562, U1566 and U0073 are not set. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• 1s after ECU is powered on and activated. BY096 of the FICM and harness connector BY027 of
the BCM is less than 5Ω.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from the BCM
cannot be received within the given time. • Terminal BY027-51 and Terminal BY096-C6
• BCM function has not been configured.
• BCM information does not exist.
BY096 of the FICM or harness connector BY027 of
the BCM and the ground is infinite.
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 • Terminal BY027-52 or Terminal BY096-C12
consecutive times.
Possible Causes
• Connector failure or poor fit. between terminals of harness connector BY096 of
• Body control module failure. the FICM or terminals of harness connector BY027
• Entertainment system control module failure. of the BCM and the ground is 2-3V.
Reference Information • Terminal BY027-52 or Terminal BY096-C12
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal BY027-51 or Terminal BY096-C6
Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (2) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
BY027, BY096 ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
Reference Electrical Information again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Yes → Go to Step 3;

3. Test/replace the FICM or the BCM:
a. Check harness connector BY096 of the FICM and test/replace the FICM or the BCM.
Service Guide
deformation, etc. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, “Driver Information
b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual Entertainment and Navigation System” - “On-board
check. Entertainment Mainframe”.
V1.0 489
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, “Body System”

- “Body Control Module” - “Body Control Module
(BCM)”.
to Module Self-learning and Programming Manual, “Body
Control Module (BCM)”.
V1.0 490
U0155 b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual
DTC Description check.
(IPK)
Subsystem Principle
The FICM communicates with the IPK via the CAN bus.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
• DTC U1562, U1566 and U0073 are not set. harness connector BY096 of the FICM and harness
• 1s after ECU is powered on and activated. connector FC006 of the IPK.
Conditions for Setting DTCs b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY096 of the FICM and terminals of
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from the IPK
harness connector FC006 of the IPK is less than 5Ω.
module cannot be received within the given time.
• Terminal FC006-27 and Terminal BY096-C12
• Terminal FC006-26 and Terminal BY096-C6
• No time synchronization.
• No sound reminding. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• There is no relevant control of the instrument pack.
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 harness connector FC006 of the IPK and the ground
consecutive times. is infinite.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY096-C12
cycles.
• Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal BY096-C6
Possible Causes
• Entertainment system control module failure. switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage
• Instrument pack failure. between terminals of harness connector BY096 of
Reference Information the FICM or terminals of harness connector FC006
of the IPK and the ground is 2-3V.
FC006, BY096 for short to battery.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • No → Diagnosis is completed.
a. Check harness connector BY096 of the FICM and 3. Test/replace the entertainment system control module or
harness connector FC006 of the IPK for looseness, the instrument pack:
deformation, etc.
test/replace the entertainment system control module or
the instrument pack.
V1.0 491
Service Guide
and Entertainment” - “Display and Instrument” -
“Instrument Pack”.
“Instrument Pack (IPK)”.
V1.0 492
U1031 distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
DTC Description etc.
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Lost Communication with Infotainment found in visual check.
U1031 87
Faceplate Module(IFP) c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Subsystem Principle
The FICM communicates with the entertainment control panel
(IFP) via the LIN.
Conditions for Running DTCs • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 2. Test related circuits:

• DTC U1562, U1566 and U0073 are not set. a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
• 1s after ECU is powered on and activated. disconnect the negative battery cable, and
entertainment control panel and harness connector
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from the IFP BY096 of the FICM.
module cannot be received within the given time.
terminal BY235-6 of the entertainment control
No IFP button input and solar sensor output. panel and harness connector terminal BY096-D10
Conditions for Clearing DTCs of the FICM is less than 5Ω.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
cycles. terminal BY235-6 of the entertainment control
Possible Causes panel or harness connector terminal BY096-D10 of
the FICM and the ground is infinite.
• Entertainment control panel failure.
• Entertainment system control module failure. d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY235-6 of the entertainment control
panel or harness connector terminal BY096-D10 of
Reference Circuit Information the FICM and the power supply is infinite.
Bus System - LIN (1) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
BY096, BY235 e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Reference Electrical Information again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Yes → Go to Step 3;
Diagnostic Test Steps • No → Diagnosis is completed.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: 3. Test/replace the entertainment control panel or the
a. Check harness connector BY235 of the FICM:
entertainment control panel and harness connector If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
BY096 of the FICM for looseness, poor contact, test/replace the entertainment control panel or the FICM.
Service Guide
V1.0 493

V1.0 494
DTC Description
a. Check harness connector BY096 of the FICM
Subsystem Principle and harness connector BY040 of the passenger
The entertainment system control module monitors the compartment fuse box for looseness, poor contact,
system voltage to check whether the power supply voltage of distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
the battery or the alternator is within the normal operating etc.
range. b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual
Conditions for Running DTCs check.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
U1562: The power supply voltage is higher than 16V for 1s.
U1563: The power supply voltage is lower than 9V for 1s (not
in the starting process). 2. Test related circuits:
• No display.
• No sound. passenger compartment fuse box and harness
• Radio function is unavailable. connector BY096 of the FICM.
• CAN bus is in opening state. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Conditions for Clearing DTCs terminal BY096-B15 of the FICM and harness
connector terminal BY040-48 of the passenger
U1562:
• The power supply voltage is lower than 15.5V for 1s.
cycles.
U1563: terminal BY096-B15 of the FICM or harness
• The power supply voltage is higher than 9.5V for 1s. connector terminal BY040-48 of the passenger
Possible Causes
terminal BY096-B15 of the FICM or harness
• Connector failure or poor fit. connector terminal BY040-48 of the passenger
• Entertainment system control module failure. compartment fuse box and the power supply is
Reference Information infinite.
BY040, BY096 again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
V1.0 495
3. Test/replace the FICM:

test/replace the FICM.
Service Guide
V1.0 496
DTC List FICM-L
DTC List
List
DTC FTB English Description Failure Level
B1A01 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Call/Reject" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A02 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Mute" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A05 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Up" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A06 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Down" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A07 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Source" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A08 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Voice" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A10 13 Tuner's Antenna Open Ⅲ
B1A10 11 Tuner's Antenna Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1A24 11 USB Power Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1A33 71 "Seek Up" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A34 71 "Seek Down" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A36 71 "Mute" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A37 71 "Home" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A3B 71 "Source" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A3E 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Seek Up" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A3F 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Seek Down" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A43 11 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1A43 12 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Battery or Open Ⅲ
B1A4B 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Custom" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off Ⅱ
U010F 87 Lost Communication with Air Conditioning Control Module (AC) Ⅱ
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) Ⅱ
U0146 87 Lost Communication with Gateway (GW) Ⅱ
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) Ⅱ
U1031 87 Lost Communication with Infotainment Faceplate Module(IFP) Ⅱ
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High Ⅱ
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low Ⅱ
*Remarks:

V1.0 497
FICM-L Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
V1.0 498
Circuit Diagram FICM-L
V1.0 499
FICM-L Circuit Diagram
V1.0 500
Circuit Diagram FICM-L
V1.0 501
FICM-L Connector Information

24 Low Beam Switch
Switch 2
Switch
Lamp Switch
Ajar Warning Switch
2 KL.50 Key Signal

Switch 39 CAN H
7 Driver Side One-button Electronic A/C Control Unit BY156
Down Switch
9 Rear Wiper Switch
Switch 1
Lamp Switch
Key Signal
2 Ground
5 CAN H
6 CAN L
20 N Gear/Clutch Switch Panel Signal
V1.0 502
Connector Information FICM-L
CD/Navigation BY096 Pin No. Pin Information
D7 Enable Signal
D8 Microphone 2 -
D12 TBOX Audio -
Gateway BY238

A5 Right Rear Audio Signal - Pin No. Pin Information
A6 Right Front Audio Signal - 5 KL30
A7 Left Front Audio Signal - 11 CAN H
A8 Left Rear Audio Signal - 12 Pin No.Description
B10 Wake-up 13 CAN L
B11 Confirm Button 19 CAN L
Battery Power (when the 20 CAN H
1/2) 22 Ignition Switch On/ BCM
Start
B15 Battery Power
23 Ground
B16 Ground
C2 5V Status
C3 Instrument Pack FC006
Signal Ground
C4
Signal 1 +
C5 Microphone -
C10
Signal 2 +
C11 Microphone +
D2 Microphone 2 +
D4 Ground
D6 TBOX Audio +
V1.0 503
FICM-L Connector Information

1 KL.30 2 Ground
3 IMMO Transmission Line_2 5 Cruise Switch
4 IMMO Transmission Line_1 7 Horn Relay Coil
5 IMMO Clock Line 8 Radio Signal -
6 IMMO Data Line 9 Ground
8 Ground 10 KL.58
10 BCM Acoustic Request 11 Radio Signal +
12 Brake Fluid Level 12 Radio Signal +
13 Seat Belt (Driver) Radio Antenna BY216
15 Hand Brake
17 KL.15
18 KL.R
Lamp Signal
23 Driver Door Open
1 AM/FM Signal
Lamp Signal
2 Ground
26 HS CAN H
27 HS CAN L
Antenna BY217
29 High Beam
Rotary Coupler BY163

1 AM/FM Signal
2 Ground
V1.0 504
Connector Information FICM-L
USB Port 1 BY220 Display BY235

1 USB Power Supply 1 KL30
2 USB Data - 2 KL58
3 USB Data + 4 Ground
5 USB Ground 8 KL58
USB 1 BY221

1 USB Power Supply
2 USB Data -
3 USB Data +
4 USB Ground
V1.0 505
FICM-L Diagnostic Information and Procedure
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Conditions for Clearing DTCs

B1A01, B1A02, B1A05, B1A06, B1A07, B1A08, B1A01:
B1A3E, B1A3F and B1A4B
• Call/Reject button is not pressed for 120s.
DTC Description
cycles.
Steering Wheel Controls "Call/Reject" Switch
B1A01 71 B1A02:
Stuck
• Mute button is not always being pressed for 120s.
Steering Wheel Controls "Mute" Switch
B1A02 71 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
Stuck
cycles.
Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Up" Switch
B1A05 71
Stuck B1A05:
Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Down" • Volume Up button is not pressed for 120s.
B1A06 71
Switch Stuck • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
Steering Wheel Controls "Source" Switch cycles.
B1A07 71
Stuck B1A06:
Steering Wheel Controls "Voice" Switch • Volume button is not pressed for 120s.
B1A08 71
Stuck
B1A3B 71 "Source" Switch Stuck cycles.
Steering Wheel Controls "Seek Up" Switch B1A07:
B1A3E 71
Stuck
• Source button is not pressed for 120s.
Steering Wheel Controls "Seek Down"
B1A3F 71 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
Switch Stuck
cycles.
Subsystem Principle
B1A3E:
The audio device can be controlled by the remote buttons
• Seek Up button is in the state where no pressing is
fitted on the steering wheel. These function buttons allow the
needed for 120s.
most common functions of the radio/navigation system to be
used in a much more convenient manner. • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
cycles.
B1A3F:
The FICM is in wake-up state.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Seek Down button is in the state where no pressing is
needed for 120s.
B1A01: Call/Reject button is pressed for 120s.
B1A02: Mute button is always being pressed for 120s. cycles.
B1A05: Volume Up button is pressed for 120s. B1A08:
B1A06: Volume Down button is pressed for 120s. • Voice button is not pressed for 120s.
B1A07: Source button is pressed for 120s. • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
cycles.
B1A3E: Seek Up button is pressed for 120s.
B1A4B:
B1A3F: Seek Down button is pressed for 120s.
• Custom button is in the state where no pressing is
B1A08: Voice button is pressed for 120s.
needed for 120s.
B1A4B: Custom button is in the state where no pressing is • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
needed for 120s. cycles.
Operations of ECU after Failure Possible Causes
Reject the switch input. • Related mechanical failure.
V1.0 506
Diagnostic Information and Procedure FICM-L
• Related circuits failure. a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
• Connector failure or poor fit. disconnect the negative battery cable, and
disconnect harness connector BY163 of the steering
• Steering wheel buttons fail or malfunction.
wheel button and harness connector BY096 of the
Reference Information FICM.
Reference Circuit Information b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Entertainment System - Colour Radio BY163 of the steering wheel button and harness
connector BY096 of the FICM is less than 5Ω.
BY163, BY096
Diagnostic Test Steps for open circuit/high resistance.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: BY163 of the steering wheel button or harness
connector BY096 of the FICM and the ground is
a. Read the “Current Left Steering Wheel Control
infinite.
Circuit Voltage” and “Current Right Steering Wheel
Control Circuit Voltage” to check whether they • Terminal BY163-12 or Terminal BY096-C10
are within the rational value range (refer to the • Terminal BY163-11 or Terminal BY096-C4
b. Perform the forced outputs of “Steering Wheel VOL If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
UP Button Control”, “Steering Wheel VOL DOWN for short to ground.
Button Control”, “Steering Wheel SEEK UP Button
Control”, “Steering Wheel SEEK DOWN Button
BY163 of the steering wheel button or harness
Control”, “Steering Wheel MUTE Button Control”,
connector BY096 of the FICM and the power supply
“Steering Wheel SOURCE Button Control”,
is infinite.
“Steering Wheel CALL REJECT Button Control”
and “Steering Wheel VOICE Button Control”, and • Terminal BY163-12 or Terminal BY096-C10
observe the entertainment system for relevant • Terminal BY163-11 or Terminal BY096-C4
response or action.
• Yes → Test/replace the steering wheel remote
switch;
• No → Go to Step 2. e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
a. Check harness connector BY163 of the steering
wheel button and harness connector BY096 of • Yes → Go to Step 4;
the FICM for looseness, poor contact, distortion, • No → Diagnosis is completed.
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc. 4. Test/replace the steering wheel button or the FICM.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
found in visual check. test/replace the steering wheel button or the FICM.
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the Service Guide
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs • Refer to Service Manual, “Driver Information and
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. Entertainment” - “Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
• Yes → Go to Step 3; Navigation” - “Player”.
Wheel and Steering Column” - “Steering Wheel
3. Test related circuits: Entertainment Switch”.
V1.0 507

V1.0 508
B1A10 Diagnostic Test Steps
13 Tuner's Antenna Open a. Read the "Radio Antenna Voltage" to check whether
B1A10 it is within the rational value range (refer to the
11 Tuner's Antenna Short to Ground
Subsystem Principle • Yes → Test/replace the FICM;
The radio antenna is used to receive the radio signal. • No → Go to Step 2.
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. a. Check harness connector BY217 of the radio antenna
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. and harness connector BY216 of the radio/FICM
Conditions for Setting DTCs for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
detected to be higher than 0.15V for 1s. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
detected to be lower than 0.08V for 1s. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
No radio FM signal or the signal is unstable.
B1A10 11:
• The feedback voltage of the antenna module is detected
to be within 0.15 - 1.18V for 1s.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition disconnect harness connector BY217 of the radio
cycles. antenna and harness connector BY216 of the
B1A10 13: radio/FICM.
• MCU detects that the feedback voltage of the antenna b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
module is within 0.08 - 1.54V for 1s. connector BY217 of the radio antenna and terminals
of harness connector BY216 of the radio/FICM is
less than 5Ω.
cycles.
• Terminal BY217-OUTER and Terminal
Possible Causes
BY216–OUTER
• Terminal BY217-INNER and Terminal BY216–INNER
• Radio antenna failure.
• Radio failure.
• Entertainment system control module failure. connector BY217 of the radio antenna or terminals
Reference Information of harness connector BY216 of the radio/FICM and
Reference Circuit Information the ground is infinite.
Entertainment System - Colour Radio • Terminal BY217-OUTER or Terminal

BY216–OUTER
• Terminal BY217-INNER or Terminal BY216–INNER
BY217, BY216
connector BY217 of the radio antenna or terminals
V1.0 509
of harness connector BY216 of the radio/FICM and

• Terminal BY217-OUTER or Terminal

BY216–OUTER
• Terminal BY217-INNER or Terminal BY216–INNER


4. Test/replace the radio antenna or the radio/FICM.

test/replace the radio antenna or the radio/FICM.
Service Guide
Navigation” - “Radio Antenna”.
V1.0 510
B1A24 • Yes → Go to Step 2.
B1A24 11 USB Power Short to Ground a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
Subsystem Principle disconnect the negative battery cable.
b. Disconnect harness connector BY221 of the USB
The on-board USB port is located in the centre console,
port.
through which the entertainment head unit can read the
external data or the digital equipment can be charged. c. Connect the negative battery cable, place the
Conditions for Running DTCs ignition switch in “ON” position.
The FICM system is activated and the USB 1 port input voltage d. Test if the voltage between harness connectors
is normal. BY221-5 and BY221-1 of the USB port is 5V.
Conditions for Setting DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
The USB 1 port input voltage is abnormal.
Switch off USB1 related functions. disconnect harness connector BY221 of the USB
Conditions for Clearing DTCs port and harness connector BY220 of the FICM.
• The USB 1 port input voltage is normal. f. Test if the resistance between harness connector
BY221 of the USB port and harness connector
BY220 of the FICM is less than 5Ω.
cycles.
• USB1 failure. • Terminal BY220-5 and Terminal BY221-4

• Entertainment system control module failure. • Terminal BY220-SHELL and Terminal BY221-SHELL
Entertainment System - Colour Radio g. Test if the resistance between harness connector
BY221 of the USB port or harness connector BY220
of the FICM and the ground is infinite.
BY221, BY220 • Terminal BY220-1 or Terminal BY221-1
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • Terminal BY220-SHELL or Terminal BY221-SHELL

a. Check harness connector BY221 of the USB port and
harness connector BY220 of the FICM for looseness,
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, h. Test if the resistance between harness connector
deformation, etc. BY221 of the USB port or harness connector BY220
of the FICM and the power supply is infinite.
found in visual check. • Terminal BY220-1 or Terminal BY221-1
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the • Terminal BY220-2 or Terminal BY221-2
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs • Terminal BY220-3 or Terminal BY221-3
V1.0 511
• Terminal BY220-SHELL or Terminal BY221-SHELL


3. Test/replace the USB 1 port or the FICM.
f the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,

replace the USB 1 port or the FICM.
Service Guide
V1.0 512
B1A33, B1A34, B1A36, B1A37 and B1A3B Diagnostic Test Steps
B1A33 71 "Seek Up" Switch Stuck • Perform the forced output of “HOME Button Control”
and observe it for response or action.
B1A34 71 "Seek Down" Switch Stuck
• Yes → Test/replace the entertainment panel;
B1A36 71 "Mute" Switch Stuck
B1A37 71 "Home" Switch Stuck
2. Check the connectivity of buttons:
B1A3B 71 "Source" Switch Stuck
a. Check the "Seek Up" button, "Seek Down" button,
Subsystem Principle "Mute" button, "Home" button and "Source" button
The entertainment control panel buttons are located on the for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
entertainment mainframe control panel and also used to locate contamination, deformation, etc.
other options, press the control button to select the option. b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual
Conditions for Running DTCs check.
The FICM is in wake-up state. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
B1A33: Seek Up button is pressed for 120s.
B1A34: Seek Down button is pressed for 120s.
B1A36: Mute button is pressed for 120s. 3. Test related circuits:
B1A37: Home button is pressed for 120s. a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
B1A3B: Source button is pressed for 120s. disconnect the negative battery cable, and
on-board entertainment control panel switch and
Switch button does not respond. harness connector BY096 of the FICM.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
B1A33: Seek Up button is not pressed for 120s. terminal BY235-6 of the on-board entertainment
control panel switch and harness connector terminal
B1A34: Seek Down button is not pressed for 120s. BY096-C10 of the FICM is less than 5Ω.
B1A36: Mute button is not pressed for 120s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
B1A37: Home button is not pressed for 120s. for open circuit/high resistance.
B1A3B: Source button is not pressed for 120s. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY235-6 of the on-board entertainment
Possible Causes
control panel switch or harness connector terminal
• Related mechanical failure. BY096-C10 of the FICM and the ground is infinite.
• Control button fails or malfunctions. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Entertainment panel failure. for short to ground.
• Entertainment system control module failure. d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Reference Information terminal BY235-6 of the on-board entertainment
control panel switch or harness connector terminal
BY096-C10 of the FICM and the power supply is
Bus System and DLC (1) infinite.
V1.0 513
4. Test/replace the entertainment panel or the FICM.

test/replace the entertainment panel or the FICM.
Service Guide
Entertainment” - “On-board Telephone, Entertainment
and Navigation System” - “Player”.
V1.0 514
B1A43 rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
DTC FTB Failure Description • Yes → Test/replace the FICM;
Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to • No → Go to Step 2.

11
Ground 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
B1A43
Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to a. Check harness connector BY163 of the steering
12
Battery or Open wheel control circuit and harness connector BY096
of the FICM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
Subsystem Principle
The audio device can be controlled by the remote switches
mounted on the steering wheel. These function buttons allow
the most common functions in the ICE system to be used in a
much more convenient manner. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Entertainment system is activated. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
B1A43 11: The input voltage of left switch of steering wheel is 3. Test related circuits:
lower than 0.12V for 2s.
B1A43 12: The input voltage of left switch of steering wheel is disconnect the negative battery cable, and
higher than 4.78V for 2s. disconnect harness connector BY163 of the steering
Operations of ECU after Failure wheel button and harness connector BY096 of the
FICM.
Reject all switch inputs.
BY163 of the steering wheel button and harness
• The input voltage of control button on the left side of connector BY096 of the FICM is less than 5Ω.
steering wheel is between 0.12～4.78V for 2s.
cycles.
Possible Causes
BY163 of the steering wheel button or harness
Reference Information connector BY096 of the FICM and the ground is
Reference Circuit Information infinite.
Entertainment System - Colour Radio • Terminal BY163-12 or Terminal BY096-C10

BY163, BY096
Diagnostic Test Steps BY163 of the steering wheel button or harness
connector BY096 of the FICM and the power supply
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output is infinite.
a. Read the "Current Left Steering Wheel Control
Circuit Voltage" to check whether it is within the
V1.0 515


4. Test/replace the multifunction switch of steering wheel

or the FICM.

test/replace the multifunction switch of steering wheel
or the FICM.
Service Guide
Wheel and Steering Column” - “Steering Wheel
Entertainment Switch”.
V1.0 516
Subsystem Principle disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
The FICM communicates with other control modules via the
CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. harness connector BY238 of the GW is less than 5Ω.
• DTC U1562, U1566 and U0073 are not set.
times, the "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
the "Bus Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. for open circuit/high resistance.
Operations of ECU after Failure c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
CAN bus is off.
harness connector BY238 of the GW and the ground
Conditions for Clearing DTCs is infinite.
• "Bus Off" state does not appear within 5s. • Terminal BY238-19 or Terminal BY096-C12
cycles.
Possible Causes If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Entertainment system control module failure. connector BY238 of the GW and the power supply
• Gateway failure. is infinite.
Reference Information • Terminal BY238-19 or Terminal BY096-C12
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal BY238-20 or Terminal BY096-C6
BY238, BY096 e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Reference Electrical Information ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
3. Test/replace the FICM or the GW.
harness connector BY238 of the GW for looseness, If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, test/replace the FICM or the GW.
deformation, etc. Service Guide
b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual • Refer to Service Manual, “Driver Information and
check. Entertainment” - “Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the Navigation” - “Player”.
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs • Replace, programme and set the control module.
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. Refer to Service Manual, “Driver Information and
V1.0 517

V1.0 518
U010F c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Lost Communication with Air Conditioning • Yes → Go to Step 2.
U010F 87
Control Module (AC) • No → Diagnosis is completed.

The FICM communicates with the HVAC control module via a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
the CAN bus. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
connector BY156 of the HVAC control module.
harness connector BY156 of the HVAC control
The DTC will be set if (AC_HSC3_FrP01, ID#361h) data module is less than 5Ω.
frame sent from the ETC module cannot be received within
2s.
Turn off the air conditioner. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
consecutive times.
connector BY156 of the HVAC control module and
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition the ground is infinite.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• HVAC control module failure. d. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
Reference Circuit Information the FICM or terminals of harness connector BY156
Bus System and DLC (2) of the HVAC control module and the ground is 2-3V.
BY156, BY096 • Terminal BY156-5 or Terminal BY096-C6
Diagnostic Test Steps ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
a. Check harness connector BY096 of the FICM and • Yes → Go to Step 3;

harness connector BY156 of the HVAC control • No → Diagnosis is completed.
module for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc. 3. Test/replace the FICM or the HVAC control module.
b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
check. test/replace the FICM or the HVAC control module.
V1.0 519
Service Guide
Assembly - ETC”.
Assembly - ETC”.
V1.0 520
U0140 87
The FICM communicates with the BCM via the CAN bus. a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. connector BY026 of the BCM.
Conditions for Setting DTCs BY096 of the FICM and harness connector BY026 of
the BCM is less than 5Ω.
The DTC will be set if (BCM_HSC3_FrP04, ID#46Ah) data
frame sent from the BCM cannot be received within 2s. • Terminal BY026-39 and Terminal BY096-C6
Operations of ECU after Failure • Terminal BY026-38 and Terminal BY096-C12
• BCM function has not been configured. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• BCM information does not exist. for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
BY096 of the FICM or harness connector BY026 of
the BCM and the ground is infinite.
consecutive times.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition • Terminal BY026-39 or Terminal BY096-C6
cycles. • Terminal BY026-38 or Terminal BY096-C12
• Connector failure or poor fit. d. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
• Body control module failure. switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage
the FICM or terminals of harness connector BY026
of the BCM and the ground is 2-3V.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
3. Test/replace the FICM or the BCM.
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
deformation, etc. test/replace the FICM or the BCM.
Service Guide
check. • Refer to Service Manual, “Driver Information and
V1.0 521

V1.0 522
U0146 87 Lost Communication with Gateway (GW) a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
Subsystem Principle
The FICM communicates with the GW control modules via
the CAN bus.
• Not in the starting state. connector BY238 of the GW.
• 1s after the network is normal. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Conditions for Setting DTCs of harness connector BY096 of the FICM and
terminals of harness connector BY238 of the GW is
The DTC will be set if (GW_HSC3_FrP01, ID#1F1h) data
less than 5Ω.
frame sent from the GW cannot be received within 2s.
CAN bus is off.
consecutive times.
of harness connector BY096 of the FICM or terminals
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition of harness connector BY238 of the GW and the
cycles. ground is infinite.
Possible Causes • Terminal BY096-C6 or Terminal BY238-20
• Related circuits failure. • Terminal BY096-C12 or Terminal BY238-19
• Entertainment system control module failure. for short to ground.
• Gateway failure. e. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
Reference Information switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage
Bus System and DLC (2) of the FICM and the ground is between 2-3V:
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal BY096-C6 or Terminal BY238-20
BY238, BY096 • Terminal BY096-C12 or Terminal BY238-19
a. Check harness connector BY096 of the FICM and • Yes → Go to Step 3;
harness connector BY238 of the GW for looseness,
deformation, etc. 3. Test/replace the FICM or the GW:
found in visual check. test/replace the FICM or the GW.

Service Guide
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs • Refer to Service Manual, “Safety and Protection” -
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. “Gateway” - “Gateway Module”.
V1.0 523

Navigation” - “Entertainment System Control Module”.
Navigation” - “Entertainment System Control Module”.
V1.0 524
U0155 87 • No → Diagnosis is completed.
(IPK)
Subsystem Principle
The FICM communicates with the IPK via the CAN bus.
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. connector FC006 of the IPK.
• DTC U1562, U1566 and U0073 are not set. b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector BY096 of the FICM and terminals of
harness connector FC006 of the IPK is less than 5Ω.
The DTC will be set if (IPK_HSC3_FrP04, ID#35Ah) data
frame sent from the IPK module cannot be received within 2s. • Terminal FC006-27 and Terminal BY096-C12
Operations of ECU after Failure • Terminal FC006-26 and Terminal BY096-C6
• No time synchronization. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• No sound reminding.
• There is no relevant control and display of the IPK.
harness connector FC006 of the IPK and the ground
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 is infinite.
consecutive times. • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY096-C12
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Connector failure or poor fit. switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage
• Entertainment system control module failure. between terminals of harness connector BY096 of
• Instrument pack failure. the FICM or terminals of harness connector FC006
of the IPK and the ground is 2-3V.
FC006, BY096 e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Reference Electrical Information ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
3. Test/replace the FICM or IPK.
a. Check harness connector BY096 of the FICM and If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
harness connector FC006 of the IPK for looseness, test/replace the FICM or IPK.
Service Guide
deformation, etc.
b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual Entertainment” - “Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
check. Navigation” - “Player”.
V1.0 525

Pack”.
Pack”.
V1.0 526
U1562 and U1563
BY040, BY096
DTC Description
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low Diagnostic Test Steps
Subsystem Principle
The entertainment system control module monitors the
a. Read the “Battery Voltage” to check whether it
system voltage to check whether the power supply voltage of
is within the rational value range (refer to the
the battery or the alternator is within the normal operating
range.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Yes → Test/replace the FICM;
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. • No → Go to Step 2.

• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Conditions for Setting DTCs a. Check harness connector BY040 of the passenger
U1562: The power supply voltage is higher than 16V for 1s. compartment fuse box and harness connector BY096
of the FICM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
U1563: The power supply voltage is lower than 9V for 1s (not
in the starting process).
• No display.
• No sound.
• Radio function is unavailable. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• CAN bus is in opening state.
U1562:
• The power supply voltage is lower than 15.5V for 1s.
cycles.
U1563: passenger compartment fuse box and harness
• The power supply voltage is higher than 9.5V for 1s. connector BY096 of the FICM.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
cycles. BY040 of the passenger compartment fuse box and
Possible Causes harness connector BY096 of the FICM is less than
5Ω.
• Terminal BY040-51 and Terminal BY096-B14
• Entertainment system control module failure. • Terminal BY040-76 and Terminal BY096-B15
• Battery failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Alternator failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Information c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Reference Circuit Information BY040 of the passenger compartment fuse box
or harness connector BY096 of the FICM and the
Entertainment System - Colour Radio ground is infinite.
• Terminal BY040-51 or Terminal BY096-B14
V1.0 527


or harness connector BY096 of the FICM and the


4. Test/replace the FICM.

test/replace the FICM.
Service Guide
V1.0 528
Lost Communication with Infotainment
U1031 87
Faceplate Module(IFP) • No → Diagnosis is completed.
The FICM communicates with the entertainment control panel a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
(IFP) via the LIN. disconnect the negative battery cable, and
entertainment control panel and harness connector
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. BY235 of the FICM.
Conditions for Setting DTCs terminal BY096-C10 of the entertainment control
panel and harness connector terminal BY235-6 of
The DTC will be set if (IFP_LIN3_FrP00，ID#22h) data frame
the FICM is less than 5Ω.
sent from the IFP module cannot be received within 2s.
No IFP button input and solar sensor output.
terminal BY096-C10 of the entertainment control
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 panel or harness connector terminal BY235-6 of the
consecutive times. FICM and the ground is infinite.
cycles. for short to ground.
Possible Causes d. Connect the negative battery cable, place the
• Related circuits failure. ignition switch in “ON” position, and test if the
• Connector failure or poor fit. voltage between harness connector terminal
BY235-6 of the FICM or harness connector terminal
• Entertainment control panel failure.
BY096-C10 of the entertainment control panel and
• Entertainment system control module failure. the ground is between 2-3V.
Reference Circuit Information for short to battery.
Bus System and DLC (1) e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Reference Connector End View Information ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
BY235, BY096
3. Test/replace the FICM.
Diagnostic Test Steps If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: test/replace the FICM.
Service Guide
a. Check harness connector BY096 of the
entertainment control panel and harness connector • Refer to Service Manual, “Driver Information and
BY235 of the FICM for looseness, poor contact, Entertainment” - “Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, Navigation System” - “Player”.
etc. • Replace, programme and set the control module.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts Refer to Service Manual, “Driver Information and
found in visual check. Entertainment” - “Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
V1.0 529
V1.0 530
DTC List SAS
DTC List
List
C0051 09 Steering Wheel Position Sensor-Component Failures I
C0051 28 Steering Wheel Position Sensor-Mechanical Failure I
C0051 54 Steering Wheel Position Sensor-Missing calibration I
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off I
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High I
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low I
U2000 04 ECU Hardware Error II
U2001 42 ECU EEPROM Error II
U2001 41 ECU EEPROM Checksum Error II
U2003 04 ECU Software Error II
*Remarks:

V1.0 531
SAS Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
V1.0 532
Circuit Diagram SAS
V1.0 533
SAS Circuit Diagram
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box Power Supply

Distribution - 1
V1.0 534
Connector Information SAS
Connector Information 23 Ground
Steering Angle Sensor BY199
Status

5 CAN H
6 CAN L
GW 1 BY238

5 KL.30
11 CAN H
13 CAN L
19 CAN L
20 CAN H
Start
V1.0 535
SAS Diagnostic Information and Procedure
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Possible Causes

C0051 • Steering angle sensor failure.
Steering Wheel Position Reference Information
09
Sensor-Component Failures Reference Electrical Information
Steering Wheel Position Sensor-Mechanical Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
C0051 28
Failure
Steering Wheel Position Sensor-Missing
54
calibration 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Subsystem Principle
The turning of the steering wheel is transferred to the in "ON" position.
conversion valve on the rack mechanism of steering gear by
the steering column. The rotational motion of the steering b. Read the “Steering Wheel Angle”, “Rotation Speed
wheel is transformed to a linear motion of the steering rack of Steering Wheel” and “Calibration of Steering
through the gear and rack. When the engine and the power Angle Sensor of Steering Wheel” to check whether
steering pump operate, the high pressure fluid flow in the they are within the rational value range (refer to the
steering gear offers steering power. Appendix for rational value range).
Conditions for Running DTCs • Yes → Test/replace the SAS;

• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. • No → Go to Step 2.
• The ignition voltage is between 9 and 16V. 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 3. Confirm that no DTC other than DTC C0051 is set.
C0051 09: The hall effect sensor fails. If other DTCs except for SAS DTC are set, diagnose
C0051 28: The steering angle goes out of scope. these DTCs first.
C0051 54: No compensation value of the sensor has been 4. After the DTCs are cleared with a scan tool, confirm
stored in the EEPROM. that DTC C0051 is not set.
Operations of ECU after Failure If the DTCs are reset, programme, test/replace the SAS.
None. Service Guide
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Refer to Service Manual, “Steering System” - “Steering
C0051 09: Wheel and Steering Column” - “Upper Steering
Column”.
• The hall effect sensor is normal.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition “Steering System” - “Steering Wheel and Steering
cycles. Column” - “Upper Steering Column”.
C0051 28:
• The steering angle is within the scope.

cycles.
C0051 54:
• The compensation value of the sensor has been stored

in the EEPROM.
cycles.
V1.0 536
Diagnostic Information and Procedure SAS
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off
Subsystem Principle
The SAS can communicate with controllers of other nodes on
the network through the CAN to ensure the performance of
the system.
• The operating voltage is between 9-16V. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. harness connector BY199 of the SAS and harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector BY238 of the GW module.
When the controller has the transmission error for certain c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
times, the "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if of harness connector BY199 of the SAS and terminals
the "Bus Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. of harness connector BY238 of the GW module is
less than 5Ω.
The SAS stores DTC U0073 in the memory.
cycles.
of harness connector BY199 of the SAS or terminals
Possible Causes of harness connector BY238 of the GW module and
• Related circuits failure. the ground is infinite.
• Steering angle sensor failure. • Terminal BY199-6 or Terminal BY238-19
• Gateway failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
the GW module or terminals of harness connector
BY199, BY238 BY199 of the SAS and the ground is between 2-3V:
a. Check harness connector BY199 of the SAS and
harness connector BY238 of the GW module for
contamination, deformation, etc. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
found in visual check. 3. Test/replace the SAS or the GW:
test/replace the SAS or the GW.
V1.0 537
Service Guide
Wheel and Steering Column” - “Service Guide” - “Upper
Steering Column”.
“Gateway” - “Service Guide” - “Gateway Module”.
and Steering Column” - “Service Guide” - “Upper
Steering Column”.
- “Service Guide” - “Gateway Module”.
V1.0 538
U1562 and U1563 BY199, BY040
DTC Description
Subsystem Principle
a. Check harness connector BY199 of the SAS
The SAS monitors the system voltage to check whether the and harness connector BY040 of the passenger
power supply voltage of the battery or the alternator is within compartment fuse box for looseness, poor contact,
the normal operating range. distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
Conditions for Running DTCs etc.
The ignition switch is in "ON" position. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
DTC U1562: The SAS detects that the battery voltage is
greater than 17.8V, which lasts for 1s.
DTC U1563: The SAS detects that the battery voltage is less • Yes → Go to Step 2.
than 6V, which lasts for 1s.
The control module will record DTCs U1562 and U1563.
a. Check if fuse F2 in the passenger compartment fuse
Conditions for Clearing DTCs box is blown.
U1562: b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
• The power supply voltage recovers to the normal disconnect the negative battery cable.
working condition. The power supply voltage is less than c. Disconnect harness connector BY199 of the SAS.
16.9V, which lasts for 1s.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition passenger compartment fuse box.
cycles.
U1563: terminal BY199-3 of the SAS and harness connector
• The power supply voltage recovers to the normal terminal BY040-7 of the passenger compartment
working condition. The power supply voltage is higher fuse box is less than 5Ω.
than 6.5V, which lasts for 1s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
cycles. f. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Possible Causes terminal BY199-3 of the SAS or harness connector
• Steering angle sensor failure.
• Battery failure. terminal BY199-3 of the SAS or harness connector
Reference Information terminal BY040-7 of the passenger compartment
Reference Circuit Information fuse box and the power supply is infinite.
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box Power Supply If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Distribution - 1 for short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information h. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
V1.0 539
3. Test/replace the SAS:

test/replace the SAS.
Service Guide
System” - “Service Guide” - “Battery”.
System” - “Service Guide” - “Alternator”.
Steering Column”.
and Steering Column” - “Service Guide” - “Upper
Steering Column”.
V1.0 540
U2000, U2001 and U2003 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
DTC FTB Failure Description U2003:
U2000 04 ECU Hardware Error • The software is reset and the parameter compatibility is
41 ECU EEPROM Checksum Error normal.
U2001
42 ECU EEPROM Error
cycles.
U2003 04 ECU Software Error
Possible Causes
Subsystem Principle SAS internal failure.
The steering wheel steering angle sensor is located on the Reference Information
steering shaft assembly. The sensor is used to measure
the location and the rotation speed of steering wheel.
The measured signal is provided for the vehicle stability Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
enhancement system (VSES) in the ABS module, and the ABS
module receives the serial data message from the steering
wheel steering angle sensor. The steering wheel steering angle 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
sensor is used to calculate the expected yaw rate. 2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTCs U2000, U2001
Conditions for Running DTCs and U2003 is set with a scan tool.
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. If related DTCs are set, diagnose these DTCs first.
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. 3. After the DTCs are cleared, confirm that DTCs U2000,
Conditions for Setting DTCs U2001 and U2003 are not set.
U2000: Hardware failure. 4. If the DTCs are reset, programme, test/replace the SAS.
Service Guide
U2001 41: The calibration value and the parameter value of
the EEPROM are irrational. • Refer to Service Manual, “Steering System” - “Steering
U2001 42: The calibration value of the SAS EEPROM is
Steering Column”.
irrational.
U2003: The software parameter compatibility setting is to Service Manual, “Steering System” - “Steering Wheel
improper. and Steering Column” - “Service Guide” - “Upper
Operations of ECU after Failure Steering Column”.
None.
U2000:
• The hardware is normal.

cycles.
U2001 41:
• The EEPROM is reset and the calibration value or the

parameter value is rational.
cycles.
U2001 42:
• The SAS EEPROM is reset and the calibration value is

rational.
V1.0 541
V1.0 542
DTC List IPK
DTC List
List
B1010 62 Network fault. Hardwired KL15 true while CAN KL15 is false. Ⅱ
B1200 29 Fuel sender out of range Ⅱ
B1201 00 Sensing Diagnostic Module (SDM) Lamp Fail Ⅰ
B1202 00 PAB Lamp Fail Ⅰ
B1220 00 Odo Incremental value error Ⅱ
B1221 86 Pulse Count Signal Error Ⅱ
B1230 23 Trip Computer button is stuck Ⅱ
U0074 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off on Chassis High Speed CAN Ⅰ
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) Ⅰ
U0101 87 Lost Communication with transmission Control Module (TCM) Ⅰ
U0121 87 Lost Communication with Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Ⅰ
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) Ⅰ
U0151 87 Lost Communication with Sensing Diagnostic Module (SDM) Ⅰ
U1500 62 VIN Mismatch with Body Control Module (BCM) or Instrument Pack (IPK) Ⅱ
U2005 41 ECU Error-Flash Checksum Error Ⅱ
*Remarks:

V1.0 543
IPK Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
V1.0 544
Circuit Diagram IPK
V1.0 545
IPK Circuit Diagram
Instrument Pack
V1.0 546
Circuit Diagram IPK
Engine Fuel System
V1.0 547
IPK Connector Information

Connector Information 30 PDC Acoustic Alarm Input

1 KL.30
2 KL.50
5 IMMO Clock Line
6 IMMO Data Line
8 Ground
Switch
13 Seat Belt (Driver) Down Switch
15 Hand Brake 8 Rear Wiper Homing Signal
16 Fuel Sensor Signal - 9 Rear Wiper Switch
17 KL.15 10 Front Wiper Mode Selection
18 KL.R Switch 1
19 Seat Belt (Passenger) 11 Right Direction Indicator

Lamp Switch
Lamp Signal 12 Position Lamp Switch
21 Alternator Charging 13 Driver Window Up Switch
22 Engine Oil Pressure 14 Tail Gate Unlock Switch
23 Driver Door Open 15 Driver Door Ajar Warning

Switch
Key Signal
Lamp Signal
26 HS CAN H
27 HS CAN L
29 High Beam
V1.0 548
Connector Information IPK
21 KL.R (ACC switch) 20 CAN H
22 KL.15 (ignition switch) 22 Ignition Switch On/ BCM
23 Reverse Gear Switch Start
24 Low Beam Switch 23 Ground
27 Heated Rear Window 36 Ignition Switch Operation

Status
Engine Control Module EM054
Switch 2
Switch
Lamp Switch
Ajar Warning Switch
Warning Switch
35 Driver Door Unlocked with
Key Signal
36 High Beam Switch Pin No. Pin Information
37 Rear Fog Lamp Switch 1 CAN H
38 CAN L 2 LIN Bus Interface
39 CAN H 5 Main Relay
Gateway BY238 7 Accelerator Pedal 1 Ground
9 Cruise Control
15
Supply
16
Supply
17 CAN L
5 KL30
22 P/N Signal
11 CAN H
23 Brake Switch
25 Brake Lamp
13 CAN L
A/C Medium Pressure
19 CAN L 27
Switch
V1.0 549

28 A/C Switch Downstream Oxygen
79
29 Stop/Start Master Switch Sensor
30 Accelerator Pedal Sensor 2 Upstream Oxygen Sensor

80
Ground
31 Fan Control 2
32 IMMO Input 84
Ground
35 Ignition Switch Coolant/Oil Temperature
85
Accelerator Pedal 2 5V Sensor Ground
36
Power Supply 86 Throttle Ground
Accelerator Pedal 1 5V 87 Throttle Actuator
37
Power Supply
89 Knock Sensor B
41 Fuel Pump Relay
90 Knock Sensor A
91 Main Load Sensor
47 Sensor Ground 93
(Intake)
Electronic Vacuum Pump Downstream Oxygen/Intake
54
Relay (only AT) 95 Phase Position Sensor
56 Fan Control 1 Ground
Starter Motor Relay (low 96 Engine Speed Sensor Input
58
side) Phase Position 5V Power
98
59 Accelerator Pedal 2 Ground Supply
63 ECM Ground 2 99 Ignition Coil 2 Cylinder 4
67 Fuel Injector 4 (Cylinder 1) Engine Coolant Temperature
101
Sensor Signal
Variable Camshaft Timing 102
69 Sensor
(Exhaust)
Variable Camshaft Timing 103
71 Signal
(Intake)
Signal
73 Phase Position Sensor
Heater 105
(Exhaust)
Alternator Feedback Signal
75 Throttle Actuator 106
76 Ignition Coil 3 Cylinder 2 107 Throttle 5V Power Supply
Throttle Position Sensor 1 Speed/Exhaust Phase
77 108
Signal Position 5V Power Supply
78
Signal
V1.0 550
Connector Information IPK
Intake Air 22 Supply Voltage (+)
109 Pressure/Temperature 5V 23 Ground
Power Supply
Downstream Oxygen
110
Sensor Heater Dynamic Stability Control Unit BY002
111 ECM Ground 4
112 ECM Ground 3
Transmission Control Module BY243

1 KL.30
Right Front Wheel Speed
4
Sensor Signal -
Left Front Wheel Speed
1 Ground 8
Sensor Signal -
2 13 Ground
(OT) (+)
14 CAN L
Valve (SLC) (-) 16
Sensor Signal +
Valve (SLU) (+) 17
Sensor Signal +
Solenoid Valve (SLU) (-) 18
Sensor Signal -
6 KL.30
Left Front Wheel Speed
7 CAN L 19
Sensor Signal +
11 Ground
25 KL.30
12 CAN L
26 CAN H
15 28 KL.15
Valve (SLU) (-)
Right Rear Wheel Speed
Electromagnetic Oil Pump 29
16 Sensor Signal -
(EMOP) (-)
Left Rear Wheel Speed
17 CAN H 31
Sensor Signal +
19 38 Ground
(OT) (-)
21
V1.0 551
Airbag Control Module BY174 Fuel Tank Level Sensor BY045
1 CAN H 1 KL.30
2 CAN L 2 Ground
3 Ground 3 Fuel Sensor Signal -
12 KL.15 4 Fuel Sensor Signal +
13 Driver Airbag Signal - Lamp Lever Switch BY166

15
Signal +
16
Signal -
21
Front Passenger Seat Belt Pin No. Pin Information
22
Pre-tensioner Signal + 1 High Beam Blink Switch
Driver Seat Belt 2 Position Lamp Switch
23
Driver Seat Belt
24 5 High Beam Switch
Lamp Switch
Lamp Switch
8 Ground
9 Low Beam Switch
V1.0 552
Diagnostic Information and Procedure IPK
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Diagnostic Test Steps
B1010 1. Check the connectivity of connectors:
DTC Description a. Check harness connector FC006 of the IPK and
DTC FTB Failure Description harness connector BY238 of the GW module for
Network fault. Hardwired KL15 true while
B1010 62 contamination, deformation, etc.
CAN KL15 is false.
Subsystem Principle
KL.15 signal is directly sent to the IPK through the hard wire; c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
meanwhile, the BCM sends the KL.15 CAN signal to the IPK. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
In case the IPK found that there is inconsistency between the again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
hard wire signal and the KL.15 CAN signal sent from the BCM,
it will be judged as a failure; while the IPK function will not be • Yes → Go to Step 2.
affected. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Test related circuits:
The ignition switch is in "ON" position. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
Conditions for Setting DTCs If other module tests are normal, continue the
KL.15 signal zone bit error.
If the IPK fails to communicate with the ABS module, the harness connector FC006 of the IPK and harness
malfunction indicator lamps of the ABS and the brake system connector BY238 of the GW module.
illuminate and the speedometer indicates “0”.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs of harness connector FC006 of the IPK and terminals
• The KL.15 failure is not set. of harness connector BY238 of the GW is less than
5Ω.
cycles. • Terminal FC006-26 and Terminal BY238-20
• During the previous 3 successive valid operation cycles, • Terminal FC006-27 and Terminal BY238-19
the test for each operation cycle has not failed, the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
malfunction indicator lamp is allowed to go out and for open circuit/high resistance.
the DTC status byte of “Request to Illuminate the
Malfunction Indicator Lamp” shall be cleared before this. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Possible Causes
of harness connector BY238 of the GW and the
• Instrument pack failure. ground is infinite.
• Related circuits failure. • Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal BY238-20
Bus System and DLC (2) switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage
the GW or terminals of harness connector FC006
BY238, FC006 of the IPK and the ground is between 2-3V:
V1.0 553
IPK Diagnostic Information and Procedure

3. Test/replace the IPK or the GW:

test/replace the IPK or the GW.
Service Guide
Pack”.
“Driver Information and Entertainment” - “Display and
Instrument” - “Instrument Pack”.
and Protection” - “Gateway” - “Gateway Module”.
V1.0 554
B1200 Diagnostic Test Steps
B1200 29 Fuel sender out of range a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
Subsystem Principle
b. Read the “Fuel Remaining” and “Fuel Segment” to
The instrument is directly connected with the fuel level sensor
check whether they are within the rational value
via a hard wire. The resistance value of fuel level sensor will
change with the height of fuel level, and the IPK module uses
range).
the input signal from the fuel level sensor to calculate the
percentage of remaining fuel in the fuel tank. If the IPK detects c. Perform the forced output of “Fuel Segment” and
that the fuel level sensor signal exceeds the measured value of observe the IPK for relevant response or action.
normal fuel quantity, it will be judged as sensor failure. • Yes → Test/replace the fuel level sensor;
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. a. Check harness connector BY045 of the fuel level
Conditions for Setting DTCs sensor and harness connector FC006 of the IPK
The sensor resistance is not within the range of 34-255Ω, for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
which lasts for 2s. contamination, deformation, etc.
If the failure still exists, the fuel gauge lamp will blink in the
next ignition cycle. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• The sensor resistance is within the range of 34-255Ω,
which lasts for 2s.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition • No → Diagnosis is completed.
cycles. 3. Test related circuits:
• During the previous 3 successive valid operation cycles, a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
the test for each operation cycle has not failed, the disconnect the negative battery cable, and
malfunction indicator lamp is allowed to go out and disconnect harness connector FC006 of the IPK.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp” shall be cleared before this.
of harness connector BY045 of the fuel level sensor
Possible Causes
and terminals of harness connector FC006 of the
• Related circuits failure. IPK is less than 5Ω.
• Instrument pack failure. • Terminal BY045-3 and Terminal FC006-31
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal BY045-4 and Terminal FC006-16
• Fuel pump failure.
Reference Circuit Information c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Engine Fuel System of harness connector BY045 of the fuel level sensor
BY045, FC006
V1.0 555

of harness connector BY045 of the fuel level sensor


4. Test/replace the fuel level sensor or the IPK.
a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position and

disconnect the harness connector BY045 of the fuel
level sensor.
b. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 and 4 of the

fuel level sensor is within the range of 40.8-202.2Ω.
c. If it is not within the specified range, replace the fuel

level sensor.

test/replace the fuel level sensor or the IPK.
Service Guide
Control System” - “Fuel Pump”.
Pack”.
Pack”.
V1.0 556
B1201 and B1202 Diagnostic Test Steps
B1201 00 Sensing Diagnostic Module (SDM) Lamp Fail a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
B1202 00 in "ON" position.
PAB Lamp Fail
b. Read the “Disabled Passenger Airbag Warning
Subsystem Principle Lamp”, “Airbag Malfunction Indicator Lamp” and
While energized, monitors the preparation of the restraint “Airbag Failure” to check whether they are within
system module. After start-up, it shall perform the continuous the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
monitoring. can detect the short circuit in the system as well rational value range).
as the short circuit/leakage and open circuit of the battery. c. Perform the forced outputs of “Disabled Passenger
If the system or component failure is detected, the warning Airbag Warning Lamp” and “Airbag Malfunction
lamp will illuminate to warn the driver. Indicator Lamp”, and observe the IPK for relevant
response or action.
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. • No → Go to Step 2.
• The airbag warning lamp is ON. a. Check harness connector BY174 of the SDM and
harness connector FC006 of the IPK for looseness,
• The LED voltage is below 1.6V or above 2.7V for 2s in
an ignition cycle.
deformation, etc.
The airbag warning lamp will illuminate, and will stay on in found in visual check.
subsequent ignition cycles.
• The LED voltage is above 1.6V or below 2.7V for 5s in again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
an ignition cycle. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
cycles.
• After the failure is excluded, clear the DTC with a scan
tool. a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
Possible Causes disconnect the negative battery cable, and
disconnect harness connector FC006 of the IPK.
of harness connector BY174 of the SDM and
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminals of harness connector FC006 of the IPK
• Airbag failure. is less than 5Ω.
Reference Information • Terminal BY174-1 and Terminal FC006-26
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal BY174-2 and Terminal FC006-27
Reference Connector End View Information for open circuit/high resistance.
BY174, FC006 c. Test if the resistance between the following

Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection and the ground is infinite.
V1.0 557




4. Test/replace the SDM or the IPK:

test/replace the SDM or the IPK.
Service Guide
Pack”.
V1.0 558
B1220 and B1221 Reference Information
DTC FTB Failure Description Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3)
B1220 00 Odo Incremental value error Reference Connector End View Information
B1221 86 Pulse Count Signal Error BY002, FC006
The wheel speed is detected by the active wheel sensor Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
and the encoder ring. The encoder ring is composed of
permanent magnets. Each wheel speed sensor receives a 12V
reference voltage from the electronic brake control module, 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
and transmits the AC square-wave signal to the electronic with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
brake control module. When wheels are rotating, the ABS a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
calculates the wheel speed based on the frequency of the in "ON" position.
square-wave signal.
b. Read the “Displayed Value of Trip A”, “Displayed
Conditions for Running DTCs Value of Trip B”, “Range to Empty”, “Actual Mileage”
• The ignition switch is in “ON” position. and “Maintenance Mileage” to check whether
• DTCs U1562, U1563, U0073 and U0121 are not set. they are within rational value range (refer to the
• Yes → Test/replace the SCS/ABS;
B1220: The instrument detects that the difference between no
less than 5 successive wheel speed pulse counts is larger than • No → Go to Step 2.
the threshold value (50 * mileage increment coefficient). 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
B1221: The DTC will be set if (ABS_DSC_HSC_FrP02) frame a. Check harness connector BY002 of the SCS/ABS
sent from the ABS module cannot be received within 2s. and harness connector FC006 of the IPK for
The hodometer and the odometer stopped.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs found in visual check.
B1221: c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
consecutive times. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition • Yes → Go to Step 3;

cycles. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
B1220: 3. Test related circuits:
• The instrument detects that the difference between a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
wheel speed pulse counts is less than (20 * mileage disconnect the negative battery cable, and
increment coefficient). disconnect harness connector FC006 of the IPK.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition b. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
cycles. of harness connector BY002 of the SCS/ABS and
Possible Causes terminals of harness connector FC006 of the IPK
is less than 5Ω.
• Wheel speed sensor failure.
• Terminal BY002-26 and Terminal FC006-26
• Anti-lock brake system failure.
of harness connector BY002 of the SCS/ABS or
V1.0 559
terminals of harness connector FC006 of the IPK



of harness connector BY002 of the SCS/ABS or
terminals of harness connector FC006 of the IPK


4. Test/replace the SCS/ABS or the IPK:

test/replace the SCS/ABS or the IPK.
Service Guide
Pack”.
V1.0 560
B1230 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
DTC Description a. Check harness connector BY166 of the lamp lever
DTC FTB Failure Description switch and harness connector FC006 of the IPK
B1230 23 Trip Computer button is stuck
Subsystem Principle b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Control buttons are used to locate in the display menu items found in visual check.
and other options. Press the control button to select an c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
option. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• The ignition voltage is between 9-16V. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 3. Test related circuits:
Press and hold the trip computer button for over 20s. a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
Operations of ECU after Failure disconnect the negative battery cable, and
disconnect harness connector FC006 of the IPK.
Trip display error.
of harness connector BY166 of the lamp lever
• The trip computer button is free from being pressed for switch and terminals of harness connector FC006 of
over 20s. the IPK is less than 5Ω.
• After the failure is excluded, clear the DTC with a scan • Terminal FC006-24 and Terminal BY166-10
tool.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• The trip computer button fails or malfunctions. of harness connector BY166 of the lamp lever switch
• Instrument pack failure. or terminals of harness connector FC006 of the IPK
Instrument Pack
BY166, FC006
Reference Electrical Information of harness connector BY166 of the lamp lever switch
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection or terminals of harness connector FC006 of the IPK
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch for short to battery.
in "ON" position.
b. Read the “Press the Trip Computer Button” to ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
check whether it is within the rational value range again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Yes → Test/replace the IPK; • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• No → Go to Step 2. 4. Test/replace the lamp lever switch or the IPK:
V1.0 561

test/replace the lamp lever switch or the IPK.
Service Guide
Pack”.
V1.0 562
U0074 88
Chassis High Speed CAN • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Subsystem Principle
The IPK communicates with other control modules via the
CAN bus.
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. harness connector FC006 of the IPK and harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector BY238 of the GW module.
When the controller has the transmission error for certain c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
times, the "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if of harness connector FC006 of the IPK and terminals
the "Bus Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. of harness connector BY238 of the GW is less than
5Ω.
The communication lost and the gauge pointer indicates 0.
cycles.
Possible Causes of harness connector BY238 of the GW and the
• Poor connection of CAN bus harness connector. ground is infinite.
• Instrument pack failure. • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY238-19
• Gateway failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Bus System and DLC (2) switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage
Reference Connector End View Information the GW or terminals of harness connector FC006
BY238, FC006 of the IPK and the ground is between 2-3V:
a. Check harness connector FC006 of the IPK and ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
harness connector BY238 of the GW module for again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, • Yes → Go to Step 3;
V1.0 563
Service Guide
Pack”.
and Protection” - “Gateway” - “Gateway Module”.
V1.0 564
Lost Communication with Engine Control a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
U0100 87
Module (ECM) If other module tests are normal, continue the
Subsystem Principle
The IPK communicates with the ECM via the CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs harness connector EM054 of the ECM and harness
• DTC U1562, U1563 and U0074 are not set. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Conditions for Setting DTCs of harness connector EM054 of the ECM and
terminals of harness connector FC006 of the IPK is
The DTC will be set if (EMS_HSC_FrP00) data frame sent from
less than 5Ω.
the ECM cannot be received within 2s.
None.
consecutive times.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition of harness connector FC006 of the IPK and the
Possible Causes • Terminal EM054-1 or Terminal FC006-26
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal EM054-17 or Terminal FC006-27
• Instrument pack failure. e. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
the IPK or terminals of harness connector EM054 of
the ECM and the ground is between 2-3V:
• Terminal EM054-1 or Terminal FC006-26
EM054, FC006 • Terminal EM054-17 or Terminal FC006-27
a. Check harness connector EM054 of the ECM and • Yes → Go to Step 3;
deformation, etc. 3. Test/replace the ECM or the IPK:
found in visual check. test/replace the ECM or the IPK.

Service Guide
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs • Refer to Service Manual, “Engine” - “Engine Fuel and
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. Control System” - “Engine Control Module (ECM)”.
V1.0 565

Pack”.
“Engine” - “Engine Fuel and Control System” - “Engine
Control Module (ECM)”.
V1.0 566
U0101 87
The IPK communicates with the TCM via the CAN bus. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector BY242 of the automatic
The DTC will be set if (TCU_HSC_FrP00) data frame sent
FC006 of the IPK.
from the TCM cannot be received within 2s.
If the IPK fails to communicate with the TCM, the transmission transmission control module and terminals of harness
MIL will illuminate. connector FC006 of the IPK is less than 5Ω.
consecutive times.
cycles.
• Connector failure or poor fit. transmission control module or terminals of harness
• Related circuits failure. connector FC006 of the IPK and the ground is
• Automatic transmission control module failure. infinite.
• Instrument pack failure. • Terminal BY242-17 or Terminal FC006-26
Reference Information • Terminal BY242-7 or Terminal FC006-27
Bus System and DLC (2) for short to ground.
BY242, FC006
Reference Electrical Information the IPK or terminals of harness connector BY242 of
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection the automatic transmission control module and the
a. Check harness connector BY242 of the automatic
FC006 of the IPK for looseness, poor contact,
V1.0 567

or the IPK:

or the IPK.
Service Guide
Module (TCM)”.
Pack”.
“Transmission/Transaxle” - “Transmission/Transaxle -
AT” - “Transmission Control Module (TCM)”.
V1.0 568
Lost Communication with Anti-Lock Brake
U0121 87
System (ABS) • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Subsystem Principle
The IPK communicates with the ABS control module via the
CAN bus.
• DTC U1562, U1563 and U0074 are not set. harness connector BY002 of the ABS and harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector FC006 of the IPK.
The DTC will be set if (ABS_DSC_HSC_FrP00) data frame c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
sent from the ABS module cannot be received within 2s. of harness connector BY002 of the ABS and terminals
of harness connector FC006 of the IPK is less than
5Ω.
None.
consecutive times.
cycles.
of harness connector BY002 of the ABS or terminals
Possible Causes of harness connector FC006 of the IPK and the
• Related circuits failure. • Terminal BY002-26 or Terminal FC006-26
• Anti-lock brake system failure. • Terminal BY002-14 or Terminal FC006-27
• Instrument pack failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Connector End View Information the IPK or terminals of harness connector BY002 of
BY002, FC006 the ABS and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal BY002-26 or Terminal FC006-26
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal BY002-14 or Terminal FC006-27
a. Check harness connector BY002 of the ABS and ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
harness connector FC006 of the IPK for looseness, again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
deformation, etc.
found in visual check. 3. Test/replace the ABS or the IPK:
test/replace the ABS or the IPK.
V1.0 569
Service Guide
Pack”.
V1.0 570
Lost Communication with Body Control a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
U0140 87
Module (BCM) If other module tests are normal, continue the
Subsystem Principle
The IPK communicates with the BCM via the CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs harness connector BY026 of the BCM and harness
• DTC U1562, U1563 and U0074 are not set. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Conditions for Setting DTCs of harness connector BY026 of the BCM and
terminals of harness connector FC006 of the IPK is
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from the BCM
less than 5Ω.
Anti-theft system MIL comes on.
consecutive times.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition of harness connector FC006 of the IPK and the
Possible Causes • Terminal BY026-39 or Terminal FC006-26
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal BY026-38 or Terminal FC006-27
• Body control module failure. for short to ground.
• Instrument pack failure. e. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
the IPK or terminals of harness connector BY026 of
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) the BCM and the ground is between 2-3V:
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal BY026-39 or Terminal FC006-26
BY026, FC006 • Terminal BY026-38 or Terminal FC006-27
a. Check harness connector BY026 of the BCM and • Yes → Go to Step 3;
deformation, etc. 3. Test/replace the BCM or the IPK:
found in visual check. test/replace the BCM or the IPK.

Service Guide
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs • Refer to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body Control
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. Module” - “Body Control Module (BCM)”.
V1.0 571

Pack”.
• Replace, programme and set the control module. “Body
System” - “Body Control Module” - “Body Control
Module (BCM)”.
V1.0 572
Lost Communication with Sensing
U0151 87 a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
Diagnostic Module (SDM)
The IPK communicates with the FICM via the CAN bus. b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
Conditions for Running DTCs disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
harness connector BY174 of the SDM and harness
The DTC will be set if (SRS_HSC_FrP00) data frame sent from terminals of harness connector FC006 of the IPK is
the SDM cannot be received within 2s. less than 5Ω.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Terminal BY174-2 and Terminal FC006-26
None. • Terminal BY174-1 and Terminal FC006-27
consecutive times.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition of harness connector BY174 of the SDM or terminals
cycles. of harness connector FC006 of the IPK and the
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal BY174-2 or Terminal FC006-26
• Related circuits failure. • Terminal BY174-1 or Terminal FC006-27
• Airbag module failure.
Bus System and DLC (2) between terminals of harness connector FC006 of
the IPK or terminals of harness connector BY174 of
the SDM and the ground is between 2V and 3V:
BY174, FC006
a. Check harness connector BY174 of the SDM and ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
harness connector FC006 of the IPK for looseness, again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
deformation, etc.
found in visual check. 3. Test/replace the SDM or the IPK:
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs test/replace the SDM or the IPK.
V1.0 573
Service Guide
Pack”.
V1.0 574
U1500 3. The IPK replaced during the repair shall be programmed
DTC Description and configured on the vehicle. Re-enter the VIN
information.
4. Make sure that the IPK shall perform correct
VIN Mismatch with Body Control Module
U1500 62 programming and setting as per the corresponding key
(BCM) or Instrument Pack (IPK)
confirmation system and vehicle configuration with a
Subsystem Principle scan tool.
The IPK receives signals from the module via the CAN bus. Service Guide
Compare the BCM information and the 17-byte VIN stored in • Refer to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body Control
the IPK to see if there are any faults. Module” - “Body Control Module (BCM)”.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Refer to Service Manual, “Driver Information and
• The ignition switch is in “ON” position. Entertainment” - “Display and Instrument” - “Instrument
Pack”.
• DTCs U1562, U1563, U0074 and U0140 are not set.
• BCM_HSC3_FrP02 (0x473) frame sent from the BCM is Instrument” - “Instrument Pack”.
lost. • Replace, programme and set the control module. “Body
• The VIN code sent from the BCM via the CAN bus does System” - “Body Control Module” - “Body Control
not conform to the VIN code stored in the IPK. Module (BCM)”.
• The communication timeout is more than 5s.
If it does not match the VIN of the BCM, the Trip will show
“Error” (except when total mileage is displayed).
• BCM_HSC3_FrP02 (0x473) frame sent from the BCM is
received for successive 5s.
cycles.
• During the previous 3 successive valid operation cycles,
the test for each operation cycle has not failed, the
malfunction indicator lamp is allowed to go out and
Malfunction Indicator Lamp” shall be cleared before this.
Possible Causes
• Instrument pack module fault.

1. Apply the scan tool to confirm if the VIN of the BCM is
consistent with the VIN of the IPK.
2. The VIN information cannot be deleted from the IPK. If
the VIN information remains incorrect, check the BCM.
V1.0 575
U2001 and U2005 Service Guide

DTC Description • Refer to Service Manual, “Driver Information and
DTC FTB Failure Description Entertainment” - “Display and Instrument” - “Instrument
U2001 42 Pack”.
ECU Error-EEPROM Checksum Error
U2005 41 ECU Error-Flash Checksum Error
Subsystem Principle Instrument” - “Instrument Pack”.
The control module carries out a self-check for internal

failures, not involving external circuit. Each time when it is
energized, the control module will run a programme to detect
internal failures.
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set.
U2001: EEPROM checksum error.
U2205: ROM checksum error.

No display function.
U2001:
• EEPROM checksum is correct.

cycles.
U2005:
• ROM checksum is correct.

cycles.
Possible Causes
Instrument pack module fault.

2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTC U2001 is set with
a scan tool.
3. After the DTCs are cleared, confirm that DTC U2001

is not set.
4. If the DTC is reset, replace the IPK.
V1.0 576
DTC Description
a. Check harness connector FC006 of instrument
Subsystem Principle pack and harness connector BY040 of passenger
The IPK monitors the system voltage to check whether the compartment fuse box for looseness, poor contact,
power supply voltage of the battery or the alternator is within distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
the normal operating range. etc.
U1563: The power supply voltage is lower than 9V, which lasts again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
for 1s.
U1562: The power supply voltage is higher than 16V, which • No → Diagnosis is completed.
lasts for 1s.
The LCD and the backlight are off, the pointer is back to Zero, disconnect the negative battery cable.
and the warning lamp is off.
b. Disconnect harness connector FC006 of the IPK.
U1563: passenger compartment fuse box.
• The power supply voltage is higher than 9.5V, which lasts d. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
for 2s. connector FC006 of the IPK and terminals of harness
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition connector BY040 of the passenger compartment
cycles. fuse box is less than 5Ω.
U1562: • Terminal FC006-1 and Terminal BY040-84
• The power supply voltage is lower than 15.5V, which lasts • Terminal FC006-17 and Terminal BY040-31
for 2s. • Terminal FC006-18 and Terminal BY040-51
Possible Causes e. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• Related circuits failure. connector FC006 of the IPK or terminals of harness
Reference Information • Terminal FC006-18 or Terminal BY040-51
Instrument Pack
Reference Connector End View Information connector FC006 of the IPK or terminals of harness
FC006 and BY040 connector BY040 of the passenger compartment
fuse box and the power supply is infinite.
V1.0 577


3. Test/replace the IPK:

test/replace the IPK.
Service Guide
Pack”.
V1.0 578
DTC List GW
DTC List
List
Control Module Communication Bus Off on Powertrain High Speed
U0073 88 I
CAN
Control Module Communication Bus Off on Diagnostic High Speed
U0077 88 I
CAN
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) II
U0101 87 Lost Communication with transmission Control Module (TCM) II
U0122 87 Lost Communication with Stability Control System (SCS) II
U0126 87 Lost Communication with Steering Angle Sensor Module (SAS) II
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) II
U0151 87 Lost Communication with Sensing Diagnostic Module (SDM) II
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) II
U0164 87 Lost Communication with Air Conditioning Control Module (AC) II
U0198 87 Lost Communication with Telematic Control Module (TBOX) II
U0245 87 Lost Communication with Front Infotainment Control Module (FICM) II
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High II
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low II
U2001 42 ECU Error-EEPROM Checksum Error II
U2001 41 ECU Error-Flash Checksum Error II
*Remarks:

V1.0 579
GW Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
V1.0 580
Circuit Diagram GW
V1.0 581
GW Circuit Diagram
V1.0 582
Circuit Diagram GW
Gateway
V1.0 583
GW Connector Information

24 Low Beam Switch
Switch 2
Switch
Lamp Switch
Ajar Warning Switch
2 KL.50 Key Signal

Switch 39 CAN H
7 Driver Side One-button Steering Angle Sensor BY199
Down Switch
9 Rear Wiper Switch
Switch 1
Lamp Switch
16 Driver Door Locked with 2 KL.15 (ignition switch)
Key Signal
5 CAN H
6 CAN L
V1.0 584
Connector Information GW
Dynamic Stability System Control Unit BY002 Engine Control Module EM054

1 KL.30 1 CAN H
4 Right Front Wheel Speed 2 LIN Bus Interface
Sensor Signal - 5 Main Relay
8 Left Front Wheel Speed 7 Accelerator Pedal 1 Ground
Sensor Signal -
12 ESP Off Switch
9 Cruise Control
13 Ground
14 CAN L
Sensor Signal + 14 Engine Running Request
17 Right Rear Wheel Speed Non-continuous Power

15
Sensor Signal + Supply
18 Left Rear Wheel Speed Non-continuous Power

16
Sensor Signal - Supply
19 Left Front Wheel Speed 17 CAN L

Sensor Signal + 19 Brake Vacuum Sensor
25 KL.30 20 Continuity Power Supply
26 CAN H 22 P/N Signal
28 KL.15 23 Brake Switch
29 Right Rear Wheel Speed 25 Brake Lamp
Sensor Signal -
A/C Medium Pressure
27
31 Left Rear Wheel Speed Switch
Sensor Signal +
28 A/C Switch
38 Ground
31 Fan Control 2
32 IMMO Input
35 Ignition Switch
V1.0 585

Accelerator Pedal 2 5V Coolant/Oil Temperature
36 85
Power Supply Sensor Ground
Accelerator Pedal 1 5V 86 Throttle Ground
37
Power Supply 87 Throttle Actuator
40 Auto Stop Status Output 88 Ignition Coil 4 Cylinder 1
41 Fuel Pump Relay 89 Knock Sensor B
42 A/C Compressor Relay 90 Knock Sensor A
45 Accelerator Pedal Sensor 1 91 Main Load Sensor
47 Sensor Ground Phase Position Sensor
93
49 Stop/Start Status Indicator (Intake)
Electronic Vacuum Pump 94 Canister Valve
54
Relay (only AT) Downstream Oxygen/Intake
56 Fan Control 1 95 Phase Position Sensor
Starter Motor Relay (low Ground
58
side) 96 Engine Speed Sensor Input
59 Accelerator Pedal 2 Ground Phase Position 5V Power
98
63 ECM Ground 2 Supply
67 Fuel Injector 4 (Cylinder 1) 100 Ignition Coil 1 Cylinder 3
68 Fuel Injector 1 (Cylinder 3) Engine Coolant Temperature

101
Sensor Signal
69 Intake Air Temperature
(Exhaust) 102
Sensor
71 Oil Temperature Sensor
(Intake) 103
Signal
Upstream Oxygen Sensor 104
73 Signal
Heater
(Exhaust)
75 Throttle Actuator Alternator Feedback Signal
106
76 Ignition Coil 3 Cylinder 2 (for non stop/start)
Throttle Position Sensor 1 107 Throttle 5V Power Supply
77
Signal Speed/Exhaust Phase
108
Throttle Position Sensor 2 Position 5V Power Supply
78
Signal Intake Air
Downstream Oxygen 109 Pressure/Temperature 5V
79
Sensor Power Supply
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Downstream Oxygen
80 110
Ground Sensor Heater
Speed/Exhaust Phase Sensor 111 ECM Ground 4
84
Ground 112 ECM Ground 3
V1.0 586
Instrument Pack FC006 Transmission Control Module BY242

1 KL.30 1 Ground
3 IMMO Transmission Line_2 Oil Temperature Sensor
2
4 IMMO Transmission Line_1 (OT) (+)
5 IMMO Clock Line Pressure Control Solenoid

3
Valve (SLC) (-)
6 IMMO Data Line
8 Ground 4
Valve (SLU) (+)
10 BCM Acoustic Request Lock-up Clutch Control
5
12 Brake Fluid Level Solenoid Valve (SLU) (-)
13 Seat Belt (Driver) 6 KL.30
15 Hand Brake 7 CAN L
16 Fuel Sensor Signal - 11 Ground
17 KL.15 12 CAN L
18 KL.R Pressure Control Solenoid
15
Valve (SLU) (-)
20 Left Direction Indicator 16
(EMOP) (-)
Lamp Signal
17 CAN H
22 Engine Oil Pressure 19
(OT) (-)
23 Driver Door Open
24 Trip Computer Switch 21
25 Right Direction Indicator 22 Supply Voltage (+)
Lamp Signal
23 Ground
26 HS CAN H
27 HS CAN L
29 High Beam
V1.0 587
Airbag Control Module BY174 Gateway BY238

1 CAN H 5 KL30
2 CAN L 11 CAN H
3 Ground 12 Pin No.Description
12 KL.15 13 CAN L
13 Driver Airbag Signal - 19 CAN L
14 Driver Airbag Signal + 20 CAN H
Front Passenger Airbag 22 Ignition Switch On/ BCM
15
Signal + Start
Front Passenger Airbag 23 Ground
16
Signal - 36 Ignition Switch Operation
17 Left Side Airbag Signal + Status
18 Left Side Airbag Signal - CD/Navigation BY096
21
22
Driver Seat Belt
23
Driver Seat Belt
24

V1.0 588
A5 Right Rear Audio Signal - 4 Ground
A6 Right Front Audio Signal - 5 Ground
A7 Left Front Audio Signal - 6 CAN H
A8 Left Rear Audio Signal - 14 CAN L
B10 Wake-up 16 KL30
B11 Confirm Button Electronic A/C Control Unit BY156
1/2)
B15 Battery Power
B16 Ground
C2 5V
C3
Signal Ground
C4
Signal 1 +
C5 Microphone -
Steering Wheel Button Pin No. Pin Information
C10
Signal 2 +
1 KL.30
C11 Microphone +
2 Ground
D2 Microphone 2 +
5 CAN H
D4 Ground
6 CAN L
D6 TBOX Audio + Panel Signal
D7 Enable Signal Communication Module BY450
D8 Microphone 2 -
D12 TBOX Audio -
DLC BY087

5 Microphone Output
6 Microphone Signal
Collection
V1.0 589

8 Audio Signal +
19 CAN H
20 KL.30
25 Microphone Input
26 Microphone Ground
28 Audio Signal -
39 CAN L
40 Ground
V1.0 590
Diagnostic Information and Procedure GW
Diagnostic Information and Procedure c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
U0073 and U0077 ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
DTC Description
U0073 88
Powertrain High Speed CAN 2. Test related circuits:
Control Module Communication Bus Off on a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
U0077 88
Diagnostic High Speed CAN If other module tests are normal, continue the
Subsystem Principle
The GW communicates with other control modules via the disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
CAN bus. harness connector BY087 of the DLC and harness
Conditions for Running DTCs connector BY238 of the GW.
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. of harness connector BY087 of the DLC and
less than 5Ω.
times, the "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if
the "Bus Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. • Terminal BY087-14 and Terminal BY238-12
The CAN bus is initialized.
of harness connector BY087 of the DLC or terminals
"Bus Off" state does not appear within 5s. of harness connector BY238 of the GW and the
History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby cycles. ground is infinite.
Possible Causes • Terminal BY087-6 or Terminal BY238-11
• Gateway module failure.
Bus System and DLC (2) the GW or terminals of harness connector BY087
Reference Connector End View Information of the DLC and the ground is 2-3V:
BY087, BY238 • Terminal BY087-6 or Terminal BY238-11
a. Check harness connector BY087 of the DLC and again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
harness connector BY238 of the GW module for • Yes → Go to Step 3;
3. Test/replace the GW:
test/replace the GW.
V1.0 591
GW Diagnostic Information and Procedure
Service Guide
Refer to Service Manual, “Safety and Protection” - “Gateway”
Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer

to Service Manual, “Safety and Protection” - “Gateway” -
“Gateway Module”.
V1.0 592
DTC FTB Failure Description a. Check harness connector EM054 of the ECM and
Lost Communication with Engine Control harness connector BY238 of the GW for looseness,
U0100 87
Module (ECM) poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
deformation, etc.
Subsystem Principle
The GW communicates with the ECM via the CAN bus. found in visual check.
• DTC U0073 88 is not set. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. • Yes → Go to Step 3;

The DTC will be set if (CAN ID: 0x0C9) frame sent from the 3. Test related circuits:
ECM cannot be received within 2s. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set If other module tests are normal, continue the
The GW receives the last valid signal from the ECM. following inspection procedures.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
consecutive times.
cycles.
Possible Causes terminals of harness connector BY238 of the GW is
• Related circuits failure. less than 5Ω.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal EM054-1 and Terminal BY238-20
• Gateway module failure. • Terminal EM054-17 and Terminal BY238-19
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) of harness connector EM054 of the ECM or terminals
Reference Connector End View Information of harness connector BY238 of the GW and the
ground is infinite.
EM054, BY238
Diagnostic Test Steps for short to ground.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output e. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch between terminals of harness connector BY238 of
in "ON" position. the GW or terminals of harness connector EM054
of the ECM and the ground is between 2-3V:
b. Read the "Engine Control Module Communication
State" to check whether it is within the rational • Terminal EM054-1 or Terminal BY238-20
value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value • Terminal EM054-17 or Terminal BY238-19
range).
• Yes → Test/replace the GW. for short to battery.
V1.0 593

4. Test/replace the ECM or the GW:

test/replace the ECM or the GW.
Service Guide
V1.0 594
U0101 the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
DTC FTB Failure Description • Yes → Test/replace the GW.
Lost Communication with transmission • No → Go to Step 2.

U0101 87
Control Module (TCM) 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Subsystem Principle a. Check harness connector BY242 of the automatic

The GW module communicates with the TCM via the CAN
bus.
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• DTC U0073 88 is not set. found in visual check.
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
The DTC will be set if (CAN ID: 0x1F5) frame sent from the
TCM cannot be received within 2s. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
The GW module receives the last valid value signal from the 3. Test related circuits:
automatic transmission control module. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
Conditions for Clearing DTCs If other module tests are normal, continue the
consecutive times. b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
harness connector BY242 of the automatic
cycles.
Possible Causes BY238 of the GW.
• Related circuits failure. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Connector failure or poor fit. of harness connector BY242 of the automatic
• Gateway module failure. transmission control module and terminals of harness
connector BY238 of the GW is less than 5Ω.
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal BY242-7 and Terminal BY238-19
BY242, BY238
Reference Electrical Information transmission control module or terminals of harness
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection connector BY238 of the GW and the ground is
infinite.
in "ON" position.
b. Read the "Transmission Control Module switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage
Communication State" to check whether it is within between terminals of harness connector BY238 of
V1.0 595
of the automatic transmission control module and

the ground is between 2-3V:



or the GW.

or the GW.
Service Guide
Module (TCM)”.
Module (TCM)”.
V1.0 596
U0122 • Yes → Test/replace the GW.
Lost Communication with Stability Control
U0122 87 a. Check harness connector BY002 of the SCS and
System (SCS)
deformation, etc.
The GW communicates with the SCS via the CAN bus.
• DTC U0073 88 is not set. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
The DTC will be set if (CAN ID: C5) frame sent from the SCS • No → Diagnosis is completed.
The signal received by the GW from the SCS will be the valid
value of newly received signal.
consecutive times. harness connector BY002 of the SCS and harness
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby connector BY238 of the GW.
Possible Causes of harness connector BY002 of the SCS and terminals
• Related circuits failure. of harness connector BY238 of the GW is less than
5Ω.
• Dynamic stability control system failure. • Terminal BY002-26 and Terminal BY238-20
• Gateway module failure. • Terminal BY002-14 and Terminal BY238-19

Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Reference Connector End View Information of harness connector BY002 of the SCS or terminals
of harness connector BY238 of the GW and the
BY002, BY238 ground is infinite.
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage
in "ON" position. between terminals of harness connector BY238 of
b. Read the "Electronic Control Stability System
of the SCS and the ground is between 2-3V:
Communication State" to check whether it is within
the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for • Terminal BY002-26 or Terminal BY238-20
rational value range). • Terminal BY002-14 or Terminal BY238-19
V1.0 597


4. Test/replace the SCS or the GW:

test/replace the SCS or the GW.
Service Guide
V1.0 598
Lost Communication with Steering Angle
U0126 87 a. Check harness connector BY199 of the SAS and
Sensor Module (SAS)
harness connector BY238 of the GW module for
Subsystem Principle looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
The GW communicates with the SAS via the CAN bus.
The DTC will be set if (CAN ID: 1E5) frame sent from the SAS • No → Diagnosis is completed.
The signal received by the GW from the SAS will be the valid
consecutive times. harness connector BY199 of the SAS and harness
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby connector BY238 of the GW module.
Possible Causes of harness connector BY199 of the SAS and terminals
• Related circuits failure. of harness connector BY238 of the GW module is
less than 5Ω.
• Steering angle sensor failure. • Terminal BY199-5 and Terminal BY238-20

Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector BY199 of the SAS or terminals
of harness connector BY238 of the GW module and
BY238, BY199 the ground is infinite.
b. Read the “Steering Angle Sensor Communication of the SAS and the ground is between 2-3V:
State” to check whether it is within the rational
range). • Terminal BY199-6 or Terminal BY238-19
V1.0 599


4. Test/replace the SAS or the GW:

test/replace the SAS or the GW.
Service Guide
Wheel and Steering Column” - “Upper Steering
Column”.
and Steering Column” - “Upper Steering Column”.
V1.0 600
U0140 87 a. Check harness connector BY026 of the BCM and
Module (BCM)
deformation, etc.
The GW communicates with the BCM via the CAN bus.
The DTC will be set if (CAN ID: D9) frame sent from the BCM • No → Diagnosis is completed.
The GW receives the last valid signal from the BCM.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs following inspection procedures.
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
consecutive times. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby harness connector BY026 of the BCM and harness
cycles. connector BY238 of the GW.
Possible Causes c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Related circuits failure. of harness connector BY026 of the BCM and
less than 5Ω.
• BCM failure.
BY026, BY238 of harness connector BY238 of the GW and the
Reference Electrical Information ground is infinite.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: for short to ground.
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch e. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
in "ON" position. switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage
b. Read the "Body Control Module Communication the GW or terminals of harness connector BY026
State" to check whether it is within the rational of the BCM and the ground is between 2-3V:
range).
V1.0 601


4. Test/replace the BCM or the GW:

test/replace the BCM or the GW.
Service Guide
V1.0 602
U0151 check whether it is within the rational value range
DTC Description (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
Lost Communication with Sensing • No → Go to Step 2.

U0151 87
Diagnostic Module (SDM) 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Subsystem Principle a. Check harness connector BY174 of the SDM and
The GW communicates with the SDM via the CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs deformation, etc.
The DTC will be set if (CAN ID: 163) frame sent from the again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
SDM cannot be received within 2s. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
The signal received by the GW from the SDM will be the valid 3. Test related circuits:
value of newly received signal. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
Conditions for Clearing DTCs If other module tests are normal, continue the
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 following inspection procedures.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
cycles. harness connector BY174 of the SDM and harness
Possible Causes
• Supplemental restraint system sensing and diagnostic less than 5Ω.
module failure.
• Gateway module failure.
Reference Connector End View Information of harness connector BY174 of the SDM or terminals
BY174, BY238 of harness connector BY238 of the GW and the
ground is infinite.
b. Read the "Supplemental Restraint System Sensing the GW or terminals of harness connector BY174
and Diagnostic Module Communication State" to of the SDM and the ground is between 2-3V:
V1.0 603


4. Test/replace the SDM or the GW:

test/replace the SDM or the GW.
Service Guide
V1.0 604
DTC FTB Failure Description a. Check harness connector FC006 of the IPK and
Lost Communication with Instrument Pack harness connector BY238 of the GW module for
U0155 87
(IPK) looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
Subsystem Principle
The GW communicates with the IPK via the CAN bus. found in visual check.
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. • Yes → Go to Step 3;

The DTC will be set if (CAN ID: 5F3) frame sent from the IPK 3. Test related circuits:
cannot be received within 2s. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
Operations of ECU after Failure If other module tests are normal, continue the
The signal received by the GW from the IPK will be the valid following inspection procedures.
value of newly received signal. b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
Conditions for Clearing DTCs disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
connector BY238 of the GW module.
consecutive times.
of harness connector FC006 of the IPK and terminals
cycles.
of harness connector BY238 of the GW is less than
Possible Causes 5Ω.
• Related circuits failure. • Terminal FC006-26 and Terminal BY238-20
• Gateway module failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Circuit Information of harness connector FC006 of the IPK or terminals
Bus System and DLC (2) of harness connector BY238 of the GW and the
ground is infinite.
FC006, BY238
Diagnostic Test Steps e. Connect the negative battery cable, place the ignition
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output switch in “ON” position, and test if the voltage
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: between terminals of harness connector BY238 of
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch the GW or terminals of harness connector FC006
in "ON" position. of the IPK and the ground is 2-3V:
b. Read the "Instrument Pack Communication State" • Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal BY238-20
to check whether it is within the rational value range • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY238-19
(refer to the Appendix for rational value range). If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Yes → Test/replace the GW. for short to battery.
V1.0 605


Service Guide
Pack”.
Pack”.
V1.0 606
Lost Communication with Air Conditioning
U0164 87 a. Check harness connector BY156 of the HVAC
Control Module (AC)
module and harness connector BY238 of the GW
Subsystem Principle for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
The GW communicates with the automatic A/C control
module via the CAN bus. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
The DTC will be set if (CAN ID: 5F2) frame sent from the
ETC cannot be received within 2s. 3. Test related circuits:

The signal received by the GW from the automatic A/C control
module will be the valid value of newly received signal.
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 harness connector BY156 of the HVAC module and
consecutive times. harness connector BY238 of the GW.
cycles. of harness connector BY156 of the HVAC module
Possible Causes and terminals of harness connector BY238 of the
• Related circuits failure. GW is less than 5Ω.

• Automatic A/C control module failure. • Terminal BY156-6 and Terminal BY238-19
• Gateway module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Bus System and DLC (2) of harness connector BY156 of the HVAC module
Reference Connector End View Information or terminals of harness connector BY238 of the GW
BY238, BY156
in "ON" position. the GW or terminals of harness connector BY156 of
the HVAC module and the ground is between 2-3V:
b. Read the "A/C Communication State" to check
whether it is within the rational value range (refer • Terminal BY156-5 or Terminal BY238-20
to the Appendix for rational value range). • Terminal BY156-6 or Terminal BY238-19
V1.0 607


4. Test/replace the HVAC module or the GW:

test/replace the HVAC module or the GW.
Service Guide
Assembly - ETC”.
Assembly - ETC”.
V1.0 608
U0198 value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
DTC Description range).
Lost Communication with Telematic • No → Go to Step 2.

U0198 87
Control Module (TBOX) 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Subsystem Principle a. Check harness connector BY450 of the

communication module and harness connector
The GW module communicates with the communication
module via the CAN bus.
The DTC will be set if (CAN ID: 40A) frame sent from the
TBOX cannot be received within 2s. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
The signal received by the GW from the communication 3. Test related circuits:
module will be the valid value of newly received signal. a. Refer to “Integrity Inspection of Diagnosis CAN
Conditions for Clearing DTCs Network”. If other module tests are normal,
continue the following inspection procedures.
harness connector BY450 of the communication
cycles.
module and harness connector BY238 of the GW.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. of harness connector BY450 of the communication
• Connector failure or poor fit. module and terminals of harness connector BY238
• Communication module failure. of the GW is less than 5Ω.

Bus System and DLC (1) for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Connector End View Information d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector BY450 of the communication
BY450, BY238
module or terminals of harness connector BY238 of
Reference Electrical Information the GW and the ground is infinite.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: for short to ground.
in "ON" position.
b. Read the "Communication Module Communication the GW or terminals of harness connector BY450
State" to check whether it is within the rational of the communication module and the ground is
between 2-3V:
V1.0 609


4. Test/replace the communication module or the GW:

test/replace the communication module or the GW.
Service Guide
V1.0 610
Lost Communication with Front
U0245 87 a. Check harness connector BY096 of the FICM and
deformation, etc.
The GW module communicates with the FICM via the CAN
bus. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
The DTC will be set if (CAN ID: 450) frame sent from the
FICM cannot be received within 2s. 3. Test related circuits:

The signal received by the GW from the FICM will be the valid
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 harness connector BY096 of the FICM and harness
consecutive times. connector BY238 of the GW.
cycles. of harness connector BY096 of the FICM and
Possible Causes terminals of harness connector BY238 of the GW is
• Related circuits failure. less than 5Ω.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal BY096-C6 and Terminal BY238-20

• Entertainment system control module failure. • Terminal BY096-C12 and Terminal BY238-19
• Gateway module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Bus System and DLC (2) of harness connector BY096 of the FICM or terminals
Reference Connector End View Information of harness connector BY238 of the GW and the
ground is infinite.
BY096, BY238
in "ON" position. the GW or terminals of harness connector BY096
of the FICM and the ground is between 2-3V:
b. Read the "Entertainment Communication State" to
check whether it is within the rational value range • Terminal BY096-C6 or Terminal BY238-20
(refer to the Appendix for rational value range). • Terminal BY096-C12 or Terminal BY238-19
V1.0 611


4. Test/replace the FICM or the GW:

test/replace the FICM or the GW.
Service Guide
V1.0 612
DTC Description
a. Check harness connector BY238 of the GW
Subsystem Principle and harness connector BY040 of the passenger
The gateway controller monitors the battery voltage and the compartment fuse box for looseness, poor contact,
system voltage. If the voltage is higher than the maximum distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
voltage or lower than the minimum voltage, or the voltage is etc.
lower than the maximum/minimum voltage, the DTCs of high b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
voltage or low voltage shall be recorded. found in visual check.
The ignition switch is in "ON" position. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
U1562: It detected for 1s consecutively that the battery
voltage is higher than 16V. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
U1563: It detected for 1s consecutively that the battery
voltage is lower than 9V. a. Check if Fuse FL5 in the engine compartment fuse
Operations of ECU after Failure box is blown.
Diagnosis function is prohibited.
c. Disconnect harness connector BY238 of the GW.
U1562:
• It detected for 1s consecutively that the battery voltage passenger compartment fuse box.
is lower than 15.5V.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby terminal BY238-5 of the GW and harness connector
cycles. terminal BY040-82 of the passenger compartment
U1563: fuse box is less than 5Ω.
• It detected for 1s consecutively that the battery voltage If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
is greater than 9.5V. for open circuit/high resistance.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 wake-up - standby f. Test if the resistance between harness connector
cycles. terminal BY238-5 of the GW or harness connector
Possible Causes
• Battery failure. g. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Gateway module failure. terminal BY238-5 of the GW or harness connector
• Alternator module failure. terminal BY040-82 of the passenger compartment
Reference Information fuse box and the power supply is infinite.
Gateway
Reference Connector End View Information h. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
BY040, BY238 again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
V1.0 613
3. Test/replace the GW:

test/replace the GW.
Service Guide
V1.0 614
U2001 Service Guide
DTC Description • Refer to Service Manual, “Safety and Protection” -
DTC FTB Failure Description “Gateway” - “Gateway Module”.
41 ECU Error-Flash Checksum Error • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
U2001 to Service Manual, “Safety and Protection” - “Gateway”
42 ECU Error-EEPROM Checksum Error
Subsystem Principle
The control module carries out a self-check for internal
failures, not involving external circuit.
U2001 41:
• The gateway reads and writes data from the EEPROM.

U2001 42: The gateway reads and writes data from the
EEPROM.
U2001 41: The checksum of stored data is incorrect.
U2001 42: Data reading and writing fail.

Maintain the system function and record the DTCs.
U2001 41:
• No check error.
cycles.
U2001 42:
• Data reading and writing succeed.

cycles.
Possible Causes
Gateway module failure.

2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTC U2001 is set with
a scan tool.
3. After the DTCs are cleared, confirm that DTC U2001

is not set.
4. If the DTC is reset, replace the gateway module.
V1.0 615
V1.0 616
DTC List BCM
DTC List
List
B104A 13 Direction Indicators LH open circuit Ⅱ
B104A 11 Direction Indicators LH short to GND Ⅱ
B104A 1C Direction Indicators LH single lamp defect Ⅱ
B104B 13 Direction Indicators RH open circuit Ⅱ
B104B 11 Direction Indicators RH short to GND Ⅱ
B104B 1C Direction Indicators RH single lamp defect Ⅱ
B104C 01 Hazard-Warning Switch stuck switch Ⅲ
B1101 14 Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver Short to ground or open circuit Ⅲ
B1101 12 Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver Short to battery Ⅲ
B1103 11 Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Short to ground or open circuit Ⅲ
B1103 12 Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Short to battery Ⅲ
B1105 71 Front wiper didn't reach park position Ⅲ
B1107 71 Rear wiper didn't reach park position Ⅲ
B1109 1C Illegal ADC value detected Ⅲ
B1701 00 Transponder Antenna Fail II
B1702 00 Invalid Key Present II
B1705 00 loss of communication with ABIC II
B1706 00 Authentication attack state triggered II
B1707 00 Authentication no ems challenge rx II
B1708 00 CAN Communication Error during Authentication II
U0100 87 Lost Communication with EMS MODULE Ⅰ
U0101 87 Lost Communication with TCU MODULE Ⅰ
U0121 87 Lost Communication with ABS/DSC MODULE Ⅰ
U0151 87 Lost Communication with SDM MODULE Ⅱ
U0155 87 Lost Communication with IPK MODULE Ⅱ
U1500 00 VIN mismatch with other ECU(ipk) Ⅱ
U1501 00 IPK redundant data re-sync failure Ⅱ
U1562 00 power entry over voltage Ⅱ
U1563 00 power entry under voltage Ⅱ
*Remarks:

V1.0 617
BCM Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
V1.0 618
Circuit Diagram BCM
V1.0 619
BCM Circuit Diagram
Direction Indicator Lamp
V1.0 620
Circuit Diagram BCM
Wiper and Washer (1)
V1.0 621
BCM Circuit Diagram
V1.0 622
Circuit Diagram BCM
V1.0 623
BCM Connector Information

24 Low Beam Switch
Switch 2
Switch
Lamp Switch
Ajar Warning Switch
2 KL.50 Key Signal

Switch 39 CAN H
Airbag Control Module BY174
Down Switch
9 Rear Wiper Switch
Switch 1
Lamp Switch
Switch
1 CAN H
Key Signal
2 CAN L
3 Ground
12 KL.15
V1.0 624
Connector Information BCM
Front Passenger Airbag 18 Left Rear Wheel Speed
15
Signal + Sensor Signal -
Front Passenger Airbag 19 Left Front Wheel Speed
16
Signal - Sensor Signal +
17 Left Side Airbag Signal + 25 KL.30
18 Left Side Airbag Signal - 26 CAN H
19 Right Side Airbag Signal + 28 KL.15
20 Right Side Airbag Signal - 29 Right Rear Wheel Speed
Front Passenger Seat Belt Sensor Signal -
21
Pre-tensioner Signal - 31 Left Rear Wheel Speed
Front Passenger Seat Belt Sensor Signal +
22
Pre-tensioner Signal + 38 Ground
Driver Seat Belt Instrument Pack FC006
23
Driver Seat Belt
24
Dynamic Stability System Control Unit BY002

1 KL.30
5 IMMO Clock Line
1 KL.30
6 IMMO Data Line
8 Ground
Sensor Signal -
Sensor Signal - 12 Brake Fluid Level
12 ESP Off Switch 13 Seat Belt (Driver)
13 Ground 15 Hand Brake
14 CAN L 16 Fuel Sensor Signal -
16 Right Front Wheel Speed 17 KL.15

Sensor Signal + 18 KL.R
17 Right Rear Wheel Speed 19 Seat Belt (Passenger)
Sensor Signal +
V1.0 625

20 Left Direction Indicator Electromagnetic Oil Pump
16
Lamp Signal (EMOP) (-)
21 Alternator Charging 17 CAN H
22 Engine Oil Pressure Oil Temperature Sensor
19
23 Driver Door Open (OT) (-)
24 Trip Computer Switch Lock-up Clutch Control

21
Lamp Signal 22 Supply Voltage (+)
26 HS CAN H 23 Ground
27 HS CAN L 24 KL.15 (ignition switch)
29 High Beam Left Headlamp BY005

Transmission Control Module BY242

A KL.30
B KL.30
Pin No. Pin Information C Left Direction Indicator

Lamp Output
1 Ground
D Left Front Width Lamp
2 E Ground
(OT) (+)
Pressure Control Solenoid F Ground
3
Valve (SLC) (-) G Ground
Pressure Control Solenoid H KL.15
4
Valve (SLU) (+)
J Ground
5 K Headlamp Leveling Switch
Signal
6 KL.30
7 CAN L
11 Ground
12 CAN L
15
Valve (SLU) (-)
V1.0 626
Front Wiper Motor BY009 Pin No. Pin Information
J Ground
K Headlamp Leveling Switch
Signal
Right Headlamp BY018

1 Front Wiper Stop Signal
2 Ground
3 Low Speed Signal
4 High Speed Signal Pin No. Pin Information
Right Headlamp BY016 A KL.30

B KL.30
C Right Direction Indicator
Lamp Output
D KL.58
E Ground
F KL.30
G Ground
H Ground
K KL.15 (ignition switch)
L Ground
M Headlamp Leveling Switch
Signal
A KL.30
Left Headlamp BY021
B KL.30
C Right Direction Indicator
Lamp Output
D KL.58
E Ground
F Ground
G Ground
H KL.15 (ignition switch)
V1.0 627

A KL.30 17 Width Lamp Relay Coil
B KL.30 18 Front Wiper Enable Relay
C Left Direction Indicator Coil
Lamp Output 19 Wiper Analog Ground
D Left Front Width Lamp 25 Daytime Running Lamp Relay
E Ground 27 Internal Central Lock Switch
F KL.30 Body Control Module BY027
G Ground
H Ground
J Ground
K KL.15
L Ground
M Headlamp Leveling Switch
Signal

Lamp Output
2 Rear Fog Lamp Output
3 Luggage Compartment
Motor
4 Washer Relay
5 Power Supply
Pin No. Pin Information 7 Window Up/Down Function

Enable
2 High Beam Relay Coil
11 Power Supply
3 Horn Relay Coil
Right Tail Lamp BY047
4 Drive the Driver Window
Down
5 Starter Motor Relay Coil
8 Safety Lock Relay Coil
12 Door Lock Status Indicator
13 Front Compartment Lid
Switch Status Signal
14 Wiper Intermittent Wipe
Time Selection Signal
15 Front Wiper Speed Relay
16 Rear Wiper Relay Coil
V1.0 628
2 KL.15 (ignition switch) 1 Power Supply
3 KL.15 (ignition switch) 2 Low Beam Output
4 KL.58 3 Door Lock Output
5 Right Direction Indicator 4 Power Supply
Lamp Output 5 Ground 1
6 Ground 6 Left Direction Indicator
Left Tail Lamp BY048 Lamp Output
7 Front Reading Lamp Output
9 Warning Request Signal
10 Door Unlock Output
11 Ground 2
Engine Compartment Fuse Box BY146

4 KL.58
Lamp Output Pin No. Pin Information
6 Ground 1 Low Beam Output
7 Ground 2 KL.30
Body Control Module 5 BY084 3 High Speed Signal
4 Low Speed Signal
5 KL.30
6 KL.30
7 KL.30
8 KL.30
V1.0 629
Wiper/Washer Lever Switch BY167 Pin No. Pin Information

Switch Master Switch
Switch Lamp
11 KL.30
Driver Side Exterior Rearview Mirror DD006

6 Rear Wiper Switch
1
8 Rear Wiper/Washer Switch Pin No. Pin Information
2 1 Left/Right X/Y Signal
10 Front Wiper Mode Selection 2 Left Y Signal
Switch 2
3 Left X Signal
4 Ground
Switch 1
Lamp Output
Hazard Warning Lamp Switch BY195 6 KL.30
Immobiliser Coil FC009

2 ESP Off Switch
5 KL.58
6 Ground
7 Ground
V1.0 630
Front Passenger Side Exterior Rearview Mirror
PD006

1 Right X/Y Signal
2 Right Y Signal
3 Left/Right X Signal
4 Ground
Lamp Output
6 KL.30
V1.0 631
BCM Diagnostic Information and Procedure
Diagnostic Information and Procedure • The low side drive circuit is normal.
B104A • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
11 Direction Indicators LH short to GND • Related circuits failure.

B104A 13 Direction Indicators LH open circuit
• Left turn signal lamp failure.
1C Direction Indicators LH single lamp defect
Subsystem Principle Reference Information
The direction signal switch is normally grounded. When the Reference Circuit Information
direction signal switch is placed in “Turn Left” position, the
Direction Indicator Lamp
BCM is grounded through the signal circuit of the left direction
signal switch. Then, the BCM provides voltage for the front Reference Connector End View Information
and side direction indicator lamps through the corresponding BY005, BY084, BY021, BY069, BY048, DD006
power supply voltage circuits.
B104A 11:
• DTC settings are activated.
• 5s after startup. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• The left direction indicator lamp is short to ground.
B104A 13:
in "ON" position.
b. Read the “Left Direction Indicator Lamp Switch
• 5s after startup. State” and “All Left Direction Indicator Lamps” to
• The left direction indicator lamp is open circuit. check whether they are within the rational value
B104A 1C:
range).
c. Perform the forced output of “All Left Direction
• 5s after startup. Indicator Lamps” and observe the left direction
• Only one of the left direction indicator lamps illuminates. indicator lamps for relevant response or action.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Yes → Test/replace the lamp lever switch;
B104A 11: The high side drive circuit is detected to be short • No → Go to Step 2.
to ground.
B104A 13: The high side drive circuit is detected to be open
a. Check harness connectors DD006, BY005/BY021
circuit.
of the left front direction indicator lamp, harness
B104A 1C: The ADC detects that the front or rear direction connectors BY048/BY069 of the left rear direction
indicator lamps fail. indicator lamp and harness connector BY084 of
Operations of ECU after Failure the BCM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
None.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
B104A 11, 1C:
• The high side drive circuit is normal. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
cycles.
B104A 13:
V1.0 632
Diagnostic Information and Procedure BCM
3. Test related circuits: • Terminal BY069-5 or Terminal BY084-6
a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and • Terminal BY005-C or Terminal BY084-6
b. Disconnect harness connectors DD006,
• Terminal BY021-C or Terminal BY084-6
BY005/BY021 of the left front direction indicator
lamp and harness connectors BY048/BY069 of the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
left rear direction indicator lamp. for short to battery.
c. Test if the resistance between the following ground h. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
circuit terminals of harness connectors of the left ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
direction indicator lamp and the ground is less than again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
5Ω.
• Terminal DD006-4 or Terminal BY005-E
• Terminal BY021-E or Terminal BY048-6
4. Test/replace the left direction indicator lamp or the BCM:
• Terminal BY069-6
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit test/replace the left direction indicator lamp or the BCM.
Service Guide
d. Disconnect harness connector BY084 of the BCM.
• Refer to Service Manual, “Lighting System” - “Exterior
e. Test if the resistance between the following signal Lighting” - “Front Direction Indicator Lamp”.
terminals of harness connectors of the left direction • Refer to Service Manual, “Lighting System” - “Exterior
indicator lamp and terminals of harness connector Lighting” - “Side Direction Indicator Lamp Bulb”.
BY084 of the BCM is less than 5Ω.
• Terminal DD006-5 and Terminal BY084-6 Lighting” - “Tail Lamp Assembly Bulb”.
• Terminal BY069-5 and Terminal BY084-6 • Refer to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body Control
• Terminal BY005-C and Terminal BY084-6 Module” - “Body Control Module (BCM)”.
• Terminal BY021-C and Terminal BY084-6 Module” - “Body Control Module (BCM)”.
f. Test if the resistance between the following signal
terminals of harness connectors of the left direction
indicator lamp or terminals of harness connector
BY084 of the BCM and the ground is infinite.
• Terminal DD006-5 or Terminal BY084-6
g. Test if the resistance between the following signal
terminals of harness connectors of the left direction
BY084 of the BCM and the power supply is infinite.
• Terminal DD006-5 or Terminal BY084-6
V1.0 633
B104B • Right direction indicator lamp failure.

DTC Description • Body control module failure.
DTC FTB Failure Description Reference Information
11 Direction Indicators RH short to GND Reference Circuit Information
B104B 13 Direction Indicators RH open circuit Direction Indicator Lamp
1C Direction Indicators RH single lamp defect Reference Connector End View Information
Subsystem Principle BY016, BY027, BY047, BY018, PD006
The direction signal switch is normally grounded. When Reference Electrical Information
the direction signal switch is placed in “Turn Right” position, Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
the BCM is grounded through the signal circuit of the right
direction signal switch. Then, the BCM provides voltage Diagnostic Test Steps
for the front and side direction indicator lamps through the 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
corresponding power supply voltage circuits. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
Conditions for Running DTCs a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
B104B 11: in "ON" position.
b. Read the “Right Direction Indicator Lamp Switch
State” and “All Right Direction Indicator Lamps” to
• 5s after startup.
check whether they are within the rational value
• The right direction indicator lamp is short-circuited. range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
B104B 13: range).
• 5s after startup. c. Perform the forced output of “All Right Direction

Indicator Lamps” and observe the right direction
• The right direction indicator lamp is open circuit.
indicator lamps for relevant response or action.
B104B 1C: • Yes → Test/replace the lamp lever switch;
• DTC settings are activated. • No → Go to Step 2.
• 5s after startup. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
• Only one of the right direction indicator lamps
a. Check harness connectors PD006, BY016/BY018
illuminates.
of the right front direction indicator lamp, harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector BY047 of the right rear direction
B104B 11: The high side drive circuit is detected to be short indicator lamp and harness connector BY027 of
to ground. the BCM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
B104B 13: The high side drive circuit is detected to be open
circuit. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
B104B 1C: The ADC detects that the front or rear direction
indicator lamps fail. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
None. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• The high side drive circuit is normal.
cycles.
Possible Causes
b. Disconnect harness connectors PD006,
• Related circuits failure. BY016/BY018 of the right front direction indicator
• Connector failure or poor fit. lamp and harness connector BY047 of the right rear
direction indicator lamp.
V1.0 634
c. Test if the resistance between the following ground • No → Diagnosis is completed.
circuit terminals of harness connectors of the right
4. Test/replace the right direction indicator lamp or the
direction indicator lamp and the ground is less than
BCM:
5Ω.
• Terminal PD006-4 or Terminal BY016-E
test/replace the right direction indicator lamp or the
• Terminal BY018-E or Terminal BY047-6 BCM.
for open circuit/high resistance. • Refer to Service Manual, “Lighting System” - “Exterior
d. Disconnect harness connector BY027 of the BCM. Lighting” - “Front Direction Indicator Lamp”.
e. Test if the resistance between the following signal
Lighting” - “Side Direction Indicator Lamp Bulb”.
terminals of harness connectors of the right direction
indicator lamp and terminals of harness connector • Refer to Service Manual, “Lighting System” - “Exterior
BY027 of the BCM is less than 5Ω. Lighting” - “Tail Lamp Assembly Bulb”.
• Terminal PD006-5 and Terminal BY027-1 • Refer to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body Control
• Terminal BY016-C and Terminal BY027-1
• Terminal BY047-5 and Terminal BY027-1 to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body Control
• Terminal BY018-C and Terminal BY027-1
f. Test if the resistance between the following signal
BY027 of the BCM and the ground is infinite.
• Terminal PD006-5 or Terminal BY027-1
g. Test if the resistance between the following signal
BY027 of the BCM and the power supply is infinite.
• Terminal PD006-5 or Terminal BY027-1
V1.0 635
B104C b. Read the “Hazard Warning Lamp Switch State” to

DTC Description check whether it is within the rational value range
B104C • Yes → Test/replace the BCM.
01 Hazard-Warning Switch stuck switch
Subsystem Principle
The hazard warning lamp consists of all the direction indicator
lamps and it will keep working if the battery power is full. a. Check harness connector BY026 of the BCM and
Hazard warning lamp is controlled by a touch switch; if the harness connector BY195 of the hazard warning
hazard warning lamp switch is touched for the first time, the lamp switch for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
hazard warning lamp will flash, touch the switch again to turn corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
off the hazard warning lamp. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Conditions for Running DTCs found in visual check.
• DTC settings are activated. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• 5s after startup. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
• The hazard warning lamp switch is stuck.
The hazard warning lamp switch is pressed for a long time and
cannot be reset for over 30s. 3. Test related circuits:
None. disconnect the negative battery cable.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Disconnect harness connector BY026 of the BCM
and harness connector BY195 of the hazard warning
• The hazard warning lamp switch is free from being
lamp switch.
pressed for a long time and recovers to its normal state.
terminal BY195-7 of the hazard warning lamp switch
cycles.
and the ground is less than 5Ω.
Possible Causes
• Hazard warning switch failure. terminal BY026-30 of the BCM and harness
• Body control module failure. connector terminal BY195-4 of the hazard warning
Reference Information lamp switch is less than 5Ω.
Direction Indicator Lamp for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Connector End View Information e. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY026-30 of the BCM or harness connector
BY026, BY195
terminal BY026-30 of the BCM or harness connector
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch and the power supply is infinite.
in "ON" position.
V1.0 636
4. Test/replace the hazard warning lamp switch or the BCM:

b. Disconnect harness connector BY195 of the hazard

warning lamp switch.
c. With the hazard warning lamp switch pressed, test

hazard warning lamp switch is less than 1Ω.
If it is greater than the specified range, check the

hazard warning lamp switch.
d. With the hazard warning lamp switch released, test

hazard warning lamp switch is infinite.
If it is not within the specified range, check the

hazard warning lamp switch.

test/replace the hazard warning lamp switch or the BCM.
Service Guide
V1.0 637
B1101 Possible Causes

Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver Short to • Wiper relay failure.
12
battery • Windshield wiper motor failure.
B1101
Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver Short to Reference Information
14
ground or open circuit
Subsystem Principle Wiper and Washer (2)
The front wiper motor controls the windshield wiper motor Reference Connector End View Information
according to the input signal from the windshield wiper/washer
BY009, BY146
switch. The front wiper motor monitors the wiper/washer
switch through two separate signal circuits and a ground Reference Electrical Information
circuit. The windshield wiper switch high level signal circuit Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
is applied to confirm the operation of wiper; the windshield
wiper switch low level signal circuit is applied to confirm the Diagnostic Test Steps
low speed, intermittent and defogging operations by using 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
ladder resistance; and the windshield washer switch signal with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
circuit is used to confirm the operation of washer. The front
wiper motor controls the windshield wiper motor through
in "ON" position.
two output control circuits, such two circuits control two
relays to make sure that the wiper reaches expected high b. Read the "Front Wiper Enable Relay Control" to
speed or low speed. check whether it is within the rational value range
Conditions for Running DTCs (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
c. Perform the forced output of “Front Wiper Speed
B1101 14:
Relay Control” and observe the front wiper for
• DTC settings are activated. relevant response or action.
• Yes → Test/replace the wiper/washer lever switch;
• The front wiper enable relay drive circuit is short to
ground or open circuit.
B1101 12:
a. Check harness connector BY009 of the front wiper
motor and harness connector BY146 of the engine
• 5s after startup. compartment fuse box for looseness, poor contact,
• The front wiper enable relay drive circuit is short to distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
battery. etc.
B1101 12: The low side drive circuit is detected to be short found in visual check.
to battery. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
B1101 14: The low side drive circuit is detected to be short ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
to ground or open circuit. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
None. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• The low side drive circuit is normal. a. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
harness connector BY009 of the front wiper
cycles.
V1.0 638
b. Test if the resistance between harness connector If it exceeds the specified range, replace the faulty
terminal BY009-4 of the front wiper motor and relay.
test/replace the front wiper motor.
• Refer to Service Manual, “Exterior Fittings” - “Wiper
c. Test if the resistance between harness connector and Washer” - “Windshield Wiper Linkage Mechanism
terminal BY009-4 of the front wiper motor or Assembly - With Motor”.
for short to ground. to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body Control” -
d. Test if the resistance between harness connector “Body Control Module (BCM)”.
terminal BY009-4 of the front wiper motor or
infinite.
4. Test/replace the front wiper motor:
b. Remove the front wiper enable relay and the front
wiper speed relay.
the relay is within 60-180Ω.
replace the faulty relay.
of relay is infinite:
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
If it is not within the specified range, replace the faulty
relay.
e. Fit a jumper wire with a 2A fuse between the relay
terminal 85 and the 12V voltage. Fit a jumper wire
between the relay terminal 86 and the ground. Test
than 2Ω.
V1.0 639
B1103 • Connector failure or poor fit.

DTC Description • Windshield wiper motor failure.
DTC FTB Failure Description • Wiper speed relay failure.
Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Short to • Body control module failure.
11
ground or open circuit Reference Information
B1103
Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Short to Reference Circuit Information
12
battery
The BCM controls the windshield wiper motor according BY009, BY146
to the input signal from the windshield wiper/washer switch.
The BCM monitors the wiper/washer switch through two
separate signal circuits and a ground circuit. The windshield Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
wiper switch high level signal circuit is applied to confirm the
operation of wiper; the windshield wiper switch low level
signal circuit is applied to confirm the low speed, intermittent 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
and defogging operations by using ladder resistance; and the with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
windshield washer switch signal circuit is used to confirm a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
the operation of washer. The BCM controls the windshield in "ON" position.
wiper motor through two output control circuits, such two
b. Read the "Front Wiper Enable Relay Control" to
circuits control two relays to make sure that the wiper reaches
expected high speed or low speed.
c. Perform the forced output of “Front Wiper Speed
B1103 11: Relay Control” and observe the front wiper for
relevant response or action.
• 5s after startup. • Yes → Test/replace the wiper/washer lever switch;
• The front wiper enable relay drive circuit is short to • No → Go to Step 2.

ground or open circuit. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
B1103 12: a. Check harness connector BY009 of the front wiper
• 5s after startup. distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
• The front wiper enable relay drive circuit is short to etc.
battery.
Conditions for Setting DTCs found in visual check.
B1103 11: The low side drive circuit is detected to be short c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
to ground. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
B1103 12: The low side drive circuit is detected to be open again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
circuit. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• The low side drive circuit is detected to be normal.
harness connector BY009 of the front wiper
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition motor and harness connector BY146 of the engine
cycles. compartment fuse box.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. terminal BY009-3 of the front wiper motor and
V1.0 640
harness connector terminal BY146-4 of the engine If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω. test/replace the front wiper motor.
for open circuit/high resistance. • Refer to Service Manual, “Exterior Fittings” - “Wiper
c. Test if the resistance between harness connector and Washer” - “Windshield Wiper Linkage Mechanism
terminal BY009-3 of the front wiper motor or Assembly - With Motor”.
harness connector terminal BY146-4 of the engine • Refer to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body
compartment fuse box and the ground is infinite. Control” - “Body Control Module (BCM)”.
for short to ground. to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body Control” -
terminal BY009-3 of the front wiper motor or
infinite.
4. Test/replace the front wiper motor:
b. Remove the front wiper enable relay and the front
wiper speed relay.
the relay is within 60-180Ω.
replace the faulty relay.
of relay is infinite:
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
If it is not within the specified range, replace the faulty
relay.
e. Fit a jumper wire with a 2A fuse between the relay
terminal 85 and the 12V voltage. Fit a jumper wire
between the relay terminal 86 and the ground. Test
than 2Ω.
If it exceeds the specified range, replace the faulty
relay.
V1.0 641
B1105 3. After the DTCs are cleared, confirm that DTC B1105
DTC Description is not set.
DTC FTB Failure Description 4. If the DTC is reset, replace the front wiper motor.
B1105 71 Front wiper didn't reach park position Service Guide
• Refer to Service Manual, “Exterior Fittings” - “Wiper
Subsystem Principle
and Washer” - “Windshield Wiper Linkage Mechanism
The BCM controls the windshield wiper motor according Assembly - With Motor”.
to the input signal from the windshield wiper/washer switch. • Refer to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body
The BCM monitors the wiper/washer switch through two Control” - “Body Control Module (BCM)”.
separate signal circuits and a ground circuit. The windshield
signal circuit is applied to confirm the low speed, intermittent
and defogging operations by using ladder resistance; and the
windshield washer switch signal circuit is used to confirm
the operation of washer. The BCM controls the windshield
• The front wiper motor locked-rotor is short to battery.
The front wiper is detected unable to reach the stop position,
None.
• The BCM can receive the stop signal from the front wiper
motor.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Windshield wiper motor failure.

2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTC B1105 is set
with a scan tool. If related DTCs are set, diagnose these
DTCs first.
V1.0 642
B1107 3. After the DTCs are cleared, confirm that DTC B1107
DTC Description is not set.
DTC FTB Failure Description 4. If the DTC is reset, replace the rear wiper motor.
B1107 71 Rear wiper didn't reach park position Service Guide

• Refer to Service Manual, “Exterior Fittings” - “Wiper and
Subsystem Principle
Washer” - “Rear Window Wiper Motor”.
The BCM controls the windshield wiper motor according • Refer to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body
to the input signal from the windshield wiper/washer switch. Control” - “Body Control Module (BCM)”.
separate signal circuits and a ground circuit. The windshield
and defogging operations by using ladder resistance; and the
windshield washer switch signal circuit is used to confirm
the operation of washer. The BCM controls the windshield
• The rear wiper motor locked-rotor is short to battery.
The rear wiper is detected unable to reach the stop position,
None.
• The BCM receives the rear wiper stop signal.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Windshield wiper motor failure.

2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTC B1107 is set
with a scan tool. If related DTCs are set, diagnose these
DTCs first.
V1.0 643
B1109 Diagnostic Test Steps

B1109 1C Illegal ADC value detected a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
Subsystem Principle
b. Read the “Wiper Delay Potentiometer Switch” to
The BCM controls the windshield wiper motor according
to the input signal from the windshield wiper/washer switch.
separate signal circuits and a ground circuit. The windshield • Yes → Test/replace the BCM;
wiper switch high level signal circuit is applied to confirm the • No → Go to Step 2.
and defogging operations by using ladder resistance; and the a. Check harness connector BY025 of the BCM and
windshield washer switch signal circuit is used to confirm harness connector BY167 of the wiper/washer
the operation of washer. The BCM controls the windshield lever switch for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
wiper motor through two output control circuits, such two corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
circuits control two relays to make sure that the wiper reaches b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
expected high speed or low speed. found in visual check.
• DTC settings are activated. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
• 5s after startup. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• The wiper intermittent wipe switch delay is • Yes → Go to Step 3;

out-of-tolerance. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
The A/D converter resistance is out of range (1.1KΩ-18KΩ).
Operations of ECU after Failure disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
None. harness connector BY167 of the wiper/washer lever
switch.
b. Perform the component test on the wiper/washer
• The A/D converter resistance is within the range
lever switch, if the specified values are not met,
(1.1KΩ-18KΩ).
replace the wiper/washer lever switch.
c. Disconnect harness connector BY025 of the BCM.
cycles.
Possible Causes d. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY025 of the BCM and terminals of
harness connector BY167 of the wiper/washer lever
• Connector failure or poor fit. switch is less than 5Ω.
• Wiper lever switch failure. • Terminal BY025-14 and Terminal BY167-1
Wiper and Washer (1) e. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Reference Connector End View Information connector BY025 of the BCM or terminals of harness
connector BY167 of the wiper/washer lever switch
BY167, BY025
V1.0 644

connector BY025 of the BCM or terminals of harness
connector BY167 of the wiper/washer lever switch


4. Test/replace the wiper/washer lever switch or the BCM:
b. Disconnect harness connector BY167 of the wiper

lever switch.
c. Adjust the wiper lever switch to position 1, 2, 3 and

4 respectively, and test if the resistance between
terminal 4 and 13 of the wiper lever switch is
consistent with the resistance listed in the following
table.
Switch Position Resistance (KΩ)

1 1.202
2 3.29
3 6.98
4 18
If it is not within the specified range, replace the wiper

lever switch.
If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs, test/replace
the BCM.
Service Guide
V1.0 645
B1701, B1702 and B1705 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
DTC FTB Failure Description B1701:
B1701 00 Transponder Antenna Fail • The immobiliser module receives the signal from the
B1702 00 Invalid Key Present communication antenna coil.
B1705 00 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition

loss of communication with ABIC
cycles.
Subsystem Principle
B1705:
When the ignition key is inserted into the ignition switch lock
• Keep the communication with the base station.
cylinder and the ignition switch is turned to “ON” position,
the radio frequency transceiver embedded in the key will • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
be energized through the oscillating coil surrounded on the cycles.
ignition switch lock cylinder. The radio frequency transceiver Possible Causes
will transmit a signal to the IPK. And, the IPK will compare • Related circuits failure.
this value with the value stored in the memory. If the value is
correct, the IPK will send a pre-release password to the ECM
through the serial data circuit. If the read key code does not • Immobiliser coil failure.
match, or the radio frequency transceiver value has not been • Instrument pack failure.
received, the IPK will send a start disable password to the Reference Information
ECM.
B1701:
FC006, FC009
• General coil failure of the key signal transmitter.
B1702:
• Valid key.
B1705:
in "ON" position.
b. Read the “Immobiliser Status”, “Chip/Antenna State:
• The ignition switch is in “ON” position. Key ID in the Range of Immobiliser Coil” and
• Communication with the ABIC is lost. “Immobiliser Activated” to check whether they are
Conditions for Setting DTCs within rational value range (refer to the Appendix
for rational value range).
B1701: The immobiliser module detects that the
communication antenna coil fails. • Yes → Test/replace the BCM;
B1702: The immobiliser module detects invalid key or no key • No → Go to Step 2.

is matched currently. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
B1705: Lost communication with the base station. a. Check harness connector FC009 of the
Operations of ECU after Failure low-frequency immobiliser coil and harness
connector FC006 of the IPK for looseness, poor
The immobiliser indicator illuminates.
deformation, etc.
B1702:
• The immobiliser coil detects the key. found in visual check.
V1.0 646
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the h. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Yes → Go to Step 3; • Yes → Go to Step 4;
• No → Diagnosis is completed. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
3. Test related circuits: 4. Test/replace the low-frequency immobiliser coil or the
a. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and clear IPK:
the DTC information with a scan tool. Observe the
DTC information on the scan tool. Confirm that
test/replace the low-frequency immobiliser coil or the
DTC B1701 is not set.
IPK.
If DTC B1701 does not pass this ignition cycle, match Service Guide
the remote key. If the DTC is reset, replace the
remote key. • Refer to Service Manual, “Driver Information and
b. Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Pack”.
Confirm that DTC B1701 is not set.
If DTC B1701 does not pass this ignition cycle, test “Immobiliser System” - “Immobiliser Coil”.
the CAN network communication line.
• Replace, programme and set the instrument pack.
c. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and Refer to Service Manual, “Driver Information and
disconnect the negative battery cable. Entertainment” - “Display and Instrument” - “Instrument
d. Disconnect harness connector FC009 of the Pack”.
low-frequency immobiliser coil and harness
connector FC009 of the low-frequency immobiliser
coil and terminals of harness connector FC006 of the
IPK is less than 5Ω.
• Terminal FC009-1 and Terminal FC006-3
• Terminal FC009-3 and Terminal FC006-4
coil or terminals of harness connector FC006 of the
IPK and the ground is infinite.
• Terminal FC009-1 or Terminal FC006-3
g. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
coil or terminals of harness connector FC006 of the
IPK and the power supply is infinite.
V1.0 647
B1706, B1707 and B1708 Diagnostic Test Steps

B1706 00 Authentication attack state triggered a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
B1707 00 Authentication no ems challenge rx
b. Read the “Ignore Inquiry” and “Attack Activated”
CAN Communication Error during
B1708 00 to check whether they are within the rational value
Authentication
range (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
Subsystem Principle • Yes → Test/replace the BCM;
The BCM sends a pre-disabled password to the ECM via a serial • No → Go to Step 2.
data circuit. Then, the ECM sends a check password to the
BCM. The ECM and BCM calculate the check password. If the
calculation result of the BCM matches that of the ECM, the a. Check harness connector BY026 of the BCM and
ECM will allow the vehicle to start. harness connector EM054 of the ECM for looseness,
deformation, etc.
• Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
• The ignition voltage is between 9 and 16V. found in visual check.
Conditions for Setting DTCs c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
B1706: The IMMO enters the attack state. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
B1707: The EMS is not inquired in 2s after the ignition switch
is placed in “ON” position. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
B1708: The CAN communication is verified as normal within • No → Diagnosis is completed.

2s after the ignition switch is placed in “ON” position. 3. Test related circuits:
Operations of ECU after Failure a. Refer to “Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
The vehicle fails to start normally. If other module tests are normal, continue the
• Authentication with EMS is normal. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition harness connector EM054 of the ECM.
cycles.
c. Disconnect harness connector BY026 of the BCM.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. connector EM054 of the ECM and terminals of
• Connector failure or poor fit. harness connector BY026 of the BCM is less than
• Engine control module failure. 5Ω.
• Body control module failure. • Terminal EM054-1 and Terminal BY026-39

Reference Information • Terminal EM054-17 and Terminal BY026-38
connector EM054 of the ECM or terminals of harness
EM054, BY026 connector BY026 of the BCM and the ground is
Reference Electrical Information infinite.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal EM054-1 orTerminal BY026-39

V1.0 648
f. Test if the voltage between terminals of harness
connector BY026 of the BCM and the ground is 2-3V.


4. Test/replace the BCM or the ECM:

test/replace the BCM or the ECM.
Service Guide
V1.0 649

FTB again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
DTC Failure Description
87 Lost Communication with EMS MODULE
Subsystem Principle
The BCM communicates with the ECM via the CAN bus.
U0100 87: following inspection procedures.
• DTC settings are activated. b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
• 5s after startup. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
• Lost communication with the engine controller. harness connector EM054 of the ECM.
Conditions for Setting DTCs c. Disconnect harness connector BY026 of the BCM.
U0100: The DTC will be set if (EMS_HSC_FrP00) frame sent d. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
from the ECM cannot be received within 2s. connector EM054 of the ECM and terminals of
Operations of ECU after Failure harness connector BY026 of the BCM is less than
5Ω.
U0100: None.
U0100:
consecutive times.
cycles.
connector BY026 of the BCM and the ground is
Possible Causes
infinite.
f. Test if the voltage between terminals of harness
Bus System and DLC (3) connector BY026 of the BCM and the ground is 2-3V.
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal EM054-1 orTerminal BY026-39
BY026, EM054 • Terminal EM054-17 orTerminal BY026-38
Diagnostic Test Steps g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
a. Check harness connector BY026 of the BCM and • Yes → Go to Step 3;
harness connector EM054 of the ECM for looseness,
deformation, etc. 3. Test/replace the BCM or the ECM:
found in visual check. test/replace the BCM or the ECM.
V1.0 650
Service Guide
V1.0 651

Control Module (TCM)
Subsystem Principle
The BCM communicates with the TCM via the CAN bus.
U0101 87: If other module tests are normal, continue the
• DTC settings are activated. following inspection procedures.
• 5s after startup. b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
• Lost communication with the transmission controller. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
connector BY242 of the TCM.
U0101: The DTC will be set if (TCU_HSC_FrP00) frame sent
from the TCM cannot be received within 2s.
of harness connector BY026 of the BCM and
Operations of ECU after Failure terminals of harness connector BY242 of the TCM
None. is less than 5Ω.
of harness connector BY242 of the TCM and the
Possible Causes
ground is infinite.
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) between terminals of harness connector BY242 of
Reference Connector End View Information the TCM or terminals of harness connector BY026
of the BCM and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
BY026, BY242
harness connector BY242 of the TCM for looseness,
3. Test/replace the BCM or the TCM:
V1.0 652
test/replace the BCM or the TCM.
Service Guide
Module (TCM)”.
Module (TCM)”.
V1.0 653

Lost Communication with ABS/DSC
MODULE
Subsystem Principle
The BCM communicates with the ABS via the CAN bus.
U0121 87: If other module tests are normal, continue the
• DTC settings are activated. following inspection procedures.
• 5s after startup. b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
• Lost communication with the ABS controller. disconnect the negative battery cable, and disconnect
connector BY002 of the ABS.
U0121: The DTC will be set if (ABS_DSC_HSC_FrP00) frame
sent from the ABS/SCS module cannot be received within 2s.
of harness connector BY026 of the BCM and
Operations of ECU after Failure terminals of harness connector BY002 of the ABS is
None. less than 5Ω.
of harness connector BY002 of the ABS and the
Possible Causes
ground is infinite.
• Anti-lock brake system failure.
the ABS or terminals of harness connector BY026 of
the BCM and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
BY002, BY026
harness connector BY002 of the ABS for looseness,
3. Test/replace the BCM or the ABS:
V1.0 654
test/replace the BCM or the ABS.
Service Guide
V1.0 655

U0151 87 Lost Communication with SDM MODULE
The BCM communicates with the SDM via the CAN bus. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
U0151 87: a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
• DTC settings are activated. If other module tests are normal, continue the
• Lost communication with the SDM controller. b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
U0151: The DTC will be set if (SRS_HSC_FrP00) frame sent connector BY174 of the SDM.
from the SDM cannot be received within 2s.
Operations of ECU after Failure of harness connector BY026 of the BCM and
None. terminals of harness connector BY174 of the SDM is
less than 5Ω.
U0151:
Possible Causes
of harness connector BY174 of the SDM and the
module failure.
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) between terminals of harness connector BY174 of
of the BCM and the ground is between 2-3V:
BY026, BY174
3. Test/replace the BCM or the SDM:
V1.0 656
test/replace the BCM or the SDM.
Service Guide
Refer to Service Manual, “Safety And Protection” -
“Supplementary Restraint System” - “Supplemental
Restraint System Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)”.
V1.0 657

FTB again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
U0155 87 Lost Communication with IPK MODULE
Subsystem Principle
The BCM communicates with the IPK via the CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs If other module tests are normal, continue the
U0155 87: following inspection procedures.
• DTC settings are activated. b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position,
• Lost communication with the IPK controller.
U0155: The DTC will be set if (0x29D) frame sent from the of harness connector BY026 of the BCM and
IPK cannot be received within 2s. terminals of harness connector FC006 of the IPK is
Operations of ECU after Failure less than 5Ω.
None. • Terminal BY026-38 and Terminal FC006-27
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal BY026-39 and Terminal FC006-26
U0155: If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit

consecutive times. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector FC006 of the IPK and the
cycles.
ground is infinite.
Possible Causes
Reference Circuit Information between terminals of harness connector FC006 of
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) the IPK or terminals of harness connector BY026 of
the BCM and the ground is between 2-3V:
BY026, FC006
deformation, etc. 3. Test/replace the BCM or the IPK:
found in visual check. test/replace the BCM or the IPK.
V1.0 658
Service Guide
Pack”.
Pack”.
V1.0 659
U1562 and U1563 Reference Information

DTC FTB Failure Description Wiper and Washer (1)
U1562 00 power entry over voltage Reference Connector End View Information
U1563 00 power entry under voltage BY040, BY026
KL.30 refers to the operating voltage provided for the BCM Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
when the battery and/or the generator are/is working.
U1562 00: with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• DTC settings are activated. a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
• 5s after startup. in "ON" position.
• The battery voltage is too high for over 10s. b. Read the “Battery Voltage” to check whether it
U1563 00: is within the rational value range (refer to the
• Yes → Test/replace the BCM;
• The battery voltage is too low for over 10s. • No → Go to Step 2.
U1562: The BCM detects that the battery voltage is greater a. Check harness connector BY026 of the BCM
than 16V, which lasts for 1s. and harness connector BY040 of the passenger
U1563: The BCM detects that the battery voltage is less than
9V, which lasts for 1s.
etc.
U1562 00: Interior lighting failure.
U1563 00: None.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
U1562: again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• The BCM detects that the battery voltage is less than • Yes → Go to Step 3;
15.5V, which lasts for 1s. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
cycles.
U1563:
• The BCM detects that the battery voltage is greater than harness connector BY026 of the BCM and harness
9.5V, which lasts for 1s. connector BY040 of the passenger compartment
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition fuse box.
cycles. b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Possible Causes connector BY026 of the BCM and terminals
• Related circuits failure. of harness connector BY040 of the passenger
• Battery failure. • Terminal BY026-21 and Terminal BY040-51
• Alternator failure. • Terminal BY026-2 and Terminal BY040-29

• Body control module failure. • Terminal BY026-22 and Terminal BY040-31
V1.0 660

connector BY040 of the passenger compartment fuse


connector BY040 of the passenger compartment fuse

4. Test/replace the BCM:

test/replace the BCM.
Service Guide
System” - “Service Guide” - “Battery”.
System” - “Service Guide” - “Alternator”.
V1.0 661
U1500 and U1501 Reference Information

U1500 00 VIN mismatch with other ECU(ipk)
U1501 00 IPK redundant data re-sync failure
Subsystem Principle 2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTCs U1500 and
When the ignition switch is switched on, the BCM will perform U1501 is set with a scan tool.
a switch-on test. IPK signal has not been received. If related DTCs are set, diagnose these DTCs first.
3. After the DTCs are cleared, confirm that DTCs U1500
U1500 00: and U1501 are not set.
• DTC settings are activated. 4. If the DTCs are reset, replace the BCM.
• 5s after startup. Service Guide
• The VIN does not match other ECUs (instrument). • Refer to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body Control
U1501 00:
• DTC settings are activated. Entertainment” - “Display and Instrument” - “Instrument
• 5s after startup. Pack”.
• The miles on the odometer of the IPK is inconsistent with • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
the BCM. to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body Control
Conditions for Setting DTCs Module” - “Body Control Module (BCM)”.
U1500: It is detected for 2 times that the VIN in the BCM • Replace, programme and set the control module.
mismatches that in the IPK. Refer to Service Manual, “Driver Information and
U1501: It is detected for 1 time that the redundant data in the Pack”.
IPK mismatches those in the BCM.
None.
U1500:
• It is detected that the VIN in the BCM mismatches that

in the IPK.
cycles.
U1501:
• It is detected that the redundant data in the IPK

mismatches those in the BCM.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Instrument pack control module failure.
V1.0 662
DTC List RS
DTC List
List
DTC Description
01 Hardware Failure
02 Light Sensor Failure
03 Temperature Failure Optical
04 Initialisation Failure
05 Voltage Failure
V1.0 663
RS Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Low Beam
V1.0 664
Circuit Diagram RS
Distribution - 5
V1.0 665
RS Connector Information

24 Low Beam Switch
Switch 2
Switch
Lamp Switch
Ajar Warning Switch
2 KL.50 Key Signal

Switch 39 CAN H
7 Driver Side One-button Solar Sensor FCO18
Down Switch
9 Rear Wiper Switch
Switch 1
Lamp Switch
16 Driver Door Locked with 2 Ground
Key Signal
8 KL.R
V1.0 666
Diagnostic Information and Procedure RS
Diagnostic Information and Procedure 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
01 a. Check harness connector BY026 of the BCM and
DTC Description harness connector FC018 of the rain sensor for
DTC Failure Description looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
01 Hardware Failure
Subsystem Principle found in visual check.
Sensor failure, not involving external circuits. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Failure occurs inside the rain sensor and the writing or reading • No → Diagnosis is completed.
of any hardware failure will be recorded as an internal failure. 3. Test related circuits:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs a. Check if the passenger compartment fuse F18 is
After troubleshooting, clear the DTC with a scan tool. blown.
Possible Causes b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
• Connector failure or poor fit. c. Disconnect harness connector FC018 of the rain
sensor and harness connector BY026 of the BCM.
• Rain sensor failure.
• Body control module failure. d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal FC018-5 of the rain sensor and harness
connector terminal BY026-1 of the BCM is less than
Reference Circuit Information 5Ω.
Low Beam
Reference Connector End View Information for open circuit/high resistance.
FC018, BY026 e. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Reference Electrical Information terminal FC018-5 of the rain sensor or harness
connector terminal BY026-1 of the BCM and the
ground is infinite.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: f. Test if the resistance between harness connector
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch terminal FC018-5 of the rain sensor or harness
in "ON" position. connector terminal BY026-1 of the BCM and the
b. Read the “Wiper Enable Request”, “Whether the
Wiper in the Stop Position or Not”, “Wiper Delay If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Switch State” and “Front Wiper and Washer Pump for short to battery.
Switch State” to check whether they are within g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
c. Perform the forced output of “Wiper Enable • Yes → Go to Step 4;
Request” and observe the wiper for relevant
response or action.
4. Test/replace the rain sensor or the BCM:
test/replace the rain sensor or the BCM.
V1.0 667
RS Diagnostic Information and Procedure
Service Guide
V1.0 668
02 looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
DTC Description contamination, deformation, etc.
DTC Failure Description b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
02 found in visual check.
Light Sensor Failure
Subsystem Principle
The rain sensor bracket also contains a solar sensor which again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
controls the auto lighting function. This light sensor can turn
on the headlamp automatically when the ambient light is poor,
so as to improve the visibility for driving in such case. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
The ignition switch is in “ON” position. a. Check if the passenger compartment fuse F18 is
Conditions for Setting DTCs blown.
The system detects the solar sensor self-check error. b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
c. Disconnect harness connector FC018 of the rain
After troubleshooting, clear the DTC with a scan tool.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. connector terminal FC018-5 of the rain sensor
• Connector failure or poor fit. and the corresponding harness connector terminal
• Rain sensor failure. BY026-1 of the BCM is less than 5Ω.
Reference Circuit Information e. Test if the resistance between harness connector

terminal FC018-5 of the rain sensor or harness
Low Beam
Reference Connector End View Information ground is infinite.
BY026, FC018 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection f. Test if the resistance between harness connector
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output power supply is infinite.
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch for short to battery.
in "ON" position.
b. Read the “Headlamp ON Request” to check ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
whether it is within the rational value range (refer again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
to the Appendix for rational value range).
c. Perform the forced output of “Headlamp ON
Request” and observe the headlamp for relevant • No → Diagnosis is completed.
response or action. 4. Test/replace the rain sensor or the BCM:
• No → Go to Step 2. test/replace the rain sensor or the BCM.
2. Check the connectivity of connectors: Service Guide
a. Check harness connector BY026 of the BCM and • Refer to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body Control
harness connector FC018 of the rain sensor for Module” - “Body Control Module (BCM)”.
V1.0 669

V1.0 670
03 a. Check if the passenger compartment fuse F18 is
DTC Description blown.
DTC Failure Description b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
03 Temperature Failure Optical disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect harness connector FC018 of the rain

Subsystem Principle
The rain sensor also includes a heating element, and utilises the
ambient temperature signal in the BCM to prevent the optical
connector terminal FC018-5 of the rain sensor
components from frosting or dewing.
and the corresponding harness connector terminal
Conditions for Running DTCs BY026-1 of the BCM is less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Setting DTCs for open circuit/high resistance.
The system detects that the sensor temperature signal value e. Test if the resistance between harness connector
(-40-80℃) is invalid or incorrect. terminal FC018-5 of the rain sensor or harness
Conditions for Clearing DTCs connector terminal BY026-1 of the BCM and the
ground is infinite.
• Body control module failure. power supply is infinite.
Reference Circuit Information for short to battery.
Low Beam g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Reference Connector End View Information ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTCs
BY026, FC018
3. Test/replace the rain sensor or the BCM:
test/replace the rain sensor or the BCM.
a. Check harness connector BY026 of the BCM and Service Guide
harness connector FC018 of the rain sensor for
looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, • Refer to Service Manual, “Body System” - “Body Control
contamination, deformation, etc. Module” - “Body Control Module (BCM)”.
V1.0 671
04
DTC Description
04 Initialisation Failure
Subsystem Principle
The rain sensor can store DTCs, and these DTCs can be used
to diagnose the rain sensor failure or malfunction. Such failures
are stored in the volatile memory, hence, the DTCs can still be
saved even when the power is cut off. If the sensor is unable to
run due to rain sensor failure, the BCM will control the wiper
system, just like there is no rain sensor equipped.
If the sensor cannot be initialised or set normally, the condition
will be recorded as an internal failure.
Possible Causes

2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTC 04 is set with
a scan tool.
3. After the DTCs are cleared, confirm that DTC 04 is not

set.
4. If the DTC is reset, replace the rain motor.
Service Guide
V1.0 672
05 2. Test related circuits:
DTC Description a. Check if the passenger compartment fuse F18 is
DTC Failure Description blown.
05 Voltage Failure b. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and
Subsystem Principle
c. Disconnect harness connector FC018 of the
When the battery voltage supply is not within the specified
rain sensor and harness connector BY040 of the
range, the sensor will be unable to run. The DTC is stored in
passenger compartment fuse box.
the memory.
Conditions for Running DTCs d. Test if the resistance between the following harness
connector terminal FC018-8 of the rain sensor
The ignition switch is in “ON” position. and harness connector terminal BY040-51 of the
Conditions for Setting DTCs passenger compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
High sensor supply voltage (16±0.3V) is detected by the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
system. for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs e. Test if the resistance between the following harness
After troubleshooting, clear the DTC with a scan tool. connector terminal FC018-8 of the rain sensor
or harness connector terminal BY040-51 of the
Possible Causes
passenger compartment fuse box and the ground
• Related circuits failure. is infinite.
• Battery failure. for short to ground.
• Rain sensor failure. connector terminal FC018-8 of the rain sensor
• Passenger compartment fuse box failure. or harness connector terminal BY040-51 of the
Reference Information passenger compartment fuse box and the power
supply is infinite.
Distribution - 5
BY040, FC018 again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Reference Electrical Information • Yes → Go to Step 3;
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • No → Diagnosis is completed.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: 3. Test/replace the rain sensor:
a. Check harness connector BY040 of the passenger If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
compartment fuse box and harness connector test/replace the rain sensor.
FC018 of the rain sensor for looseness, poor
Service Guide
deformation, etc. • Refer to Service Manual, “Power Supply and Signal
Distribution” - “Power Supply and Signal Distribution”
- “Body Harness”.
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the System” - “Alternator”.
• No → Diagnosis is completed. Module” - “Body Control Module (BCM)”.
V1.0 673

V1.0 674
ECM Real-time Display
ECM
Real-time Display Parameter List
Unless otherwise specified, the specific default condition for the following parameters is: the vehicle is stationary and the
engine is idling.
Parameter Value Specific Condition

Parameter Name Definition Unit
Range Value
This parameter indicates the
Ambient Air Pressure 0-2,559.6 1,004.311 hPa
ambient air pressure.
Battery Voltage 9-16 14.151 V
battery voltage.
Battery Voltage over the Key 9-16 13 V
battery voltage over the key.
Battery Voltage When This parameter indicates the
9-16 0.625 V
Starting battery voltage when starting.
Battery Voltage after Starting 9-16 0.688 V
battery voltage after starting.
Battery Current -2,048-2,047.9375 9.8 A
battery current.
Battery Temperature -40-215 26 ℃
battery temperature.
Battery Charging State 0-100 15 %
battery charging state.
Brake Vacuum Pressure -1,280-1,280 1,122.03 hPa
brake vacuum pressure.
Intake Phase -256-254 34 Grad KW
intake phase.
Exhaust Phase -256-254 490 Grad KW
exhaust phase.
Valve Overlap Phase -256-254 0.289 Grad KW
valve overlap phase.
Canister PWM Duty Ratio 0-99.96 0 %
canister PWM duty ratio.
Clutch Pedal Sensor Duty This parameter indicates the
0-100 9.765 %
Ratio clutch pedal sensor duty ratio.
Cruise Switch Voltage 0-5 4.212 V
cruise switch voltage.
Accelerator Pedal Request 0-100 0 %
accelerator pedal request.
Accelerator Pedal Request 1 0-5 0.722 V
accelerator pedal request 1.
Accelerator Pedal Request 2 0-5 0.351 V
accelerator pedal request 2.
V1.0 675
Real-time Display ECM

Range Value
Accelerator Pedal Sensor 1
accelerator pedal sensor 1 0-5 0 V
Voltage
voltage.
Accelerator Pedal Sensor 2
accelerator pedal sensor 2 0-5 0 V
Voltage
voltage.
Engine Coolant Temperature -40-215 88 ℃
engine coolant temperature.
Engine Oil Temperature -40-215 82 ℃
engine oil temperature.
Engine Speed 0-7,500 737.75 rpm
engine speed.
This parameter indicates the fuel
Fuel Tank Level 0-45 18 L
tank level.
Alternator Target Voltage 9-16 15.4 V
alternator target voltage.
Alternator Duty Cycle This parameter indicates the
0-100 58.064 %
Feedback alternator duty cycle feedback.
Air Temperature in Intake This parameter indicates the air
-40-215 35 ℃
Manifold temperature in intake manifold.
This parameter indicates
Intake Manifold Absolute
the intake manifold absolute 0-2,550 410 hPa
Pressure
pressure.
Downstream Oxygen Sensor
downstream oxygen sensor 0-5 0.741 V
Voltage
voltage.
Upstream Oxygen Sensor This parameter indicates the
0-5 0.078 V
Voltage upstream oxygen sensor voltage.
Vehicle Speed 0-220 0 Km/h
vehicle speed.
Battery Charging State 0-3 66
charging state of the battery.
Predicted Voltage Drop 1
predicted voltage drop 1 when 0-3 67
When Starting
starting.
Slope Signal -128-127 69 %
slope signal.
The parameter indicates the
Steering Angle -780-780 7 °
steering angle.
This parameter indicates the air
Air Mass Flow 0-6,554 0 km/h
mass flow.
V1.0 676
Range Value
- Non Stop-start
Mode
- Engine Standby
- Engine Stop
Stop-start System State
stop-start system state. - Engine Restart
- Engine Restart
- Engine Working
- Auto Engine Stop

Driving Mileage after DBW
driving mileage after DBW lamp 0-65,535 0 Km
Lamp is ON
is ON.
Driving Mileage after Engine
driving mileage after engine MIL 0-65,535 0 Km
MIL is ON
is ON.
Long-term Multiplication Fuel
long-term multiplication fuel 0-1.989 1
Trim
trim.
Ignition Average Angle -96-95.25 -1.5 Grad KW
average ignition angle.
Ignition Angle of Cylinder 1 -96-95.25 -2.25 Grad KW
ignition angle of cylinder 1.
This parameter indicates the idle
Idle Speed Setting Point 0-2,550 760 rpm
speed setting point.
Knock Noise Level 0-5 0.076 V
knock noise level.
Air-fuel Ratio Setting Point 0-16 0.999
air-fuel ratio setting point.
Misfire Number of Cylinder 1 0-65,535 0
misfire number of cylinder 1.
V1.0 677
Real-time Display ECM

Range Value
upstream oxygen sensor heating 0-255 0
Heating State
state.
Downstream Oxygen Sensor
downstream oxygen sensor 0-255 0
Heater State
heater state.
Canister Load Level -64-64 0 %
canister load level.
Usage Times of Starter 0-4,294,967,295 129
usage times of starter.
Throttle Angle 1 (Real-time This parameter indicates the
0-100 3.136 %
Angle) throttle angle 1 (real-time angle).
Throttle Angle 2 0-100 3.136 %
throttle angle 2.
Throttle Angle after Filtering 0-100 3.136 %
throttle angle after filtering.
Original Voltage Value of
voltage original value of throttle 0-5 0.644 V
position sensor 1.
Original Voltage Value of
voltage original value of throttle 0-5 4.31 V
position sensor 2.
Throttle Angle Relative to This parameter indicates the
Mechanical Bottom Dead throttle angle relative to -800-799 0 %
Centre mechanical bottom dead centre.
Throttle Position in Limp
throttle position in limp home 0-100 6.745 %
Home Mode
mode.
Throttle Learning Setting This parameter indicates the
0-100 0 %
Point throttle learning setting point.
Mechanical Adaptation
mechanical adaptation bottom 0-5 0.507 V
Bottom Dead Centre 1
dead centre 1.
Mechanical Adaptation
mechanical adaptation bottom 0-5 4.427 V
Bottom Dead Centre 2
dead centre 2.
Manual Transmission Speed This parameter indicates the
0-25.5 0
Ratio manual transmission speed ratio.
Target Cruise Speed 0-220 0 Km/h
target cruise speed.
Cruise Acceleration -13.89-13.89 0 M/S²
cruise acceleration.
V1.0 678
Range Value
External Ambient This parameter indicates the
Temperature (Power external ambient temperature -40-215 49 ℃
Assembly Evaluation) (power assembly evaluation).
Torque Request of Accessory
torque request of accessory -100-99.98 101.919 %
Equipment
equipment.
Engine Friction Torque 0-99.61 15.233 %
engine friction torque.
This parameter indicates ESP
ESP Request to Reduce the
request to reduce the torque 0-99.61 99.603 %
Torque Value - Slow
value - slow.
This parameter indicates ESP
ESP Request to Reduce the
request to reduce the torque 0-99.61 99.603 %
Torque Value - Fast
value - fast.
Friction Torque Adaption 0-99.98 5.469 %
friction torque adaption.
Indicated Maximum Torque 0-99.98 58.209 %
indicated maximum torque.
Indicated Minimum Torque 0-99.98 15.645 %
indicated minimum torque.
Requested Compressor
requested compressor torque 0-99.61 0 %
Torque Value
value.
Requested Cooling Fan
requested cooling fan torque 0-99.61 0 %
Torque Value
value.
Requested Alternator Torque
requested alternator torque 0-99.61 5.078 %
Value
value.
Requested Power Steering
requested power steering torque 0-99.61 99.603 %
Torque Value
value.
Indicated Actual Torque 0-99.61 14.843 %
indicated actual torque.
Indicated Basic Torque 0-99.61 18.358 %
indicated basic torque.
Clutch Torque -100-96.6 -0.265 %
clutch torque.
V1.0 679
Real-time Display TCM
TCM
Unless otherwise specified, the specific condition for the following parameters is defaulted to: the vehicle is stationary and
powered on.
Specific
Parameter Value
Parameter Name Definition Condition Unit
Range
Value
Shift Control Solenoid Valve
shift control solenoid valve SLC1 0-2,550 90 mA
SLC1 Feedback
feedback.
shift control solenoid valve SLC2 0-2,550 690 mA
SLC2 Feedback
feedback.
shift control solenoid valve SLB1 0-2,550 90 mA
SLB1 Feedback
feedback.
This parameter indicates the lock-up
clutch control solenoid valve SLU 0-2,550 190 mA
Solenoid Valve SLU Feedback
feedback.
Transmission Output Speed 0-16,384 0 rpm
transmission output speed.
Transmission Input Speed 0-16,384 0 rpm
transmission input speed.
This parameter indicates the sliding
Sliding Speed -8,192-8,192 0 rpm
speed.
This parameter indicates the fluid
Fluid Temperature -40-215 20 ℃
temperature.
Control Module Voltage This parameter indicates the control
0-26 13 V
(Ignition Voltage) module voltage (ignition voltage).
This parameter indicates the engine
Engine Speed 0-10,240 0 rpm
speed.
Engine Torque 0-8,192 0 Nm
torque.
Requested Torque 0-8,192 0 Nm
requested torque.
Accelerator Pedal Position 0-100 0 %
accelerator pedal position.
This parameter indicates the vehicle
Vehicle Speed (calculated
speed (calculated from the output 0-255 0 Km/h
from the output speed)
speed).
This parameter indicates the gear
Gear Ratio 0-8 0
ratio.
This parameter indicates the current
Current Torque 0-100 0 %
torque.
V1.0 680
TCM Real-time Display
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Barometric Pressure 0-1,275 1,010 hPa
barometric pressure.
This parameter indicates the manual - ON

Manual Upshift Switch
upshift switch. - OFF

Manual Downshift Switch
downshift switch. - OFF

Manual Mode Switch
mode switch. - OFF
This parameter indicates the winter - ON

Winter Mode Switch
mode switch. - OFF
This parameter indicates the sport - ON

Sport Mode Switch
mode switch. - OFF
This parameter indicates the state of - ON

MIL Lamp Request
the MIL lamp request. - OFF
Shift Solenoid Valve S1 This parameter indicates the shift - ON

Feedback solenoid valve S1 feedback. - OFF
This parameter indicates the P gear - ON

P range
state. - OFF
This parameter indicates the R gear - ON

R range
state. - OFF
This parameter indicates the N gear - ON

N range
state. - OFF
This parameter indicates the D gear - ON

D range
state. - OFF
This parameter indicates the W gear - ON

W range
state. - OFF
This parameter indicates the state of - ON

Brake Signal
brake signal. - OFF
- Signal Error
- P Gear
- R Gear
This parameter indicates the shift
Shift Lever Position - N Gear
lever position.
- D Gear
- Winter Mode
- Uncertain
V1.0 681
Real-time Display TCM
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
- High Altitude Mode
- Warm-up Mode
- Manual Shift Mode
- Cruise Mode
This parameter indicates the - Downhill Mode

Shift Mode
gearshift mode. - Uphill Mode
- Overheating Mode
- Winter Mode
- Sport Mode
- Normal Mode
- 4th Gear
- 3rd Gear
This parameter indicates the current
Current Gear - 2nd Gear
gear.
- 1st Gear
- None
- R Gear
- 4th Gear
This parameter indicates the target - 3rd Gear

Target Gear
gear. - 2nd Gear
- 1st Gear
- None
This parameter indicates the - ON
electromagnetic oil pump (EMOP)
(EMOP) Feedback - OFF
feedback.
This parameter indicates the cruise - ON

Cruise Control Effect
control effect. - OFF
This parameter indicates the shift - ON

Shift Paddle Upshift
paddle upshift. - OFF
This parameter indicates the shift - ON

Shift Paddle Downshift
paddle downshift. - OFF
- Engine Stop
This parameter indicates the engine - Engine is Starting

Engine Stop-start State
stop-start state. - Engine is Running
- Engine OFF
V1.0 682
SCS Real-time Display
SCS
powered on.
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
It is 0 when
Vehicle Speed 0-255 the vehicle is Km/h
speed.
stationary.
It is 0 when
This parameter indicates the left
Left Front Wheel Speed 0-255 the vehicle is Km/h
front wheel speed.
stationary.
It is 0 when
This parameter indicates the right
Right Front Wheel Speed 0-255 the vehicle is Km/h
front wheel speed.
stationary.
It is 0 when
This parameter indicates the left rear
Left Rear Wheel Speed 0-255 the vehicle is Km/h
wheel speed.
stationary.
It is 0 when
This parameter indicates the right
Right Rear Wheel Speed 0-255 the vehicle is Km/h
rear wheel speed.
stationary.
According to
This parameter indicates the battery
Battery Voltage 9-16 the actual V
voltage.
situation.
This parameter indicates the brake
Brake Lamp Switch State
lamp switch state.
It is 0 with the
The parameter indicates the master
Master Cylinder Pressure 0-425 brake pedal bar
cylinder pressure.
released.
- 0 in the
centre
- Positive with
the steering
wheel turned
counterclockwise
Steering Angle of Steering This parameter indicates the steering
-540-540 to the end °
Wheel angle of the steering wheel.
- Negative
with the
steering
wheel turned
clockwise to
the end
V1.0 683
Real-time Display SCS
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
It is 0 when
the vehicle is
This parameter indicates the yaw stationary.
Yaw Rate -2.1-2.1 Rad/s
rate.
Positive to the
left.
It is 0 when
The parameter indicates the lateral
Lateral Acceleration -21.6-21.6 the vehicle is m/s²
acceleration.
stationary.
It is 0 when
The parameter indicates the
Longitudinal Acceleration -21.6-21.6 the vehicle is m/s²
longitudinal acceleration.
stationary.
V1.0 684
SDM Real-time Display
SDM
powered on.
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
- Factory Mode
(Airbag Controller
This parameter indicates the Not Locked)
Operating Mode of the
operating mode of the airbag control
Airbag Control Module - Normal Mode
module.
(Airbag Controller
Locked)
- Occupied
- Not Occupied
Passenger Detection Sensor This parameter indicates the
State passenger detection sensor state. - Fail
- Signal Invalid/Not
Configured
This parameter indicates the airbag - OFF

Airbag Warning Lamp State
warning lamp state. - ON
This parameter indicates the - OFF
Passenger Airbag Disable
passenger airbag disable indicator
Indicator State - ON
state.
Whether Impact Occurs or This parameter indicates whether the - Not Occurred
Not impact occurs. - Occurred
This parameter indicates the VIN - Unlocked

VIN Lock State
lock state. - Locked
This parameter indicates the - Not Activated
Activated State of the Airbag
activated state of the airbag control
Control Module - Activated
module.
Change
Use Time of the Airbag This parameter indicates the use time according to
0-1,193,046 h
Control Module of the airbag control module. the actual use
time.
This parameter indicates the Change
Operating Time of Airbag
operating time of the airbag control according to
Control Module after Ignition 0-65,535 s
module after the ignition key is the actual use
Key ON
switched on. time.
This parameter indicates the ignition
Ignition Circuit Resistance
circuit resistance value of the driver 1.2-6.5 2.2 Ω
Value of Driver Airbag (DAB)
airbag (DAB).
Ignition Circuit Resistance This parameter indicates the ignition
Value of Passenger Airbag circuit resistance value of the 0.9-5.8 1.4 Ω
(PAB) passenger airbag (PAB).
V1.0 685
Real-time Display SDM
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Value of Left Side Curtain circuit resistance value of the left side 0.9-5.8 2 Ω
Airbag curtain airbag.
Value of Right Side Curtain circuit resistance value of the right 0.9-5.8 1.8 Ω
Airbag side curtain airbag.
Value of Driver Seat Belt circuit resistance value of the driver 1.0-5.8 1.8 Ω
Pre-Tensioner seat belt pre-tensioner.
Value of Front Passenger Seat circuit resistance value of the front 1.0-5.8 1.9 Ω
Belt Pre-Tensioner passenger seat belt pre-tensioner.
Value of Right Seat Side circuit resistance value of the right 0.9-5.8 1.9 Ω
Airbag seat side airbag.
This parameter indicates the ignition
Ignition Circuit Resistance
circuit resistance value of the left seat 0.9-5.8 1.8 Ω
Value of Left Seat Side Airbag
side airbag.
According to
This parameter indicates the vehicle the actual
Vehicle Speed 0-220 Km/h
speed. situation of
the vehicle.
V1.0 686
HVAC Real-time Display
HVAC
powered on.
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
voltage.
This parameter indicates the set All Cold: 15

Set Temperature 15-31 ℃
temperature. All Hot: 31
Right Front Temperature This parameter indicates the right
Damper Actuator Voltage - front temperature damper actuator 0-5 1.471 V
Initial Position voltage (initial position).
Right Front Temperature This parameter indicates the right
End Position voltage (end position).
Right Front Temperature This parameter indicates the right All Cold:
Current Position voltage (current position). All Hot: 3.588
Left Front Mode Damper This parameter indicates the left
Actuator Voltage - Initial front mode damper actuator voltage 0-5 1.451 V
Position (initial position).
Actuator Voltage - End front mode damper actuator voltage 0-5 3.608 V
Position (end position).
Left Front Mode Damper This parameter indicates the left Face: 1.451
Actuator Voltage - Current front mode damper actuator voltage 0-5 V
Position (current position). Defrost: 3.608
This parameter indicates the 5V

5V Supply Voltage 0-6 5.079 V
supply voltage.
1st Gear:
Front Blower Feedback This parameter indicates the front 3.908
0-12V V
Voltage blower feedback voltage. Top Gear:
10.904
Internal/External This parameter indicates the - Internal Circulation

Recirculated Damper internal/external recirculated - External
Actuator Control damper actuator control. Circulation
V1.0 687
Real-time Display HVAC
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Face: 0
Face/Footwell:
31
0-100 Footwell: 56 %
Actuator Control front mode damper actuator control.
Defrost/Footwell:
71
Defrost: 100
This parameter indicates the right All Cold: 0
Right Front Temperature
front temperature damper actuator 0-100 %
Damper Actuator Control All Hot: 100
control.
- Face
- Face/Footwell
- Footwell
- Footwell/Defog
This parameter indicates the mode
Mode Display - Defog
display.
- Reserved
- Reserved
- No Specified
Control Mode
This parameter indicates the A/C - Backlight OFF

A/C Panel Backlight
panel backlight. - Backlight ON
Front Blower Air This parameter indicates the front Max Air
0-100 %
Distribution % blower air distribution percentage. Volume: 95
The A/C is
off and the
Evaporator Temperature temperature is
evaporator temperature sensor -40-85 ℃
Sensor Temperature approximately
temperature.
the ambient
temperature.
The engine
does not
start and the
ECM Coolant Temperature This parameter indicates the ECM
-40-150 temperature is ℃
Signal coolant temperature signal.
approximately
the ambient
temperature.
- Request
Air Conditioner (A/C) This parameter indicates the air
- Short Press
Button Operation conditioner (A/C) button operation.
- Long Press
V1.0 688
HVAC Real-time Display
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
- Request
A/C Heated Rear Window
A/C heated rear window button - Short Press
Button Operation
operation.
- Long Press
- Request
This parameter indicates the A/C
A/C Front Blower Speed
front blower speed knob Up - Short Press
Knob Up Operation
operation.
- Long Press
- Request
A/C Front Blower Speed
front blower speed knob Down - Short Press
Knob Down Operation
operation.
- Long Press
- Request
A/C Internal Circulation
internal circulation mode button - Short Press
Mode Button Operation
operation.
- Long Press
- Request
A/C System On/Off Button This parameter indicates the A/C
- Short Press
Operation system On/Off button operation.
- Long Press
- Request
A/C Defrost Mode Button This parameter indicates the A/C
- Short Press
Operation defrost mode button operation.
- Long Press
It is 0 when
This parameter indicates the SCS
SCS Speed Signal 0-280 the vehicle is km/h
speed signal.
stationary.
It is 0 when
This parameter indicates the EMS
EMS Engine Speed Signal 0-16,383 the engine is rpm
engine speed signal.
not started.
This parameter indicates the A/C - OFF

A/C Indicator Request
indicator request. - Running
System Switch Indicator This parameter indicates the system - OFF

Request switch indicator request. - Running
Heated Rear Window This parameter indicates the heated - OFF

Indicator Request rear window indicator request. - Running
V1.0 689
Real-time Display T-BOX
T-BOX
powered on.
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Determine if the TBOX uses the - Yes

Initial Key in Use or Not
initial key. - No
- Not Started
- Waiting or In
Progress
- Fail: No Network
Determine the connection state - Fail:

between the TBOX and the Communication
Key Interaction State Failure
background communication service
provider. - TSP Connection
Failure
- New Key Invalid
- TBOX ID Null
- Succeed
Key Interaction Successful or - Succeed

The result of key interaction.
Not - Not Completed
Key Learning Successful or Determine if the password has been - Not Stored
Not stored in the module. - Stored and Locked
V1.0 690
TPMS Real-time Display
TPMS
powered on.
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Left Front Tyre Pressure This parameter indicates the left - Valid
Validity front tyre pressure validity. - Invalid
Left Front Tyre Pressure Left Front Tyre Pressure 0-508 220 kPa
Right Front Tyre Pressure - Valid

Right Front Tyre Pressure Validity
Validity - Invalid
Right Front Tyre Pressure Right Front Tyre Pressure 0-508 220 kPa
Right Rear Tyre Pressure - Valid

Right Rear Tyre Pressure Validity
Validity - Invalid
Right Rear Tyre Pressure Right Rear Tyre Pressure 0-508 220 kPa
Left Rear Tyre Pressure - Valid

Left Rear Tyre Pressure Validity
Validity - Invalid
Left Rear Tyre Pressure Left Rear Tyre Pressure 0-508 220 kPa
Standard Left Front Hot Tyre Standard Left Front Hot Tyre
0-510 210 kPa
Pressure Pressure
Standard Right Front Hot Standard Right Front Hot Tyre
0-510 210 kPa
Tyre Pressure Pressure
Standard Right Rear Hot Tyre Standard Right Rear Hot Tyre
0-510 210 kPa
Pressure Pressure
Standard Left Rear Hot Tyre
Standard Left Rear Hot Tyre Pressure 0-510 210 kPa
Pressure
Left Front Tyre Temperature - Valid

Left Front Tyre Temperature Validity
Validity - Invalid
Left Front Tyre Temperature Left Front Tyre Temperature -60-194 30 ℃
Right Front Tyre Temperature Right Front Tyre Temperature - Valid

Validity Validity - Invalid
Right Front Tyre Temperature Right Front Tyre Temperature -60-194 30 ℃
Right Rear Tyre Temperature - Valid

Right Rear Tyre Temperature Validity
Validity - Invalid
Right Rear Tyre Temperature Right Rear Tyre Temperature -60-194 30 ℃
Left Rear Tyre Temperature - Valid

Left Rear Tyre Temperature Validity
Validity - Invalid
Left Rear Tyre Temperature Left Rear Tyre Temperature -60-194 30 ℃
V1.0 691
Real-time Display TPMS
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Low Left Front Tyre Pressure Low Left Front Tyre Pressure Alarm
0-510 164 kPa
Alarm Threshold Threshold
Low Right Front Tyre Low Right Front Tyre Pressure Alarm
0-510 164 kPa
Pressure Alarm Threshold Threshold
Low Right Rear Tyre Pressure Low Right Rear Tyre Pressure Alarm
0-510 164 kPa
Low Left Rear Tyre Pressure Low Left Rear Tyre Pressure Alarm
0-510 164 kPa
High Front Axle Pressure High Front Axle Pressure Alarm
0-510 310 kPa
High Rear Axle Pressure High Rear Axle Pressure Alarm
0-510 310 kPa
High Temperature Alarm
High Temperature Alarm Threshold -60-450 84 ℃
Threshold
Rapid Pressure Leak Alarm Rapid Pressure Leak Alarm
0-510 30 kPa
Threshold Threshold
Alarm Threshold for Pressure Alarm Threshold for Pressure
Imbalance Between Right and Imbalance Between Right and Left 0-510 30 kPa
Left Tyres Tyres
- Normal
- Unknown
- Low Pressure
- Rapid Pressure
Leak
Left Front Tyre Condition Left Front Tyre Condition - High Pressure
- High Temperature
- Pressure Imbalance
Between Right and
Left Tyres
- Low Sensor Voltage

- Normal
- Unknown
- Low Pressure
- Rapid Pressure
Leak
Right Front Tyre Condition Right Front Tyre Condition
- High Pressure
- High Temperature
Between Right and
Left Tyres
V1.0 692
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value

- Normal
- Unknown
- Low Pressure
- Rapid Pressure
Leak
Right Rear Tyre Condition Right Rear Tyre Condition - High Pressure
- High Temperature
Between Right and
Left Tyres

- Normal
- Unknown
- Low Pressure
- Rapid Pressure
Leak
Left Rear Tyre Condition Left Rear Tyre Condition - High Pressure
- High Temperature
Between Right and
Left Tyres

- Normal Mode
- Learning Mode
System Operation Mode System Operation Mode
- Without Sensor
- Factory Mode
- Default
Left Front Tyre Sensor Left Front Tyre Sensor Operating - During Self-learning
Operating Mode Mode - Rolling Mode
- Stop Mode
- Default
Right Front Tyre Sensor Right Front Tyre Sensor Operating - During Self-learning
- Stop Mode
V1.0 693
Real-time Display TPMS
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
- Default
Right Rear Tyre Sensor Right Rear Tyre Sensor Operating - During Self-learning
- Stop Mode
- Default
Left Rear Tyre Sensor Left Rear Tyre Sensor Operating - During Self-learning
- Stop Mode
- Unsuccessful
ID Learning State of Left ID Learning State of Left Front Tyre Learning
Front Tyre Sensor Sensor
- Successful Learning
- Unsuccessful
ID Learning State of Right ID Learning State of Right Front Tyre Learning
Front Tyre Sensor Sensor
- Unsuccessful
ID Learning State of Right ID Learning State of Right Rear Tyre Learning
Rear Tyre Sensor Sensor
- Unsuccessful
ID Learning State of Left Rear ID Learning State of Left Rear Tyre Learning
Tyre Sensor Sensor
Left Front Tyre Sensor Signal - Not Lost

Left Front Tyre Sensor Signal Lost
Lost - Lost
Right Front Tyre Sensor Signal - Not Lost

Right Front Tyre Sensor Signal Lost
Lost - Lost
Right Rear Tyre Sensor Signal - Not Lost

Right Rear Tyre Sensor Signal Lost
Lost - Lost
Left Rear Tyre Sensor Signal - Not Lost

Left Rear Tyre Sensor Signal Lost
Lost - Lost
According to
00000000 -
Left Front Tyre Sensor ID Left Front Tyre Sensor ID the actual
FFFFFFFF
situation.
According to
00000000 -
Right Front Tyre Sensor ID Right Front Tyre Sensor ID the actual
FFFFFFFF
situation.
According to
00000000 -
Right Rear Tyre Sensor ID Right Rear Tyre Sensor ID the actual
FFFFFFFF
situation.
V1.0 694
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
According to
00000000 -
Left Rear Tyre Sensor ID Left Rear Tyre Sensor ID the actual
FFFFFFFF
situation.
Ambient Temperature Ambient Temperature -40-87.5 14 ℃
V1.0 695
Real-time Display FICM-H
FICM-H
powered on.
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
The supply voltage detected by the
entertainment mainframe.
The operating voltage supplied by
Microphone Voltage the entertainment mainframe to the 0-6 2.2 V
microphone.
Radio Antenna Voltage the entertainment mainframe to the 0-4 2.8 V
radio antenna.
- Normal
- Lost
Communication with
Detect the communication state CAN
Communication State between the entertainment - Lost
Between NAVI and TBOX mainframe and the communication Communication with
module. USB
- Lost
Communication with
CAN and USB
V1.0 696
FICM-L Real-time Display
FICM-L
powered on.
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
The supply voltage detected by the
entertainment mainframe.
Radio Antenna Voltage the entertainment mainframe to the 0-4 3.3 V
radio antenna.
Current Voltage of the Left The operating voltage supplied by the
Steering Wheel Control entertainment mainframe to the left 0-4 3.4 V
Circuit steering wheel buttons.
Current Voltage of the Right The operating voltage supplied by the
Steering Wheel Control entertainment mainframe to the right 0-4 3.3 V
Circuit steering wheel buttons.
- Power ON
Network Management Signal:
Network Mode in CAN Network communication mode. - OFF
Communication
- Normal
V1.0 697
Real-time Display IPK
IPK
powered on.
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
- No Alarm
Abnormal Acoustic Alarm
abnormal acoustic alarm from the - No Alarm
from AMT Gear
AMT gear.
- Alarm
Engine Emission Related This parameter indicates the engine - No

Failure emission related failure. - Yes
This parameter indicates the engine - No

Engine Non-emission MIL
non-emission MIL. - Yes
This parameter indicates the cruise - No

Cruise Control Indicator
control indicator. - Yes
This parameter indicates whether - No

Cruise Control Activated
the cruise control is activated. - Yes
- Non Start/stop
Mode
- Engine Standby
- Engine Stop
Engine Start/Stop State
start/stop state. - Engine Restart
- Engine Restart
- Engine Working
- Auto Engine Stop

- Middle Position
- 1st Gear
- 2nd Gear
- 3rd Gear
- 4th Gear
Gearshift Position - Drive (D) Gear
gearshift position.
- Neutral (N) Gear
- Reverse (R) Gear
- P Gear
- 5th Gear
- 6th Gear
V1.0 698
IPK Real-time Display
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
- Economy Mode
- Manual Mode
Shift Mode - Sport Mode
gearshift mode.
- Winter (Snow)
Mode
This parameter indicates the cruise - Km

Cruise Control Speed Unit
control speed unit. - miles
- Gear Symbol
Displayed Normally
This parameter indicates the gear
Gear Display State - Gear Symbol
display state.
Displayed and
Flashed
This parameter indicates the AMT - No

AMT Transmission Fault State
transmission fault state. - Yes
This parameter indicates the neutral - No

Neutral Gear Switch State
gear switch state. - Yes

ABS Warning Lamp ON
the ABS warning lamp is ON. - Yes

EBD Warning Lamp ON
the EBD warning lamp is ON. - Yes
- OFF
Tyre Pressure Monitoring This parameter indicates the tyre - Alarm

State pressure monitoring state. - System Reset
- Fault
- OFF
This parameter indicates the traction - Operating

Traction Control State
control state. - Invalid
- Normal
- OFF
This parameter indicates the SCS - Operating

SCS State
state. - Invalid
- Normal
Pressed Trip Computer This parameter indicates whether - No

Button the trip computer button is pressed. - Yes
This parameter indicates the - No

Passenger Seat Belt State
passenger seat belt state. - Yes
V1.0 699
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This parameter indicates the driver - No

Driver Seat Belt State
seat belt state. - Yes
This parameter indicates whether -Not Applied
Hand Brake Apply (Input
the hand brake is applied (input
Signal) - Applied
signal).
This parameter indicates the oil - No

Oil Pressure Warning Lamp
pressure warning lamp. - Yes
Alternator Charging Warning This parameter indicates the - No

Lamp alternator charging warning lamp. - Yes
This parameter indicates if the level - No

Low Brake Fluid Level
of brake fluid is low. - Yes
This parameter indicates the rear - No

Rear PDC Audible Alarm
PDC audible alarm. - Yes
Left Direction Indicator Lamp This parameter indicates whether - No

ON the left direction indicator is ON. - Yes
Right Direction Indicator This parameter indicates whether - No

Lamp ON the right direction indicator is ON. - Yes

Width Lamp ON
the width lamp is ON. - Yes

High Beam ON
the high beam is ON. - Yes

Front Fog Lamp ON
the front fog lamp is ON. - Yes

Driver Door Open
the driver door is open. - Yes

Passenger Door Open
the passenger door is open. - Yes

Trunk Lid Open
the trunk lid is open. - Yes

Rear Fog Lamp ON
the rear fog lamp is ON. - Yes

Low Remote Key Battery
the remote key battery is low. - Yes
This parameter indicates the key is - No

Invalid Key
invalid. - Yes
V1.0 700
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
- Non Reverse (R)
This parameter indicates the reverse Gear
Reverse Gear Switch State
gear switch state.
- Reverse (R) Gear
This parameter indicates the airbag - No

Airbag Failure
failure. - Yes
Disabled Passenger Airbag This parameter indicates the disabled - No

Warning Lamp passenger airbag warning lamp. - Yes

Start-stop System Enabling
start-stop system is enabled. - Yes

Start-stop System Failure
start-stop system failure. - Yes
This parameter indicates the ABS - No

ABS Warning Lamp
warning lamp. - Yes
This parameter indicates the alarm - No

Alarm Status Warning Lamp
status warning lamp. - Yes
Alternator Charging Warning This parameter indicates the - No

Lamp alternator charging warning lamp. - Yes
This parameter indicates the brake - No

Brake System Warning Lamp
system warning lamp. - Yes
Cruise Control Indicator This parameter indicates the cruise - No

(Yellow) control indicator (yellow). - Yes
Cruise Control Indicator This parameter indicates the cruise - No

(Green) control indicator (green). - Yes
This parameter indicates the left - No

Left Direction Indicator Lamp
direction indicator lamp. - Yes
Right Direction Indicator This parameter indicates the right - No

Lamp direction indicator lamp. - Yes
Engine Malfunction Indicator This parameter indicates the engine - No

Lamp malfunction indicator lamp. - Yes
The parameter indicates the DSC - No

DSC Failure
failure. - Yes
The parameter indicates the DSC is - No

DSC OFF
off. - Yes
This parameter indicates the front - No

Front Fog Lamp Indicator
fog lamp indicator. - Yes
V1.0 701
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This parameter indicates the width - No

Width Lamp Indicator
lamp indicator. - Yes
This parameter indicates the high - No

High Beam Indicator
beam indicator. - Yes
Engine Emission Malfunction This parameter indicates the engine - No

Indicator Lamp emission malfunction indicator lamp. - Yes
Disabled Passenger Airbag This parameter indicates the disabled - No

Warning Lamp passenger airbag warning lamp. - Yes
This parameter indicates the door - No

Door Open Indicator
open indicator. - Yes
Airbag Malfunction Indicator This parameter indicates the airbag - No

Lamp malfunction indicator lamp. - Yes
This parameter indicates the rear fog - No

Rear Fog Lamp Indicator
lamp indicator. - Yes
Untied Seat Belt Warning This parameter indicates the untied - No

Lamp seat belt warning lamp. - Yes
Tyre Pressure Monitoring This parameter indicates the - No
System Malfunction Indicator tyre pressure monitoring system
Lamp (Yellow) malfunction indicator lamp (yellow). - Yes
Tyre Pressure Monitoring This parameter indicates the - No

System Malfunction Indicator tyre pressure monitoring system
Lamp (Red) malfunction indicator lamp (red). - Yes
Low Oil Pressure Warning This parameter indicates the low oil - No
Lamp pressure warning lamp. - Yes
Low Coolant Level Warning This parameter indicates the low - No

Lamp coolant level warning lamp. - Yes

Graduated Disc Lighting
graduated disc lighting. - Yes
This parameter indicates the engine - No
coolant temperature indicator lamp
Indicator Lamp (Blue) - Yes
(blue).
High Engine Coolant This parameter indicates the high - No
Temperature Warning Lamp engine coolant temperature warning
(Red) lamp (red). - Yes
Traction Control OFF This parameter indicates the traction - No

Warning Lamp control OFF warning lamp. - Yes
V1.0 702
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Transmission Malfunction
transmission malfunction indicator
Indicator Lamp - Yes
lamp.
Display
according to Km/h
Cruise Control Target Speed This parameter indicates the cruise
0-220 the actual
(CAN) control target speed (CAN). mph
situation of
the vehicle.
Display
according to Km
Displayed Value of Trip A 0-6,553 the actual
displayed value of Trip A. miles
situation of
the vehicle.
Display
according to Km
Displayed Value of Trip B 0-6,553 the actual
displayed value of Trip B. miles
situation of
the vehicle.
Display
according to Km/h
This parameter indicates the average
Average Speed 0-220 the actual
speed. mph
situation of
the vehicle.
Display
according to L/km
This parameter indicates the range to
Range to Empty 0-600 the actual
empty. mpg
situation of
the vehicle.
Display
according to L/km
This parameter indicates the average
Average Fuel Consumption 0-15 the actual
fuel consumption. mpg
situation of
the vehicle.
Maintenance
mileage is Km
Maintenance Mileage 0-10,000 10,000km
maintenance mileage. miles
after returning
to zero.
Tachometer Pointer Angle 0-273 °
tachometer pointer angle.
Display
according to
Correction Speed 0-220 the actual Km/h
correction speed.
situation of
the vehicle.
V1.0 703
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Display
according to
Displayed Speed 0-220 the actual Km/h
displayed speed.
situation of
the vehicle.
Display
according to
This parameter indicates the fuel
Fuel Remaining 0-60,000 the actual mL
remaining in the fuel tank.
situation of
the vehicle.
Display
according to
This parameter indicates the actual
Actual Mileage 0-1,677,215 the actual Km
mileage.
situation of
the vehicle.
- 1 segment
- 2 segments
- 3 segments
This parameter indicates the fuel - 4 segments

Fuel Segment
segment. - 5 segments
- 6 segments
- 7 segments
- 8 segments
V1.0 704
SAS Real-time Display
SAS
powered on.
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Parameter of the Steering
parameter of the steering angle -540-540 °
Angle Sensor
sensor.
Parameter of the Steering
parameter of the steering angle -2,000-2,000 0 °/s
Angle Sensor
sensor.
- Sensor Internal
Failure
This parameter indicates the - Not Calibrated
Calibration State of the
calibration state of the steering angle
Steering Angle Sensor - Calibration
sensor.
Completed
- Reserved
Vehicle Speed 0-255 0 Km/h
speed.
V1.0 705
Real-time Display GW
GW
powered on.
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Determine the communication state - Not Available
Engine Control Module
between the gateway module and
Communication State - Available
other modules.
Transmission Control Module
other modules.
Anti-lock System
other modules.
Electronic Stability Control
System Communication State - Available
other modules.
Steering Angle Sensor
other modules.
Tyre Pressure Monitoring
System Communication State - Available
other modules.
Airbag Control Module
other modules.
Body Control Module
other modules.
A/C Communication State between the gateway module and
other modules. - Available

Instrument Pack
other modules.
Communication Module
other modules.
Entertainment
other modules.
V1.0 706
BCM Real-time Display
BCM
Unless otherwise specified, the specific default condition for the following parameters is: the engine is running and the shift
lever is placed in P position.
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This parameter indicates the horn - ON

Horn Switch State
switch state. - OFF
This parameter indicates the inertia - ON

Inertia Switch State
switch state. - OFF
This parameter indicates the anti-theft - ON

Anti-theft State
state. - OFF
Heated Rear Window Switch This parameter indicates the heated - ON

State rear window switch state. - OFF
Driver Power Window Down This parameter indicates the driver - ON

Switch power window down switch. - OFF
Driver Power Window Up This parameter indicates the driver - ON

Switch power window up switch. - OFF
Passenger Power Window This parameter indicates the passenger - ON

Down Switch power window down switch. - OFF
Passenger Power Window Up This parameter indicates the passenger - ON

Switch power window up switch. - OFF
Rear Power Window Disable This parameter indicates the rear - ON

Switch power window disable switch. - OFF
This parameter indicates the driver - ON

Driver Door Open Switch
door open switch. - OFF
This parameter indicates the passenger - ON

Passenger Door Open Switch
door open switch. - OFF

Bonnet/Trunk Lid Open Switch
bonnet/trunk lid open switch. - OFF

Driver Door Lock Switch
door lock switch. - OFF

Driver Door Unlock Switch
door unlock switch. - OFF
This parameter indicates the internal - ON

Internal Main Lock Switch
main lock switch. - OFF
V1.0 707
Real-time Display BCM
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This parameter indicates the internal - ON

Internal Main Unlock Switch
main unlock switch. - OFF
This parameter indicates the front - ON

Front Wiper Selection Switch 1
wiper selection switch 1. - OFF

Front Wiper Selection Switch 2
wiper selection switch 2. - OFF
This parameter indicates the rear wiper - ON

Rear Wiper Selection Switch
selection switch. - OFF
Windshield Washer Selection This parameter indicates the windshield - ON

Switch washer selection switch. - OFF
Rear Window Washer This parameter indicates the rear - ON

Selection Switch window washer selection switch. - OFF
Front Wiper Motor Position The parameter indicates the front - ON

Feedback wiper motor position feedback. - OFF
Rear Wiper Motor Position The parameter indicates the rear wiper - ON
Feedback motor position feedback. - OFF
Slow Wiping Request from Rain The parameter indicates the slow - ON
Sensor wiping request from the rain sensor. - OFF
Fast Wiping Request from Rain The parameter indicates the fast wiping - ON
Sensor request from the rain sensor. - OFF
Left Direction Indicator Switch This parameter indicates the left - ON

State direction indicator switch state. - OFF
Right Direction Indicator This parameter indicates the right - ON

Switch State direction indicator switch state. - OFF
This parameter indicates the side lamp - ON

Side Lamp Request State
request state. - OFF
This parameter indicates the high beam - ON

High Beam Open Switch State
open switch state. - OFF

High Beam State
state. - OFF
This parameter indicates the front fog - ON

Front Fog Lamp State
lamp state. - OFF
This parameter indicates the rear fog - ON

Rear Fog Lamp Switch State
lamp switch state. - OFF
V1.0 708
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This parameter indicates the reverse - ON

Reverse Lamp Switch State
lamp switch state. - OFF
Hazard Warning Lamp Switch This parameter indicates the hazard - ON

State warning lamp switch state. - OFF
This parameter indicates the low beam - ON

Low Beam Request State

High Beam Blink Switch State
blink switch state. - OFF
This parameter indicates the auto lamp - ON

Auto Lamp Request State
Auto Lamp ON Signal from This parameter indicates the auto lamp - ON
Rain Sensor ON signal from the rain sensor. - OFF
This parameter indicates the brake - ON

Brake Pedal Signal from EMS
pedal signal from the EMS. - OFF
Valid Brake Pedal Signal from This parameter indicates the brake - ON
EMS pedal signal from the EMS is valid. - OFF
This parameter indicates the exterior - ON

Exterior Lamp Switch 1 State
lamp switch 1 state. - OFF
This parameter indicates the exterior - ON

Exterior Lamp Switch 2 State
lamp switch 2 state. - OFF
This parameter indicates the system - ON

System KL.R (Accessory)
KL.R (accessory). - OFF
System KL.15 (Ignition Switch)
KL.15 (ignition switch) H/W I/O port
H/W I/O Port State - OFF
state.

System Engine Operating State
engine operating state. - OFF
This parameter indicates the engine - Correct

Engine Operating State
operating state. - Incorrect
This parameter indicates the vehicle is - Correct

Vehicle in Motion
in motion. - Incorrect
This parameter indicates the low - Correct

Low Battery Voltage Mark
battery voltage mark. - Incorrect
This parameter indicates the high - Correct

High Battery Voltage Mark
battery voltage mark. - Incorrect
V1.0 709
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
- Not Defined
- Manufacturing
This parameter indicates the power Mode
Power Mode
mode. - Transportation
Mode
- Normal Mode
This parameter indicates the starter - ON

Starter Motor Released
motor is released. - OFF
Starter Motor OFF Due This parameter indicates the starter - ON
to Engine Speed Reaches a motor is turned off due to engine speed
Certain Range reaches a certain range. - OFF

Starter Motor OFF Due to P/N
motor is turned off due to P/N gear
Gear Signal Input - OFF
signal input.
Starter Motor OFF Due to This parameter indicates the starter - ON

Invalid Key motor is turned off due to invalid key. - OFF
Starter Motor OFF Due to
motor is turned off because the inertia
Inertia Switch ON - OFF
switch is turned on.
Starter Motor OFF Due to
motor is turned off due to locked
Locked Steering Column - OFF
steering column.

Immobiliser Activated
immobiliser is activated. - OFF
This parameter indicates P gear or N - ON

P Gear or N Gear Selected
gear is selected. - OFF
This parameter indicates the ECU is - ON

ECU Locked
locked. - OFF
This parameter indicates the VIN is - ON

VIN Programmed
programmed. - OFF
This parameter indicates that it is - ON
Wait for Learning Secret Key
waiting for learning secret key from the
from EMS - OFF
EMS.
This parameter indicates the secret key - ON

Secret Key Programmed
is programmed. - OFF
This parameter indicates the PIN is - ON

PIN Programmed
programmed. - OFF
This parameter indicates the attack is - ON

Attack Activated
activated. - OFF
V1.0 710
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This parameter indicates the inquiry is - ON

Inquiry Ignored
ignored. - OFF
Time for Continuous Locking This parameter indicates the time for
0-1,275 0 Minutes
of BCM continuous locking of the BCM.
This parameter indicates key chip 1 is - Correct

Key Chip 1 Programmed
programmed. - Incorrect




This parameter indicates key 1 is not - Correct

Key 1 Not Synchronized
synchronized. - Incorrect




Whether Valid Key Inserted or This parameter indicates whether the - Correct
Not valid key is inserted or not. - Incorrect
This parameter indicates all left - ON

All Left Direction Indicators
direction indicators. - OFF
This parameter indicates all right - ON

All Right Direction Indicators
direction indicators. - OFF
- ON
High Beam This parameter indicates the high beam.
- OFF
- ON
Low Beam This parameter indicates the low beam.
- OFF
V1.0 711
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
- ON
Side Lamp This parameter indicates the side lamp.
- OFF
This parameter indicates the rear fog - ON

Rear Fog Lamp
lamp. - OFF
This parameter indicates the glove box - ON

Glove Box Lamp
lamp. - OFF
This parameter indicates the luggage - ON

Luggage Compartment Lamp
compartment lamp. - OFF
Left Front Power Window Up This parameter indicates the left front - ON
Command power window up command. - OFF
Left Front Power Window This parameter indicates the left front - ON
Down Command power window down command. - OFF
Right Front Power Window Up This parameter indicates the right front - ON
Right Front Power Window This parameter indicates the right front - ON
Left Rear Power Window Up This parameter indicates the left rear - ON
Left Rear Power Window This parameter indicates the left rear - ON
Right Rear Power Window Up This parameter indicates the right rear - ON
Right Rear Power Window This parameter indicates the right rear - ON
This parameter indicates the unlock - ON

Unlock Relay
relay. - OFF
- ON
Lock Relay This parameter indicates the lock relay.
- OFF
This parameter indicates the super lock - ON

Super Lock Relay
relay. - OFF
This parameter indicates the lock - ON

Lock System LED Indicator
system LED indicator. - OFF
This parameter indicates the power - ON

Power Window Permission
window permission. - OFF
V1.0 712
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This parameter indicates the rear - ON
Rear Power Window Disable
power window disable switch LED
Switch LED Indicator - OFF
indicator.
Front Wiper ON Relay Control This parameter indicates the front - ON

Coil wiper ON relay control coil. - OFF
Front Wiper Speed Control This parameter indicates the front - ON

Relay Coil wiper speed control relay coil. - OFF
This parameter indicates the rear wiper - ON

Rear Wiper ON Relay
ON relay. - OFF

Front Washer Pump
washer pump. - OFF
This parameter indicates the rear - ON
Rear Passenger Power Window
passenger power window switch is
Switch Disabled - OFF
disabled.
This parameter indicates the ultrasonic - ON

Ultrasonic Alarm (EU Models)
alarm (EU Models). - OFF
This parameter indicates the audible - ON

Audible Alarm (EU Models)
alarm (EU Models). - OFF
This parameter indicates the ultrasonic - ON
Ultrasonic Alarm (with Backup
alarm (with backup battery) state (EU
Battery) State (EU Models) - OFF
Models).
- ON
Horn This parameter indicates the horn.
- OFF
This parameter indicates the heated - ON
Heated Rear Window and
rear window and exterior rearview
Exterior Rearview Mirror Relay - OFF
mirror relay.
This parameter indicates the sunroof - ON

Sunroof Auto Close
closes automatically. - OFF
This parameter indicates the acoustic - ON

Acoustic Alarm Request
alarm request. - OFF

Starter Motor
motor. - OFF
IMMO SPI Communication This parameter indicates the IMMO SPI - ON

Data Line communication data line. - OFF
IMMO SPI Communication This parameter indicates the IMMO SPI - ON

Clock Line communication clock line. - OFF
V1.0 713
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
1st gear:
9.28V
2nd gear:
Wiper Delay Potentiometer This parameter indicates the wiper 7.04V
0-12V V
Switch delay potentiometer switch. 3rd gear:
4.88V
4th gear:
2.42V
Vehicle Speed on CAN 0-255 0 Km/h
speed on the CAN.
Engine Speed 0-7,500 0 rpm
speed.
voltage.
This parameter indicates the actual
Actual Mileage 0-16,777,215 23,453 Km
mileage.
This parameter indicates the redundant
Redundant Data: Mileage 0-16,777,215 23,400 Km
data: mileage.
Redundant Data: Maintenance This parameter indicates the redundant
0-16,777,215 0 Km
Time data: maintenance time.
Redundant Data: Maintenance This parameter indicates the redundant
0-16,777,215 0 Km
Mileage data: maintenance mileage.
This parameter indicates the PWM
PWM Output Value of Luggage
output value of luggage compartment 0-100 0 %
Compartment Lamp
lamp.
Chip/Antenna State: Chip This parameter indicates
Quantity/Antenna Related the chip/antenna state: chip 0-8 2
(Learned) quantity/antenna related (learned).
Chip/Antenna State: Key ID in Key Chip 1 - Key Chip
chip/antenna state: key ID in the
the Immobiliser Coil Range 8
immobiliser coil range.
- Frame Length of
This parameter indicates the Antenna Normal
Chip/Antenna State: Incorrect
chip/antenna state: incorrect frame
Frame Format Mark - Frame Length of
format mark.
Antenna Abnormal
- Telegram Check
This parameter indicates the Normal
Chip/Antenna State: Incorrect
chip/antenna state: incorrect antenna
Antenna Check Mark - Telegram Check
check mark.
Incorrect
Key Chip/Transmitter State: This parameter indicates the key - Yes

Key Detected chip/transmitter state: key detected. - No
V1.0 714
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This parameter indicates the key - Yes
Key Chip/Transmitter State:
chip/transmitter state: encoded key
Encoded Key Detected - No
detected.
This parameter indicates the key
Key Chip/Transmitter: Key
chip/transmitter: key transmitter ID 1-8 2
Transmitter ID Last Detected
last detected.
- Lock Button
Pressed
- Unlock Button
Key Chip/Transmitter State: This parameter indicates the key Pressed
Remote Control Button Last chip/transmitter state: remote control
Pressed button last pressed - No Pressing Signal
Received
- Restart Button
Pressed
- Long Press
Key Chip/Transmitter State: This parameter indicates the key
- Short Press
Last Press Type chip/transmitter state: last press type.
- Not Detected
V1.0 715
Real-time Display RS
RS
powered on.
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value

Headlamp ON Request
headlamp ON request. - Yes
This parameter indicates the wiper - No

Wiper Enable Request
Enable request. - Yes
Whether the Wiper in the This parameter indicates whether the - Stop
Stop Position or Not wiper is in the Stop position. - Not Stop
- Position 1 Delayed
This parameter indicates the wiper
Wiper Delay Switch State - Position 3 Delayed
delay switch state.
- Fail
- Wiper OFF
- Wiper Intermittent
Wipe Mode
Front Wiper and Washer This parameter indicates the front
- Wiper Slow Mode
Pump Switch State wiper and washer pump switch state.
- Wiper Fast Mode
- Washer Pump
Enabled
V1.0 716
Glossary List
Name Description
ABS Anti-lock braking system
BCM Body Controller Module
CAN Controller area network
CKP Crankshaft Position
ECM Engine Control Module
SCS Stability Control System
TCM Transmission Control
Module
V1.0 717

ZP11 MCE3 AUS DTC排故手册 20180419 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ZP11 MCE3 AUS DTC排故手册 20180419 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Contents

General Information ........................... 1 P0197 and P0198 ......................................... 94

Real-time Display ............................ 675

If the substance is burning or overheating, handle with great

After use, clean and handle with the gloves immediately.

Warning: Avoid excessive skin contact with mineral oil.

Ensure the lift is standing on level ground during the lifting or

Apply hand brake and wedges to fix the wheels.

Warning: Do not work on or under a vehicle supported

Dispose of waste in accordance with the following guidelines:

Always disconnect the battery before removing or draining the

When handling, draining or storing the fuel, or removing the

Warning: Do not remove fuel system components while

Warning: Do not remove fuel system components while

The capacity of the container must be larger than the fuel to

Additional attention: a warning sign of "Gasoline Vapour" shall

If any assembly fails:

Traction - SRS Component Non-deployment • Before commencing deployment procedure, ensure

When replacing components in the A/C system, drain the

Warning: Refrigerant must always be recycled before

Warning: Recycling should always be carried out with

Diagnoses Based on Strategy Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network

P e rfo rm D ia g n o s tic S y s te m C h e c k  V e h ic le Id e n tify th

frequency interference, driving condition or Diagnostic Procedure Description

Unordered list in this procedure shows that conditions to set

Unordered list in this procedure shows that action taken when

Unordered list in this procedure shows that conditions to clear

Unordered list in this procedure shows that failure causes are

When appropriate, technicians shall be able to confirm

Carry out interference diagnosis to confirm system failure.

When inspecting single circuit failure, technicians shall also

Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle Basic Method of Circuit Inspection

• Incorrect refit of non-genuine after sales accessories

• Test whether the diodes bridged on A/C compressor

• Alternator may bring AC noise in the electrical

g. Incorrect control module

• Control modules needs to be reprogrammed only

• A new control module is fitted during the service.

• Control module from other vehicles is fitted.

• Upgrade software/calibration files specific to this

• Ensure that control module is equipped with

DTC Overall List

DTC FTB Description Module

DTC FTB Description Module

DTC FTB Description Module

DTC FTB Description Module

DTC FTB Description Module

DTC FTB Description Module

DTC FTB Description Module

DTC FTB Description Module

Engine Management System - 1.5L (3)

Engine Management System - 1.5L (5)

Bus System and DLC (2)

Connector Information Pin No. Pin Information

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor BY041

Airbag Control Module 1 BY036

Pin No. Pin Information

13 Driver Airbag Signal - Accelerator Pedal Position

Pin No. Pin Information Pin No. Pin Information

Pin No. Pin Information

Pin No. Pin Information Airbag Control Module 2 BY174

Manual A/C Controller BY162

Pin No. Pin Information

P e rfo rm D ia g n o s tic S y s te m C h e c k V e h ic le Id e n tify th